Full text of Federal Reserve Bulletin : September 1979
The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
SEPTEM BER 1979 FEDERAL RESERVE BULLETIN Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy: A Historical Review Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 New Measures of Commercial Bank Credit and Bank Nondeposit Funds Survey of Standby Letters of Credit Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations FEDERAL RESERVE BULLETIN (USPS 351-150). Controlled Circulation Postage Paid at Washington, D .C . POSTMASTER: Send address changes to Publications Services, D ivision of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System , Washington, D .C . 20551. A copy of the F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in is sent to each member bank w ithout charge; member banks desiring additional copies may secure them at a special $ 1 0 .0 0 annual rate. The regular subscription price in the United States and its p o ssessio n s, and in B olivia, Canada, C hile, C olom b ia, Costa R ica, Cuba D om inican R epublic, Ecuador, Guatem ala, Haiti, Republic of Honduras, M exico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,^E1 Salvador, Uruguay, and V enezuela is $ 2 0 .0 0 per annum or $ 2 .0 0 per copy; elsew h ere, $ 2 4 .0 0 per annum or $ 2 .5 0 per copy. Group subscriptions in the United States for 10 or more copies to one address, $ 1 .7 5 per copy per m onth, or $ 1 8 .0 0 for 12 months. The B u l l e t in may be obtained from the D ivision of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal R eserve System , W ashington, D .C . 2 0 5 5 1 , and remittance should be made payable to the order of the Board of G overnors o f the Federal R eserve System in a form collectible at par in U .S . currency. (Stam ps and coupons are not accepted .) VOLUME 65 □ NUM BER 9 □ SEPTEMBER 1979 FEDERAL RESERVE BULLETIN Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Washington, D.C. P U B L IC A T IO N S C O M M ITT E E Joseph R. Coyne, Chairman □ Stephen H. Axilrod □ John M. Denkler Janet O. Hart □ James L. Kichline □ Neal L. Petersen □ Edwin M. Truman Michael J. Prell, Staff Director The F ederal R eserve B u ll e t in is issued m onthly under the direction of the statt publications com m ittee. This com m ittee is responsible for opinions expressed except in official statements and signed articles. D irection for the art work is provided by M ack R. R ow e. Editorial support is furnished by the E conom ic Editing Unit headed by M endelle T. Berenson. Table of Contents 679 The R ole of O perating G uides in U.S. M o netary P olicy : A Historical R eview Review of the operating techniques used by the Federal Reserve to implement monetary policy since the end of World War II. 692 Insured C ommercial B a n k Income in 1978 Net income of insured commercial banks reached more than $10 billion during 1978. 707 N e w M easures of C ommercial B a n k Credit and B a n k S ources of F unds The commercial bank credit series and estimates of assets and liabilities of all commercial banks have been revised to reflect both conceptual and statistical im provements. 716 S urvey of S tandby L etters of Credit Banks in the large size group (total assets of more than $18 billion each) account for about three-fourths of all standby letters of credit issued. 720 Treasury and Federal R eserve Foreign Exchange Operations According to the semiannual report, progress was being made in early 1979 in resolving the disparities in economic per formance among industrial countries. 737 Industrial Production Output fell 1.1 percent in August. 738 S tatements to C ongress Chairman Paul A. Volcker testifies on the current economic difficulties facing the nation in light of our need to deal con vincingly with the problem of inflation, before the House Committee on the Bud get, September 5, 1979. 742 Governor Nancy H. Teeters discusses a recent study by the Internal Revenue Service on unreported income and the dif ficulties in measuring its extent, before the Subcommittee on Oversight of the House Committee on Ways and Means, Sep tember 10, 1979. 744 A nnouncements Increase in the discount rate. Increase in swap arrangement with the Bank of Mexico. Changes in staffs of the Board and of the Federal Open Market Committee. Publication of four educational pamphlets. Admission of five state banks to member ship in the Federal Reserve System. Establishment of mailing list for the Staff Studies. 747 R ecord of P olicy A ctions of the Federal Open M arket C ommittee At its meeting on July 11, 1979, the Committee decided to retain the ranges for growth of the monetary aggregates for 1979 that it had established in February. Thus, for the period from the fourth quar ter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979, the Committee reaffirmed ranges of 1Vi to 4 V percent for M -l, 5 to 8 percent for 2 M-2, and 6 to 9 percent for M-3. The associated range for commercial bank credit remained IV2 to 10V percent. Hav 2 ing established the range for M -l in Feb ruary on the assumption that expansion of ATS and NOW accounts would dampen growth by about 3 percentage points over the year, the Committee also agreed that actual growth in M -l might vary in rela tion to its range to the extent of any deviation from that estimate. The Com mittee anticipated that for the period from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980, growth might be within the same ranges, depending upon emerg ing economic conditions and appropriate adjustments that might be required by leg islation or judicial developments affecting interest-bearing transactions accounts. With respect to policy for the period immediately ahead, the Committee de cided that ranges of tolerance for the an nual rates of growth in M -l and M-2 over the July-August period should be 2 x to h 6!/2 percent and 6 V to 1 0 V percent re 2 ^ spectively. The Manager was instructed to direct open market operations initially toward maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate at about the current level, represented by a rate of IO 4 per V cent. Subsequently, if the two-month growth rates of M -l and M-2 (given ap proximately equal weight) appeared to be close to or beyond the upper or lower limits of the indicated ranges, the objec tive for the funds rate was to be raised or lowered in an orderly fashion within a range of 9% to IOV2 percent. On July 27, with the projections sug gesting that growth of both M -l and M-2 over the July-August period would exceed the upper limits of their ranges and with the objective for the federal funds rate at the upper limit of its range, the Committee voted to modify the directive adopted at the meeting on July 11. Specifically, the Committee raised the upper limit of the intermeeting range for the federal funds rate to 1 0 3 percent and instructed the A Manager to aim for a rate within a range of IOV2 to 1 0 % percent, depending on subsequent behavior of the monetary ag gregates, on conditions in foreign ex change markets, and on the current Treas ury financing. 759 L a w D epartment Amendment to Regulation E, various bank holding company and bank merger orders, and pending cases. Al Financial and B usiness S tatistics A3 Domestic Financial Statistics A46 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics A54 International Statistics A69 G uide to Tabular Presentation and S tatistical R eleases A70 B oard of G overnors and S taff A72 Federal Open M arket C ommittee and S taff; A dvisory C ouncils A73 Federal R eserve B a nks , B ranches , and Offices A74 Federal R eserve B oard P ublications A76 Index to S tatistical Tables 679 The Role of Operating Guides in U. S. Monetary Policy: A Historical Review This article was prepared by H enry C. W allich, M em ber, B oard of Governors o f the Federal R eserve System, and Peter M . K eir, A ssistant to the B oard, Office of Staff D irector fo r M one tary and Financial Policy. A n earlier version appeared in Kredit und Kapital, vol. 11 (Jan uary 1978). A ll notes and references cited a p p ea r at the end of the article. The operating techniques employed by the Fed eral Reserve to implement monetary policy since the end of World War II have undergone substantial evolution. This process has been guided by a number of important developments: (1) the “ rediscovery of money,” following an extended period in the 1930s and 1940s during which monetary policy played a relatively minor role; (2) the breaking away of the Federal Re serve from Treasury control in 1951; (3) various new analytical insights into the workings of monetary policy; and (4) the advent of inflation as a persisting— though presumably not perma nent— fact of life. The shift away from the gold exchange standard toward floating rates, on the other hand, had little effect on the choice of Federal Reserve operating techniques. The focus of this essay is on the operating techniques used to implement Federal Reserve open market policy. It does not deal with sec ondary instruments, such as the discount mech anism and changes in reserve requirements. Nor does it seek to evaluate the successes and fail ures of open market operations in achieving their ultimate policy goals— for employment, prices, economic growth, and the balance of payments. The Federal Reserve’s approach to open market policy has been substantially influenced by the organizational structure through which that policy must be decided and carried out. Policy decisions are made by the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), which consists of five of the twelve presidents of the regional Federal Reserve Banks, along with the seven members of the Board of Governors. The seven presidents who at any one time are not members nevertheless participate in these meetings. The logistics of bringing this group together is one reason meetings ordinarily are limited to ten a year. Between the regular Federal Open Market Committee meetings, which are held in Wash ington, policy is implemented by the Manager of the System Open Market Account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The com plex and decentralized nature of this policy mechanism has made it necessary to develop explicit and rather formal procedures, both for expressing policy decisions reached at meetings and for delegating their execution between meetings to the Manager. W o r l d W a r II: P e g g i n g the Y ie l d C u r v e o n U .S . G o v e r n m e n t S e c u r i t i e s In connection with the financing of the Second World War, the Federal Reserve, at the request of the Treasury, had undertaken to maintain approximately the level and term structure of interest rates prevailing when the war began. While this decision was critical to the efficient financing of the war, it hampered the central bank in pursuing its traditional function of managing the nation’s supply of money and credit. To fulfill its commitment to “ peg” interest rates, the Federal Reserve had to buy Treasury 680 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 securities in the secondary market when offer ings by other investors threatened to force yields to rise relative to the “ pegged” structure.1 The Federal Reserve did not buy securities directly from the Treasury, but its support operations in the secondary market in effect guaranteed the Treasury a ready demand for the new securities issued to finance the war. During the war, investors— individuals, fi nancial intermediaries, nonfinancial corpora tions, and all the rest— had willingly acquired Treasury securities because many alternative uses of their funds were circumscribed by war time controls. After the war, however, many investors sought to dispose of these holdings; still adhering to a pegged rate structure the Federal Reserve had to acquire all offerings that threatened to push yields above these official pegs. In the process, bank reserves, bank credit, and the money supply were all expanded. This abdication of Federal Reserve control over the supplies of money and credit had its most serious consequences during the Korean War. Since the public could cover its warinflated needs for funds simply by dumping excess holdings of marketable Treasury debt on the Federal Reserve at pegged prices, the Fed eral Reserve became— in the words of its own Chairman— “ an engine of inflation.” After a difficult and prolonged confrontation between the administration and the Federal Reserve, an “ accord” was reached with the Treasury in March of 1951 that finally freed the Federal Reserve from its lingering World War II com mitment to pegging. T r a n s i t i o n f r o m 6"Pe g g i n g 99 Although the 1951 accord with the Treasury ended the Federal Reserve’s commitment to maintain rigid interest rate pegs, official support of the government securities market was with drawn gradually. In particular, support of the issues involved in Treasury financings continued until nearly the end of 1952. Not surprisingly, there were differences of judgment within the Federal Reserve System as to how rapidly and how completely the Federal Reserve should pull back from market support of this type. Fears were voiced that upon with drawal of official buying, prices of government bonds might drop drastically, forcing heavy losses on financial institutions that had invested in longer-term bonds on the assumption that their prices would be stabilized. In addition, there was considerable concern that, in the wake of the pegging experience, the secondary market for U.S. government securities might not be sufficiently broad and active to accommodate the substantial volume of transactions needed to implement an effective monetary policy. To help resolve these questions the Federal Open Market Committee, in early 1952, ini tiated a broad study of the U.S. government securities market and its relation to Federal Reserve operations. While this study was in progress and the support of Treasury financings was continuing, questions concerning the selec tion of appropriate operating targets for the management of monetary policy were not con sidered in any systematic way. To some extent the limited focus on explicit operating targets in this period probably reflected a presumption among the old hands on the Committee that the operating approach used prior to the pegging episode would simply be reinstituted. This, in effect, is what happened. R esu lts o f 1952 S tu d y The 1952 study concluded that, if the Federal Reserve’s open market transactions were to be carried out effectively, they would consistently have to represent only a relatively small share of total dealer transactions with all participants in the government securities market.2 Only when this condition prevails can open market operations be transacted with little direct impact on market prices. Because the bulk of the Fed eral Reserve’s transactions are of a “ defensive” type, it was (and still is) considered important for the FOMC to influence bank reserves with out significantly disturbing securities prices. Defensive operations are designed to keep the posture of monetary policy essentially un changed by offsetting fortuitous fluctuations in bank reserves that result from other factors, such as currency flows, adjustments in float, and Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy changes in the Treasury’s balance at Federal Reserve Banks. The 1952 study concluded that the govern ment securities market at that time did not adequately satisfy these conditions for effective implementation of monetary policy. Because market professionals did not have a clear per ception of the reasons why the System might act in the market, or of the magnitude of trans actions that might be undertaken in given market sectors, they were reluctant to take investment positions in government securities or to carry the inventories needed to promote and accom modate an active volume of private investor trading. Acting on these findings, the Federal Open Market Committee, in March 1953, introduced several new operating procedures. First, to re duce market uncertainties about Federal Reserve intentions, the Federal Open Market Committee announced that henceforth operations would be initiated solely “ to effectuate the objectives of monetary and credit policy” and “ not to impose on the market any particular pattern of prices or yields.” 3 To bolster the credibility of this promise, the Federal Open Market Committee also stated that it would confine its market transactions to securities of very short term, preferably bills— except for the rare situation in which intervention over a broader maturity range might be needed to correct disorderly market conditions. In market circles this came to be known as the “ bills only” doctrine. Additional constraints were imposed on transactions of the System Account Manager at times of Treasury financings: he was not to purchase (1) maturing Treasury issues for which an exchange was being offered, (2) new issues being offered in an exchange, and (3) out standing issues with maturities comparable with those of the new issues. When it announced these modifications of its approach to Treasury financings, however, the Federal Open Market Committee stated that it was still prepared to maintain an “ even keel” in monetary policy during financing periods. In other words, at times of Treasury financings the Federal Reserve would refrain from any action that might be interpreted as a change in mone tary policy. 681 M o d ifica tio n s o f 1953 R e stric tio n s The 1953 “ bills only” doctrine was viewed by some members of the Federal Open Market Committee as essentially a temporary measure to ease the transition from pegging. Actually, the constraint was maintained until early 1961. Moreover, during the intervening period System operations were extended to longer-term securi ties, to help “ correct disorderly markets,” only twice— and then only briefly. The 1961 decision to end this procedure was prompted by special developments during the 1960-61 recession. System efforts to combat the recession through an easy monetary policy had exerted downward pressure on U.S. short-term interest rates at a time when higher short-term rates abroad were encouraging capital outflows and tending to augment a large U .S. balance of payments deficit. To help minimize the downward pressure on U.S. short-term rates, the Federal Reserve sold Treasury bills in vol ume from its portfolio and then offset the re sulting drain on bank reserves with market pur chases of longer-term government securities. In addition, when a need arose to add to the overall supply of bank reserves, the System often met it through purchases of intermediate- and long term securities rather than bills. The U.S. Treasury bolstered this System effort to maintain the bill rate by concentrating the bulk of its cash borrowing during the period in Treasury bills. Many analysts outside the Federal Reserve System interpreted this abrupt 1961 shift in operating technique to an emphasis on purchases of longer-term securities as evidence that the Federal Open Market Committee was trying to “ twist” the yield curve on U.S. government securities. Actually, in the view of the Federal Open Market Committee, avoiding a depressing effect on bill rates was the primary consid eration. In any event, econometric studies sug gest that the power of open market operations to twist the yield structure— raising short and lowering long rates— is minimal. Moreover, any temporary effect the System “ swaps” may have exerted on long-term rates in 1961 was swamped by the offsetting influence from the massive Treasury advance refundings under taken at the same time. 682 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Since 1961, the Federal Reserve has engaged in periodic transactions in longer-term U.S. government securities. And in August 1971, its operations were extended to the full maturity spectrum of the market for federal agency se curities as well. However, these transactions in longer-term securities have been restricted ex clusively to purchases; they have occurred only when the Federal Reserve needed to supply reserves; and they typically— though not always— have been limited to situations in which dealers were willing sellers of securities at close to prevailing market prices. Since these constraints on System operations in longer-term securities are now well under stood by market participants, such transactions no longer create the types of uncertainties that prevailed just after the 1951 accord. Moreover, as economists have come to understand the overriding importance of expectations about market interest rates in determining the maturity structure of security yields, outside pressures on the Federal Reserve to step up its purchases of longer-term securities as a means of twisting the yield curve at times of economic recession have diminished. 6‘E v e n K e e l i n g 99 T o d a y The importance of the System’s “ even keel” commitment on Treasury financings— originally an avoidance of changes in monetary policy during roughly three weeks, four times a year— has also diminished in recent years. In the late 1950s and early 1960s this commitment was particularly important because Treasury re funding operations were concentrated in large quarterly financings, and the prices and coupon rates on new issues involved were set several days in advance of the offering dates. In those circumstances, the refundings were vulnerable to any updrift in market interest rates that de veloped between their announcement and offer ing dates. During recent years, however, virtually all of the Treasury’s new marketable debt offerings have been auctioned. Since auctions set the rates of new issues on the actual date of offering, rather than on the announcement date, and allow the market, rather than the Treasury, to deter mine the price once the Treasury has set the volume to be sold, the possibility that a financ ing will not be fully subscribed because of last-minute shifts in market rates has been min imized. Auctioning and other debt-management innovations have thus reduced the need to con strain monetary policy initiatives close to Treasury financing periods. R e t u r n to Tr a d it io n a l O p e r a t in g T a r g e t s After the spring of 1953— when the major tran sitional questions raised by the abandonment of pegging were fairly well resolved— the Federal Open Market Committee began to focus on the question of appropriate operating targets.4 It soon became clear that the general terms like “ neutrality,” “ active ease,” and “ restraint” that members had been using to characterize their policy preferences needed explicit defini tion to be meaningful. To help meet this need, some Committee members began to support their expression of policy preferences at Federal Open Market Committee meetings with a more complete spelling out of the analytical reasoning behind them. Usually, they then specified an explicit set of near-term financial conditions that they believed would be consistent with their desired policy approach. The particular conditions specified usually included desired levels or changes in key short-term interest rates, plus related totals for member bank borrowing and excess reserves at Federal Reserve Banks. Over time the relationship between excess reserves and member bank borrowing began to be ex pressed as a desired range of “ net free” or “ net borrowed” reserves.5 While the staff furnished supporting detail on recent economic and financial events, no inte grated projections were provided to suggest how alternative specifications of net reserves and money market rates were likely to be reflected in the behavior of money, bank credit, and bond yields, and how, under their influence, the economy itself might evolve. Each Committee member was left to judge for himself the likely results of his proposals. In the late 1950s and early 1960s some mem Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy bers began to question the Committee’s empha sis on money market conditions and net reserves as operating targets for open market policy. They noted, in particular, that the same level of net reserves could mean rather different things about the effects of policy depending on whether credit demands at banks were strong or weak. An effort by the Federal Reserve to maintain a given level of free reserves at a time when the banks, facing strong credit demands, were trying to use up their free reserves through credit expansion would lead to monetary and credit expansion. An effort to hold free reserves constant when banks, facing weak credit de mands, were willing to see their free reserves rise would lead to contraction. This point was driven home when the money supply and total reserves at banks contracted appreciably during the initial phase of the 1960-61 recession. In that period the Federal Reserve was reluctant, for balance of payments reasons, to reduce the System discount rate in line with declines in short-term market rates. With the relative cost of market sources of funds thus declining, banks elected to repay borrow ings from the Federal Reserve as their custom ers’ loan demands dropped off. The Manager of the System Open Market Account, following the Federal Open Market Committee’s instruc tions to hold net reserves in a given range, did not permit net borrowed reserves to decline as rapidly as banks wanted. Thus the Manager held back on the provision of nonborrowed reserves, and total reserves at banks contracted. This episode contrasted sharply with some earlier ones at times when general demands for bank credit had been strong and the Committee’s tendency to hold to a given net reserve target had contributed to very rapid growth in total reserves, money, and bank credit. The Federal Open Market Committee’s focus on interest rate targets, a corollary of the free reserves approach, also came into more general question at this time, on the grounds that it tended to minimize the Committee’s attention to the performance of money and credit aggre gates. Since interest rates are procyclical, in that they move up and down with swings in eco nomic activity, they generally tend to make monetary p olicy appear cou n tercyclical, 683 whether money and credit are behaving coun tercyclical^ or not. Thus there was concern that emphasis on interest rate targets could induce inappropriate behavior of the monetary and credit aggregates. During the early 1960s, operating targets actually used nevertheless continued to be net reserves and money market conditions. As the 1960s progressed, Committee mem bers began to shift their focus to the perform ance of the aggregates, especially the volume of bank credit. This heightened Committee in terest in the aggregates was supported by im provements in the available data and by contin uing staff reviews and analyses of their behav ior. In addition, the Committee began to reflect its increased attention to the importance of the monetary and credit aggregates through revi sions in the structure and wording of the policy directives given monthly to the Manager. E x p e r im e n t a t io n w it h Q u a n t it a t iv e T a r g e t s Around the mid-1960s the Federal Open Market Committee and its staff began to study and experiment with more precise ways of choosing and expressing relevant targets for open market policy. As the discussion proceeded, two types of targets were differentiated. First, it was recognized that the net reserve and money market rate variables that the Com mittee had stressed up to that point were essen tially “ operating targets,” suitable for express ing immediate operating objectives and instruc tions. Data on these measures were available almost immediately, and System open market operations could exert an immediate impact on their behavior.6 For this reason, the Manager of the System Account could be held responsible for reaching such targets during the period be tween Committee meetings. The second type of target variable— repre sented by the money supply and bank credit— was of an intermediate character, less closely related to Federal Reserve operations. Data for these variables were available with longer time lags. Moreover, because they responded with a lag to changes in operating targets of the first type, they had to be influenced indirectly 684 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 through adjustments in those targets. As a re sult, the Manager did not have much chance, through adjustments in the operating variables he could control, to correct target variables of the intermediate type when they deviated from the Committee’s desired ranges between meet ings. Despite these limitations on the Committee’s short-run ability to control the intermediate tar get variables, Committee members began to place a higher premium on them— initially stressing bank credit and then, as time passed, the monetary aggregates. This change of attitude reflected the developing view that bank credit and money provided a more predictable link to the ultimate policy goals of output, prices, and employment. In particular, as inflation increas ingly separated real from nominal interest rates, many analysts began to view nominal rates as seriously flawed for target purposes and turned to the financial aggregates as substitutes. The Federal Open Market Committee thus began to focus more explicitly on the linkages in the monetary process— running from the ini tial impacts on the money market and marginal reserves (borrowed, excess, and free reserves) through growth in money and bank credit and changes in long-term interest rates, to the ulti mate behavior of output, prices, and employ ment. For its ongoing analysis of these linkages, the Committee needed not only studies of past relationships but also projections of future rela tionships. Thus, in addition to the usual reports on recent economic and financial developments, the staff began providing an integrated economic projection of future developments. As time passed, the forecasting procedures used and the types of documentation provided by the staff became increasingly sophisticated. Basically, judgmental projections made by staff experts with long experience in forecasting were melded with results obtained from econometric models. Two types of models were used: the Board’s basic model of the U.S. economy (de veloped initially in conjunction with consulting economists from the University of Pennsylvania and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology); and smaller models that focused more explicitly on the relationships of the money supply and interest rates to national income. Efforts by the Committee to incorporate in termediate targets— especially the monetary ag gregate targets— into its actual operating proce dures evolved gradually, starting in the spring of 1966. The first step was to add a proviso clause to the policy directive the Committee used to control the Manager’s operations be tween meetings. Prior to 1966, the operating clause of the policy directive had directed the Manager simply to gear his intermeeting actions either to the maintenance of roughly the condi tions then prevailing in money markets, or to some modest tightening or easing of those con ditions. The record of the Committee’s discus sion at the meeting was relied on to guide the Manager as to how the term “ prevailing condi tions” should be interpreted, or how much con ditions should be modified if the Committee had decided on some policy tightening or easing. With the introduction of the proviso clause, the Committee’s policy directive continued to direct the Manager to seek either prevailing, or somewhat tighter or easier, money market con ditions, but with the qualification that he modify this objective if bank credit (or some other aggregate measure) deviated significantly from some recent or anticipated general pattern of behavior. The following operating directive voted at the Federal Open Market Committee meeting of November 22, 1966, provides an example: To implement this policy, System open market operation's until the next meeting of the Committee shall be conducted with a view to attaining somewhat easier conditions in the money market, unless bank credit appears to be resuming a rapid rate of ex pansion. This experiment with proviso clauses was part of a more general Committee effort during the late 1960s to exert more effective control over the management of open market policy. While the language of the policy directive itself re mained broad, its general wording began to be linked through staff documents prepared for the Committee to an explicit set of money market conditions and expected growth ranges for the aggregates. At the November 1966 meeting, for example, supporting staff documents indicated that the directive language quoted would be consistent with net reserves fluctuating around zero, a Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy three-month Treasury bill rate around 5 percent, and bank credit expansion in a range of 2 to 4 percent at an annual rate. These specifications, of course, were linked to the directive language actually adopted by the Committee. Similar specifications had been provided to support al ternative directives, which the Committee ma jority had discarded. The Committee’s decision to provide explicit specifications of the financial conditions thought to be consistent with the general language of alternative directives had essentially two pur poses: to improve communication among Com mittee members themselves as they deliberated on policy choices; and to tighten control over the intermeeting actions of the Committee’s agent. For the four years that the Federal Open Market Committee qualified its operating direc tive with proviso clauses, the operations of the Manager were actually modified in accordance with such clauses on only a few occasions— and then only slightly. Thus, while monetary and credit aggregates played a role, money market conditions continued to be the dominant operat ing targets for open market policy during those years, and there was no explicit linkage of the proviso clause to any view of a desired longerrun trend in the aggregates. At the beginning of 1970 the Federal Open Market Committee began to change its empha sis. During the succeeding two to two and one-half years, operating directives usually stressed bank credit and money as primary tar gets, subordinating money market conditions to a proviso. Average growth ranges were speci fied for both the bank credit proxy and the money supply. The time span chosen for this specification became the two-month period en compassing the current and succeeding meet ings. These target growth ranges were to be achieved provided that in the process key money market rates, chiefly the federal funds rate, did not move outside their own stated ranges. Even with this general emphasis on money and credit as primary targets, actual growth in these meas ures often continued to deviate significantly from the Committee’s specified ranges. Since the Committee remained reluctant to authorize wide ranges for possible change in money mar ket rates, the Manager was constrained in mov 685 ing to counter deviations in money growth rates; moreover, as noted earlier, the aggregates re sponded to his actions with a lag. A special subcommittee of the Federal Open Market Committee charged with suggesting means of improving control of the monetary aggregates recommended in 1972 that the Com mittee experiment with total or nonborrowed bank reserves as an operating target. The sub committee acknowledged that past efforts to realize specified growth ranges for the money supply had often been frustrated by an unwill ingness of the Committee to set a federal funds constraint that permitted sufficient movement in rates. It concluded that a shift of emphasis to reserves might help the Federal Open Market Committee to overcome this evident reluctance. Responding to this suggestion, the Committee experimented first with total reserves as an operating target. They were quickly discarded, however, because wide month-to-month fluctu ations in Treasury balances at banks (which are not included in the money supply) would often have resulted in negative growth rates in the target for total reserves which risked misleading outside observers. To avoid this problem, the Committee adopted “ reserves against private deposits” (RPD) as its target variable. The RPD measure also proved difficult to work with. Shifts within the deposit structure— from demand to time deposits, and from demand deposits at large banks to demand deposits at smaller banks— created marked changes in re quired reserves for given totals of private de posits. These variations reflected the widely differing structure of reserve requirements that apply to deposits of different types and sizes. As a result of these differences, the multiplier between RPD and the money supply proved to be highly unstable. Consequently, the Federal Open Market Committee soon concluded that money market conditions were preferable as its immediate operating target. O p e r a t in g Ta r g e t s N ow In U se Pursuant to the Federal Reserve Reform Act and the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act (Humphrey-Hawkins), the Federal Reserve now reports semiannually to the banking committees of the Congress on its prospective targets for 686 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 the annual growth of various measures of the money supply (M -l, M-2, and M-3) and of bank credit.7 The initial report is due in mid-February after the President has presented his annual budget and economic messages to the Congress. In this report the Federal Reserve states its policy targets for the current calendar year and indicates how they are related to the short-term goals set forth in the President’s Economic Report. The second Federal Reserve report is made to the Congress in July. In it, the System ex plains (1) the record of actual money growth during the first half of the year, (2) any devia tions that appear to be developing from the annual targets specified in February, and (3) its current growth targets for both the present and subsequent calendar years. At each of its monthly meetings the Federal Open Market Committee sets two-month ranges of tolerance for growth in M -l and M-2. These shorter-run ranges are intended to be broadly consistent with the calendar-year targets re ported semiannually to the Congress;8 but they are not completely constrained by those targets and may exceed or fall short of them. Since the Committee can change its calendar-year ranges in light of the economic outlook, it retains considerable discretion to adjust the two-month ranges at its monthly meetings.9 Actions linked to these short-run ranges thus continue to be the focus of open market policy. When the performance of the money supply appears to be deviating from the Committee’s stated two-month ranges, the Manager of the System Account is still constrained in his efforts to offset these deviations by a federal funds rate proviso. He can initiate countering open market purchases or sales only so long as these opera tions, or other market factors, do not push the weekly average federal funds rate outside its specified range, generally 50 to 100 basis points wide. If growth rates for M -l and M-2 (occa sionally weighted unequally to minimize the impact of known distortions in the series) appear to be remaining outside the Committee’s desired ranges, and the Manager’s actions to counter this deviation have moved the funds rate to the upper or lower limit of its range, he must request new instructions from the Committee. So long as the funds rate remains within its specified range, the Manager has leeway to respond to evidence that weighted growth rates for M -l and M-2 are approaching or moving outside the limits of'their ranges. The FOMC may instruct him to begin offsetting market action when the aggregates move substantially into the upper or lower halves of their ranges. Alternatively, the Committee may instruct him to take action only when growth rates for M -l and M-2 are already close to or exceeding the limits of the ranges. In either case, these operating procedures encourage the Manager to respond more sensitively to deviations in growth of the aggregates from desired rates than was the case in the late 1960s and early 1970s. Of course, the full effect on M -l and M-2 of a change in the funds rate occurs, not within the one-month intermeeting period, but cumula tively over a period of roughly six months. O p e r a t in g P r o b l e m s W it h M o n e t a r y Targets With its increased emphasis on the monetary aggregates as policy targets, the Federal Reserve has had to decide how to deal operationally with difficult conceptual and statistical questions. A committee of academic experts from which the Federal Reserve solicited advice on the meas urement of money described the essential re quirements for an effective aggregates target:10 In conducting monetary policy, the Fed eral Reserve should use as an intermediate target that monetary total (aggregate), or those totals, through which it can most re liably affect the behavior of its ultimate objectives—the price level, employment, output, and the like. Which total or totals best satisfy that requirement depends in turn on (1) how accurately the total can be meas ured; (2) how precisely, and at what costs including unwanted side effects, the Fed can control the total; and (3) how closely and reliably changes in the total are related to the ultimate policy objectives. The Committee identified three conceptual bases for defining money. One takes money as those assets that correspond to the non-interestbearing fiat issues of the ultimate monetary authority— or the “ monetary base.” In the Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy United States this base consists of circulating currency plus reserves (deposits) held at Federal Reserve Banks by commercial banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System. The second concept views money as assets that are used as media of exchange. Tradition ally, this definition has included currency in circulation plus demand deposits at commercial banks (or M -l). The third concept defines money as assets that serve as a temporary abode of purchasing power and are, or are readily convertible into, media of exchange; it thus encompasses both the transactions and store-ofliquidity functions of money. The report noted that many scholars view this third basis as more closely and reliably related to ultimate policy objectives than the other two. The report also noted, however, that this basis has the most ambiguous empirical content of the three, in the sense that it could correspond to a wide range of possible broader aggregates.11 Under existing arrangements for data collec tion, constraints imposed by the time lag with which statistics become available have led the Federal Reserve to express its two-month inter meeting policy targets exclusively in terms of M -l and M-2, with related information provided on the monetary base. While data on the broader aggregates and bank credit are available only with significantly longer lags, M-3 and bank credit are also used when the Committee sets its 12-month growth ranges. A c c u r a c y o f M e a su re m e n t The accurate measurement cited by the aca demic experts as necessary for a good policy target is better satisfied by the monetary base, which poses few measurement ambiguities, than by M -l and M-2. Measurement of the monetary aggregates is complicated because public hold ings of money cannot be identified directly; they have to be estimated from bank records, which are not always reported consistently and pose problems of definition and consolidation. More over, deposit data for banks that are not mem bers of the Federal Reserve System have been available only for limited benchmark periods (semiannually until December 1972, quarterly since then).12 Between benchmarks and during 687 the delay in receiving the benchmark data, they have had to be estimated. Deposit data from a sample of nonmember banks are now being collected to fill this gap, but they are still being tested and are not yet fully incorporated into the money supply measures. While these problems have introduced uncer tainty into measurement of the aggregate supply of money, their impact on short-run changes in that supply generally appears to have been quite limited. Consequently, they have not hindered the choice of a policy target. C o n tro l o f the A g g r e g a te s On the more critical question of effective man agement of the aggregates, the Federal Reserve has found it difficult to exert close short-run control over M -l and M-2 without risking un wanted side-effects on interest rates. In addition, relationships between the monetary targets and the ultimate objectives of policy have proved to be substantially less predictable than desired. Federal Reserve efforts since 1972 to control growth in the monetary aggregates have placed the greatest emphasis on M - l.13 These efforts have sometimes been frustrated because the ratio (or multiplier) between bank reserves and M -l tends to vary, depending on the form that growth in M -l takes. Growth of M -l in the form of an expansion of currency in circulation creates a dollar-fordollar drain on the supply of reserves available to the banking system. This one-for-one drain does not occur, however, when the increase in M-l reflects growth in member bank demand deposits because the banking system is subject to fractional reserve requirements. Similarly, since existing regulations call for a higher re serve requirement at the margin as the total deposits of a given member bank expand, the volume of reserves needed by the banking sys tem to support a given growth in demand de posits will differ depending on the sizes of the banks at which that growth occurs. Finally, if banks as a group change their relative desire to hold excess reserves, the ratio between re serve growth and money growth will change. Even if the Federal Reserve could accurately forecast the currency and deposit mix the public 688 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 is likely to demand, and hence the reserve growth needed to accommodate some specified expansion in M -l, it would be reluctant to force the financial system to conform to this rigid pattern. Demands for M -l also tend to vary considerably in the short run, due to institutional considerations that often are not very responsive to short-term changes in interest rates; thus a rigid Federal Reserve commitment simply to supply the reserves its projections of the deposit mix showed would be needed for a desired rate of growth in M -1 could be expected to produce marked short-run fluctuations in market interest rates. In practice, the Federal Open Market Com mittee has been unwilling to seek such close short-run control over growth in the money supply. This reluctance reflects the Committee’s belief that the short-run volatility in market interest rates likely to result from such a policy would risk greater disruption to the economy than the short-run instability in money growth rates the policy was seeking to avoid. When incoming data show a sudden marked acceleration or slowing in money growth rates, the Committee must decide whether the change is a temporary aberration likely soon to be reversed, or a more fundamental change in money demands that stems from a basic adjust ment in the performance of the economy. If the Committee acted immediately to counter an observed change in money growth, and the change then proved to be temporary, the action could be destabilizing and require a subsequent offsetting adjustment. Since Committee actions affect the public’s willingness to hold money with a lag through their influence on interest rates, such attempts at fine tuning could produce perverse results. To minimize this risk, the Federal Open Market Committee typically has adopted an intermediate position. Confronted with an un expected overshoot or undershoot of its money growth targets, the Committee has taken action that neither fully ignores nor fully responds to the miss, until the underlying growth tendency can be differentiated from the “ noise” of aber rations in the data. This approach poses some risk that needed countercyclical policy actions will be less timely than desired. But the Com mittee believes that the accentuated volatility in short-term interest rates likely to result from efforts at instantaneous fine tuning of the aggre gates poses a greater risk. This belief has been bolstered by Federal Reserve research that sug gests that temporary aberrations in money growth rates create few difficulties for the econ omy so long as desired growth rates are attained over periods of two to four quarters. R e la tio n sh ip s to U ltim ate O b je c tiv e s Relationships between the monetary aggregates and measures of ultimate economic activity have proved to be substantially looser in practice than is typically implied by economic theory. This discrepancy between theory and practice ap pears to have been particularly wide for the monetary base. The ratios of M -l and M-2 to the gross national product (that is, the income velocity of money) have been somewhat more stable, but they have shifted significantly at critical times. The growth of M -l relative to GNP has changed in the 1970s as important institutional innovations have encouraged the public to shift transactions balances from the non-interestbearing demand deposits that are included in M -l to the interest-bearing accounts that are included in M-2 and M-3. In New England and New York, savings and loan associations, sav ings banks, and commercial banks have all been authorized to promote interest-bearing accounts that permit holders to use “ negotiable orders of withdrawal” much as they would checks. Credit unions are offering “ share draft” ac counts that serve much the same function. In the face of these developments, the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Cor poration have sought to maintain the balance of competition among banks and other types of thrift institutions by relaxing some of the re straints on offerings of savings deposits by commercial banks. For example, commercial banks have been authorized to offer savings accounts to businesses and state and local gov ernments as well as to individuals and nonprofit institutions. Holders of savings accounts have been permitted to transfer funds from savings Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy to demand deposits by telephone as well as by mail or in person. Finally, depositary institu tions have been authorized to offer overdraft privileges on checking accounts that involve an automatic transfer of funds from savings ac counts.14 All of these innovations encourage the public to economize on M -l by holding more of their transactions balances in various interest-bearing forms of M-2 and M-3. Moreover, instruments have been developed that, although not defined as money, fulfill its liquidity function and to that extent help the public to economize on holdings of M-2 and M-3 as well. Mutual funds, for example, are now offering shares in pools of money market assets that can be liquidated on demand, while depositary institutions have increased their emphasis on security repurchase agreements with large customers. Since these RPs are secured by Treasury and federal agency debt, they are a relatively safe and liquid alter native to deposits. The public’s resort to interest-bearing trans actions accounts has strengthened the case for use of a relatively broad measure of money as a policy target. The particular broader measures that have been available, however, pose impor tant practical operating problems of their own. For one thing, large negotiable certificates of deposit at large banks— on which there are no interest rate ceilings— are excluded from M-2 on the grounds that they behave more like securities than deposits; those issued by smaller banks and all large nonnegotiable certificates remain in M-2 because historical data are lack ing. Since CDs at smaller banks are similar in function to those at large banks, a strong case can be made for excluding them from M-2 as well. Second, M-2 and M-3 also include certain smaller CD-type accounts that are subject to interest rate ceilings, offer higher yields in re turn for extended maturities (out to seven years), and carry substantial penalties for early with drawal. These accounts, too, are more compa rable with market securities than they are with the transactions and savings-type deposits typi cally viewed as money. Relationships between changes in the broader aggregates and GNP can be further clouded by 689 the distortions that interest rate ceilings on time and savings accounts sometimes introduce into deposit flows. When yields on competing mar ket securities rise to levels appreciably above ceiling rates on deposit accounts, growth in M-2 and M-3 may slacken abruptly. Not only are current savings flows diverted to the higheryielding market securities but also some thrift accounts accumulated at lower rates may be redirected into market securities. When rates on liquid market securities drop through official ceilings to levels significantly below those available on thrift accounts, flows to depositary institutions are typically augmented. For this reason, observed changes in growth rates for M-2 and M-3 have to be carefully evaluated to judge how much of the indicated shift may be attributable simply to changes in market yields relative to depositary rate ceilings. The sensitivity of the broader aggregates to changes in relative market yields has been tem pered during the past year by the introduction of money market CDs. Starting in June 1978, commercial banks and thrift institutions were authorized to offer nonnegotiable certificates having a 26-week maturity, a minimum denom ination of $10,000, and a maximum rate of interest linked to the average rate paid on sixmonth Treasury bills in the latest Treasury auc tion prior to issuance of the certificates.15 Thus holders of deposits with fixed-rate ceilings who wish to take advantage of rising market interest rates now have an alternative to a shift to market securities. And, while there were large shifts from savings accounts to the money market CDs at intermediaries following their inauguration, overall growth in thrift accounts slowed sub stantially less than it had in earlier periods of sharp advances in market rates. Because the quickened pace of regulatory change and financial innovation has fundamen tally altered the character of the public’s mone tary assets, the economic meaning of traditional measures of money has changed. In view of these marked changes, the Federal Reserve re cently published a set of staff proposals designed to facilitate a discussion of possible revisions in the definition of money.16 These proposed definitions group together similar kinds of de posits held at different types of institutions. 690 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Although they are designed to make the mone tary aggregates more meaningful under current institutional arrangements, they recognize that no one aggregate or group of aggregates can meet all current analytical needs or even serve particular needs indefinitely. The many practical difficulties of selecting a monetary target with predictable links to GNP reinforces a persisting strand of Federal Reserve thought: that no single formula or operating target can be relied on to work effectively in all circumstances. For this reason the Federal Reserve has typically hedged its commitment to any given operating target, constantly check ing performance of the target and other relevant economic variables to determine whether the presumed linkage between them is working as expected. The future of Federal Reserve mone tary policy techniques is unforeseeable, de pending as it does in large measure upon devel opments in the economy, especially the degree to which inflation can be overcome. But the deeply rooted practice of eclectic choice among operating techniques and policy targets, rather than exclusive commitment to one, is likely to continue. □ Footnotes 1. The characteristics of this wartime yield structure were a three-month rate of 3/8 percent, a seven- to twelve-month rate of 7/8 percent, and a twenty-year rate of 2V percent. This structure was broadly believed i to reflect liquidity preference—the fear that long-term rates might rise and the consequent desirability for investors seeking to avoid capital losses of staying with short-term assets. It was widely recognized that pegging of such a rate structure was internally inconsistent. If long-term se curities were expected to remain truly pegged until maturity, there was no point in holding any security with a lower yield but no lower risk. Anyone who acted on this theory and bought the 2V percent bonds of i September 1972 on the presumption that pegging by the Federal Reserve had removed the risk of investing at the long end of the market would have seen his bonds depreciate to a low of 7824/3 in early 1960. 2 2. Federal Open Market Committee report of ad hoc subcommittee on the government securities market, November 12, 1952; reprinted in The Federal Reserve System After Fifty Years, Hearings before the Subcom mittee on Domestic Finance of the Committee on Banking and Currency, House of Representatives, 88 Cong. 2 Sess., vol. 3 (Government Printing Office, 1964), pp. 2005-55. 3. See Fortieth Annual Report of the Board of Gov ernors of the Federal Reserve System Covering Opera tions for the Year 1953 (1954), p. 89. 4. The ultimate “target” of policy is a favorable performance of the economy as reflected in output, prices, and employment. The financial variables used to define desired policy ranges, and referred to as targets in this article, are merely means to achieve this broader end and not targets in any final sense. 5. When excess reserves exceed member bank bor rowings, the net position of the banking system shows free reserves; when borrowings exceed excess reserves, there are net borrowed reserves. 6. Starting in the mid-1960s, large U.S. commercial banks with temporary reserve deficiencies began to press more actively to borrow excess reserves (called federal funds) from banks with temporary reserve surpluses, even when the interest cost was above the Federal Reserve discount rate. Member banks often elected to borrow such funds too, typically for one day at a time, apparently in order to avoid the close surveillance of their operations by Federal Reserve discount officers that traditionally accompanies borrowing from the Sys tem for any extended period. As a result of this prefer ence, a national market for federal funds developed rapidly. And since Federal Reserve operations to ease or tighten the bank reserve base are reflected immedi ately in the federal funds quotation, this rate began to be viewed as the bellwether of Federal Reserve policy in tentions, superseding the 90-day Treasury bill rate. 7. M-l includes (1) demand deposits at all commer cial banks other than those due domestic commercial banks and the U.S. government, less cash items in the process of collection and Federal Reserve float; (2) foreign demand balances at Federal Reserve Banks; and (3) currency outside the Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, and vaults of all commercial banks. M-2 includes M-l plus time and savings deposits at commercial banks other than negotiable certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more issued by large weekly reporting commercial banks. M-3 includes M-2 plus deposits at mutual savings banks and savings and loan associations, and shares at credit unions. Bank credit includes total bank loans and investments (measured on a monthly average basis) less interbank loans. 8. When commercial banks were authorized to make automatic transfers from savings to demand deposits in November 1978, the Federal Open Market Committee for a short time also monitored two-month ranges for an additional aggregate, known as M-1 + , which con sists of M-l plus savings deposits at banks. Data are not available on a sufficiently timely basis for M-4 and M-5 and the bank credit proxy. 9. Prior to the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act, the Federal Reserve made quarterly reports to the Congress on its 12-month growth targets for money and credit. At each reporting the base periods for the ranges were moved ahead one quarter. This moving-base procedure was sometimes criticized be cause the possibility of “base drift” tended to compli Operating Guides in U.S. Monetary Policy cate comparisons of growth performance over time. Furthermore, since new 12-month growth targets were always related to the latest base quarter, the FOMC did not explicitly account for deviations from targeted growth ranges in earlier quarters. Under the HumphreyHawkins reporting procedure, there is no longer a mov ing base because the focus at successive congressional reviews is to be on given calendar years. Thus the Federal Reserve is now required to make an explicit accounting and adjustment for deviations from its tar geted growth ranges as the calendar year progresses. 10. Improving the Monetary Aggregates: Report of the Advisory Committee on Monetary Statistics (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 1976), p. 7. 11. The possibilities cited in the report included M-2, M-3, M-4 (M-2 plus large CDs), and M-5 (M-3 plus large CDs), and a number of permutations that combine deposit-type instruments with liquid market securities. 12. Until March 1976, the benchmark period was a single day. But starting with that month, weekly average data for the week ending on the Wednesday that includes the call date have been available for benchmarking. 13. While the Manager of the System Open Market Account has most frequently been directed to weigh M-1 and M-2 equally when evaluating their actual growth patterns in relation to the Committee’s desired ranges, the fact that M-2 includes M-l still places the greatest effective weight on M-l. 14. On April 20, 1979, the U.S. Court of Appeals 691 for the District of Columbia Circuit invalidated the regulations of the Board and the FDIC that permitted insured banks to transfer funds from a depositor’s sav ings account to a demand deposit account to cover overdrafts or to maintain a specified balance. The court, however, delayed the effective date of its decision until January 1, 1980, to allow the Congress time to review the matter. On August 21, 1979, the Board petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court to review the decision of the Court of Appeals. 15. Commercial banks may issue certificates with a maximum rate of interest equal to the average discount rate on six-month Treasury bills in the most recent Treasury auction. Before March 15, 1979, thrift institu tions were permitted to offer 1/4 of 1 percent more on the certificates than commercial banks, regardless of the level of the six-month bill rate. Regulatory changes that went into effect on March 15, 1979, prohibited com pounding of interest on subsequent issues of the certifi cates and authorized a full 1/4-point differential for thrift institutions only when the six-month bill rate is 83 A percent or less. When the six-month bill rate is between 83 and 9 percent, commercial banks may pay the actual A bill rate, while thrift institutions may pay 9 percent and, thus, experience less than a 1/4-point differential. When the six-month bill rate is 9 percent or greater, both banks and thrift institutions may pay the actual bill rate. 16. See “A Proposal for Redefining the Monetary Aggregates,” Federal Reserve Bulletin, vol. 65 (Jan uary 1979), pp. 13-42. 692 Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 This article was prepared by Barbara Negri Opper of the B oard’s Division of Research and Statistics. Net income of insured commercial banks reached $10.7 billion during 1978.1 The 20 percent profit increase over the preceding year outpaced the 12.5 percent expansion in the assets of insured commercial banks, and return on assets increased substantially for the second consecutive year, to a level higher than in any other year since 1973. Because of this vigorous profit growth and a modest further increase in the leverage of assets with respect to equity, returns on average equity capital also reached a post-1973 high of 12.9 percent. The increase in profits during 1978 was widespread among insured commercial banks, although medium and large regional-type banks, which tend to be retail-oriented but which have flexible access to funds, experienced the largest gains. Insured U.S. banks with foreign offices at tributed more than one-fourth of their total 1978 net income to international business, according to new reports on domestic and foreign opera tions at those institutions. The profitability of these banks, based on data first reported for 1978, is discussed later. The most important source of improvement in return on assets at nearly all size classes of banks was the increase in net interest margins, which are the difference between gross interest income adjusted for taxable equivalence and gross interest expense. Table 1 summarizes in dustry return on average assets. Rising short term market yields during 1978 allowed banks 1. Detailed income and expense data for all insured and all member banks from 1970 through 1978 appear in appendix tables A.l and A.2. The data base was developed by Nancy Pittman, and research assistance was provided by Mary McLaughlin. Peter Lloyd-Davies prepared the Technical Note. to acquire high-yielding assets, while regulatory ceilings limited increases in the interest cost on savings and most small-denomination time de posits. This disparity in the interest rate sensi tivity of assets and liabilities had its greatest impact on banks with less than $1 billion in assets, which rely most heavily on savings and small time deposits as a source of funds; their gross interest income and expense increased less than the industry averages while their net inter est margin increased 25 basis points— double the rise for all other banks (chart 1). By contrast, the major money center institutions— very large banks a substantial portion of whose assets and liabilities carry returns that are highly sensitive to movements in market yields— experienced above-average increases in gross interest income 1. Income and expenses as percent of average assets, all insured commercial banks, 1976-781 Item 1976 1977 1978 Gross interest earn ed ................................ Gross interest expense. . . . : ................... N et interest m argin............................... N oninterest income................................... Loan-loss provision.................................. Other noninterest expense....................... 6.39 3.47 2.92 .71 .32 2.44 6.47 3.54 2.93 .70 .26 2.45 7.24 4.17 3.07 .74 .25 2.50 Income before tax.................................. Other 3.................................................. .88 .21 .03 .92 .23 .01 1.06 .29 - .0 2 N et incom e.............................................. Cash dividends declared.................. .70 .27 .71 .26 .76 .26 N et retained earnings................................ .43 .45 .50 3.33 1,131 3.33 1,257 3.48 1,419 M emo Taxable equivalent net interest Average assets, billions o f dollars i ......... 1. Average assets are fully consolidated and net of loan-loss reserves; averages are based on amounts outstanding at the beginning and end o f each year. 1976 and 1977 interest and noninterest income have been restated slightly to conform with a 1978 definitional change that adds dividends on stock to interest income. 2. Includes all taxes estimated to be due on income, on extra ordinary gains, and on securities gains. 3. Includes securities and extraordinary gains or losses ( —) before taxes. 4. For each bank with profits before tax o f at least $25,000, income from state and local obligations was increased by the lesser o f that interest income or profits before tax. F or banks with profits before tax between zero and $25,000, one-third o f the lesser o f profits or state and local interest income was added. This adjustment approxi mates the equivalent pre-tax return on state and local obligations. 693 and expense but a below-average increase in net interest margins. At these banks, reductions in loan-loss provisions contributed about as much to improvement in net earnings as did the in crease in net interest margins. I n t e r e s t I n c o m e The strong growth in gross interest income during 1978 is attributable to both the general increase in market interest rates and a portfolio shift by banks from lower-yielding securities into loans. As a percentage of average assets, gross interest earned adjusted to a taxableequivalent basis increased 78 basis points, after only a negligible rise in 1977. The gross portfolio yield on loans at all in sured commercial banks increased 117 basis points— 119 basis points net of loan-loss provi sions (table 2). In addition to the influence of the general rise in market yields during the year, loan portfolios were reallocated toward loans with higher returns. Growth in real estate and personal loans accounted for about two-thirds of the addition to domestic loan portfolios at all insured commercial banks. Even on a fully consolidated basis, such loans accounted for half of the aggregate increase in loan portfolios of all insured U.S. banks. With yields on con sumer loans ranging between 11 and 13 percent in 1978, returns on these loans substantially exceeded average gross yields on the loan port folios at most banks, and were well above the average business-loan prime rate prevailing during the year. 2. Rates of return on fully consolidated portfolios, all insured commercial banks, 1976-781 Percent Item Securities, to ta l.......................................... U.S. governm ent.................................... State and local governm ent................. O ther......................................................... Loans, gross................................................ N et o f loan-loss provisions................. Taxable equivalent2 Total securities...................................... State and local........................................ Total securities and gross lo a n s......... 1976 1978 6.26 7.09 5.15 7.68 8.89 8.24 6.22 6.98 5.08 8.92 9.15 8.63 6.47 7.37 5.24 8.80 10.32 9.82 8.43 10.11 8.72 8.43 10.18 8.96 8.89 10.62 9.95 1. Calculated as described in the Technical Note. 2. See note 4 to table 1. 1977 Yields on securities held in bank portfolios also increased during 1978, although the gain— 46 basis points on a taxable-equivalent basis— was less than half that for loans. As loan demand accelerated during 1978, bank securi ties holdings as a proportion of interest-earning assets declined by about as much as higheryielding loans increased (table 3). The dollar value of industry holdings of U.S. government obligations remained unchanged over the year despite some increased need for those instruments arising from their use as col lateral for bank repurchase agreements (RPs), which increased rapidly during 1978, as well as for government deposits. In contrast with the pattern for federal obligations, some net new funds were invested in state and local govern ment issues during 1978, although not in amounts large enough to maintain the share of bank assets in such obligations. Demand for those tax-exempt instruments probably stemmed from the rapid growth in taxable profits at banks. At the end of 1978, all government obligations held by banks had a longer average maturity than was the case a year earlier. There had been a shift out of U.S. government obligations ma turing within one year and an increase in long term state and local government obligations, including those with maturities of ten years or more. The sensitivity to the credit cycle of the gross interest income of banks is influenced strongly by the maturity of loan and investment portfo lios and by the use of floating-rate loan agree ments. Real estate and consumer loans tend to remain outstanding longer than business loans, for example, and interest rates on such loans have been less responsive than the business-loan prime rate to cyclical shifts in market yields. Moreover, floating or variable interest rates are more prevalent on bank business loans than on real estate or consumer loans. Banks with a preponderance of the latter two types of loans consequently have tended to experience rela tively low cyclical volatility in gross interest income. To illustrate, more than one-third of the loan portfolios of banks with assets less than $100 million is in real estate loans and nearly another third is in personal loans. Since 1970, gross interest income of this class of bank has 694 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 3. Portfolio composition as percent of total assets including loan-loss reserves, all insured commercial banks, 1976-781 Average during year Domestic Fully consolidated Item 1976 Interest-earning assets......................................................................................... L o a n s.................................................................................................................. Securities............................................................................................................ U.S. T reasury............................................................................................... U.S. government agencies......................................................................... State and local governm ents......................................................................... Other bonds and stock............................................................................... Gross federal funds sold and reverse R P s................................................. Interest-bearing deposits2.............................................................................. 1977 1978 1976 1977 1978 80.9 52.0 23.9 9 .2 3.5 10.6 .6 4 .0 1.0 80.3 52.1 23.2 9 .2 3.3 10.2 .5 4 .2 .8 79.2 53.3 21.3 7 .7 3.2 9 .8 .6 4 .0 .6 83.4 53.1 20.8 7.9 3 .0 9.1 .8 3.4 6.1* 83.3 53.4 20.0 7.8 2.8 8.7 .8 3.6 6 .3e 82.4 54.6 18.4 6.5 2.7 8.3 .9 3.3 6. l e 958 1,056 1,198 M emo Average gross assets (billions o f dollars)........................................................ 1,116 1,244 1,406 1. Percentages are based on aggregate data and thus reflect the heavier weighting o f large banks. D ata are based on averages for call dates in December o f the preceding year and M arch, June, September, and December o f the current year. 2. Interest-bearing deposits held by domestic offices first were reported in 1976. Reporting of those balances on a fully consolidated basis began in December 1978, and the number shown for 1978 is an average based upon the reported December am ount and estimates for earlier call report dates. Fully consolidated interest-bearing de posits are estimated for 1976 and 1977. shown far more secular uptrend, but less cycli cal variability, than that of larger banks (top panel of chart 1). The increase in the rate of gross interest income received by the banking industry as a whole during 1978 primarily reflects the experi ence of the larger banks. These institutions on average have a greater concentration of loans with shorter maturities or floating rates and thus with yields that respond quickly to changes in money market conditions. Money center banks, as shown in chart 1, are the extreme example. Of their loans except loans to individuals and those secured by single-family homes, 55 per cent matured within one year and 32 percent of the longer maturities carried floating interest rates. Since the two exceptions amount to only about 10 percent of their loans, a minimum of 80 percent of the loan portfolios of money center banks is structured to respond readily to changes in open market yields. In 1978, interest income per dollar of average assets at these banks in creased 99 basis points, well above the average amount. depending upon the nature of the bank. The six-month money market certificate, authorized in June 1978, allowed banks, for the first time, to offer a relatively small-denomination deposit with a ceiling on new accounts that varied regularly with market yields.2 This instrument permitted banks to compete with market instru ments for funds of rate-conscious consumers, but at the same time it introduced some cyclical responsiveness to the interest cost of consumer deposits. Because of the general stability in regulatory ceilings affecting the bulk of these deposits, the effective annual interest rate paid by banks on savings and small time deposits increased only slightly during the year. (See table 4.) The relatively slight increase in effective yields on consumer-type interest-bearing deposits is at tributable principally to the impact of the money market certificates, since most banks already offered regulatory ceiling rates on other savings and small time deposits. Average rates paid for large negotiable certificates of deposit (CDs), RPs, and federal funds increased more than 200 basis points, on the other hand; deposit funds raised in foreign offices of U.S. banks also cost over 200 basis points more than in 1977. I n t e r e s t E x p e n s e The stability in the interest rate ceilings on savings and most small-denomination time de posits restrained increases in the overall cost of funds to banks in 1978— to varying degrees 2. An examination of profit and portfolio impacts of the money market certificate on small banks appears later. Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 1. Components of interest margins Percent of average assets GROSS INTEREST INCOME Below $100 million 'N o n m o n e y c e n te r $1 billion or more 5 4 3 2 N O T IN T E R E S T M A R G IN S 5 4 3 2 1. Size categories are based on year-end consolidated assets. Gross interest income is adjusted for taxable equivalence. Net interest margins are gross interest income adjusted for taxable equivalence minus gross interest expense. Data are for domestic operations until 1976, when foreign office operations of U .S . banks were consolidated into the totals. Although fixed-rate deposit interest ceilings limited the effective interest cost of most savings and small time deposits, they also limited the ability of banks to compete for depositors’ funds against small-denomination open-market instru ments, such as money market mutual funds and Treasury securities. As a consequence, banks seeking to attract loanable funds had to issue an increased proportion of liabilities with market-determined interest rates, such as CDs and nondeposit instruments. For example, the proportion of average fully consolidated assets 695 outstanding in 1978 at all insured banks that was financed by domestic demand, savings, and small time deposits decreased 2.1 percentage points (line 2 plus line 7 of table 5), and measured from year-end 1977 to year-end 1978 (not shown), it fell 4 points to 59 percent. The shift to higher-cost funds and the increase in yields on those sources raised gross interest expense as a percentage of average assets 63 basis points for all banks (table 1). Accentuating the increase in interest expenses was the shift of some consumer funds from non-interestbearing demand deposits to interest-bearing transactions accounts— automatic transfer serv ice (ATS) and negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) balances. In addition, the U.S. Treasury tax and loan account was instituted, whereby banks holding Treasury balances were required to pay interest on them; the rate paid was a money market yield. As would be expected, banks that relied most heavily on liabilities sheltered by regulatory ceilings experienced an increase in gross interest expense far below the average (middle panel of chart 1). For instance, banks with less than $100 million in assets, with 88 percent (down from 90 percent in 1977) of their financial liabilities in demand, savings, and small time deposits, paid only 22 basis points more interest per dollar of average assets in 1978 than in 1977. Con versely, interest expense as a percent of average assets rose 93 basis points at money center banks, at which deposits with relatively stable interest costs represented only 29 percent of total financial claims. 4. Rates paid for fully consolidated liabilities, all insured commercial banks, 1976-78 1. Percent Item 1976 1977 1978 Time and savings accounts..................... Negotiable C D s2................................... D eposits in foreign offices................... O ther deposits........................................ Subordinated notes and debentures___ Gross federal funds purchased and RPs Other liabilities for borrowed m o n e y .. 5.74 5.97 5.97 5.58 7.43 5.57 7.96 5.77 5.72 5.58 5.94 5.67 7.38 6.10 7.56 5.79 6.76 7.85 8.04 5.81 7.77 8.68 7.00 6.81 M emo N ot covered by regulatory ceilings2. . . . 5.96 5.92 8.02 1. Calculated as described in the Technical Note. 2. Does not include nonnegotiable time deposits of $100,000 or more. 696 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 5. Composition of financial liabilities as percent of total assets including loan-loss reserves, all insured commercial banks, 1976-781 Average during year Domestic Fully consolidated Item 1976 1977 1978 1976 1977 1978 Financial claim s................................................................................................... D em and deposits............................................................................................. 89.1 32.6 89.4 32.1 89.1 31.9 90.1 28.0 90.4 27.2 90.2 26.9 Interest-bearing claims.................................................................................... Time and savings acco u n ts........................................................................ Large tim e2 ............................................................................................... In foreign offices...................................................................................... Other domestic......................................................................................... Subordinated notes and debentures.................................................... .. 56.5 49.2 14.8 57.3 49.0 13.3 57.2 48.3 15.0 34.4 .5 .5 6.3 35.7 .5 .6 7.2 33.3 .5 1.1 7.3 62.1 55.5 13.8 13.2 28.5 .4 .8 5.4 63.2 55.6 11.4 14.1 30.1 .4 .9 6.2 63.3 55.2 12.7 14.5 28.1 .4 1.5 6.2 M anaged liabilities 3 ............................................................................................. Average gross assets (billions o f dollars)........................................................ 22.1 958 21.6 1,056 23.9 1,198 33.6 1,116 33.1 1,244 35.3 1,406 1. Percentages are based on aggregate data and thus reflect the heavier weighting of large banks. D ata are based on averages o f call dates for December of the preceding year and M arch, June, September, and December of the current year. 2. O f $100,000 and over issued by domestic offices. 3. Large time deposits issued by domestic offices plus gross deposits at foreign offices, subordinated notes and debentures, RPs, gross federal funds purchased, and other borrowings. Gross federal funds purchased and R P s..................................................... M emo N e t I n t e r e s t M a r g i n s Net interest margins widened substantially at most commercial banks, and on the whole, this expansion provided by far the single most im portant source of growth in industry rates of return during 1978. Small- and medium-sized banks experienced below-average increases in interest income but even smaller increases in interest expense, so their net interest margins expanded more than those at larger banks (bot tom panel of chart 1). That growth was by far the largest factor contributing to the increase in before-tax returns on average assets at these banks. The impact of deposit-rate ceilings was not so decisive for banks other than the money center institutions with $1 billion or more in assets; only about half of their consolidated year-end financial liabilities were in demand, savings, and small time deposits. Instead, the increase in rates of return on their loan portfolios outpaced the additional interest expense paid during the year; as with the two smaller classes of banks, this widened margin was the most important component of growth in profitability over the 1977 rate. At money center banks, by contrast, the large increase in the rate of interest expense nearly matched that of gross interest income and the resulting small increase in net interest income was not an overwhelming ele ment in their profit growth. By 1978, net interest margins at most classes of banks had returned from their recent cyclical lows almost to the higher levels registered ear lier in the decade (chart 1). The major money center institutions, however, had experienced a substantial and relatively persistent narrowing in net interest margins during the 1970s for several reasons. First, foreign operations are relatively important to the money center institu tions.3 Since net interest margins tend to be narrower at foreign offices than at domestic offices— in 1978 by one-third— the relatively rapid growth of the foreign-office business of the money center banks probably has tended to narrow the consolidated interest margins, al though not necessarily the overall profitability, of these banks. Second, between 1970 and 1976 non-interest-bearing demand deposits as a proportion of total liabilities declined more rap idly at money center banks than at other banks. Third, major multinational corporations— im portant loan customers of these money center banks— have increased their reliance on such alternative short-term sources of funds as the domestic commercial paper market and banking institutions abroad; this competition for loans 3. As the note to the chart indicates, interest margins reflect only domestic-office business until 1976, when fully consolidated income and expenses first were re ported. 697 Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 probably has induced money center banks to reduce their own differential between loan rates and cost of funds. Although money center banks have operated with a far smaller net interest margin than have other banks, this difference has been offset partially by lower noninterest expenses per dollar of assets; perhaps econo mies of scale coupled with relatively low serv icing costs on the small proportion of demand deposit liabilities at money center banks account for the lower expense. Moreover, returns on equity at these banks, with their higher assetto-capital leverage, have not been consistently above or below those at other banks. L o a n L osses a n d O th e r N o n in t e r e s t E x p e n s e a n d In c o m e Most insured commercial banks experienced a continued reduction in loan portfolio credit losses from the peak in those chargeoffs asso ciated with the 1973-75 recession (chart 2). By 1978 such charges net of recoveries, expressed as a share of average assets, had fallen to pre-recession levels. At banks with assets less than $1 billion, most of the improvement had occurred during 1977, and during 1978 they experienced only a small additional decline in net loan losses. At larger banks, however, net loan losses abated considerably further during 1978; for the first time since 1974, those losses 1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 1. As percent of average consolidated assets net of loanloss reserves, all insured commercial banks. as a share of average assets were lower at money center banks than at other banks. The decline in loan-loss provisions associated with lower actual net chargeoffs added nearly as much to the improvement in profitability at money center banks as did net interest gains. In contrast, loan-loss provisions of small banks actually increased during 1978 both in dollar terms (table 6) and as a percentage of both average assets and average loans. Noninterest income and noninterest expenses other than loan-loss provisions both tended to increase only slightly faster than asset growth. The acceleration, minimal as it was, centered in income from nondeposit service charges, commissions, and fees, and in expenses for 6. Loan portfolio losses and recoveries, insured commercial banks, 1977 and 1978 Millions o f dollars, except as noted N et losses Year and size o f b a n k 1 Losses charged Recoveries D ollar am ount 1977 All banks............................................................................................................. Less than $100 m illion..................................................................................... $100 million to $1 billion................................................................................ $1 billion or more M oney cen ter................................................................................................. 1978 All ban k s............................................................................................................. $100 million to $1 billion................................................................................ $1 billion or more N ot money cen ter......................................................................................... 1. Size categories are based on year-end fully consolidated assets. Percent of loans2 Loan-loss provision 3,549 720 674 809 210 177 2,740 510 497 .41 .33 .37 3,244 632 609 1,147 1,009 218 204 929 804 .45 .46 1,025 978 3,537 782 689 1,073 240 194 2,464 542 495 .32 .32 .32 3,499 748 667 995 1,068 335 303 660 765 .28 .36 972 1,112 2. Average o f beginning- and end-of-year loan balances. 698 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 salaries and employee benefits. The increase in income items approximately offset the increase in expenses, however, so these factors had no impact on growth in commercial bank earnings (table 1). 3. Net income as percent of average equity1 Percent of banks P r o f it a b il it y a n d D iv id e n d s Given the strong gains in net interest income, 1978 was a year of robust expansion in profits at most banks. Small, though widespread, losses on sales of securities occurred throughout the industry, but did not materially depress profits. The sharp increases in market yields led to a widespread erosion of capital values of securi ties held in portfolio, and banks may have chosen to realize losses to offset in part growth in their taxable profits and to provide funds for reinvestment at higher current yields. For all classes of banks except the large money center institutions, the increase in net income relative to average assets and average equity was siz able, bringing returns above those in any pre ceding year since 1973 (table 7). The profita bility of money center banks also improved, and although their returns on assets remained below pre-1974 levels, their 1978 return on equity— now more highly leveraged— was commen surate with profitability in those earlier years. Most banks allocated a smaller share of in come to cash dividends on common and pre ferred stock during 1978 than in 1977. Cash dividends declared by large banks, most of which are affiliated with holding companies, fell from about 45 percent of after-tax income in 1977 to 40 percent in 1978. Because cash divi dends grew more slowly than earnings, income retained showed an unusually large increase during 1978 (table 8). The equity capital of commercial banks expanded by nearly $8 billion in 1978, with an exceptionally large portion of that increase derived from earnings retention. Growth in equity capital, though unusually strong, nevertheless did not keep pace with growth in assets during 1978, and at banks with assets above $100 million, the average ratio of equity capital to assets diminished slightly fur ther from 1977 levels. The increase in the rate of return on equity appears to have been widespread among banks. 7. Profit rates of insured commercial banks, 1973-78 Percent Type o f return and size o f bank* R eturn on assets2 All b an k s..................... ...................................................................................... Less than $100 million.................................................................................... $100 million to $1 billion............................................................................... $1 billion or more M oney center................................................................................................ N ot money center........................................................................................ R eturn on equity3 All b a n k s........................................................................................................... Less than $100 m illio n .................................................................................. $100 million to $1 billion............................................................................... $1 billion or more M oney center................................................................................................ N o t money center. — ................................................................................ 1. Size categories are based on year-end fully consolidated assets. 2. N et income as a percent o f the average o f beginning- and end-ofyear fully consolidated assets net o f loan-loss reserves. 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 .76 1.00 .84 .72 .97 .79 .69 .89 .75 .70 .94 .78 .71 .98 .82 .76 1.04 .90 .60 .62 .56 .58 .56 .59 .54 .60 .50 .62 .53 .68 12.9 13.5 12.6 12.6 12.7 11.9 11.8 11.5 11.1 11.5 11.8 11.1 11.8 12.4 12.0 12.9 13.2 13.2 13.2 12.0 14.1 11.7 13.8 11.2 12.3 10.6 11.4 11.2 12.8 12.5 3. N et income as a percent o f the average o f beginning- and end-ofyear equity capital, Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 699 8. Sources of increase in total equity capital, all insured commercial banks, 1973-781 Millions o f dollars, except as noted N et retained income2 N et increase in equity capital Increase in equity capital from retained income (percent) Year Total 1973................................................................................................. 1975................................................................................................. 1976................................................................................................. 1977................................................................................................. 1978................................................................................................ Large banks3 Total Large banks3 (l)/(3) (2)1(4) (1) 4,131 4,307 4,224 4,834 5,599 7,019 (2) 1,491 1,666 1,690 1,909 2,157 2,947 (3) 5,455 5,631 5,526 7,254 7,094 7,961 (4) 1,849 1,977 2,396 3,371 2,939 3,304 (5) 76 76 76 67 79 88 (6) 81 84 71 57 73 89 1. In 1976, equity capital was affected by one-time accounting changes in the treatm ent o f loan-loss and valuation reserves. The data shown for 1976 have been adjusted to correct for that definitional change. 2. N et income less cash dividends declared on preferred and comm on stock. 3. Banks with fully consolidated assets o f $1 billion or more, The distribution of individual rates of return on equity has shifted noticeably from 1976 to 1978; far more banks now record high rates of return and far fewer experience losses (chart 3). / yields on market instruments open a large gap over fixed interest rate ceilings on other smalldenomination deposits. By year-end, MMCs outstanding at insured banks had grown to $22 billion, with small banks having issued a dis proportionately large two-fifths of that amount. By the end of 1978, as indicated in table 9, MMC balances averaged only 1.6 percent of total financial liabilities of the biggest banks, compared with about 2.5 percent of those claims at small and medium-sized banks. Because these smaller banks had limited ability to issue largedenomination money market liabilities, the MMCs played an important part in sustaining their asset growth during 1978 as market yields rose above fixed deposit-rate ceilings. To assess the effects of this new deposit on G o v e r n m e n t P r o f i t G u i d e l in e s In early 1979, the President’s Council on Wage and Price Stability (COWPS) implemented bank profit guidelines as a counterpart to the overall wage and price guidelines already set for unions and nonfinancial firms. Those profit guidelines recognized the central role that interest rates play in an anti-inflationary effort and, further, acknowledged the decisive impact of policy regarding deposit-rate ceilings on profit growth at most banks. Instead of formulating interest rate restrictions, as the Committee on Interest and Dividends had done in 1973-74, COWPS devised a profits measure and set as a guideline the average of such returns in the three most profitable years in the period 1973 through 1978. As many as one-third of all insured com mercial banks are estimated to have to reduce profits from 1978 levels or to adopt the alterna tive restrictions on dividends and service fees applicable to banking institutions that do not meet the profit constraint. M o n e y M a r k e t C e r t if ic a t e s Money market certificates (MMCs), introduced in June 1978, provided banks a new opportunity to compete for consumers’ funds when rising 9. Use of money market certificates, insured commercial banks, by size of bank, December 31, 1978 Measure o f M MCs and size o f ban k 1 Lowest value in quartile2 Mean M ode Sec ond Third Fourth M M C s as percent o f to ta l fiancial liabilities Less than $100 million............... $100 million to $1 billion......... $1 billion or m ore....................... 2.5 2.7 1.6 0 0 0 0 1.6 .1 2.1 2 .6 1.4 3.9 3.5 2.1 9 .6 15.0 15.9 0 0 0 0 8.8 11.2 6.8 13.5 14.7 13.7 19.6 19.2 M M C s as percent o f s m a ll tim e deposits Less than $100 m illion.............. $100 million to $1 billion......... $1 billion or m ore....................... 1. Size categories are based on year-end fully consolidated assets. 2. In all cases, zero was the lowest value in the first quartile. 700 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 10. Comparison of operating results, second half of 1978, small insured commercial banks with greatest and least reliance on MMCs1 M eans in percent except as indicated Quartile Item Highest Lowest Growth Total domestic assets........................................... Domestic liabilities............................................... 8 .5 9 .0 5 .7 6 .0 Income and expense scaled to average consolidated assets2 Interest incom e..................................................... Interest expense..................................................... N et interest m argin.......................................... Taxable equivalent....................................... Noninterest incom e.............................................. Loan-loss provisions............................................ Other noninterest expense.................................. Profit before tax ................................................ N et incom e......................................................... D ividends........................................................... 7.97 3.83 4 .1 4 4.6 4 .55 .33 3.17 1.20 .90 .28 7.62 3.26 4.35 4.81 .48 .28 3.24 1.32 .97 .31 Changes in asset allocations (percentage points)3 Short term assets *................................................. Real estate lo an s................................................... .12 .53 -.2 4 .53 1. Top and bottom quartiles, as determined by share M M Cs repre sented o f total financial claims at the end o f 1978, o f all banks with year-end assets below $100 million. The differences between means o f the two groups are statistically significant below the 1 percent level except the value for noninterest expense, which is significant below the 2 percent level, and the pro portion o f assets allocated to real estate loans, which is not statis tically significant. 2. These are annual rates calculated by doubling rate for second half. 3. The percent o f total domestic assets represented by the indicated item in December minus that percent in June. A value o f 3.5 per cent indicates a drop in the proportion of assets so invested by about one-half o f 1 percentage point. 4. U.S. government, Treasury, and agency securities maturing within one year plus federal funds sold and reverse RPs. smaller banks in greater detail, a special analysis of banks with less than $100 million in assets was undertaken. Those banks were grouped according to the percentage of their total finan cial liabilities represented by MMCs as of De cember 1978. Statistical tests of the differences between certain operating characteristics were performed on small banks in the lowest and highest quartiles. The lowest quartile had no MMCs outstanding, and the highest had at least 3.9 percent of total financial claims from MMCs (table 9). Higher use of MMCs clearly was associated with more rapid growth rates of assets and liabilities during the second half of 1978, after the MMC was instituted (table 10). The mean growth rates of assets and liabilities of the top quartile— 8 V and 9 percent respectively— were 2 half again as fast as those of the lowest quartile, and the differences between the means of these two groups were significant at the 1 percent level. On balance, however, the profitability of the more intensive users of MMCs was lower than that of banks with none. Part of this difference, also statistically significant at the 1 percent level, can be related to MMC use. Banks in the top MMC quartile paid 57 basis points more per dollar of assets for funds, as would be expected, but they only partly recovered that difference by earning 40 basis points more in interest. Net interest margins, consequently, were lower for banks in the top quartile than for those in the lowest. Although noninterest expenses also were lower and noninterest in come was higher at small banks in the top MMC quartile, those differences were too small to offset fully the lower net interest margins. Whereas small banks in the top quartile had substantially higher interest expense relative to average assets, most of which went to deposi tors, they paid 3 basis points less to stockholders than did those in the lowest quartile. A combination of factors may help to account for the higher asset yield earned by banks in the top quartile. For one, the increase in market yields during the second half of 1978 probably brought returns on new loans and investments above average portfolio yields. With their faster asset growth, banks in the top quartile probably acquired, on net, more loans and investments yielding high current returns than did their slower-growing counterparts that did not use MMCs. In addition, during the second half of 1978, banks in the top MMC quartile increased their share of assets invested in short-term in struments including U.S. government and agency obligations maturing within one year, reverse RPs, and federal funds; banks in the lowest quartile reduced that proportion. As market yields increased, the term structure of yields shifted so that returns on short-term in vestments exceeded those on long-term assets; other things being equal, portfolios with more short-term assets during the second half of 1978 were likely to experience the higher yields. No difference between the two groups of banks was shown in the share of assets allocated to real estate loans. Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 U .S . I n s u r e d C o m m e r c i a l B a n k s w i t h F o r e i g n O f f ic e s The rapid growth of business in foreign offices of U.S. banks has been an important develop ment in commercial banking during this decade. In 1970, 61 U.S. banks had foreign offices, which together held less than $50 billion in assets; by the end of 1978, 155 banks had foreign-office assets of $260 billion. Eight of the ten largest commercial banks held at least one-third of their consolidated assets at their foreign offices by year-end 1978 and one bank held more than half. Although virtually all banks with foreign offices are large institutions, foreign-office business is concentrated at 13 money center banks, which at year-end held 80 percent of total foreign-office assets. In 1978, domestic banks with foreign offices 701 began to supply income and expense data on the operations of their domestic and foreign offices separately. These institutions also began to provide substantially more balance-sheet in formation for their domestic and foreign opera tions, including detail on selected balances ac cording to whether or not the customer was domiciled within the United States. The new data illustrate some dissimilarities between the foreign and domestic business of these multinational banks. Foreign offices relied heavily on interest-bearing deposits, which amounted to three-fourths of their liabilities (table 11). They also relied on funds supplied by their domestic affiliates, which amounted to 6 percent of their total December 1978 liabili ties. At the end of 1978, sources of funding for domestic offices were primarily from nonaf filiates and were much more varied: nondeposit 11. Assets and liabilities of U.S. insured commercial banks with foreign offices, December 31,1978 Domestic offices Foreign offices Item Billions of dollars Percent o f total Billions of dollars Percent of total Total assets................................................................................................................................ Cash and due from b a n k s................................................................................................ Federal funds sold and reverse R P s............................................................................... Securities............................................................................................................................... 608 107 24 87 318 721 100 18 4 14 52 12 259 96 * 7 144 1 100 37 * 3 56 5 Total liabilities......................................................................................................................... D eposits................................................................................................................................ Noninterest bearing2...................................................................................................... Interest-bearing............................................................................................................... Savings and small tim e.............................................................................................. Time over $100,000.................................................................................................... Nondeposit financial claims.............................................................................................. Federal funds purchased and R P s .............................................................................. Subordinated notes and debentures........................................................................... Other liabilities for borrowed money......................................................................... 569 440 198 242 115 127 90 70 3 17 39 100 77 35 43 20 22 16 12 1 3 7 250 220 19 201 n.a. n.a. 11 * 1 10 201 100 88 8 80 n.a. n.a. 4 * * 4 8 M em o : Remaining maturities Total assets................................................................................................................................ Selected assets3 ................................................................................................................... One year or less............................................................................................................... One to five years............................................................................................................. Over five years................................................................................................................. 608 418 260 90 67 100 69 43 15 11 259 241 168 54 19 100 92 64 21 7 Total liabilities......................................................................................................................... Selected liabilities4.............................................................................................................. Subject to call................................. ................................................................................. Other three months or less........................................................................................... Over three m onths.......................................................................................................... 569 480 197 205 78 100 84 35 36 14 250 201 20 154 29 100 80 8 62 12 1. O f this am ount, $15 billion represents net funds advanced by domestic offices to their own foreign branches. 2. Demand deposits in domestic offices, noninterest-bearing deposits in foreign offices. 3. For foreign offices, maturity detail is provided for all loans and interest-bearing balances due from banks. M aturity detail is not re ported for domestic-office holdings o f consumer loans and single family home mortgages, which amounted to $53 billion and $42 billion respectively and which tend to have relatively long original maturities. M aturities represent all other loans and all securities at domestic offices; included in the shortest category also are federal funds sold and reverse RPs as well as $80 billion o f cash items in process o f collection, demand deposits held at other banks, and currency. 4. For foreign offices, m aturity detail is provided for all interestbearing deposits. For domestic offices, deposits subject to call are demand deposits. Other domestic-office liabilities maturing within 3 months include all savings and 4 percent o f small time deposits, large negotiable CDs with that remaining maturity, RPs, and federal funds. Over 3 months includes 96 percent o f small time deposits, subor dinated notes and debentures, and all other large negotiable CDs. * L than $500,000 or 0.5 percent. ess n.a. Not available. 702 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 12. Customers of U.S. insured commercial banks with foreign offices, December 31, 1978 Billions o f dollars Domestic offices Foreign offices 323 75 39 19 10 9 128 119 9 53 2 26 145 4 23 3 16 5 86 3 82 5 23 4 To U.S. addressees..................................... To non-U.S. addressees............................. N o t specified................................................ 138 21 162 6 121 18 Total deposits.................................................. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations............................................ U.S. federal, state, and local governm ents............................................. Foreign governments and official institutions................................................ Commercial banks in the United S ta te s.. Banks in foreign countries....................... Certified and officers’ checks................... 437 220 340 68 Item In the U nited States............................... Outside the United States..................... N ot specified.............. ............................. Commercial and in d u stria l...................... To U.S. addressees................................. To non-U.S. addressees......................... To individuals.............................................. To foreign governm ents............................ O th e r............................................................. M emo 28 8 42 9 9 34 16 100 3 funds accounted for 16 percent of total liabilities at year-end, and deposits themselves were an amalgam of interest-bearing and non-interestbearing, demand and fixed-term accounts. With demand deposits amounting to 35 percent and deposit-rate-regulated savings and small time deposits amounting to another 20 percent, more than half of the liabilities of domestic offices carried constraints on their ability to respond to rising market yields. At both sets of offices, about two-thirds of total liabilities matured in less than three months. Almost two-thirds of foreign-office assets matured within one year, and only 7 percent in five or more years. Although less maturity detail is available for domestic offices of these banks, it appears that their asset term structure was more varied, with perhaps as much as one-fifth maturing in five or more years.4 Customers of domestic offices of U.S. banks with foreign offices also were more diversified than those of foreign offices, especially with respect to type of borrower (table 12). At the end of 1978, about 40 percent of domestic-of fice loans had been extended to commercial and industrial borrowers, about 25 percent was se cured by real estate, and about 10 percent each was allocated to financial institutions and indi viduals. By contrast, commercial and industrial loans accounted for about 60 percent of foreign-office loans, and nearly all of the re mainder was divided equally between financial institutions and foreign governments. As might be expected, loans at foreign offices were ex tended predominantly to borrowers domiciled outside the United States, while those at do mestic offices were extended to borrowers within the United States. More than threefourths of the depositors at domestic offices were individuals, partnerships, or corporations, whereas less than one-third of foreign-office deposits came from those sources. Banks in foreign countries supplied nearly half of the deposits at foreign offices, but at domestic of fices, both U .S. and foreign banks supplied only slightly more than 10 percent of total deposits. Differences between the effective rates of return at foreign and domestic offices reflect the dissimilarities in the composition of their assets and liabilities and probably differences in lend ing and borrowing practices as well (table 13). Although loan portfolios at both sets of offices grew 16 percent during 1978, the apparently greater concentration of short-term and variable-rate loans at foreign offices provided the opportunity for more rapid portfolio response to the marked escalation of yields during 1978. Average loan portfolio yields consequently were much higher at foreign offices than at domestic 13. Rates of return and rates paid for funds, U.S.-insured commercial banks with foreign offices, 19781 Item 4. Eleven percent of assets are reported to mature in five or more years; not reported are maturities for single-family home mortgages and consumer loans, amounting to $42 billion and $53 billion respectively. Home mortgages, in particular, tend to carry original maturities of well over five years. Domestic offices Foreign offices Interest-earning assets2............. Interest-bearing deposits........... Interest-bearing liabilities......... 9.93 9.67 6.54 6.97 10.59 9.38 7.95 8.01 1. Calculated as described in the Technical Note. 2. Converted to a taxable equivalent basis for domestic offices according to the approxim ation m ethod described in table 1, note 4. Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 14. Interest income and expense as percent of average assets, U.S. insured commercial banks with foreign offices, 1978 Item D omestic offices Foreign offices G ross interest incom e............... G ross interest expense............... N et interest m argin............... Taxable equivalent1........... 6.50 3.78 2.72 3.10 8.34 6.33 2.0 0 2 .00 1. Approximated for domestic offices as described in table 1, note 4. offices in 1978. Rates paid for funds also averaged substantially higher in foreign than in domestic offices. One factor in that difference was that deposit-rate ceilings, affecting some of the liabilities of domestic offices but none of those in foreign offices, were substantially below market yields during 1978. Another, a counterpart to loan portfolio behavior, was the relatively greater influence of rising market yields in 1978 on the higher proportion of short-term rate-sensitive liabilities at foreign of fices. In addition, nominal market yields pre vailing on Eurodollar deposits were higher than those on domestic large certificates of deposit. Rates of gross interest income and expense on average office assets were influenced not only by effective interest rates but also by differences in the proportion of assets and liabilities that did not bear interest (table 14). The rate of gross interest income at foreign offices was above that in domestic offices, for example, partly because domestic offices tend to have a larger portion of assets that do not bear interest than do foreign offices. At year-end, for example, 18 percent of assets at domestic offices was allocated to non-interest-earning reserves of member banks, premises, and fixtures. Only 5 percent of foreign office assets was so allocated. Similarly, non 703 interest-bearing deposits— inconsequential at foreign offices, but representing more than onethird of domestic office liabilities— reduced stated interest costs of domestic offices to threefifths of that in foreign offices, despite a dif ferential of only 15 percent in the effective rates paid for interest-bearing liabilities. As a result of all these factors, the net interest margins of domestic offices were 50 percent above those in foreign offices. On a fully allocated basis, reflecting all in come and expenses attributable to international business whether conducted in domestic or in foreign offices, U.S. banks with foreign offices earned $2.4 billion before taxes from their in ternational business out of total pretax income of $7.3 billion (tables A .3 and 15). International business contributed 0.16 percent, or about one-fourth, to the total 0.59 percent rate of return on assets earned by these banks during 1978. □ 15. Consolidated income and expenses of insured commercial banks with foreign offices, 1978 Item Percent of average assets Gross interest incom e................................................... Gross interest expense.................................................. N et interest m argin....................................................... Taxable equivalent1.............................................. 7.09 4.58 2.51 2.77 Noninterest income....................................................... Loan loss provisions..................................................... Other noninterest expense.......................................... Income before ta x ..................................................... Foreign offices2 ..................................................... Domestic offices2.................................................. .82 .25 2.14 .93 .25 .68 International business2............................................ Domestic business2........................................ .. .59 .16 .43 1. A pproximated as described in table 1, note 4. 2. See table A.3. Reflects am ounts attributed, giving full allocation o f income and expenses. 704 A.l Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Report of income for all insured commercial banks Amounts shown in millions o f dollars Item Operating income—T o tal................................................... Interest L oans.................................................................................... Balances with b a n k s....................................................... Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreem ent........................................................ Securities (excluding trading accounts) Total interest incom e................................................... U.S. Treasury securities.......................................... U.S. government agencies and corporations.. . . States and political subdivisions......................... Dividends on stock................................................... Trust departm ent................................................................... D irect lease financing........................................................... Service charges on deposits................................................ Other charges, fees, etc ......................................................... Other operating incom e....................................................... On trading account (n et)................................................. O ther.................................................................................... Equity in return o f unconsolidated subsidiaries . . . . Operating expenses—T otal.................................................. Interest Time and savings deposits.............................................. Time C D ’s o f $100,000 or more issued by domestic offices..................................................... Deposits in foreign offices.......................................... Other deposits............................................................... Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreem ents............................................ Other borrowed m oney3 ................................................. Capital notes and debentures......................................... Salaries, wages, and employee benefits............................ Occupancy expense............................................................... Less rental income............................................................ 1970 1971 1972 1973 34,574 36,204 40,065 52,794 22,859 n.a. 22,954 n.a. 25,498 n.a. 35,213 n.a. 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 67,872 66,285 80,388 90,069 113,170 46.942 n.a. 43,197 n.a. 51,471 4,459 58,881 4,860 75,948 6,662 1,004 870 1,023 2,474 3,695 2,283 1,979 2,471 3,664 6,523 3,069 686 2,617 151 0) 1,132 n.a. 1,174 839 1,043 348 695 n.a. 7,660 3,384 914 3,124 238 ( 1) 1,258 n.a. 1,226 981 1,256 344 912 n.a. 8,329 3,376 1,144 3,490 319 0) 1,366 n.a. 1,256 1,079 1,512 257 1,255 n.a. 9,138 3,436 1,469 3,861 372 0) 1,460 n.a. 1,320 1,247 1,942 341 1,601 n.a. 10,344 3,414 2,014 4,449 467 0) 1,506 n.a. 1,450 1,405 2,530 430 2,100 n.a. 12,201 4,415 2,343 4,911 532 0) 1,600 n.a. 1,547 1,647 3,811 508 3,303 n.a. 14,333 5,952 2,410 5,116 750 105 1,795 534 1,629 2,175 2,011 717 1,205 89 15,140 6,369) 2 ,4 6 6 I 5,338 858) 109) 1,980 699 1,797 2,404 1,903 420 1,350 133 16,432 9,335 6,003 1,094 2,138 862 2,039 2,930 2,495 n .a.2 n .a.2 n .a.2 27,465 29,511 32,836 44,113 58,645 57,313 70,466 78,484 98,104 13,781 19,747 27,777 26,147 34,894 38,701 50,054 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 7,083 8,745 19,066 6,732 10,216 21,753 11,693 14,559 23,802 4,536 816 391 16,276 3,587) 551 3,036 1,923 3,244 9,561 24 9,537 7,247 1,452 445 18,654 3,499 11,194 n .a .2 n .a .2 10,444 12,168 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Furniture and equipm ent..................................................... Provision for loan losses..................................................... O ther operating expenses..................................................... Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries............ O th er.................................................................................... 1,396 464 104 7,683 1,547 299 1,249 905 695 4,525 1,093 139 142 8,355 1,721 318 1,403 1,014 860 4,337 3,313 374 292 12,624 2,739 427 2,312 1,525 3,578 7,149 4,337 3,883 499 253 10,076 2,141 367 1,774 1,196 1,253 5,432 1 5,431 5,970 912 280 11,526 2,424 383 2,041 1,355 2,271 6,514 4,525 1,425 115 212 9,040 1,915 340 1,575 1,083 964 4,640 1 4,639 6,514 7,149 3,305 665 343 14,686 3,247 494 2,752 1,712 3,650 8,456 29 8,427 Income before taxes and securities gains or losses........ Applicable income taxes.................................................. Income before securities gains or losses....................... N et securities gains or losses ( —) after taxes............. Extraordinary charges ( —) or credits after taxes. . . . N et incom e.............................................................................. 7,109 2,173 4,936 -1 0 5 -1 3 4,818 6,693 1,688 5,005 210 -1 5,213 7,229 1,708 5,522 90 18 5,630 8,681 2,120 6,560 -2 7 22 6,555 9,227 2,084 7,143 -8 7 12 7,068 8,973 1,790 7,182 35 32 7,249 9,922 2,287 7,635 190 24 7,849 11,585 2,829 8,756 95 47 8,898 15,067 4,155 10,911 -2 2 5 45 10,731 Cash dividends declared...................................................... 2,036 2,227 2,191 2,423 2,760 3,025 3,029 3,299 3,714 13,502 13,602 13,721 13,964 14,216 14,372 14,397 14,397 14,380 570 646 738 857 987 1,052 1,123 1,257 1,418 M emo N um ber o f b a n k s.................................................................. Average fully consolidated assets (billions o f dollars)............................................................................ 1. Included in income from other bonds, notes, and debentures. 2. Because o f an abbreviation in the income report filed by small banks, these items will not be available on an aggregated basis after 1977. Bracketed items similarly indicate combinations made for small bank reporting. 5,559 3. Includes interest paid on U.S. Treasury tax and loan account balances, which were begun in November 1978. n.a. n o t available. N ote . For “Notes on comparability o f commercial bank income data before 1976,” see B ul l et in , June 1978, page 446. TECHNICAL NOTE In order to calculate the rates of return presented in this article, it was assumed that the value of the portfolios under consideration always grew at a constant percentage rate throughout the year. Mathematically, if A(t) represents the value of the assets at time t, where t is the fraction of the year that has elapsed, then * > -* * [% ]■ If interest is compounded continuously at rate r, total interest is given by These two equations may then be solved for r in terms of total interest and beginning-of-year and year-end asset values. Finally, the rate may be converted into a simple interest rate (that is, by using annual rather than con tinuous compounding). The resulting formula, which is used in the article, may be written thus: l [> 1 )-U (1 )-A (0 ) Insured Commercial Bank Income in 1978 705 A.2 Report of income for member commercial banks Am ounts shown in millions o f dollars 1973 1974 1975 31,344 41,616 53,837 51,368 63,639 70,514 89,130 20,053 n.a. 28,266 n.a. 38,063 n.a. 33,749 n.a. 40,901 4,263 46,060 4,671 59,925 6,387 794 1,847 2,724 1,716 1,511 1,918 2,808 6,087 2,412 731 2,710 234 7,237 2,343 1,268 3,300 326 8,559 3,166 1,463 3,576 354 1,269 n.a. 905 864 1,372 254 1,118 n.a. 1,344 n.a. 940 998 1,789 338 1,451 n.a. 1,379 n.a. 1,023 1,152 2,261 425 1,836 n.a. 1,457 n.a. 1,086 1,359 3,442 497 2,945 n.a. 10,111 4,248 1,475 3,686 612 90 1,625 508 1,122 1,808 1,789 696 1,009 86 10,584 4,478'I 1,509 > 3,794 712'I 91; 1,776 664 1,206 1,967 1,662 407 1,124 131 11,328 £ , 170 0 I /y 4,255 1,073 n.a. 867 682 970 346 624 n.a. 5,661 2,434 578 2,467 182 0) 1,180 n.a. 895 796 1,130 340 800 n.a. 6,532 2,393 943 2,928 268 22,184 23,342 25,648 35,037 46,815 44,410 55,924 61,706 77,783 8,189 9,426 10,518 15,382 21,812 19,800 27,745 30,363 39,808 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 5,895 8,672 13,178 5,461 10,124 14,778 9,586 14,401 15,821 1,365 444 90 6,154 1,275 263 1,012 722 534 3,674 1,073 127 123 6,638 1,408 278 1,130 797 682 3,346 1,387 103 184 7,096 1,556 296 1,260 848 768 3,484 3,765 473 204 7,808 1,724 316 1,408 924 994 4,079 5,714 871 217 8,834 1,929 325 1,603 1,037 1,858 4,870 3,151 336 228 9,624 2,155 363 1,792 1,154 3,050 5,275 3,150 638 273 11,301 2,564 418 2,146 1,305 3,042 6,323 28 6,295 4,322 790 303 12,395 2,8041 459 2,345 1,456 2,633 7,100 22 7,078 6,803 1,403 334 14,116 Income before taxes and securities gains or losses........ Applicable income taxes.................................................. Income before securities gains or losses....................... N et securities gains or losses ( —) after taxes............. Extraordinary charges ( —) or credits after taxes----N et incom e.............................................................................. 5,718 1,774 3,942 -1 0 7 -1 5 3,821 5,322 1,348 3,974 144 -3 4,116 5,696 1,356 4,340 47 14 4,401 6,679 1,653 5,025 -3 0 15 5,011 7,022 1,591 5,431 -6 9 3 5,365 6,958 1,453 5,505 17 23 5,546 7,715 1,929 5,786 111 17 5,914 8,807 2,311 6,496 40 38 6,576 11,347 3,327 8,020 -1 8 5 27 7,863 Cash dividends declared....................................................... 1,753 1,907 1,804 2,019 2,271 2,476 2,451 2,640 2,928 5,767 5,727 5,704 5,735 5,780 5,787 5,758 5,668 5,565 . 468 530 606 705 788 857 907 1,003 1,128 Item 1970 1971 Operating income—T o ta l..................................................... Interest L oans.................................................................................... Balances with b a n k s......................................................... Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreem ent....................................................... Securities (excluding trading accounts) Total interest incom e................................................... U.S. Treasury securities.......................................... U.S. Government agencies and corporations. . . States and political subdivisions........................... Other bonds, notes, and debentures..................... Dividends on stock................................................... Trust departm ent................................................................... D irect lease financing........................................................... Service charges on deposits................................................. O ther charges, fees, etc......................................................... O ther operating incom e....................................................... On trading account (n e t)................................................. O ther.................................................................................... Equity in return o f unconsolidated subsidiaries........ 27,902 28,665 18,698 n.a. 18,315 n.a. 781 676 Operating expenses—T otal.................................................. Interest Time and savings deposits.............................................. Time C D ’s o f $100,000 or more issued by domestic offices..................................................... Deposits in foreign offices........................................... Other deposits................................................................ Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreem ents............................................. O ther borrowed money 3 ................................................. Capital notes and debentures......................................... Salaries, wages, and employee benefits............................. Occupancy expense............................................................... Less rental incom e............................................................ Furniture and equipm ent..................................................... Provisions for loan losses.................................................... Other operating expenses..................................................... M inority interest in consolidated subsidiaries............ O th er........................................ ............................................ 4,832 2,209 415 2,090 118 (!) 1972 0) 0) M emo N um ber o f b a n k s.................................................................. Average fully consolidated assets (billions o f dollars)............................................................................. 1. Included in income from other bonds, notes, and debentures. 2. Because o f an abbreviation in the income report filed by small banks, these items will n o t be available on an aggregated basis after 1977. Bracketed items similarly indicate combinations made for small bank reporting. 0) 0) 1976 1977 1978 fiQA 1,912 806 1,334 2,400 2,230 n.a. 2 n .a.2 n .a .2 A O^A 2,771 8,324 n .a .2 n .a .2 3. Includes interest paid on U.S. Treasury tax and loan account balances, which were begun in N ovember 1978. n.a. not available. N ote . F or “ Notes on comparability o f commercial bank income data before 1976,” see B u l l et in , June 1978, page 446. 706 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 A.3 Income attributable to international business o f U.S. commercial banks with foreign offices, 1978 Millions o f dollars Item A mount Pre-tax income attributable to foreign offices1............................................................................. Plus: Pre-tax income attributable to international business conducted in domestic offices Less: adjustment am ount2 ................................................................................................................ Pre-tax income attributable to international business............................................................. L ess: All income taxes attributable to international business.................................................. N et income attributable to international business................................................................... M emo Provision for possible loan losses attributable to international business................................ Noninterest income attributable to foreign offices1................................................................. Noninterest income attributable to international business......................................................... Noninterest expense attributable to foreign offices..................................................................... Noninterest expense attributable to international business........................................................ Intra-company interest income attributable to international business.................................... Intra-company interest expense attributable to international business.................................... Interest income of domestic offices from foreign-domiciled custom ers.................................. Fully consolidated Pre-tax income.................................................................................................................................. Total applicable taxes..................................................................................................................... N et income3...................................................................................................................................... Average total assets......................................................................................................................... 1. Including Edge and Agreement subsidiaries. 2. Reflects the am ount necessary to reconcile the preceding two amounts with pre-tax income attributable to international business. 1,946 567 72 2,441 1,166 1,275 419 1,126 1,299 2,467 2,828 1,764 3,140 1,973 7,333 2,511 4,690 796,151 This may reflect, as an example, net income in foreign offices derived from business with U.S.-domiciled customers. 3. After gains and losses from securities transactions and extra ordinary items. 707 New Measures of Commercial Bank Credit and Bank Nondeposit Funds This article was prepared by Edward R. Fry of the B oard’s Division of Research and Statis tics. The series on commercial bank credit and esti mates of assets and liabilities of all commercial banks that are published each month in the statistical section of the F ederal R eserve B ulletin have been revised. The revised series reflect both conceptual and statistical improve ments. The series have been expanded to cover more banking institutions operating in the United States, and lease financing receivables have been included for the first time. With the addition of U.S. agencies of foreign banks, New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks, and Edge Act corporations, the U.S. banking system is defined for purposes of these series to include all institutions located in the 50 states and the District of Columbia that are engaged in commercial banking activities. The revised bank credit series measures credit extended by such banking institutions to all U.S. or foreign customers other than commercial banks in the United States and other than di rectly related institutions. Among the statistical changes in the revised series are improved blowup procedures for esti mating data for domestically chartered banks, more frequent benchmarking of current esti mates, and substitution of monthly averages for data for the last Wednesday of the month. In addition, the revised series provide new detail on loan components, separate data for domesti cally chartered banks and foreign-related insti tutions, and a new measure of nondeposit funds of commercial banks.1 The need for revision of U.S. banking statis tics has become increasingly apparent in view of the exceptionally rapid growth of banking assets of foreign-related institutions, the large revisions in estimated components of non member banks, and the volatility of the single date observations. Over the past year, reporting and estimating procedures have been changed to improve monthly estimates for both domesti cally chartered banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks covered by the bank credit series. The additional coverage of foreign-related insti tutions in the new series provides a more com prehensive measure of commercial banking in the United States, and the conversion from a last-Wednesday-of-month to a monthly average basis reduces the volatility of the series. The inclusion of lease financing operations in the bank credit series is in accordance with the generally held view that such business is a form of credit extension. The revised series have been estimated for the period from December 1972 to date. From now on, the revised bank credit series and data on assets and liabilities will be published monthly in the B ulletin and respectively in the Board’s monthly G.7 statistical release and in the weekly H.8 statistical release, which will resume publication on a revised basis. A new series on nondeposit funds— which includes es timates of bank borrowings in domestic and branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks, and Edge Act corpora tions. Edge Act banking subsidiaries of commercial banks are chartered as U.S. banking corporations, but in the new series they are grouped with the foreignrelated component because of the international character of their business. Among foreign-related institutions, 1. Domestically chartered banks are those with na only the branches have been included in U.S. banking tional or state charters whether incorporated or unincor statistics in the past. A fuller description of the institu porated, insured or uninsured, foreign or domestically tional structure and activities of foreign banks in the owned. Foreign-related banking institutions are U.S. United States will appear in next month’s Bulletin. 708 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 foreign markets— will be published in the B ul letin and in a new statistical release, “ Major nondeposit funds of commercial banks,” G.10. These banking data, together with the data on bank deposits published with the monetary ag gregates, will facilitate analysis of develop ments in commercial bank credit and the sources of funding used by banks in maintaining their credit operations. 1. Growth in commercial bank credit Seasonally adjusted annual rates o f change, in percent T otal loans and investments Old series Revised series Old series Revised series 1976........................... 1977........................... 1978........................... 1979 H I .................. 13.8 9 .3 4.3 8.6 11.0 12.1 14.3 14.7 10.3 4 .3 7.9 10.9 13.6 12.8 18.8 11.5 -.7 8.2 14.6 15.9 15.5 19.5 13.1 -.6 7.1 14.0 18.0 14.9 Q 2................... Q 3................... Q 4 .................. Q l ................... Q 2................... 10.6 17.0 11.1 7.9 14.1 14.0 12.8 13.2 13.3 12.7 13.2 11.9 12.7 19.1 14.2 14.1 15.5 14.9 16.8 16.7 15.9 18.2 15.1 14.2 Jan .................. Feb................. M ar................ A pr................. M ay ............... J u n e ............... July................ A ug................ 25.3 10.9 5.8 13.8 12.1 15.7 13.0 11.1 18.7 13.1 7 .4 14.1 8.3 12.8 13.2 10.1 28.0 9 .6 8.2 15.4 10.6 18.2 13.5 15.6 20.6 16.1 8.2 17.3 9 .5 15.1 15.0 12.5 1974........................... R e v is e d B a n k C r e d it S e r ie s The principal effects of this revision of the bank credit series have been to raise the level of total loans and investments and to smooth somewhat fluctuations in the series (chart 1). Estimated total loans and investments were raised $24 billion in June 1979 as a result of the expanded institutional coverage and another $8 billion through the addition to the series of lease fi nancing receivables. While the addition of lease receivables increased the trend rate of growth of the revised series only slightly on average— 0.1 percent per year— the additional coverage of agencies, New York investment companies, and Edge Act corporations tends to accelerate growth in expansion periods. As table 1 shows, yearly growth rates are higher fof the new series than the old in 1973-74 and 1978; they tend to be slightly lower in intervening years. This difference arises largely from variations in loan growth at U.S. agencies of foreign banks, espe cially in loans to commercial and industrial firms. Such loans account for a substantially 1. Total loans and investments1 Billions of dollars T otal loans Period 1979 1979 higher proportion of the loan portfolios of agencies than of domestic banks. Agencies in creased their total loans in 1973-74 at an average annual rate of about 35 percent, more than twice the rate of expansion at domestically chartered banks. In 1975, when business loan demands subsided, U.S. agencies of foreign banks as well as domestically chartered banks experienced reductions in loan growth. The largest reduction in loans of agencies occurred after loan growth at domestically chartered banks began to increase again in 1977, reflect ing conversion of a number of agencies to branch status. Thus, the inclusion of agencies in the bank credit series removes an upward bias in growth rates for 1977 that had resulted from including branch data that were inflated by the agency conversions. The revised series again shows greater ex pansion in loans and investments in 1978 than the old series, with most of this difference due to sharply higher loan growth. Faster loan ex pansion at agencies was a major source of the increase in the growth rate shown by the new series.2 Agencies expanded their loans to non- 2. Revisions in previous estimates of loans at U.S. branches of foreign banks also raised the growth rate of the revised series. New Measures of Bank Credit and Nondeposit Funds financial businesses about 60 percent during the year, nearly four times the relatively rapid rate of advance at domestically chartered banks, and they also sharply expanded their loans to unaf filiated banks in foreign countries. In the first half of 1979, the revised series indicates slightly slower bank credit expansion than the old series— a \2 3 percent seasonally A adjusted annual rate of growth compared with an estimated 141 percent on the old basis. This A revised growth rate is just under the rapid pace of 1978, in contrast with the further acceleration that had been indicated by the old series. In the old series, growth in the first half had exceeded the high rate of expansion in 1973, but according to the revised series it was 2 percentage points below that in 1973. The shift to monthly averages from monthend observations and the differences in seasonal adjustments tended to smooth fluctuations in the total bank credit series. Over the past year and a half, annualized quarterly growth rates for the new series stayed within a relatively narrow 709 range— 12% to 13lA percent compared with fluctuations in growth rates on the old basis in a range of 8 to 17 percent for the same period. But the new series displays significantly slower growth in the first half of 1979 as a result of reduced growth of Treasury securities and, to a lesser extent, loans. Formerly, the seasonally adjusted Treasury security component of bank credit was derived as a residual because of the extreme volatility of the end-of-month data. This procedure was changed with conversion of the series to monthly averages. On the revised basis, Treasury securities are seasonally ad justed directly, and total bank credit is derived by summing securities and loan components. N e w B a n k C r e d i t D e t a i l The new information on loans and investments by type of institution and by type of lending allows analysis of current developments in bank credit in greater depth. Table 2 indicates major 2. Assets of all commercial banks in the United States, June 1979 M onthly averages, n o t seasonally adjusted Loans and investm ents1 Type Num ber o f banks Total assets Securities Loans and leases Total U.S. Treasury Other Total Commercial and industrial To foreign banks All other Amounts outstanding, billions o f dollars All commercial banks................................. Domestically chartered2......................... Foreign-related3........................................ U.S. branches........................................ U.S. agencies and agreement corporations...................................... New Y ork investment company subsidiaries........................................ Edge Act corporations....................... 14,959 14,620 339 123 1,383.0 1,274.8 108.2 60.5 1,083.2 1,024.8 58.4 34.4 150 34.9 6 60 2 .2 10.7 95.1 93.7 1.5 .6 182.7 181.3 1.4 .6 805.3 749.8 55.6 33.1 272.1 239.2 32.9 17.9 21.6 6.8 14.8 10.5 511.6 503.8 7.9 4 .7 19.6 .7 .5 18.4 12.8 3.0 2 .6 1.4 3.0 .1 .1 .2 1.2 2.8 .8 1.5 .2 1.1 .3 .2 100.0 98.5 1.5 .9 0 Share o f total outstanding, percent All commercial banks.................................. Domestically chartered2......................... Foreign-related3........................................ U.S. branches........................................ U.S. agencies and agreement corporations...................................... New Y ork investment company subsidiaries........................................ Edge Act corporations......................... 100.0 92.2 7 .8 4 .4 100.0 94.6 5.4 3.2 2 .5 .2 .8 1. Excludes loans to commercial banks in the U nited States. 2. Banks with national or state charters located in the SO states and the D istrict o f Columbia. 3. Includes U.S. branches, agencies, and New Y ork investment 100.0 98.5 1.6 .6 100.0 99.2 .8 .3 100.0 93.1 6.9 4.1 100.0 87.9 12.1 6.6 100.0 31.5 68.5 48.6 1.8 .7 .3 2.3 4 .7 13.9 .5 .1 .3 .1 .1 .1 .1 .3 .3 .6 .9 5.1 .1 0 0 company subsidiaries o f foreign banks and Edge A ct corporations engaged in international banking business in the 50 states and the D istrict o f Columbia. 710 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 3. Portfolios of domestically chartered and foreign-related institutions M onthly averages, June 1979 Foreign-related Type o f asset or ratio A ll banks Domestically chartered A m ount Loans and investments (in billions o f dollars except as noted) Total i ................................................................................................. U.S. Treasury securities................................................................. Other securities................................................................................. Total loans1...................................................................................... Business......................................................................................... Acceptances...................................... ....................................... Other U .S.......................................................................................... F oreign.................................................................................. Real esta te ..................................................................................... Individuals.................................................................................... A gricultural.................................................................................. Security lo a n s............................................................................... N onbank financial institutions................................................. Lease financing receivables........................................................ All o th er........................................................................................ Foreign b an k s.......................................................................... O ther.......................................................................................... Portfolio ratios (in percent) Total loans to total loans and investments................................ Business loans to total lo an s......................................................... Foreign business loans to total business loans......................... Acceptances to total business lo an s............................................ Foreign bank loans to total loans................................................ 1. Excludes loans to commercial banks in the United States. asset holdings of domestically chartered banks and foreign-related institutions and the relative importance of each type of institution. Domes tically chartered banks have either national or state charters, and most have federal deposit insurance. Domestically chartered banks whose majority owners are foreign banks are included in the domestically chartered component rather than with foreign-related institutions. These foreign-owned banks operate in the same statu tory and regulatory environment as other do mestically chartered banks, and their portfolios are more like those of other domestically char tered banks than of institutions included in the foreign-related component. U.S. branches of foreign banks are institu tions that have been licensed to do a full banking business by the states in which they are located. U.S. agencies of foreign banks also have operated under state banking statutes with unrestricted lending and investment activities, but they are not permitted to hold deposits— only credit balances that arise in the course of their business. New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks are corporations chartered by New York State with lending ac tivities and deposit restrictions similar to those Share o f total (percent) 1,083.2 95.1 182.7 805.3 272.1 7.5 1,024.8 93.7 181.3 749.8 239.2 3.6 58.4 1.5 1.4 55.6 32.9 3.9 5.4 1.6 .8 6.9 12.1 52.0 248.2 16.6 225.5 176.8 29.2 23.2 28.1 8.1 42.3 21.6 20.7 229.5 6.3 225.5 176.8 29.2 21.4 27.3 8.1 22.2 6.8 15.4 18.8 10.3 ( 2) ( 2) ( 2) 1.8 .8 ( 2) 20.1 14.8 5.3 7.5 62.0 ( 2) ( 2) ( 2) 7.8 2.8 ( 2) 47.5 68.5 25.6 74.3 33.8 6.1 2.8 2.7 73.2 31.9 2 .6 1.5 .9 95.2 59.1 31.3 11.9 26.6 2. N ot available separately. Small amounts are included in all other loans. of agencies. Edge Act corporations are interna tional banking subsidiaries of commercial banks that are chartered in the United States under provisions of the Federal Reserve Act. Although New York investment companies and Edge Act corporations are chartered in the United States, they have been grouped with branches and agencies of foreign banks because of the inter national character of their business. Among the institutions in the foreign-related group, branches and agencies account for the bulk of loans and investments (93 percent), and they have been most sensitive to changing loan de mands. Foreign-related institutions as a group ac count for only about 8 percent of banking assets in the United States (table 3). Their security holdings are relatively small, and their lending operations are more specialized than those of domestically chartered banks. Most of their loan portfolios are concentrated in loans to foreign and domestic nonfinancial business and to foreign banks. Although they account for only 7 percent of total loans of the banking system, foreign-related institutions hold 12 percent of outstanding total business loans, 62 percent of loans to foreign businesses, and 69 percent of New Measures of Bank Credit and Nondeposit Funds loans to foreign banks. As a group they have a high proportion of acceptances and loans to foreign businesses in their portfolios. Foreign-related institutions are also charac terized by greater dependence on nondeposit funds. Statutory and regulatory restrictions have been important in limiting the scope of the lending and funding by these institutions. In some cases, lending has been restricted to fi nancing of international transactions, and de posits and credit balances of some institutions have been restricted to those arising in the course of international business. In addition, these institutions have been hampered in their ability to attract deposit funds, especially at the retail level, by lack of familiarity and by the absence of federal deposit insurance. Conse quently, they have tended to rely more on fund ing from directly related institutions. However, the International Banking Act has altered the statutory and regulatory environment for these institutions in the direction of greater equality of treatment, and they may become more similar to domestically chartered banks. As they expand into retail banking activities such as lending to consumers and competing for consumer depos its, the new series will make it possible to measure such developments. The expanded detail on loans, shown in table 3, provides considerably more information on loan developments for the banking system as a whole than had been available previously. In the past, only total loans and commercial and industrial loans were published for the last Wednesday of each month in the B ulletin ; weekly detail on loans for large banks and quarterly data for all commercial banks also were published. The new estimates based on monthly averages were derived from these sources, from weekly data that have been re ported by small member banks since the begin ning of 1979, from month-end data reported by U.S. agencies and New York investment com pany subsidiaries of foreign banks, and from a combination of month-end and quarterly re ports of Edge Act corporations. Table 4 shows growth rates for the most significant components of loans as estimated from the revised series on monthly averages. The degree of estimation required varies con 711 siderably by loan component because of varia tions in the share of loans held by reporting banks. Reporting banks account for the highest percentage of total amounts outstanding in se curity loans, loans to nonbank financial institu tions, and lease financing receivables. Large weekly reporting banks hold from three-quarters to seven-eighths of total outstandings in these categories. Small additional amounts of security loans and loans to nonbank financial institutions are reported monthly by foreign-related institu tions. Estimates of commercial and industrial loans, the largest loan component, are derived from weekly reports of large banks and from a weekly report of a sample of small banks covering 56 percent of total business loans; another 12 percent of total business loans is available from monthly reports of foreignrelated institutions. Real estate loans reported weekly by domestically chartered banks repre sent 45 percent of total real estate loans at all commercial banks. Loans to individuals at present are derived from month-end reports covering about 24 percent of the total for all banks; later, weekly coverage will be increased to about 43 percent of the total. Agricultural loans are based on the thinnest sample, 17 percent, reflecting the relatively small amounts of such loans at large weekly reporting banks. Blowup factors derived from quarterly call reports are applied to the data reported weekly to estimate nonreporting domestically chartered banks in the totals for each component. This procedure requires revisions in the estimated series when new blowup factors become avail able at the end of each quarter. The growth rates shown in table 4 cover two periods of rapid loan expansion and the inter vening period of slack loan demands. The larg est loan components— commercial and indus trial, real estate, and individual— are dominant in the trend-cycle variation of the total. Follow ing extremely rapid expansion in 1973, growth of real estate loans and loans to individuals slowed abruptly, which led to a sharp reduction in growth of total loans. Business loans contin ued to increase rapidly in 1974, but demand fell off after 1974 as businesses responded to de clining economic activity and also as they began to fund their short-term debt in the capital mar 712 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 4. Loans at all commercial banks, by type of loan1 Seasonally adjusted annual rates o f change, in percent Commercial and industrial Period Real estate Other Total Total Individ Agri uals cultural Accept ances U.S. N onbank financial institu tions Security loans Lease Foreign banks financing Foreign 1973............................. 1974............................. 1975............................. 1976............................. 1977.............................. 1978............................. 1979 H I .................... 19.2 12.9 -.6 7 .3 13.9 18.3 15.0 21.5 19.4 -3 .8 1.4 10.5 16.8 19.3 6 .6 45.8 68.1 31.2 - 3 .1 - 9 .6 21.2 2 2.0 19.0 - 6 .4 -.4 11.8 17.0 17.4 17.0 2 0.0 30.3 17.4 -2 .0 32.3 55.0 20.3 10.7 3.1 10.2 17.8 20.0 14.1 15.2 3.8 2.3 10.9 18.9 19.4 15.0 20.4 6.4 9.9 15.5 11.3 9.3 5.9 31.1 21.9 - 1 6 .0 - 9 .2 -2 .1 5.4 8.6 - 1 7 .0 -2 .6 4.9 30.1 17.8 -5 .9 38.3 59.6 34.2 8.3 28.1 17.6 57.1 -4 .4 46.0 53.7 23.5 27.8 13.5 29.4 18.4 1978 Q l .................... Q 2.................... Q 3.................... Q 4.................... Q l .................... Q 2.................... 17.1 16.9 15.9 18.7 15.4 14.1 18.7 16.7 12.7 14.9 21.4 17.1 - 6 1 .1 -1 .1 21.4 6 .4 24.3 17.0 20.6 18.1 11.5 14.1 16.2 17.3 52.3 0 32.1 33.1 97.7 9.8 18.1 18.3 20.4 17.8 14.6 13.0 17.9 20.5 17.9 15.9 16.3 12.4 1.6 9.3 15.1 10.2 8.5 4 .2 -7 .1 6 .0 8.9 12.1 - 1 .7 13.3 1.7 15.7 - 1 7 .8 - 2 2 .5 31.9 40.0 57.7 1.3 40.0 97.7 3.6 -1 2 .2 14.4 20.0 25.9 46.8 14.3 20.8 Ju n e................. July.................. A ugust............. 15.3 15.0 12.5 16.6 2 0.0 16.8 42 .4 80.0 - 3 0 .0 15.3 20.0 18.2 14.5 43.1 4 1.6 14.0 15.4 16.3 10.3 6.1 n.a. 0 4.1 4.1 -1 2 .0 55.9 12.3 10.5 31.2 -3 5 .4 54.3 -1 1 .5 - 2 9 .1 29.6 29.6 28.9 M emo : Percent of total loans............... 100.0 33.7 .9 30.7 2.1 28.1 22.1 3.6 3.5 2.9 2 .6 1.0 1979 1979 1. Excludes loans to commercial banks in the United States. kets. This slack demand for business loans was responsible for the relative weakness in growth of total loans that continued after real estate and individual loans began to expand again in 1976. Growth in business loans lagged the upturn of real estate and individual loans, which were expanding rapidly by 1977. With all three major loan components increasing rapidly in 1978 and with loans to foreign banks also up sharply, total loan growth returned nearly to the 1973 pace. In the first half of 1979, business loan expansion accelerated further, but total loan growth slowed somewhat as real estate loans and loans to individuals increased more slowly. While other types of loans have less impact on movements in total loans, they are of con siderable importance in financing particular eco nomic and financial activities. Agricultural loans are loans other than those secured by real estate that are made to finance agricultural pro duction, including the growing, storage, and marketing of agricultural products, as well as to finance family and other household expendi tures of farmers. Loans to nonbank financial institutions include loans to many types of fi nancial intermediaries such as finance compa nies, factors, thrift institutions, real estate in vestment trusts, mortgage companies, bank holding companies, and insurance companies. n.a. N ot available. Thus, for example, bank loans to these institu tions indirectly finance inventories, con struction, and consumer outlays, and they re flect such events as outflows of thrift deposits and inability of nonbank financial institutions to obtain funds in the commercial paper or longerterm capital markets. Security loans are made primarily by large banks to brokers and dealers to finance trading positions in securities, often the portion that the dealers have not been able to finance elsewhere. Security loans at banks fluctuate widely with the dates of major Treas ury financings, according to the relative cost or availability of dealers’ nonbank funds. Loans to foreign banks have shown large shifts over the period covered by the new series. As noted previously, about two-thirds of such loans are held by the foreign-related banking institutions. Foreign banks often perform an intermediary function in channeling funds ad vanced by banking offices in the United States to foreign nonbank borrowers. Lease financing receivables, a new and still minor component of the bank credit series, have been expanding rapidly for many years. These receivables reflect the residual value of property acquired by banks for the purpose of leasing to customers who otherwise might borrow to purchase the property directly. New Measures of Bank Credit and Nondeposit Funds N S e w e r ie s o n N o n d e p o s i t F 713 related foreign institutions (net Eurodollar bor rowing). The series on nondeposit funds has the same institutional coverage as the revised bank credit series discussed earlier. For domestically char tered banks, borrowings from nonbank custom ers and loans sold to affiliates are monthly averages of Wednesday data, and net Eurodollar borrowings are monthly averages of daily fig ures.3 For foreign-related institutions, the monthly estimates reflect averages of current and previous month-end observations. Federal funds, RPs, and other borrowings from nonbank customers together constitute the largest component of the nondeposit funds series (Table 5). Federal funds purchases most often are unsecured, are for one day only, and are settled in immediately available funds. In some instances, federal funds purchases are secured, and they may be arranged for more than one day or renewed on a “ continuing contract” basis until terminated by either party. An RP is an agreement by means of which a borrower sells securities but contracts with the purchaser to repurchase them at a stated price at some u n d s Measures of bank sources of funds are of inter est because they indicate how banks finance their credit operations in terms of suppliers of funds, cost of funds, and maturity structure. They also help to track responses of banks to monetary policy and to other factors affecting deposit growth. Deposits remain the most im portant sources of funds for banks; but when market interest rates rise above regulatory de posit ceiling rates, deposits so constrained flow out of the banks. The cost of reserve require ments further affects the cost of deposits relative to alternative sources of funds. In recent years, banks have turned more to nonreservable bor rowings (mainly federal funds and security RPs) supplementing deposit flows with these nonre servable and other borrowings. As a supplement to current measures of bank deposits, such as deposit components of the monetary aggregates and negotiable certificates of deposit, a new measure of estimated nondeposit funds has been developed from sev eral data sources. This measure includes federal funds purchased, sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (RPs), and other bor rowings from nonbanks, as well as loans sold to affiliates and net balances due to directly 3. A small and relatively stable amount of nonmember bank net balances due to own foreign branches is derived from quarterly call reports. 5. Commercial bank nondeposit fu n d s1 M o n th ly a v erag e s, b illio n s o f d o llars Period D ecem ber Total nondeposit funds Federal funds, RPs, and borrowings from nonbanks, SA2* 3 Net balances due to directly related foreign institutions, NSA Loans sold to affiliates, NSA2 Total Domestically chartered banks4 Foreign-related institutions3 ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... 28.0 45.5 49.1 43.0 55.4 62.7 84.9 16.5 34.0 35.4 33.2 47.1 58.4 74.8 2.6 4.4 4.8 4.5 3.8 4.8 3.8 8.9 7.2 8.9 5.4 4.5 -.5 6.3 1.9 1.3 .9 -2.1 -5 .2 -11.6 -10.2 7.0 5.9 8.0 7.5 9.7 11.1 17.0 Jan................................. Feb................................. M ar................................ Apr................................ May ............................. June ............................. July ............................. Aug . e .......................... 83.1 95.8 100.7 104.8 111.2 115.8 119.4 127.7 73.2 80.2 80.9 82.3 84.3 84.5 86.5 91.2 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.7 3.7 6.3 12.0 16.3 18.9 23.2 27.5 29.1 32.7 -10.1 -6 .3 -4 .5 -1 .9 2.5 5.8 6.3 8.9 16.4 18.3 20.8 20.8 20.6 21.7 22.8 23.8 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1. Includes national and state-chartered banks plus foreign-related banking institutions in the United States (branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks) and Edge Act corporations. 2. Wednesday data for domestically chartered banks. 3. Current and preceding month-end data for foreign-related institutions. 4. Daily data, e Estimated. SA Seasonally adjusted. NSA Not seasonally adjusted. 714 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 specified future date. RPs typically have short maturities, often one day; however, they may be continuing contracts that can remain in effect until canceled. Federal funds borrowing and lending transactions are exempt from explicit interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements, but the market participants are restricted by regulation to banks in the United States, savings and loan associations, savings banks, U.S. government agencies, and a few other institu tions. RP borrowings that are secured by U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities also are exempt from interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements. Federal funds and RP transactions may result in the transfer of balances at Federal Reserve Banks from one member bank to an other, or they may simply reflect the conversion of deposit balances at a commercial bank to a nonreservable borrowing. Other borrowings are funds raised on prom issory notes, bills and notes rediscounted, due bills, and other instruments given for the pur pose of borrowing money for use in the bank’s business. These include term federal funds and borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks, over drawn “ due from” bank balances, loans sold under RPs, sales of participations in pooled loans, and direct borrowings from unrelated foreign banks. Such borrowings from nonbanks are a relatively small part of total borrowings. Net balances due to directly related foreign institutions consist of the net liabilities of do mestically chartered banks due to their own foreign branches plus the net liabilities of foreign-related U.S. banking institutions due both to their parent banks or holding companies and to other directly related institutions in foreign countries. These net due-to balances are a measure of the extent to which the U.S. banking system uses the Eurodollar market in funding credit activities in the United States.4 2. Commercial bank deposits and nondeposit funds Billions of dollars Loans sold to affiliates are a measure of the utilization by domestically chartered banks of funds raised by affiliates— for example, in the commercial paper and Eurodollar markets. This component specifically measures the funds ob tained through bank holding company affiliates or foreign branches only by means of the sale of loans to these institutions. It does not include proceeds of commercial paper sales by bank affiliates that are channeled to the banks through direct deposits. As shown in chart 2, nondeposit funds have become increasingly important to banks, sup plementing— and at times replacing— deposit funds. In the 1973-74 period, when credit de mands were high and flows into deposits subject to interest rate ceilings were disrupted, U.S. banks obtained additional funds through bor rowings that were exempt from interest ceilings. Eurodollar borrowings, which were subject to reserve requirements at the time, changed little; but other borrowings from nonbank sources increased sharply (chart 3). The use of nondeposit funds decreased in late 1974, as credit demands eased and market in terest rates generally remained lower than the 4. Changes in net due-to balances reflect changes in fixed-deposit ceiling rates. Net utilization of either balances due from or liabilities due to related funds from the Eurodollar market declined as foreign institutions. Foreign-related institutions gener large domestically chartered banks advanced ally maintain net due-to positions with directly related foreign institutions, while U.S. member banks moved funds to their foreign branches for use abroad. into large net due-from positions during the period from These banks continued to advance funds net to 1975 to 1978, which reduced the level of net Eurodollar branches until 1978. In the same period, borrowings and total nondeposit funds measured by this series. foreign-related institutions behaved differently, New Measures of Bank Credit and Nondeposit Funds 3. Nondeposit funds at commercial banks Billions of dollars increasing their net balances due to related foreign institutions moderately through 1977 to fund their U.S. operations. U .S. banks resumed the expansion of their domestic borrowings in late 1975, and these borrowings have remained an important source of funds. In 1978, with loan demands in the United States strengthening, both domestically chartered banks and foreignrelated institutions began to raise more funds abroad. Since early 1978, foreign-related insti tutions have sharply increased their net balances 715 due to foreign-related institutions to finance rapid expansion in business and foreign bank loans. Domestically chartered banks increased their net balances due to foreign branches mod erately in 1978 while depending primarily on other borrowings and deposit flows to fund strong credit expansion. However, their net due-to balances have spurted at an unprece dented rate in the first half of 1979 in response to continued strong bank credit demands in the United States, to relatively small deposit inflows early this year, and to changes in reserve re quirements that affected the relative costs of alternative sources of funds in late 1978.5 Back data for the series on bank credit and nondeposit funds are available from December 1972 to date. Requests for these data or for the statistical releases for these series may be sent to Publications Services, Division of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. 5. Reserve requirements on member banks’ net lia bilities to their own foreign branches were reduced to zero from 4 percent in August 1978, and a supplemental reserve requirement of 2 percentage points was added to the existing requirements on large time deposits in November 1978. 716 Survey of Standby Letters of Credit Peter R. Lloyd-Davies of the B oard’s Division of Research and Statistics prepared this ar ticle .1 Standby letters of credit issued by U.S. banks have increased rapidly during the last six years. The amount of such letters of credit issued by U.S. insured commercial banks (consolidated with their domestic and foreign branches and subsidiaries) was about $5 billion in December 1973, when these data were first collected. By December 1978, the amount had risen above $25 billion. A standby letter of credit is issued by a bank to assure the beneficiary of the credit that he will not suffer loss should the bank’s customer fail to fulfill a contractual obligation to him. If such a loss should occur, the beneficiary is entitled to obtain reimbursement from the bank; the bank’s customer is then liable to the bank for amounts disbursed. The underlying contrac tual obligation of the bank’s customer to the beneficiary may be either financial or nonfinan cial; examples include construction contracts, contracts to ship merchandise, borrowing in the commercial paper market, and commodity fu tures contracts. In December 1978, Senators William Prox mire and Edward W. Brooke expressed their concern that these instruments might constitute undue risk for banks and the banking system and asked the Federal Reserve to prepare a report on them. In response to this request, a questionnaire was sent to a sample of 28 banks to gather information about the types of under lying contracts, the use of collateral, and the bank’s takedown and loss experience.2 The re sults indicate that, although standby letters of credit have the same risk potential as a direct loan of funds, in practice they result in much lower losses. Takedowns are fairly rare, but, more important, the amounts disbursed are al most always recovered promptly by the bank from its customer. The bank may facilitate this recovery by requiring its customers to post col lateral. The smaller banks in the survey tended to have more takedowns than the larger banks and at the same time to have higher collateral requirements. The survey found no obviously imprudent uses of the instrument, and conse quently no additional regulations or legislation was recommended. Th e S a m ple The 28 commercial banks surveyed, which were all members of the Federal Reserve System, included the 11 largest issuers of standby letters of credit. These large banks (each with total assets over $18 billion) each had more than $200 million outstanding as of September 30, 1978; as a group they accounted for about three-quar ters of all standby letters of credit issued by insured commercial banks. The remaining 17 banks in the sample were smaller banks that issued large amounts of this instrument relative to their size; they accounted for 4 percent of the total outstanding. The smaller banks fulfilled two conditions: (1) they had at least $20 million of standby letters of credit outstanding as of September 30, 1978; and (2) their total out 1. Valuable assistance in preparing the survey was standing was at least 2 percent of their fully provided by Messrs. John J. Mingo, Michael G. Mar consolidated assets. tinson, Benjamin Wolkowitz, Stanley J. Sigel, Oscar B. Barnhardt, and Ms. Arlene E. Lustig. Thanks are 2. The survey was conducted jointly by the Division also due to the staff of the Reserve Banks who adminis of Research and Statistics and the Division of Supervi tered the survey and to the staff of the participating sion and Regulation. banks. 717 The bulk of the total amount outstanding was in the New York Federal Reserve District. The eight respondents located in that district reported $15 billion in standby letters of credit out of the survey total of $21 billion. Three banks, with a total of $3.5 billion outstanding, were from the San Francisco District; four, with $2 billion outstanding, were from the Chicago District; and the other thirteen, all smaller banks and accounting for only a small proportion of the total outstanding, were located in the Rich mond, Minneapolis, Kansas City, and Dallas Districts. ately from their customers, whereas the large banks reported that on average 1.83 percent of amounts disbursed were not immediately recov ered. Performances differed, too, among the large banks. One bank reported that immediate recoveries were as low as 62 percent of take downs, while others reported recoveries of up to 100 percent. The percentage of takedowns showed surprisingly little correlation with amounts not immediately recovered; for the sample as a whole, this correlation was nega tive, reflecting the higher takedown and lower loss experience of the smaller banks.4 T C o l l a t e r a l T y p e s a k e d o w n a n d L o s s E x p e r i e n c e Banks were asked to provide data on total drafts paid under standby letters of credit during 1978 and also on amounts that were not recovered immediately from the bank’s customer follow ing such disbursements. The responses revealed that losses resulting from takedowns of standby letters of credit were extremely small compared with losses from ordinary loans. For the 28 banks, about 0.41 percent of average loans outstanding were charged off against reserves during 1978.3 This contrasts sharply with their experience with standby letters of credit. Al though takedowns represented 2.03 percent of standby letters of credit outstanding, more than 98 percent of the amounts paid out were recov ered immediately by the banks from their cus tomers, leaving only about 0.03 percent of standby letters of credit as potential losses to the bank. Even this percentage may exaggerate the loss: amounts not immediately recovered are typically booked as loans to the bank’s cus tomer, a part of which is probably recovered as the loan is repaid. Banks had different experiences, depending on their size. The 11 large banks had signifi cantly lower takedown rates than the smaller banks: 1.86 percent compared with 4.65 per cent. But all of the smaller banks reported that all amounts disbursed were recovered immedi- o f C a n d o n t r a c t The table shows total standby letters of credit classified by the type of underlying contract.5 It also gives the amount of collateral or other indemnification against loss for each type iden tified.6 Collateral was used in connection with almost all types of underlying contracts, al though the size of collateral requirements depended on the size of the bank. The 11 large banks reported collateral amounting on average to 18 percent of the value of standby letters of credit outstanding; the comparable figure for the 4. Although the coefficient of correlation between takedowns and losses among the 11 large banks was positive, it was only 0.08, implying that a relatively high takedown experience was not strongly associated with large losses. 5. Because the detailed information on collateral and on the nature of the underlying contract normally is not readily available in machine-readable form, banks were given the option of responding to these questions on the basis of a sample of standby letters of credit covering at least 80 percent of their total outstanding. Most of the large banks took advantage of this opportunity and selected a sample either by dropping certain overseas branches or by eliminating all credits under a certain dollar limit. The numbers reported on a sample basis were then grossed up so as to correspond with the total outstanding for the bank. This procedure probably in troduced certain minor biases into the results. Standby letters of credit to foreign beneficiaries were somewhat understated, as were those issued for small dollar amounts, which are perhaps more likely to be collat eralized. 3. This figure is obtained by dividing 1978 gross loan 6. Collateral and other idemnification include cash; chargeoffs (before deducting recoveries) by the average marketable securities; readily marketable commodities; of total loans outstanding at the beginning and end of and guarantees or standby letters of credit issued by the government, insurance companies, and other banks. 1978. 718 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ December 1979 Standby letters of credit: uses and collateral1 Millions o f dollars U.S. beneficiary Non-U .S. beneficiary Type o f underlying contract and purpose o f letter o f credit Am ount outstanding Collateral or indemnification A m ount outstanding Collateral or indemnification Full sample Financial................................................................................................... To back commercial paper.............................................................. To back other loans.......................................................................... To ensure performance on options or futures contracts........... O ther financial.................................................................................... 2,344 208 8,304 1,643 759 456 1,129 57 41 110 5,676 1,621 1,007 1,268 257 119 7,362 1,102 1,873 1,077 3,310 1,766 286 289 120 1,072 3,376 98 1,904 174 1,200 458 7 249 28 174 9,706 To ensure contract performance associated with construction projects.................................................................... To ensure merchandise delivery..................................................... Other nonfinancial............................................................................. 1,974 11,680 2,101 11 large banks Nonfinancial............................................................................................ To ensure contract performance associated with construction p ro jects................................................................... To ensure merchandise delivery.................................................... Other nonfinancial............................................................................. 2,033 91 8,198 1,620 653 397 983 23 20 49 5,630 1,592 975 1,259 253 108 Financial................................................................................................... To back commercial paper............................................................... To back other loans.......................................................................... To ensure performance on options or futures contracts........... Other financial.................................................................................... 6,657 960 1,696 1,001 3,001 1,482 206 204 108 964 3,306 98 1,869 174 1,165 427 7 247 28 144 8,691 1,573 11,504 2,046 17 smaller banks Financial.................................................................................................. To back commercial p a p er.............................................................. To back other loans.......................................................................... To ensure performance on options or futures contracts........... O ther financial.................................................................................... 310 116 106 24 106 59 146 34 21 61 46 29 32 9 4 10 705 142 177 77 310 284 81 84 12 108 70 0 35 0 35 31 0 2 0 29 1,015 To ensure contract performance associated with construction projects..................................................................... To ensure merchandise delivery..................................................... Other nonfinancial............................................................................. 401 176 55 1. Details may not sum to totals because o f rounding. smaller banks was 38 percent. The smaller banks required more than 40 percent collateral for financial contracts and 34 percent for non financial contracts. Small banks may anticipate their somewhat higher incidence of takedowns and protect themselves by requiring additional collateral. Standby letters of credit issued in support of commercial paper had a relatively high level of collateral. The 11 large banks reported that on average 21 percent of the value of letters of credit in favor of holders of U.S. commercial paper was supported by collateral; for the smaller banks this percentage was 57 percent. These collateral requirements significantly alter the character of the overall transaction from the point of view of the borrower, since borrowing in the commercial paper market is normally on an unsecured basis. The largest single category of standby letters of credit, accounting for more than a quarter of the total, served to ensure performance of construction projects abroad. These were issued almost exclusively by the largest banks, gen erally for the account of large multinational corporate customers that expose the bank to Standby Letters of Credit relatively little risk despite the low level of collateral. In som e cases, the issuance of a letter of credit m ay be little more than a pro form a step to satisfy the requirements of the govern m ent of the country in w hich the project is located. Data w ere also collected on the extent to w hich standby letters of credit are used in co n nection with transactions with the U .S . and local governm ents and to support the activities of 719 subsidiaries and affiliates of the issuing bank. Credits totaling alm ost $1 b illion w ere issued in favor of governm ental units, m ostly to guar antee paym ent o f financial ob ligations. About $ 725 m illion in credits w ere issued for the account of subsidiaries and affiliates, alm ost all of this amount for the account of consolidated subsidiaries overseas to enable them to use the credit standing of the parent bank to borrow in their local market areas. □ 720 Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations This 35th joint report reflects the TreasuryFederal Reserve policy of making available ad ditional information on foreign exchange operations from time to time. The Federal R e serve Bank of New York acts as agent for both the Tresury and the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve System in the conduct of foreign exchange operations. This report was prepared by Scott E. Pardee, Manager of Foreign Operations of the System Open Market Account and Senior Vice Presi dent in the Foreign Function of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. It covers the period February through July 1979. Previous reports have been published in the March and Sep tember B ulletins of each year beginning with September 1962. By early 1979, progress was clearly under way in resolving the disparities in economic per formance among industrial countries that had been of concern to policymakers and exchangemarket participants alike for several years. The U.S. economy was beginning to cool down under policies of restraint, while the economies of several other industrial countries were pick ing up steam under policies of stimulus. These shifts in relative demand conditions, coming on top of the long-awaited adjustments in trade volumes as a result of previous exchange-rate changes, were reducing the serious trade and current-account imbalances of recent years. The sharp drop in Japan’s trade surplus and the further narrowing of the U.S. trade deficit were especially encouraging. Nevertheless, those processes were far from complete, and inflation in the United States remained uncomfortably high. In the early months of 1979, the exchange markets were responding favorably to the No vember 1 measures by the U.S. and foreign authorities to correct what had become an ex cessive decline of dollar rates. The followthrough on those measures included heavy in tervention in the exchange market by the U.S. authorities in coordination with the central banks of Germany, Switzerland, and Japan, the maintenance of a firm monetary policy by the Federal Reserve, and the sale of foreign cur rency notes by the U.S. Treasury in the German and Swiss capital markets. These actions helped to restore a sense of two-way risk in the market, and with interest rate differentials strongly fa voring the United States, funds began to flow back into dollars. This reflux took the form of unwinding previously adverse leads and lags, covering of speculative positions, and the re versal of portfolio shifts out of the dollar, which had built up last year. 1. Federal Reserve reciprocal currency arrangements Millions of dollars Institution Amount of facility, July 31, 1979 Austrian National Bank of National Bank of National Bank....................... Bank of B elgium .................. Canada..................................... Bank of Denm ark................ England.................................... 250 1,000 2,000 250 3,000 Bank of German Bank of Bank of Bank of F ran ce..................................... Federal Bank ......................... Italy........................................... Japan ....................................... Mexico .................................... 2,000 6,000 3,000 5,000 3601 Netherlands B a n k .................................. Bank of N orw ay.................................... Bank of S w ed en .................................... Swiss National Bank............................ 500 250 300 4,000 Bank for International Settlements Swiss francs/dollars......................... Other authorized European currencies/dollars ....................... 1,250 Total ............................................................ 29,760 600 1. Increased to $700 million effective August 17, 1979. Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations While progress was being made on past problems, market participants and policymakers had to contend with new shocks to the interna tional economy. A shortfall in world oil supplies emerged abruptly in early 1979, following the political upheavals in Iran, which temporarily cut off crude oil exports from that country. The ensuing scramble for spot crude pushed spot market prices to astronomical highs and prompted individual members of the Organi zation of Petroleum Exporting Countries to jack up their posted prices. These events favored the dollar in two ways. The bidding up of the spot oil price had the direct effect of generating additional demand for dol lars in the exchange market to pay for the oil. In addition, markets for individual currencies were influenced by assessments by traders of the relative impact of the oil supply and price strains on different countries. Currencies of countries that were most heavily dependent on oil imports for their energy needs, such as Japan and several continental European countries, came under selling pressure. By contrast, the currencies of countries with near self-sufficiency in oil, such as the United Kingdom and Canada, came into demand. The United States was viewed as better able than most others to cope with short-term oil supply prob lems, and so long as the scramble for oil per sisted the dollar was also in demand. The surge in world oil prices aggravated inflation pressures generally, since it came at a time when a number of important international commodity prices were also advancing. The economies of Japan and continental Western Europe were no longer shielded from these price increases as they had been earlier when their currencies were appreciating against the dollar. Consequently, wholesale and consumer prices abroad jumped sharply. Since inflation had also accelerated in the United States, this jump raised concern over the possibility of a renewed worldwide price spiral such as that in the early 1970s. For their part, foreign central banks moved to tighten monetary conditions to avoid further exacerbation of inflationary pressures as a result of domestic credit demand or international in fluences, and short- and long-term interest rates 721 advanced fairly sharply in most countries. In addition, to avoid the inflationary effects of a depreciation, the authorities intervened force2. Foreign exchange operations: Summary, January 1-July 31, 1979 Millions of dollars equivalent Type of transaction Transactions with German Federal Bank Reciprocal currency arrangement1 Commitments outstanding, January 1, 1979 ................................ Drawings, or repayments (-) 1979 Q l .............................................. 1979 Q 2 ................................................ July 1979 ............................................ Commitments outstanding, July 31, 1979 ..................................... 4,434.2 / 334.2 1 - 1 ,7 6 2 .8 2 / 790.8 I -3 ,0 2 0 .8 2 / 1,377.1 I -1 1 4 .6 2,053.3 U.S. Treasury swap arrangement1 Commitments outstanding, January 1, 1979 ................................ Drawings, or repayments (-) 1979 Q l ................................................ 1979 Q 2 ................................................ July 1979 ............................................ Commitments outstanding, July 31, 1979 ..................................... 889.4 - 8 7 8 .2 3 0 0 0 Transactions with Swiss National Bank Reciprocal currency arrangement1 Commitments outstanding, January 1, 1979 ................................ Drawings, or repayments (-), 1979 Q l .............................................. 1979 Q 2 ................................................ July 1979 ............................................ Commitments outstanding, July 31, 1979 ..................................... 786.3 / 74.1 1 -8 6 0 .5 36.2 / 31.7 \ -3 6 .2 31.7 Special swap arrangement1 Commitments outstanding, January 1, 1979.................................. Repayments 1979 Q l ................................................ 1979 Q 2 ................................................ July 1979 ............................................ Commitments outstanding, July 31, 1979 ..................................... 157.3 -1 5 6 .5 - .9 0 0 Transactions with Bank of Japan Reciprocal currency arrangement1 Commitments outstanding, January 1, 1979 ................................ Drawings, or repayments (-) 1979 Q l .............................................. 1979 Q 2 ................................................ July 1979 ............................................ Commitments outstanding, July 31, 1979 ..................................... 106.5 -1 0 6 .5 0 0 0 1. Data are on a value-date basis. 2. Repayments include revaluation adjustments from swap renewals, which amounted to $15.2 million for drawings on the German Federal Bank renewed during the period. 3. Repayments include revaluation adjustments from swap renewals, which amounted to $11.3 million for drawings on the German Federal Bank during the period. 722 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 fully in the exchange markets whenever their currencies came on offer. In an effort to attain greater stability of ex change rates within the European Community (EC), the member countries launched the Euro pean Monetary System (EMS), which included new intervention arrangements and a partial pooling of reserves. As some strains developed among the EMS currencies, the arrangements provided the context in which some countries stepped up their intervention or tightened mon etary policy when their currencies came under selling pressure. The U.K. authorities had de cided not to join the intervention arrangements of the EMS for the time being, and when sterling came into heavy demand in the spring, rather than create substantial new domestic li quidity through intervention, they allowed the rate to rise. With the dollar in generalized demand through much of the spring, the U.S. authorities had acquired sufficient currencies to repay by the end of April all of their previous foreign currency indebtedness to other central banks. Subsequently, considerable progress was made in rebuilding balances drawn out of the re sources acquired under the various parts of the November 1 program. Most of the currencies purchased during the period came out of direct transactions with correspondents, but the Trad ing Desk also bought currencies in the market on occasion when the bidding for dollars was particularly strong. In sum, by mid-June the U.S. authorities had purchased a total of $8,123.5 million of curren cies and had repaid $6,126.5 million of out standing debt, holding the rest in balances. In addition, $1,351.5 million equivalent of marks was acquired by a further medium-term issue in the German capital market. Aside from $628.1 million of foreign currency sales during some days of market nervousness in early Feb ruary, the Desk did not intervene as a seller of foreign exchange from late February to midJune. By late spring, however, the balance of mar ket sentiment began to swing against the dollar. Traders saw that the reflux of last year’s outflow was coming to an end, leaving the dollar vul nerable on the downside. Moreover, the U.S. 3. Drawings and repayments by foreign central banks and the Bank for International Settle ments under reciprocal currency arrangements 1 M illions of d o lla rs; d ra w in g s, or rep ay m en ts ( - ) B ank d ra w in g on O u t Federal R eserve stan d in g , System Jan . 1, 1979 B ank for In te rn a tional S e ttle m ents (against G e rm a n m a rk s )2 .. 0 1979 Ql 1979 Q2 1979 July O u t stan d in g , July 31, 1979 0 3 1 .0 \ {■- 3 1 . 0 / 0 0 1. D ata are on a v alu e-d ate basis. 2. B IS d ra w in g s and re p a y m e n ts of d ollars a gainst E u ro p ean cu rren cies o th er than S w iss fran c s to m eet tem p o rary cash req u irem en ts. trade deficit was widening again somewhat, and in view of the prospective sharp increase in our oil import bill, private forecasts were being revised to show larger deficits than had been predicted earlier. Indeed, just when the bidding for dollars by other major countries to pay for spot oil began to slacken, the United States was encountering serious gasoline shortages and an uncertain out look for heating oil supplies. These develop ments, plus the continuing debate over energy policy generally in this country, led many mar ket participants to question whether the United States was better able to cope with oil price and supply problems after all. In addition, interest rate trends internationally had become a matter of concern. Even though inflation had acceler ated in the United States and the Federal Re serve had firmed interest rates somewhat further in April, widespread talk of recession led market participants to expect that interest rates might not be raised in line with those abroad and might even decline somewhat. By mid-June, following further interest rate hikes in several major foreign countries, these various concerns came to a head. The dollar suddenly came on offer in the exchanges, and many market participants hastened to shift out of dollars on the expectation of an even greater decline. In these highly unstable market condi tions, the U.S. authorities intervened forcefully to check the decline, particularly on days sur rounding the OPEC meeting and the Tokyo summit in late June. The intervention operations by the United States were mainly in marks, but Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations inflationary pressures in the United States. Those operations, conducted both in New York and in the overnight markets in the Far East, were coordinated with those of the German Federal Bank in Frankfurt and helped to blunt the immediate pressures on the dollar. In addi tion, on July 20 the Federal Reserve raised the discount rate 1/2 percent to a record 10 percent and moved to firm money market rates as well. Once the new appointments were made, with G. William Miller moving to the Treasury as Secretary and Paul A. Volcker becoming Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board, the market quieted down and dollar rates firmed somewhat at the end of July. From the end of January to the end of July, the U.S. dollar declined a net 2 lA percent against the continental Western European cur rencies, 2 V percent against the Canadian dollar, 2 and 13 percent against the pound sterling. It rose a net IV2 percent against the Japanese yen. Intervention sales of foreign currencies by the U.S. authorities in June and July totaled $5,414.4 million equivalent. The bulk of this total was in marks, of which $2,758.9 million was sold by the Treasury out of balances and $2,537.6 million was sold by the Federal Re serve out of balances and through drawings on the swap line with the German Federal Bank. Drawings of marks by the Federal Reserve dur ing June and July amounted to $2,167.9 million, of which $2,053.3 million was outstanding on July 31. In addition, the System sold $117.9 million of Swiss francs in June and July, and at the end of July $31.7 million of swap draw- 4. U .S . Treasury securities, foreign currency denominated, January 1-July 31, 1 9 7 9 1 M illio n s o f d o llars e q u iv a len t; issu e s, or red em p tio n s ( - ) Q2 6 0 0 .4 - 5 9 7 .2 1 ,2 0 3 .0 1 ,3 5 1 .5 0 0 O u t stan d in g , Ju ly 31 0 0 1 ,2 0 3 .0 2 ,9 4 6 .7 4 ,1 4 9 .7 -3 .2 0 1 ,5 9 5 .2 Issues Ql Ju ly 0 O u t stan d in g , Jan . 1 G o v e r n m e n t s e r ie s S w iss N atio n al B an k .............. P u b lic s e r ie s S w itz e r la n d ___ G erm an y .......... T o t a l ................... 723 1. D a ta are o n a valu e-d ate b a s is . also in Swiss francs. The German and Swiss central banks intervened in their own markets. The outcome of the OPEC meeting, which resulted in an agreement that set the average OPEC price some 60 percent over last year’s levels, gave rise to expectations of a strong policy response by the United States and other countries, and the communique from the Tokyo summit reinforced those expectations. But the tide of market sentiment was running so strongly against the dollar that political and economic events in the United States over the next few weeks were interpreted bearishly. The dollar came under repeated bouts of selling pressure, especially following the President’s energy speech on July 15 and over subsequent days during which the President made several changes in the Cabinet. The U.S. authorities intervened vigorously in German marks to head off a possible generalized decline of the dollar, which might exacerbate 5. U .S . Treasury and Federal Reserve foreign exchange operations1 Millions of dollars; net profits, or losses (-) O n liq u id a tio n s of fo reig n c urrency d ebts o u tsta n d in g as of A u g . 1 5 ,1 9 7 1 R elated to current operatio n s U .S . T reasury P erio d F ederal R eserve Exchange S tabilization F und G eneral A cco u n t 1979 Q l ............................................................ 1 9 7 9 Q 2 ............................................................ Ju ly 1 9 7 9 .......................................................... .7 30 .8 -.2 5 .7 4 .6 22.5 17.3 2 1 .7 2 0 .7 V alu atio n profits an d lo sses o n o u t stan d in g assets an d liab ilities as of Ju ly 3 1 , 1979 ....................................... 5 .6 -2 0 9 .1 - 6 2 .0 1. Data are on a value-date basis. F ederal R eserve E x change Stab ilizatio n F und -139.1 - .7 0 -5 3 1 .0 -2 .8 0 724 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 ings on the Swiss National Bank was still out standing from that series of operations. From mid-June through the end of July, the U.S. authorities purchased $670.6 million equivalent of marks and Swiss francs, mainly from corre spondents. During the first half of 1979 both the Federal Reserve and the Treasury realized net profits on liquidations of current swap debt and sales of currencies out of balances held by the Sys tem, the Exchange Stabilization Fund (ESF), and the Treasury General Account. The figures appear in table 5. During July the System real ized a small net loss on its operations, but the ESF and the General Account earned profits. The valuation profits and losses for all three accounts reflect revaluation of System and Treasury assets and liabilities as of July 31. Table 5 also shows losses on the final liquidation of pre-August 1971 Swiss franc debts. G e r m a n M a r k For some time the German authorities had sought to generate a more rapid rate of domestic growth without undercutting the clear progress they had made in slowing inflation in recent years. Much of the stimulus had come from fiscal policy, with a substantial increase in the budget deficit by the public sector. Although Germany’s growth rate had advanced in 1978 to 3.4 percent, the solidity of the expansion was still in question late in the year when huge amounts of hot money flowed into the mark from the dollar and from other EC currencies. The rise in the mark rate in the exchange mar ket, particularly against the dollar, had threat ened to impede real growth as German busi nessmen became apprehensive of their ability to compete in their own or in foreign markets. At the same time, intervention by the German Federal Bank and foreign authorities to counter the mark’s rise was swelling liquidity in Ger many, thereby threatening to unleash serious inflationary pressures from the monetary side. The German authorities joined with those of the United States, Switzerland, and Japan in the coordinated effort starting last November 1 to correct what had been an excessive decline of the dollar and to avoid the recurrence of such a decline. The resolve of the authorities had been put to a severe test in November and December, and intervention— particularly by the U.S. authorities— had been very heavy. But pressures eased off on the dollar in early 1979. Already in January a reflux of funds had begun, and the U.S. authorities were able to begin acquiring marks from correspondents and in the market to reduce their swap debt to the German Federal Bank. At the end of January, the Federal Reserve’s swap debt in marks amounted to $4,168.2 million equivalent, and the U.S. Treasury’s swap debt in marks was $613.0 million equivalent. With the exchange markets in better balance, the German Federal Bank moved cautiously to absorb the excess liquidity generated by the late-1978 intervention. The fragility of this balance was underscored when the dollar came under a brief bout of selling pressure in early February, as the market responded nervously to political developments in Iran. The spot mark was quickly bid up from around DM 1.86 to DM 1.83 to the dollar, but heavy intervention again helped to contain the immediate pressures. In New York, the Desk sold $507.1 million equivalent of marks over three trading days through February 8. Of this total, $317.3 million equivalent was from U.S. Treasury balances and $189.8 million equiva lent was for the Federal Reserve, of which $145.5 million was drawn under the swap line with the German Federal Bank and the rest was from balances. Meanwhile, as a further follow-up to the November 1 program, the U.S. Treasury an nounced that it would issue a second markdenominated note, equivalent to $1,351.5 mil lion in the German capital market, with the payment date on March 1. Following these actions, the exchange market came into better balance again, and the process of unwinding resumed. As the exchanges became more settled, mar ket participants attempted to assess the implica tions for monetary policy and interest rates of the changing conditions in Germany’s domestic economy. A harsh winter and a metal workers’ strike had temporarily depressed production, but most analysts expected fairly strong growth to continue through 1979. At the same time, how Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations ever, with the exchange rate no longer appreci ating and thereby not shielding the domestic economy from rising prices of international oil and raw materials, Germany was hit by the same burst of inflation as other industrial countries. With the mark on offer in the exchanges, the German Federal Bank took advantage of the opportunity to intensify its efforts to absorb liquidity, to signal its intention that funds would no longer be so readily available, and otherwise to bring down the growth of central bank money to its target range of 6 to 9 percent. In the market, concerns that interest rates would rise sharply in Germany prompted investors to shift funds from marks into higher-yielding assets in dollars, sterling, and currencies linked to the mark in the EMS. These outflows occurred at a time when the dollar was in demand in the exchanges for other reasons. It was benefiting from evidence of a slowdown in the U.S. economy, news of a sharp improvement in the U.S. trade deficit in Febru ary, and some expectation of a moderation of inflationary pressures. Moreover, because of its role as a transaction currency, the dollar was being increasingly well bid as the scramble for oil and other dollar-based commodities intensi fied. As a result, the selling of marks at times put considerable pressure on the mark rate. By early April the mark dropped to trade as low as DM 1.9050. In addition, the mark was on offer against other European currencies. As the mark came on offer, the German Federal Bank sold increasingly large amounts of dollars to maintain orderly trading conditions and to absorb some of the excess liquidity in the domestic money market. For their part, the U.S. authorities continued to take advantage of the opportunity to cover outstanding swap com mitments and to replenish foreign currency re sources, largely on the basis of direct transac tions with official correspondents. But as pres sure against the mark intensified in early April, the Trading Desk also intervened by buying marks in the market to maintain orderly trading conditions. Before long, these combined opera tions had drained so much liquidity in Germany as to exert strains on the banks’ reserve posi tions. Accordingly, the German monetary au thorities acted to provide liquidity in a short 725 term and easily reversible manner so as not to signal any change in their efforts to resist infla tionary pressures. In particular, they raised banks’ rediscount quotas with the central bank by DM 5 billion on April 1, and subsequently engaged in foreign exchange swaps with com mercial banks, mostly for three-month maturi ties. But in response to continuing expansion in bank lending, the Federal Bank also acted to raise the cost of credit, increasing both its discount and its Lombard rates 1 percentage point to 4 percent and 5 percent respectively. By the spring months, it was becoming clear that the adjustment of Germany’s external posi tion was under way, as the trade and currentaccount surpluses were sharply reduced from last year’s levels. Imports were being boosted both by a sharp rebound in domestic demand and by the higher prices of oil and other inter national commodities. Uncertainties over en ergy continued to weigh on the mark. Since Germany is almost wholly dependent on im ported oil for its petroleum needs, the further escalation of oil prices threatened to inflate the oil import bill even more. Moreover, the nuclear accident in the United States raised concern that Germany’s efforts to shift toward greater reli ance on nuclear power might be undercut and that large contracts to export nuclear plants might be delayed or canceled. By contrast, the United States was seen as being better able to cope with oil price and supply problems than most other countries. Thus, the offering of marks was increasingly being reinforced by commercial selling and ad verse reactions to each news report suggesting yet another price hike for oil. In addition, through April and early May, the exchange markets were reacting favorably to the further firming of interest rates by the Federal Reserve in response to the rapid rise in the monetary aggregates and to evidence of a further narrow ing of the U.S. trade deficit. Selling pressure on the mark continued and pushed the mark to a low of DM 1.9220 at one point late in May, some 3Vi percent below levels in early February. In the four and one-half months to mid-June, the German Federal Bank was a substantial seller of dollars. The U.S. authorities also purchased a total of $5,963.2 726 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 million equivalent of marks. These purchases permitted the System and the Treasury to liqui date, respectively, their remaining $4,355.2 million equivalent and $613.3 million equiva lent of swap debt to the German Federal Bank by the end of April. In addition, they provided the U.S. Treasury the opportunity to make sub stantial progress in restoring its resources under the November 1 package so as to be available to finance future operations. By early June, however, the balance of mar ket forces was beginning to shift. After nearly six months, the process of unwinding commer cial leads and lags and other types of foreign exchange positions was virtually completed. The scramble for oil was tapering down, as many of the important importers abroad had by now made alternative arrangements to secure their supplies. Meanwhile, the political scrap over energy policy in the United States cast doubts in the market over this country’s ability to deal effectively with the oil supply and price situation. Moreover, interest rate differentials were narrowing. U.S. interest rates had leveled off since April or eased somewhat, and talk of a possible recession gave rise to expectations that rates might begin to decline significantly. In Germany by that time most of the earlier strains that had generated such large capital outflows had disappeared, but interest rates were some 1 to 2 percentage points higher than be fore. And the market was concerned that, to prevent rising oil and other commodity prices from further exacerbating inflation in Germany, the authorities in that country would tighten monetary policy sharply. Indeed, German banks were facing seasonal liquidity pressures during June and, in any case, the German Federal Bank raised the Lombard rate a further 1/2 percentage point, tempering these immediate pressures by offering a new repurchase-agreement type of facility for the banks based on interest rates close to those prevailing in the market. As money market rates in Germany rose, the German mark advanced to the upper interven tion point against other currencies in the EMS. Already the participating central banks had sold a sizable amount of marks, and some had in creased their own official lending rates. The market was therefore uncertain about the impli cations for the relatively new intervention ar rangements in the EC should monetary policy be tightened further in Germany. At the same time, many market participants felt there was little downside risk for the mark in view of continuing sales of dollars by the German Fed eral Bank and purchases of marks by the U.S. authorities. Under these circumstances, the mark imme diately became the focus of heavy demand when the dollar suddenly came on offer on June 15; in one day it jumped 1 percent through DM 1.90, even as the Trading Desk stepped in to contain the rise. By comparison with the rela tively limited rate fluctuations of previous months, market participants were impressed by the magnitude of the mark’s rise, and the bid ding for marks quickly cumulated even in the face of stiff resistance by the authorities who continued to intervene in sizable volume. Moreover, as the OPEC meeting in late June approached, the feeling in the market strength ened that the German authorities might welcome an appreciation of the mark to cushion the inflationary impact of rising oil prices. Also, news of a worsening in both the U.S. trade deficit for April and our consumer price index for May had heightened concerns in the market about the performance of the U.S. economy. In these market conditions, the Trading Desk at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York intervened almost daily for the rest of the month, operating not only in New York but also in the overnight markets in the Far East during the week of the OPEC meeting and the Tokyo summit, June 25-29. In all, the Desk sold $2,429.9 million equivalent of marks by the end of the month, of which $842.1 million equiva lent was financed by new drawings by the Sys tem on its swap line with the German Federal Bank and the rest was drawn out of System and Treasury balances. On several days, the German Federal Bank also intervened forcefully. By the end of the month the spot rate had advanced above DM 1.84. Early in July, the results of the OPEC pricing meeting and the Tokyo summit set up expecta tions in the market that there would be strong official reactions to the higher-than-expected in creases in new oil prices. In fact, participants Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations at the Tokyo summit committed themselves to limit oil imports. The market responded nerv ously to the postponement of President Carter’s energy speech. Meanwhile the German Federal Bank, following up on the rise in domestic interest rates in Germany, raised its discount and Lombard rates on July 12 to 5 percent and 6 percent respectively. This action had been an ticipated, but it nonetheless reinforced concerns in the market over the further narrowing interest differentials between Germany and the United States. Even before the President had completed his energy address on Sunday evening, July 15, the mark advanced sharply in the overnight markets in Singapore and Hong Kong, and the Desk intervened vigorously in those markets through banks in the United States with offices in those countries. Subsequently, the announcement that the entire U.S. Cabinet and senior White House staff had offered their resignations to President Carter distressed the market. The dollar came under a renewed burst of selling pressure and the Desk stiffened its resistance. On July 20, the Federal Reserve raised its discount rate 1/2 percentage point to 10 percent and short-term money market rates were moved up as well. The mark nevertheless remained in heavy demand, as commercial and professional market participants undertook a hard reassessment of the dollar’s prospects. Over subsequent days, U.S. corporate interests that had previously been hesitant to turn their positions began to unwind their forward mark sales and to cover future mark needs in the spot market. In this unsettled environment, reports that central banks were diversifying out of dollar-denominated assets spread throughout the market. In response to such pressures, U.S. authori ties provided heavy and sustained support in both the U.S. and the Far Eastern markets, and the German Federal Bank also bought dollars in Frankfurt. This intervention blunted the im mediate selling pressures, and the mark rate, which briefly reached DM 1.80, dropped back on some covering of short dollar positions. Moreover, the appointments of G. William Miller as Secretary of the Treasury and of Paul A. Volcker to replace him as Chairman of the Federal Reserve helped to reassure the market 727 that lower inflation and a stable dollar would continue to be of the highest priority for eco nomic policy in the United States. In addition, in late July statistics were released showing a widening in the German current-account deficit and a narrowing in the U.S. trade deficit during June. The mark eased back to DM 1.8335 on July 31. At this level the mark was up a net 2 percent over the six-month period. In July the Desk’s intervention sales of marks amounted to $2,866.6 million equivalent, of which $1,225.6 million was out of Treasury balances and $1,641.0 million was for the Fed eral Reserve. The System’s operations were mainly financed by an additional $1,325.8 mil lion equivalent of drawings on the swap line with the German Federal Bank, with the re mainder coming out of balances. Toward the end of the month the Desk was able to acquire some marks from correspondents and to liqui date some $114.6 million equivalent of swap drawings. At the month-end, System swap debt with the German Federal Bank totaled $2,053.3 million equivalent. During the period, German reserves were influenced by a revaluation of some of Ger many’s gold holdings when, during March, 20 percent of all gold and foreign exchange was transferred into the European Monetary Fund against the receipt of claims denominated in the European currency unit (ECU). Germany’s re serves were also affected when the German Federal Bank executed foreign exchange swaps during April and May to provide temporary liquidity to the domestic market. Excluding the impact of these transactions, Germany’s foreign exchange reserves declined $6.6 billion from the end of January through May, reflecting almost equally the German Federal Bank’s intervention in dollars and in EMS currencies. By contrast, foreign exchange reserves rose $5 billion during June and July. S w is s Fr a n c Coming into 1979, the persistent rise in the Swiss franc was finally blunted. Concerned that excessive appreciation might drive the economy into recession, the Swiss National Bank had intervened massively in the exchanges and had 728 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 accepted the huge injection of liquidity that resulted from the heavy intervention. As part of the November 1 dollar-support package, the Federal Reserve also sold large amounts of Swiss francs in its efforts to correct an excessive decline in the dollar, and the U.S. Treasury had arranged a $1,203.0 million equivalent place ment of Treasury notes in the Swiss capital market. The market had been impressed by these initiatives and by the priority that the Swiss government was giving to stabilizing the franc. As a result, the franc had started coming on offer in January, enabling the Federal Re serve to reduce its outstanding swap debt in curred last year with the Swiss National Bank to $446.7 million equivalent by the time the period began. In early February the franc was again bid up when the dollar came briefly on offer following the cancellation of large military contracts with Iran. The rate jumped 3% percent above its SF 1.70 opening, prompting the Swiss National Bank and the U.S. authorities to intervene. The System sold $45.8 million equivalent of francs financed by drawings of $40.4 million on the swap line with the Swiss National Bank and from balances while the Treasury sold $24.8 million equivalent of francs out of the proceeds of its recent borrowing. These operations quickly brought the market into better balance and reaffirmed to the market the authorities’ determination to contain any further rise in the Swiss franc. Thus, the franc settled back to SF 1.67 by midmonth while trading around SF 0.9000 against the German mark. Meanwhile, the turnaround in the Swiss franc was generating fears that the sharp rise in oil and other international commodity prices would be transmitted more rapidly to the Swiss econ omy. Also, an improved business outlook had set in as new orders recovered somewhat from the depressed condition of earlier months. Against this background, market participants, looking for parallels between developments in Germany and Switzerland, were sensitive to the possibility that the Swiss authorities would tighten liquidity, just as the German Federal Bank had done, should the recovery in activity threaten domestic price stability. But, in fact, the Swiss expansion was not nearly so well established as that in Germany, and the Swiss authorities repeatedly reaffirmed that economic policy was still focused on the need to stabilize exchange relationships. By early March the relatively comfortable conditions in Switzerland’s money and capital markets were in clear contrast to the tightening taking place in Germany. As a result, Switzer land emerged as one of the most favorable markets for placing new loans. Indeed, bor rowers from Asia, Europe, and North America flocked to Zurich to take advantage of the at tractively low interest rates for as long as they might last. Thus, the buildup of a heavy calen dar of new foreign issues weighed on the Swiss franc for some time. As the near-term outlook for the franc faded, nonresidents also shifted some of their funds out of francs into higheryielding assets in other currencies, and the leads and lags built up last year continued to be unwound. These various developments kept the franc on offer against both the dollar and the mark during most of the spring months. Between mid-February and early May, the franc declined 3 per cent to SF 1.7228 against the dollar and had slipped to trade around SF 0.9060 against the German mark. As the franc eased, Swiss au thorities became more concerned that a sharp decline in the franc would magnify the effect of rising oil prices and otherwise exacerbate inflationary pressures. The Swiss National Bank, therefore, came into the market to support the franc and to absorb domestic liquidity by selling large amounts of dollars in the market while also continuing with its dollar sales under its capital export conversion program. For its part the Federal Reserve bought francs in the market and directly from the Swiss National Bank to repay the remaining $487.1 million equivalent of market-related swap debt incurred with that bank last year and during February. The Treasury also purchased francs to restore its Swiss franc balances. In addition, the U.S. authorities accelerated the program for orderly payment of the pre-August 1971 Swiss franc debt, so that the System and the Treasury were able to repay $139.3 million equivalent of special swap debt and $531.2 million equiv alent of Treasury securities respectively. Con Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations sequently, by early April the United States had no outstanding obligations to the Swiss National Bank for the first time since August 1970. Once the debt was repaid the Federal Reserve ac quired modest balances in Swiss francs. During May the unwinding of commercial leads and lags and the heavy volume of capital outflows gradually tapered off. But the heavy intervention to moderate the franc’s decline had generated severe strains in the Swiss money market. To some extent, the authorities had offset these strains by lending francs against dollars through foreign exchange swaps with maturities of up to six months. By this time, they had also allowed Swiss interest rates to rise to contain monetary growth and to reduce infla tionary pressures. In addition, during May the Swiss National Bank liberalized its exchange controls by removing requirements that non residents convert franc borrowings with the Swiss central bank, that commercial banks bal ance foreign currency claims and liabilities at the end of each day, and that nonbank residents receive official approval for placing loans abroad. These regulatory changes were well re ceived in the market and contributed to a bottoming-out of the franc around the end of May. As a result of the relaxation of the exchange controls and some narrowing in interest dif ferentials between the United States and Swit zerland, the Swiss franc was poised for a recov ery at the time the dollar started its decline in mid-June. Bidding for francs put the rate under strong upward pressure. Leading the rise in foreign currencies against the dollar, the franc soared almost 414 percent to as high as SF 1.6475 on June 22. To avoid an excessive appreciation of the franc, the Swiss National Bank reacted by intervening massively both in Zurich and through the Trading Desk in New York. In addition, during June the Federal Re serve sold $86.2 million equivalent of francs with $36.2 million equivalent drawn on the swap line with the Swiss National Bank and the remainder financed from balances. This forceful and concerted operation by the Swiss and U.S. authorities impressed the mar ket, and the franc eased back to SF 1.6565 around the month-end. Thereafter, the franc moved up again with the other European cur 129 rencies in response first to the postponement and then to the disappointment in the market over President Carter’s energy speech and the subse quent resignation of the U.S. Cabinet. But the franc did not lead this rise, and its advance was contained with only modest intervention by the Swiss authorities and by the System, which sold $31.7 million equivalent of francs in the market financed by swap line drawings. Once the President had completed the reor ganization of his economic team, the franc fell back more rapidly than the mark. The Swiss National Bank sold dollars in the market, and the Federal Reserve was able to buy directly from the Swiss National Bank a sufficient amount of the proceeds of this intervention to repay $36.2 million equivalent of swap debt with the Swiss National Bank. At month-end, System swap debt with the Swiss National Bank was $31.7 million equivalent. By the close of the six-month period under review, the franc had eased back to SF 1.6610 for a net gain of 2lA percent on balance. Meanwhile, during the first four months of this period, Switzerland’s foreign exchange reserves declined $3.6 billion. In June and July foreign exchange reserves declined a further $500 million as the effect of money market operations more than offset spot foreign exchange market intervention for a net decline of $4.1 billion over the six-month pe riod. J a p a n e s e Y e n By early 1979 the Japanese economy had en tered a period of strong recovery, spurred first by public investment, then by private invest ment and personal consumption. Progress was being made in reducing Japan’s massive trade and current-account surpluses as export growth had slackened for several months while imports expanded briskly in response to rising domestic demand, to last year’s sharp appreciation of the yen, and to government programs to encourage imports. The yen had fallen back more sharply than most other major currencies after the an nouncement of the November 1 measures and concerted intervention by U.S. and Japanese authorities and was trading at ¥ 2 0 2 on February 730 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 1. Even so, economic policy under the new Ohira government continued to focus on the need to cut the current-account surplus further. The government’s budget for the fiscal year beginning April 1979 contained another sub stantial increase in spending to maintain real growth at 6.3 percent even if production for foreign markets slowed further. On this basis, the government forecast an impressive 50 per cent fallback in the current-account surplus to $7.5 billion for the fiscal year. Meanwhile, monetary policy remained accommodative, so as to provide support to the economic recovery and to an outflow of capital that would offset the continuing current-account surplus. But ex pansion of bank credit had become a matter of concern. As a followup to the November 1 actions, the U.S. authorities remained prepared to inter vene in yen. And so, on one occasion when the dollar came under selling pressure in early February, the Desk sold $50.4 million equiva lent of yen in the New York market, of which $33.8 million equivalent was from Federal Re serve balances and $16.6 million equivalent from Treasury balances. But for the most part the yen was under selling pressure over the late winter and early spring. The U.S. authorities thus took advantage of the opportunity to ac quire yen to add to balances of the System and the Treasury. Much of the flow out of yen continued to reflect the reversal of commercial leads and lags that had built up in 1978 when the yen had been appreciating rapidly. In addition, with interest rates in Japan well below those in the U.S. and Eurodollar markets, capital moved out of yen once the spot rate began to decline. Japanese residents shifted funds abroad and nonresidents ran down their free-yen deposits in Japan. Moreover, a number of foreign borrowers took advantage of both favorable rates and ample liquidity in the Tokyo market to issue bonds and to place syndicated loans denominated in yen. The continued conversion of the proceeds of sizable issues over a short period of time also weighed on the exchange market. In addition, the decline in the rate reflected a deterioration in market sentiment toward the yen during the early spring. Now that the sharp rise in the spot rate had been broken, the ad justment in Japan’s trade position was no longer masked in the monthly figures by a continuous improvement in the terms of trade. At the same time, the oil shortage triggered by the protracted shutdown of Iranian production was high lighted, even more in Japan than elsewhere, when multinational oil companies phased out shipments to their nonaffiliates, thereby sharply reducing deliveries of crude oil to Japan’s re fineries. Fears over the availability of supplies, as well as concern over rapidly rising interna tional prices, led to an increase in imports of oil and other commodities. This increase was reflected in a scramble for dollars in the ex change market, which added to the pressure against the yen. While other major currencies were weakening only slightly against the dollar, the spot yen dropped a full 4 l/z percent below levels in early February to ¥ 2 1 1 .6 0 by early April. With the yen on offer and declining almost daily, the Japanese authorities acted to moderate the selling pressures, in part, through the con tinued liberalization of exchange controls on capital inflows. Limitations on nonresident pur chases of yen bonds were progressively elimi nated, a marginal reserve requirement on in creases in nonresident free-yen accounts was phased out, and the period for converting the proceeds of nonresident issues of yen-denominated bonds was extended. The Bank of Japan also intervened massively in the exchange mar ket, selling dollars and thereby absorbing yen. As the pressures continued to build, the au thorities became concerned that the decline in the yen would undercut the progress already achieved in reducing the large trade and cur rent-account surpluses of recent years. At the same time, the sharp depreciation of the yen magnified the effect of rapidly rising commodity prices, thereby aggravating domestic inflation ary pressures. With these concerns in mind, on April 17 the Bank of Japan raised its discount rate 3/4 percentage point to 4 lA percent. Selling pressure on the yen nevertheless continued into early May at which point the rate had fallen to ¥ 2 2 5 .2 5 , some IIV 2 percent below the level in early February and fully 27% percent below its peak just before the November 1 program. Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations By May, expressions of concern by senior Japanese and U.S. officials that the yen may have reached excessively low levels sparked a sudden scramble for yen. In a surge of profit taking and short covering, the spot rate shot up more than 6 percent to ¥ 2 1 1 .5 0 toward mid month. Once these immediate demands passed, however, the yen came on offer again and the rate eased to around ¥ 2 1 8 to ¥ 2 2 0 by early June. The Japanese authorities did not intervene as heavily as before in the market, but reflecting the sustained heavy intervention over the early months of the year, Japan’s foreign exchange reserves declined $8.7 billion from January through May. In early June, selling pressure on the yen gradually tapered off, but the yen did not par ticipate in the generalized rise against the dollar that set in at midmonth. The market remained cautious about the outlook for Japanese trade and current-account positions, with the further rise in the oil prices adding to Japan’s oil-import bill and a possible slowdown in the United States cutting into Japanese exports. Not until selling pressure on the U.S. dollar intensified in July, amid concern over the management of U.S. energy policy and of economic policy more generally, did the yen begin to advance. By that time, the pickup of inflationary pressures in Japan and the rapid growth in the money supply prompted the Bank of Japan to raise its discount rate 1 percentage point to 5 lA percent. The market responded favorably to this action, and the yen edged higher to close around ¥ 2 1 7 . At this level, the yen showed a net IV2 percent decline over the six-month period under review. Japan’s foreign exchange reserves posted little further change in June and July, closing the period at $21 billion, compared with $28.8 billion at the end of January. S t e r l in g Coming into 1979, sterling was firm in the exchange markets. Underpinning the pound were the relatively high yields available on British gilt-edged securities and other instru ments denominated in sterling. Also, the U.K. government had indicated that, even though it would not initially join the exchange interven 731 tion arrangement in the EMS, it would seek to keep sterling relatively stable vis-a-vis the cur rencies of its major trading partners. The com fortable level of foreign exchange reserves, which were at $15.6 billion at the end of Jan uary, gave credibility in the market to this pledge. Moreover, Britain’s near self-suffi ciency in oil was seen as insulating the U.K. economy from the disruption in Iranian oil sup plies and its balance of payments from the effects of skyrocketing oil prices. Thus, the pound traded comfortably around the $2.00 level in early February, and on the effective trade-weighted basis used by the U.K. authori ties, it remained around 63 percent of its Smithsonian parity. Meanwhile, Britain’s economic performance was falling short of market expectations. The recovery of the domestic economy had run out of steam, inflationary pressures were acceler ating, and the current account was showing little improvement despite the increasing contribution of North Sea oil to the balance of payments. Looking ahead, a public-sector borrowing re quirement that was larger than expected, labor union demands for large pay increases to make up for four years of wage restraint, and spiraling commodity prices all aggravated the outlook for inflation. Interest rates continued to move up in London’s financial markets, and on February 8 the Bank of England raised its minimum lending rate from HV 2 percent to 14 percent. During February a massive reflow of German marks, Swiss francs, and Japanese yen was getting under way. Much of this reflux was into dollars. But with so much money on the move at a time when interest rates in the United Kingdom were higher than in other major coun tries, including the United States, there was a tendency for some of these funds to gravitate into sterling. In addition, sterling was buoyed by Britain’s near self-sufficiency in oil. In re sponse to a continuing inflow of funds, the Bank of England cut its minimum lending rate 1 percentage point to 13 percent on March 1. The sterling rate was allowed to rise gradually, and it advanced to nearly $2.06 by late March. The Bank of England moderated the rise in the rate by intervening fairly heavily, and this interven tion was reflected in the $1.3 billion increase 732 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 in U.K. foreign exchange reserves in February and March. On March 28 the Labour government lost a no-confidence vote in Parliament, thereby opening the way for a general election in early May. Coming into the campaign, the two major parties offered clearly different approaches for bolstering the British economy. The Labour Party pointed to its record in gaining trade union acceptance of wage restraint and its plans to use North Sea oil earnings to strengthen British industry. The Conservative Party put emphasis on restoring incentives for long-term recovery by stimulating the private sector, reducing the government’s role in the economy, and lowering inflation by setting firm limits on the growth of the money supply. Public opinion polls, show ing the Conservative Party to be heavily fa vored, were viewed by many market partici pants as a bullish factor for sterling. Thus, the injection of election uncertainties at first gave little pause to the bidding for sterling. The persistent inflows of funds into sterling raised a serious policy dilemma for the U.K. authorities. Exchange-market intervention to keep spot sterling from rising sharply risked generating a substantial burst in the monetary aggregates beyond the targeted levels. Cuts in interest rates aimed at reducing the attrac tiveness of sterling investments could instead spark additional demand from investors on ex pectations of capital gains and undermine efforts to rein in monetary expansion. Complicating matters further was the lack of reliable data on current economic developments in the United Kingdom as a result of a civil servants’ strike affecting data collection and of a series of strikes elsewhere in the economy, which were having imponderable effects on overall employment and production levels. On April 5 the Bank of England once again cut its minimum lending rate 1 percentage point to 12 percent. At the same time, concerned that con tinued heavy intervention to restrain the rise of sterling was generating excessive growth of the money supply, the U.K. authorities decided to scale back the magnitude of their intervention. The initial response in the market to these steps was a further rush into sterling. By midApril, the spot rate had been bid up above $2.10 against the dollar and to nearly 68 percent in effective terms. The demand for sterling then ran out of steam and the rate eased back as traders sensed that interest rates would not be allowed to fall further in the United Kingdom, particularly following evidence that domestic inflation was accelerating. Moreover, the market turned cautious ahead of the general election, as the public opinion polls indicated a narrowing of the margin in favor of the Conservatives. Spot sterling fluctuated rather widely over the last weeks before the election. The immediate reaction to the May 3 election results, a clear majority for a new Conservative government led by Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, was some further bidding for pounds, and the spot rate advanced to as high as $2.0843. Although the Bank of England remained prepared to intervene to counter excessively disorderly conditions in the market, it continued to allow sterling to move rather widely in response to market forces. Sterling soon settled back somewhat as the market assessed the prospects for the Con servative Party program, to be laid out in some detail in a budget message on June 12. By this time, available evidence suggested that output had fallen during the first quarter and that both the trade and the current accounts had been in uncomfortably large deficit. Wage increases had been much higher than antici pated, which, together with the upsurge of raw material and oil prices, contributed to the accel eration of inflation. The pace of monetary ex pansion had quickened substantially, largely because of strong demands for bank credit. Some tightening measures were therefore ex pected. The market was nonetheless caught by sur prise by the boldness of the initiatives an nounced by Chancellor Howe in the budget address, which adhered closely to the principles set forth in the campaign. The projected publicsector borrowing requirement for the current fiscal year was to be cut nearly £1 billion below its current level to £ 8X billion. Substantial re A ductions in income taxes were to be financed by large cuts in public spending, increases in the value-added tax, and the sale of some gov ernment holdings to the private sector. In the meantime, to keep inflation in check, Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations the authorities imposed stricter monetary re straints. They reduced the money growth target to a range of 7 percent to 11 percent. To bring the actual growth of sterling M-3 down into the middle of this range, the minimum lending rate was raised 2 percentage points to 14 percent; and the supplementary special deposit scheme, which had been imposed last summer to restrict the growth of commercial bank interest-bearing eligible liabilities, was extended for a further three-month period. With the intention of al lowing U.K. residents much freer use of sterling resources, certain capital controls were also liberalized. These changes included freer avail ability of official exchange for outward direct investment, abolition of the requirement that two-thirds of overseas profits be repatriated, the end to controls on dividends, and the relaxation of controls on travel and emigration allowances. The exchange market’s response was exceed ingly bullish, with the pound coming into heavy commercial and professional demand from fi nancial centers the world over. The jump in interest rates had particularly marked effects as foreign investors joined in the scramble to buy government securities, and several issues of government tap stocks were sold out quickly. Rumors of a large new oil find in the North Sea reinforced favorable market sentiment toward sterling at a time when the world oil price and policies were under active debate within OPEC and among the major industrial countries. With the increased volume of funds flowing into sterling, the British authorities continued to intervene to avoid excessively dis orderly markets but allowed the exchange rate to take the brunt of the demand pressures. As a result, the pound shot up to $2.21 by early July, some 6 percent above levels in early May. Sterling rose against other major currencies as well, advancing to 70.8 percent in effective terms. The relatively high level of U.K. interest rates, the security of British oil supplies, and the depth and diversity of the U.K. money market all benefited sterling when the dollar came on offer during July. In response to the uncertainties surrounding U.S. energy policy and the general outlook for energy policy in the United States, funds from multinational cor 733 porations, OPEC members, and market profes sionals continued to flow heavily into London. The perception that the Bank of England, reluc tant to compromise its control of the money supply, would restrain its intervention in the exchanges also propelled sterling higher. In these circumstances, the authorities accelerated their policy of relaxing exchange controls by lifting totally all restrictions on overseas direct investment and easing those on outward portfo lio investment. But these measures had little immediate im pact and the pound rocketed up to a four-year high of $2.3324 on July 26. By that time, British manufacturers were expressing open alarm over a possible loss of competitive posi tions that could result with sterling at such a high level. Once the immediate concern over U.S. economic policy eased in late July, the flow into sterling suddenly dried up. Spot ster ling dropped away as sharply as it had risen, receding to $2.2480 by the month-end. Never theless, compared with six months earlier, ster ling had risen on balance 13 percent against the dollar and 14% percentage points to 72.7 per cent on the trade-weighted index. During the period, the government took ad vantage of sterling’s strength in the exchanges to repay previously incurred external debt while also extending the maturities of remaining ex ternal public debt. These repayments included the prepayment of $1 billion to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), liquidating Britain’s re maining credit tranche drawings with the Fund, as well as the repayment of a large portion of public-sector debt that was coming up for early maturity. Even so, reserves rose another $2.3 billion above levels at the end of March to $19.2 billion at the end of July, reflecting the accu mulation of dollar intervention by the Bank of England. E u r o pe an M o n e t a r y S ystem On March 13 the EMS was formally inaugu rated. Aimed at achieving greater exchange-rate stability in Europe, the new system supplanted the EC snake, which had been in existence since 1972 but by this time had lost more than half its membership. Within the EMS the new joint 734 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 floating arrangement included the currencies still remaining in the EC snake, together with the French franc, the Italian lira, and the Irish pound. As in the EC snake, the member nations agreed to maintain their currencies in a 2 lA percent band against each other, except for Italy, which was allowed a wider 6 percent margin for the lira. The United Kingdom de cided not to bring the pound sterling into the exchange-rate arrangement at this stage, though participating in other aspects of the EMS. The launching of the EMS was the culmina tion of nearly a year’s intensive efforts by offi cials of the nine participating nations. The new system was designed to promote monetary sta bility by appropriate and timely policy measures and by a strengthening of existing financing arrangements, including the creation of ECUs (European currency units) against central bank deposits of gold and dollars. In addition, the participating governments agreed to limit fluc tuations in their currencies against the ECU, a weighted basket of all currencies. A nation whose currency deviates beyond an agreed limit from the ECU is expected either to intervene, to apply domestic monetary measures, to adjust other economic policies, or to explain to the other members why none of these actions would be sufficient or adequate to bring its currency back into line. Initially, the exchange market had been skeptical about the practicality of a joint floating arrangement, given the persistently wide disparities in the inflation and trade perform ances of the respective economies. Expectations of a realignment prior to or just after the EMS got under way had generated large movements of funds between member currencies. But once the monetary authorities of the EC snake coun tries let it be known that the bilateral central rates then in force between the “ snake” cur rencies would be maintained in the new system, tensions eased and most speculative positions were unwound before the EMS was finally launched. In this context, interest differentials increas ingly dominated exchange-rate movements within the EMS as elsewhere. Funds flowed heavily out of the German mark, where interest rates were low, into assets of other currencies where interest rates were much higher. Among the beneficiaries of these flows was the French franc, which settled into the middle of the new band. It benefited also from an improved exter nal position and favorable market reaction to the sustained commitment of the French gov ernment to fight inflation and to increase the competitiveness of French industry. The Italian lira also was well bid, moving quickly to its 6 percent upper limit, as higher interest rates, restrictions on domestic credit expansion, and the market’s awareness of the sizable foreign exchange reserves that the Bank of Italy had amassed over the previous two years encouraged Italian companies to satisfy their financing needs through external borrowings. The lira was buoyed, too, by Italy’s currentaccount position, which remained in sizable surplus even after a rebound in economic activ ity over the winter and early spring. In addition, the Danish krone, as well as the Irish pound, which remained tied to sterling, moved to the top of the 2 lA percent band as capital inflows were attracted by the exceptionally high interest rates in Denmark and the United Kingdom. In fact, when interest-sensitive funds continued to pour into sterling, the Central Bank of Ireland was forced on March 30 to suspend its cur rency’s longstanding link with sterling in order to keep the Irish pound from bursting through the top of the joint float. By contrast, the commercial Belgian franc, after having already reached its lower interven tion limit against the Danish krone during April, weakened against the mark. In part, this weak ening reflected the deterioration in Belgium’s current-account deficit from an upsurge in im ports associated with the expansion in Belgian economic activity. But in addition, with German interest rates rising, the mark moved up to the top of the 2 lA percent band in the second half of May. Once the mark hit its upper intervention limit against the Belgian franc, rumors circu lated of a possible realignment within the joint float. As a result, the Netherlands guilder moved down close to the Belgian franc amid signs of a widening in the Dutch trade deficit. At the same time, the Danish krone dropped to the bottom of the band as earlier capital inflows dried up and were even reversed. Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations As German interest rates rose higher, pres sures within the EMS intensified. However, in this first test of the durability of the new ar rangement, the participating central banks pro vided strong support for their currencies through sales of dollars and marks both at the interven tion limits against the mark and within the margins. Moreover, the authorities were quick to raise domestic interest rates to maintain in terest differentials against the mark. In midJune, when the mark started to rise against the dollar, other EMS currencies had difficulty keeping pace. But once the mark’s advance was checked, pressures within the joint float were alleviated. As a result, the weaker EMS curren cies moved above their lower intervention points, and tensions eased within the EMS dur ing July. C a n a d ia n D o lla r By early 1979, Canada’s current account re mained in substantial deficit despite the sharp depreciation of the Canadian dollar over the previous two years. The growth of export earn ings was insufficient to offset rising imports and the increasing burden of Canada’s interest pay ments on external debt. Long-term capital in flows from abroad were not large enough to close the payments gap left by the current-account deficit. Moreover, the persistent decline in the Canadian dollar was complicating the task of winding down inflation, since the foreign sector had become a principal source of upward pressure on Canadian prices and costs. There fore, the authorities had intensified their efforts to check the decline of the exchange rate. The Bank of Canada had intervened substan tially at times. It had also increased its discount rate in several stages to 11 lA percent by early January and acted to firm up yields in the bond market, thereby maintaining favorable interest rate differentials vis-a-vis the United States. To replenish Canada’s reserves and to supplement long-term capital inflows, the government had previously borrowed large sums in the U.S. and German capital markets and had drawn $2.7 billion under two revolving standby credit facil ities with foreign commercial banks. In addi tion, early this year the government raised about 735 $500 million and $900 million equivalent in the Japanese and Swiss capital markets respec tively. Exchange-market pessimism toward the Ca nadian dollar was deeply entrenched, however, following the extended slide of the exchange rate, and this mood was reinforced by uncer tainties in advance of the national election to be held in 1979. The Canadian currency there fore remained on offer in the early weeks of the year and reached Can.$1.2019, a 46-year low, on February 1. Against the U.S. dollar, this low represented a cumulative decline of 20!/2 percent since November 1976 and an even greater fall against currencies of many of its other trading partners. In early February, the Canadian dollar began to rally, partly in response to the worldwide scramble for oil and other commodities. Canada with its rich supplies of natural gas, oil, and other minerals was considered less vulnerable than other industrial countries to energy short ages. Moreover, in March, Canada’s role as an energy producer was highlighted when the Na tional Energy Board determined that Canada’s natural gas reserves were sufficient to warrant an increase in exports. Once it was clear that the spot exchange rate had bottomed out, the adverse leads and lags and short trading posi tions that had been built up began to be un wound, and favorable short-term interest rates also helped to draw liquid funds into Canadian dollars. The higher yields on government bonds also attracted investment funds from abroad, includ ing substantial amounts from Europe, Japan, and the OPEC countries. By late April, the Canadian dollar had been bid up to as high as Can.$1.1401, some 5 percent above lows in early February. During the advance the Bank of Canada bought substantial amounts of U.S. dollars on days when the Canadian dollar was in demand, in accordance with the approach of the Canadian authorities of intervening to mod erate exchange-rate movements in either direc tion. Meanwhile, Canada’s external position had failed to improve. Export growth turned slug gish, and the possibility of a slowdown in the United States worsened prospects for the near 736 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 term, while imports continued to grow more than expected. With respect to capital flows, the expansion of the domestic economy was generating sufficient liquidity in the corporate sector to provide for the financing of new in vestment out of internal sources rather than depending so heavily on foreign borrowing. At the same time, there were prospective outflows in connection with takeovers by Canadian com panies of U.S.-owned operations. Moreover, in assessing the prospects for the Canadian dollar, many market participants viewed the sizable intervention purchases of U.S. dollars as an indication that the Canadian authorities were resisting an appreciation of the rate in order to maintain the competitiveness of Canadian ex ports and to build up reserves. These uncertainties reinforced existing bearish sentiment in the exchange market, and the Canadian dollar came increasingly on offer. Also, with the approach of the May 22 general election, market participants became concerned over the possibility that a weak minority gov ernment might emerge, which many thought would be unable to deal effectively with Can ada’s economic problems. The spot rate fell back to as low as Can.$1.1626 in mid-May, with the Bank of Canada intervening to moder ate the decline. The election provided a near majority to the Progressive Conservative Party under Joseph Clark and helped to clear the air somewhat. But the release of recent trade figures confirmed Canada’s disappointing trade performance. Also, the $1.1 billion decline in Canada’s foreign exchange reserves during May sug gested that there had been more support for the Canadian dollar than the market had realized. The Canadian dollar dropped off to Can. $1.1780, almost 3 l/z percent below the high in mid-April. As attention again shifted to world energy problems in advance of the OPEC meeting and Tokyo summit in late June, market sentiment toward the Canadian dollar improved some what, and reports of several large natural gas discoveries in Canada prompted some bidding up of the Canadian dollar. Therefore the ex change market came into better balance over the rest of June and through July. Following the further advance of interest rates in the United States and in European centers, the Bank of Canada raised its discount rate 1/2 percentage point to 11% percent on July 23. At the end of July the Canadian dollar was trading at Can.$1.1700, up a net 2Vi percent against the U.S. dollar over the six-month period. After the large reserve swings earlier in the period, there was little change in June and July. At the close of the period Canada’s reserves totaled $2.1 billion, down a net $60 million from the level of January 31, after official borrowings of $1.4 billion and repayments of $2.2 billion under the standby facilities with commercial banks. □ 737 Industrial Production R eleased for publication Septem ber 14 Industrial production declined an estimated 1.1 percent in August after an increase of 0.1 per cent in July and no change in June. Output of durable consumer goods was reduced sharply in August for the third successive month, as the production of autos and personal-use trucks and vans was cut further. Business equipment and materials declined 0.8 percent and 1.0 percent respectively. Reductions in output apparently occurred in most other components of the index as well. At 150.9 percent of the 1967 average, the total index was 1.4 percent below the peak level of March 1979 and 2.0 percent above that of a year earlier. Output of consumer durable goods fell 5.4 percent in August, as auto assemblies were reduced about 15 percent and the production of home goods, such as carpeting, furniture, and appliances, was cut back. Auto assemblies, at a 7.5-million-unit annual rate in August, are tentatively scheduled to increase in September, but are expected1 to remain well below the an nual rate of 8.9 million units in the first half of 1979. Output of consumer nondurable goods also declined. Production of business equipment was lower in August than in July because of declines in business vehicles and a strike-related cut in power equipment. Output of construction supplies was about unchanged. 1967 = 100 Production of durable goods materials in Au gust was reduced 1.8 percent, as widespread declines occurred in all components, particu larly in parts for consumer durable goods and in basic metals, such as raw steel. Output of nondurable goods materials declined moder ately. Energy materials increased 0.7 percent as coal production rose. Seasonally adjusted, ratio scale, 1967=100 Federal R eserve ind exes, seasonally adjusted. Latest figures: A ugust. A uto sales and stocks include imports. J u ly p A ug. e Mar. Apr. M ay June July A ug. Percentage change 8/78 to 8/7 9 1 5 2 .6 149.8 1 47.2 150.9 155.8 1 48.9 17 1 .6 15 9 .4 156.8 156.9 1 5 0 .9 148.0 145.1 147.7 147.4 147.9 170.3 159.1 156.9 155.3 .7 .6 1.0 .9 1.6 .6 1.1 -.6 -1 .4 .7 -1 .4 -1 .6 -1 .9 - 2 .5 - 7 .3 -.4 -1 .2 -.4 -.7 -1 .2 1.1 1.3 1.7 1.9 5 .9 .5 1.6 - .1 .3 .8 .0 -.1 -.1 -.2 -1 .2 .2 .1 -.2 - .1 .2 .1 - .2 -.3 -.5 -1 .7 -.1 .0 .1 .4 .6 - 1 .1 -1 .2 -1 .4 - 2 .1 -5 .4 -.7 -.8 -.2 .1 -1 .0 2 .0 1.0 .6 -1 .9 -8 .7 1.1 4 .2 2 .2 2 .0 3 .4 1979 Industrial production T o ta l ............................................. Products, total .......................... Final products ...................... C onsumer g oods ............ Durable ........................ N ondurable .................. B usiness equipm en t . . . Intermediate products ___ Construction s u p p lie s ... M aterials ...................................... p Preliminary. Percentage change from preceding month to 1979 e Estimated. N o t e . Indexes are seasonally adjusted. 738 Statements to Congress Statem ent by Paul A . V olcker , Chairman, B oard of G overnors of the Federal R eserve System , before the Committee on the B udget , U.S. House of R epresentatives , Septem ber 5, 1979. I am pleased to be able to participate in these hearings on the Second Concurrent Budget Resolution for fiscal 1980. I might say that on receiving your invitation, I felt it a bit incon gruous that my first appearance before a com mittee of the House as Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board would occur in the context of consideration of fiscal, rather than monetary, policy. But the plain fact is that our nation faces serious problems that require interrelated gov ernmental action, involving all of the main instruments of economic policy. In no place are the interrelationships more important than in the area of fiscal and monetary policy. I hope that our dialogue this afternoon will help throw light on the proper role for those policy instruments in today’s setting. Surveys and other evidence indicate that the most pressing economic concern of the Ameri can people today is the persistent and rapid rise of prices. In my judgment, that concern is not misplaced. As you know, the acceleration of inflation this year can be traced in considerable part to so-called exogenous forces— the rise in food prices, and much more importantly the decision of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries to raise oil prices in an amount that, in absolute terms, approaches the increase in 1973 and 1974. But even in appraising these sources of inflationary pressure, I believe it would be wrong to consider them independent of more general inflationary pressures in the United States and elsewhere. For instance, the desire of oil suppliers to recover losses in real income implied by rising prices of other goods and the weakness of the dollar appeared to be one factor contributing to the OPEC pricing decision. Moreover, part of the challenge to economic policy today is to avoid to the extent possible a kind of “ leap-frogging” process whereby rising prices and costs in one sector— energy is the notable case— set off a whole sequence of adjustments in wages and prices in other sectors, as workers and businesses engage in a vain attempt to achieve and maintain levels of real purchasing power that s imply cannot be sustained in an economy experiencing higher real energy costs and virtually no growth in productivity. To be sure, the impact of inflation is uneven. Those on fixed incomes suffer, while some people who are well positioned— either by clever design or by good luck— do manage to increase their wealth. Even for the fortunate, however, such a result is at best precarious, frequently built on heavy indebtedness or highly speculative investments. In an environment of virulent inflation, such as we find ourselves in today, there are no reliable haivens, and so the discomfort of our citizens is hardly surprising. Even these capricious effects on individuals and the related concern reflected in the surveys do not capture the insidious and debilitating effects of inflation and inflationary expectations on our economic performance and growth pros pects. It is not entirely a coiincidence that we can observe in these recent inflationary years a declining tendency in the profitability of in vestment. Calculations differ because of the accounting problems associated with changing prices. However, one estimate indicates that the annual after-tax return on corporate net worth, measured, as it reasonably should be, against the replacement cost of inventories and fixed assets, has averaged 3.8 percent during the 1970s, a period characterized by rapid inflation, as compared with 6.6 percent in the 1960s. At Statements to Congress the same time, the uncertainty about future prospects associated with high and varying levels of inflation tends to concentrate the new investment that does take place in relatively short, quick payout projects. Or firms may sim ply delay investment commitments until the pressures of demand on capacity are unambig uously compelling— with the result that capac ity pressures can become strong even before the labor force is fully utilized. In other areas, inflationary expectations are reflected in a diversion of energies into essen tially speculative activities— ranging from the “ froth” of investing in art objects to the con sidered purchase, at the expense of heavy in debtedness, of larger or second homes as an inflation hedge. When returns from these activi ties are often judged greater than those from usual patterns of work and saving, normal in centives are plainly distorted in a manner in consistent with orderly growth. Another obvious result of our distressingly poor price performance has been the recurrent weakness of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. During much of 1978, the cumulating decline in the value of the dollar abroad added an important further element of uncertainty and instability to the economies of the United States and other countries. Following the vigorous program introduced in November of last year, the dollar rose somewhat against other major currencies, helped by an improvement in our current account and by indications of a relative strengthening of economic expansion abroad. But the value of the dollar internationally began to be questioned again as the trend of U.S. inflation worsened noticeably and as many of our trading partners acted forcefully to retard inflationary tendencies in their own economies. Although the situation in exchange markets ap pears to have stabilized recently, that stability ultimately rests on our ability to cope with inflation. We need to deal with inflation and a vulnera ble dollar in the context of the slowing in do mestic economic activity that has developed in recent months. A moderation in the growth of aggregate demand was welcome this year— even essential— if the economy was to avoid the kind of pressures on capacity that could only 739 aggravate inflationary forces. Policies of mone tary and fiscal restraint were directed toward that aim. Now it is apparent that the drain of pur chasing power implicit in the sudden runup in our oil import bill and in energy prices gener ally— combined with the actual and feared shortages of gasoline— has led to a contraction of real incomes and final demands. During the second quarter, real gross national product fell, primarily reflecting a drop in consumer spend ing, and further declines in some areas of busi ness activity continued into the summer. With sales falling, businesses have experienced some involuntary accumulation of inventories— most strikingly in the auto industry, but to a lesser degree in other sectors as well. Our reading of the most recent economic indicators suggests that a correction of these inventory imbalances is well under way. Orders have been reduced, production schedules have been cut back, and hiring has slowed. These adjustments need not by themselves set in mo tion a deep or prolonged contraction in activity. Indeed, while the inflationary process itself has introduced important new uncertainties, some of the economic and financial dislocations and im balances that usually have presaged severe cy clical declines have been avoided. To be sure, the transfer of income to foreign oil producers will continue to exert a depressing effect on aggregate demand over the near term. But the position taken in the Board’s midyear report to the Congress— that the economy should grow moderately in 1980— still seems reasonable. In the present circumstance, we need to be especially cautious in interpreting any business forecast; there are vulnerabilities in the present situation on the downside, and there is also the possibility that the downturn will prove shorter and shallower than many now expect. The shaping of policy must appreciate and take ac count of the risks on both sides. For instance, the traditional response throughout the postwar period to any prospect of declining production and rising unemployment has been a sharp shift in monetary and fiscal policy toward expansion and the enhancement of aggregate demand— even at the risk of adding to inflation. A decade or two ago, with prices historically fairly stable, that risk was discounted. But now we have to 740 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 face squarely the adverse consequences of pre mature or unduly large moves to stimulate the economy. In exacerbating the already serious problems of inflation and the dollar, such moves would also feed back on the underlying prob lems of investment, productivity, and growth. Some observers have suggested that this situ ation presents an intractable dilemma for poli cymakers: the need to sacrifice one set of eco nomic goals in the pursuit of another. But this dilemma seems to me more apparent than real. Even in the relatively short run, premature stimulative actions could well prove ineffective rather quickly, and even counterproductive, as their force is dissipated in higher prices rather than real growth— in more uncertainty, rather than less. Ultimately the perceived “ trade off” between unemployment and inflation would only be worsened— the lesson of the 1970s, not just in the United States but elsewhere. I think we would all agree that, over the years, labor and product markets have devel oped an increasing sensitivity to inflation. Ex pectations about inflation are an important factor in wage bargaining, in price setting for many goods and services, and certainly in interest rates. The plain danger is that actions rightly interpreted as doing little or nothing toward dealing with our underlying persistent problems of productivity and investment, but all too likely to produce more inflation, will in fact have only a small and short-lived expansionary effect, regardless of their intent. Our ability to avoid future instability in employment, or to deal with chronic unemployment in urban areas and among our young, would be damaged, not en hanced. Similar behavior dominates the foreign ex change markets: exchange rates usually respond quickly— and sometimes excessively— when incoming economic data or news about policy actions alter the outlook for inflation. Adverse repercussions on the dollar generate in turn new uncertainty and inflationary pressures, partly because of the direct effects on costs of imports and partly through the reduced competitive re straints on prices of domestically produced goods. We have tasted too much of the vicious circle of domestic inflation and external depre ciation to want to see that pattern repeated. The dangers would extend beyond the domestic economy. Because of the dollar’s role as an international store of value and medium of ex change— a role we cannot simply shrug off or dismiss consistent with our own interests and those of our trading partners— its instability could pose a major threat to the world system of finance and commerce and even to our politi cal leadership. Obviously, then, our current economic diffi culties are tightly interwoven. They will not be resolved unless we deal convincingly with in flation. Progress won’t come easily or suddenly; among other things the adjustment in prices of energy and petroleum-based products is far from complete. But what we can do— what we must do— is begin the process and prevent the inevi table rise in real energy prices from fanning out into an acceleration of general inflation. Monetary and fiscal policies are not the only tools we should bring to bear. But both mone tary discipline and fiscal discipline— policies that are seen to be disciplined— are absolutely basic to restoring and maintaining a greater sense of stability. For its part, the Federal Reserve intends to continue its efforts to restrain the growth of money and credit, a growth that in recent months has been excessive in terms of our own 1979 objectives— objectives that have only re cently been reviewed by our congressional oversight committees. Those efforts, combined with heavy credit demands, have had the visible consequence of some increases in short-term interest rates as the availability of reserves has been limited through open market operations. But I would also note that the impact on longer-term securities markets, generally con sidered more important for business decisions, has been small. We seem to have here an illustration of the more general proposition that actions to deal with the sources of inflationary pressure should over time have a constructive influence in restoring more stable and healthier financial and economic conditions. I frankly do not know whether needed re straint on monetary growth will be reflected in further increases in short-term rates; that will depend on the course of economic activity, credit demand, and other factors. But I do know Statements to Congress that credit flows at present are generally well maintained, and no sustained decline in nominal interest rates can reasonably be expected in the absence of a discernible slowing in the underly ing trend of inflation. Meanwhile, the moves in the direction of fiscal restraint by the Congress and the adminis tration have been a key ingredient in setting the stage for a successful anti-inflationary effort. Substantial progress has been made in the past year toward reduction of the federal budget deficit. Potentially more significant, in terms of the longer-range outlook, is the sense of greater control on spending that has been achieved by the efforts of this committee and others. Of course, the deficit has remained high, even after years of business expansion, and reduc tions in spending relative to GNP have been modest so far. Moreover, with the economy likely to be sluggish in the months ahead, the operation of automatic stabilizers could lead to a temporary widening of the gap between ex penditures and receipts. That in itself need not be disturbing— if budgetary decisions do not seem to throw us off the track of restoring budgetary balance and restraining expenditures as the economy picks up. However, legitimate doubts would be raised by sizable new spending programs not matched by savings elsewhere; indeed, such an approach would directly chal lenge our ability to eliminate future deficits and could only add to skepticism over the commit ment to contain inflation. Similar doubts would be aroused by a premature commitment to tax reduction— welcome as such reductions would be over a period of time. I believe that we should be particularly wary of tax reductions that might have a transitory effect in adding to the purchasing power of consumers but that would accomplish little or nothing toward stim ulating investment, cutting costs, or improv ing work incentives. For these reasons, the members of the Federal Reserve Board believe that both the administration’s budget proposals and the Second Concurrent Budget Resolution recommended by the Senate Budget Committee represent a broadly appropriate and desirable commitment to hold the line on spending, to avoid premature tax cuts, and to contain the size of the deficit. 741 As I noted earlier, a broad range of uncer tainty must be assigned to any forecast of eco nomic events, particularly in view of the obvi ous vulnerability of the economy to a variety of exogenous forces. In that connection, we cannot entirely exclude the possibility of reces sionary tendencies cumulating and intensifying, even if it would be wrong to have current policy decisions dominated by that single possibility. There is much more danger— in terms of aggra vating the inflationary momentum— in prema turely anticipating the most unfavorable hypothesis than in dealing in the most orderly and effective way we can with the clear and present fact of inflation. Should economic trends develop in a clearly unfavorable direction and action come to be needed to deal with sharp declines in output and employment, it would be crucially important that those actions be integrated with the longerterm needs of the economy. Specifically, any fiscal actions should be designed to minimize any inflationary impact in the short run while helping to deal positively with some of the sources of inflationary pressures in the long run. Cost-cutting and incentive-building tax reduc tions broadly meet this criterion; few spending programs do. We need to give much more weight than in the past to the need for both tangible capital formation and research and de velopment, for these activities underlie produc tivity growth. I need not emphasize that even well-designed tax reduction— reduction that could have im portant payoffs over time in improved produc tivity and reduced cost pressures— has a cost in terms of transitional deficits and increased competition in the credit markets. Tax reduc tion, however desirable over time, needs to be earned by a sustained commitment to spending restraint. Prematurely timed or poorly struc tured, the potential gains could be swamped by adverse effects in an inflation-prone economy. The monetary and budgetary policies that I have discussed seem to us in the Federal Re serve to be essential if our commitment to controlling inflation and stabilizing the dollar is to have meaning. They would lay the ground work for changing expectations about inflation in the short run and for renewed growth and 742 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 stability over a longer period of time. I would emphasize that other efforts, in the areas of wage-price policy, regulatory reform, and the encouragement of market competition, are im portant as well. We also must deal with our energy situation, one that today leaves us vul nerable to foreign sources of supply. But none of these policies, important as they are, can substitute for commitments to fiscal prudence and restraint on the money supply. Public concern is high— but out of that concern grows awareness of the pressing need to solve our inflationary problem. Therein lies our op portunity. I would suggest that the American people are coming to understand that there are no easy answers, but that failure to act consist ently and forcefully can only lead to worse results, both for the vitality of our economy and for our world leadership. Your budget making is quite clearly a key element in the process. Statement by Nancy H. Teeters , Member, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, before the Subcommittee on Oversight of the Committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House of Representatives, September 10, 1979. to demand deposits to extract estimates of the size of underground economic activity. Accord ing to this approach, movements in this ratio from its value in the years 1937-41 have been interpreted as reflecting changes in the under ground economy exclusively. However, there are significant analytical and measurement problems in drawing inferences about under ground activity on the basis of movements in the ratio of currency to demand deposits. First of all, even though the Federal Reserve’s data on currency and demand deposits are highly accurate and measured on a consistent basis over time, there are no reliable estimates on what por tion of the U.S. currency in circulation is held in the United States and what portion is held abroad. U.S. currency balances may be held abroad as a store of wealth, and in a few countries, such balances evidently serve even as a major medium of exchange. Therefore, fluctuations in the currency ratio may reflect changes in economic and political conditions abroad. Apart from variations resulting from currency held abroad, movements in the currency-deposit ratio also reflect domestic aboveground eco nomic activity. In fact, as the IRS study noted, research by the Federal Reserve staff indicates that both the trend and cyclical movements in the currency-deposit ratio over most of the 1960s and 1970s can be explained adequately by movements in real income and consumption expenditures, prices, and interest rates— vari ables that are recognized as important deter minants of currency and deposit holdings. Since mid-1974, however, the currency- I appreciate the opportunity to appear before this subcommittee to discuss the recent study by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on unreported income. In view of the technical issues involved in this study, I have asked some staff members from the Federal Reserve System to be present today. Mr. Chairman, I would like to introduce to you and the other members of the subcom mittee, Mr. Jared Enzler, Mr. Richard Porter, Mr. James Stull, and Mr. William Wallace from the Board staff, and Mr. Robert Laurent from the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, who will answer any of your technical questions. Activities giving rise to unreported income, whether earned from legal or illegal sources, have been called the underground economy. The scope and nature of the underground economy have an important bearing on U.S. tax policy and also may be relevant to the understanding of developments in the economy and financial markets. For these reasons, the Board welcomes any efforts that may be made to measure the extent of the underground economy. Underground activity by its very nature is difficult to measure directly. As a result, econo mists have resorted to various indirect methods of estimation. One much-discussed method that is evaluated in the IRS study— and one that I understand you would like us to comment upon— uses the ratio of currency in circulation Statements to Congress deposit ratio has moved up more sharply than can be accounted for by movements in those de terminants. The increase in the ratio appears to be a result of a downward shift in the demand for demand deposits and not an upward shift in the demand for currency. Currency holdings continue to be predicted accurately by move ments in real consumption expenditures, prices, and interest rates. The weakness in growth of demand deposits, on the other hand, appears to be associated with a variety of new develop ments in the money market. For households, innovations such as negotiable order of with drawal accounts, automatic transfer service ac counts, and money market mutual funds have become increasingly important substitutes for demand deposits. For business firms, sluggish deposit growth has reflected the growing use of cash management techniques and deposit sub stitutes such as security repurchase agreements. Thus, there are plausible explanations of the rise since World War II in the ratio of currency to deposits, which do not rely on the growth of an underground economy. I do not mean to imply that the underground economy does not 743 exist or that currency is not used more exten sively as a medium of exchange for underground transactions. The point is that other factors affect the currency-deposit ratio, and they must be taken into account when separating above ground currency holdings from underground currency holdings. Moreover, even if this separation could be accomplished with precision, it is by no means clear what magnitude of underground GNP is associated with underground currency holdings. Presumably, underground currency holders are somewhat restricted from exchanging currency for demand deposits or for interest-bearing assets. Therefore, it is quite possible that the income velocity of underground currency is less than that of aboveground currency, when there are no restrictions on such exchanges. Finally, whatever the advantages and prob lems with the currency-based approach to esti mating the underground activity, it is obviously useful to try to estimate underground activity directly, as the IRS has done in its study. The approach taken by the IRS appears to be helpful and merits careful consideration. □ 744 Announcements C h a n g e in D is c o u n t R a t e The Board of Governors announced an increase in the discount rate from 10 percent to 10 V 2 percent, effective August 17, 1979. Action was taken against the background of the continuing strong inflationary forces that are evident in the economy and in recognition of the relatively rapid rate of expansion in the monetary aggregates. In making the change, the Board acted on requests from the directors of the Federal Re serve Banks of New York, Philadelphia, Cleve land, Richmond, St. Louis, Minneapolis, and Kansas City. The discount rate is the interest rate that member banks are charged when they borrow from their district Federal Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve Board subsequently ap proved actions by the directors of the Federal Reserve Banks of Boston, Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, and San Francisco to increase the dis count rate at those banks from 10 to IOV2 percent, effective August 20. rangements, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York acts on behalf of the Federal Reserve System under the direction of the Federal Open Market Committee. The Federal Reserve’s reciprocal currency arrangements are now as follows (in millions of dollars): Austrian National Bank ..........................250 National Bank of Belgium .................1,000 Bank of Canada ..................................... 2,000 National Bank of Denmark .................. 250 Bank of England ................................... 3,000 Bank of France .......................................2,000 German Federal Bank ..........................6,000 Bank of Italy .......................................... 3,000 Bank of Japan .........................................5 ,000 Bank of M exico .........................................700 Netherlands Bank ..................................... 500 Bank of Norway .......................................250 Bank of Sweden .........................................300 Swiss National Bank ............................4,0 0 0 Bank for International Settlements Swiss francs/dollars ..............................600 Other European currencies/dollars 1,250 Total ...............................................30,100 In c r e a s e i n R e c ip r o c a l C urrency A rrangem ents The Federal Reserve announced on August 17, 1979, that its reciprocal currency (swap) ar rangement with the Bank of Mexico had been increased from $360 million to $700 million. The increase enlarges the System’s swap net work with 14 central banks and the Bank for International Settlements to $30.1 billion. A swap arrangement is a renewable, short term facility under which a central bank agrees to exchange on request its own currency for the currency of the other party up to a specified amount over a limited period of time. The Federal Reserve swap network was ini tiated in 1962. In all reciprocal currency ar C h a n g e s in Fe d eral O p e n M a r k e t C o m m it t e e S t a f f The Federal Open Market Committee has an nounced the following promotions, effective August 17, 1979. Alan R. Holmes, who has been Manager of the System Open Market Account, has been named Adviser for Market Operations to the Committee. Peter D. Sternlight, who has been Deputy Manager for Domestic Operations, has been named Manager for Domestic Operations, Sys tem Open Market Account. Scott E. Pardee, who has been Deputy Man ager for Foreign Operations, has been named 745 Manager for Foreign Operations, System Open Market Account. The Committee is the System’s chief policy making body for monetary policy. It is com prised of the seven members of the Board of Governors and five of the twelve presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks. The Committee’s directives are put into effect through operations in the System Open Market Account, carried out on behalf of the System as a whole by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Ch a n g e s in B o ard S taff The Board of Governors has announced the following official staff promotions and appoint ment. Robert E. Mannion, Associate General Counsel, Legal Division, has been promoted to Deputy General Counsel, effective September 3, 1979. Edward T. Mulrenin, Assistant Controller, Office of the Controller, has been promoted to Assistant Staff Director, Office of Staff Director for Management, also effective September 3. William N. McDonough has been appointed temporary Assistant Secretary, Office of the Secretary, effective October 1. Mr. McDonough is Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Sec retary of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Mr. McDonough, who joined the staff of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston in 1969, holds an LL.B. and an LL.M. from Boston Univer sity. The Board has also announced the resignation of Albert R. Hamilton, Director, Division of Federal Reserve Bank Examinations and Bud gets, effective September 1, 1979. N e w E d u c a t io n a l P a m p h l e t s A series of educational pamphlets on the struc ture of the Federal Reserve System are now available for public distribution. The four pamphlets, which describe the or ganization and functions of the major policy making units of the nation’s central banking system, are: “ The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,” “ The Federal Open Market C om m ittee,” “ Federal R eserve Banks,” and “ Federal Reserve Bank Board of Directors.” Copies of the pamphlets may be obtained singly or in limited quantity free of charge from Publications Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. S y s t e m M e m b e r s h ip : A d m is s io n o f S t a t e B a n k s The following banks were admitted to member ship in the Federal Reserve System during the period August 11 through September 10, 1979: Kansas Lenexa ................... Country Hill State Bank Oklahoma Mustang ............ Mustang Community Bank Oregon Springfield ............ Emerald Empire Banking Company Virginia Fisherville ................... Jefferson Bank of the Valley Mechanicsville .. Peoples Bank of Hanover County M a il in g L is t f o r S t a f f S t u d ie s The Board of Governors has established a mail ing list for all papers in the Staff Studies series. Requests to be added to the mailing list may be sent to Publications Services, Division of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. 747 Record of Policy Actions of the Federal Open Market Committee MEETING HELD ON JULY 11, 1979 Domestic Policy Directive The information reviewed at this meeting suggested that real output of goods and services had declined somewhat in the second quarter when a slackening in demands was intensified by reduced supplies of motor fuels and higher energy prices; in the first quarter the expansion in economic activity had slowed sharply, to an annual rate of 0.8 percent. The rise in average prices, as measured by the fixed-weight price index for gross domestic business product, appeared to have accelerated somewhat further in the second quarter, from an annual rate of about 10 percent in the first quarter and around 8 % percent during 1978. Staff projections suggested a further contraction in economic activity over the next few quarters and an upturn beginning in 1980. Over the year ahead the increase in average prices was projected to be moderately below its pace in the first half of 1979. The rate of unemployment was expected to rise substantially. In June the dollar value of retail sales fell for the third consecutive month, and in real terms such sales were estimated to be about 6 V 2 percent below their December 1978 peak. Unit sales of new automo biles declined further in June despite continued strength in sales of small domestic and foreign models. In April and May total private housing starts were at an average annual rate of about 1 % million units, up somewhat from the first quarter, when starts were depressed by unusually adverse weather conditions, but well below total starts in both 1977 and 1978. Com bined sales of new and existing single-family homes in April and May were also above their first-quarter pace, but substantially below the peak rate in the fourth quarter of 1978. The expansion in total nonfarm payroll employment slowed consid erably during the second quarter to a pace well below that in the previous six months. Payroll employment in manufacturing declined in each month of the quarter, and the length of the average workweek 748 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 fell appreciably from its relatively high first-quarter level. Never theless, the unemployment rate edged down in June to 5.6 percent, its lowest level since August 1974. The index of industrial production rose 1.3 percent in May. The increase about offset a drop in April that was induced largely by a work stoppage in the trucking industry. The expansion in industrial production over the first five months of the year was less than 1 percent, compared with an increase of about 4 percent in the second half of 1978. The latest survey of business plans taken by the Department of Commerce in late April and May suggested that spending for plant and equipment would expand 12.7 percent in 1979 as a whole; the survey taken three months earlier had suggested an increase of 11.3 percent. The new survey, like the earlier one, implied considerably more growth in the second half of the year than in the first half. Manufacturers’ new orders for nondefense capital goods picked up somewhat in May after having declined substantially in April. The machinery component of such orders— generally a good indicator of underlying trends in demand for business equipment— was up only slightly in May following a very large drop in April. Contract awards for commercial and industrial buildings— measured in terms of floor space— declined in May for the third consecutive month to a level well below the February peak. Producer prices of finished goods and of materials rose much more rapidly in the first half of 1979 than during 1978. The increase in these indexes moderated in the second quarter, however, when prices of food products declined after having advanced at exceptional rates earlier in the year. Increases in prices of energy items were very rapid, especially in the second quarter. The rise in the consumer price index accelerated to an annual rate of 13!2 percent over the first five months of 1979 compared with a / rise of 9 percent in 1978. Price increases were widespread but were especially pronounced among energy-related items. Homeownership costs and food prices also increased sharply, although the rise in foods moderated in May. The index of average hourly earnings of private nonfarm production workers rose at an annual rate of about 5 V percent during the second 2 quarter, down from increases averaging about SV 2 percent during the prior two quarters. The moderation was concentrated in the trade and Record of Policy Actions of FOMC service sectors. Recent collective bargaining agreements in two major industries provided for large increases in worker compensation. In foreign exchange markets the dollar came under downward pressure in mid-June following several months of relative strength; since then its value against major foreign currencies had fallen about 3 percent and central banks had made large purchases of dollars. The dollar’s weakness appeared to have been related to expectations of easier monetary conditions in the United States at a time when money market conditions were being tightened in key foreign countries and to concerns about the effects of sharply rising oil prices. The U.S. trade deficit for April and May had widened somewhat from the first-quarter rate, reflecting a sizable increase in the value of oil and other imports and little change in the value of exports. Total credit outstanding at U.S. commercial banks continued to expand rapidly in May and June, but the rate of growth for the two months combined was down somewhat from the average pace in earlier months of the year. Increases in bank loans during May and June were concentrated in the business and real estate categories. Commer cial paper issued by nonfinancial firms rose considerably further over the two months. The narrowly defined money supply, M-l, increased sharply in June and the broader measures of money, M-2 and M-3, also grew rapidly; expansion in all three measures, especially M- l, had slowed markedly in May following a surge in April. In June, inflows to commercial banks of interest-bearing deposits included in M-2 were large, as money market certificates expanded rapidly for the third consecutive month and savings deposits increased for the first time since September 1978. At nonbank thrift institutions, net inflows of funds were esti mated to have picked up somewhat in June from a sharply reduced pace in May, even though net issuance of money market certificates by these institutions weakened further. On a quarterly average basis, M -l grew at an annual rate of about IVi percent in the second quarter after a decline at a rate of about 2 percent in the first quarter; M-2 and M-3 grew at rates of about 8 V percent and 1 3 percent respectively in the second quarter, com 2 A pared with rates of about 1% percent and 4% percent in the previous quarter. In the second quarter, banks increased considerably further their reliance on nondeposit sources such as repurchase agreements and Eurodollars to supplement their loanable funds. At the same time, 749 750 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 they reduced the outstanding volume of large-denomination time deposits by more than the increase in funds from nondeposit sources. At its meeting on May 22 the Committee had decided on ranges of tolerance for the annual rates of growth in M -l and M-2 during the May-June period of 0 to 5 percent and 4 to 8 V percent respectively. 2 The Committee had agreed that early in the coming intermeeting period, the Manager of the System Open Market Account should continue to direct operations toward maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate at around 10 lA percent. Subsequently, if the twomonth growth rates of M -l and M-2, given approximately equal weight, appeared to be close to or beyond the upper or lower limits of the indicated ranges, the objective for the funds rate was to be raised or lowered in an orderly fashion within a range of 9 3 to IOV2 A percent. Subsequent to the meeting, incoming data on the monetary aggre gates led to progressively higher projections of growth in M -l and M-2 over the May-June period. By mid-June the projections suggested growth rates that were above the ranges specified by the Committee. The behavior of the aggregates would have called for an increase in the objective for the federal funds rate toward the IOV2 percent upper limit of its specified range. However, on June 15 the Committee modified the domestic policy directive adopted on May 22 and called for open market operations directed at maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate at about 10 lA percent. Federal funds traded somewhat above the Committee’s objective in late June and early July, in response to pressures associated with unusual churning in the money market around the midyear bank statement date and the July 4 holiday. Most interest rates other than the federal funds rate fell substantially on balance during the intermeeting period. The declines appeared to be in response to the growing evidence that economic activity had been weakening. Declines in Treasury bill rates were accentuated by large cash redemptions of maturing bills and by the resumption of sizable net purchases by foreign central banks as the dollar came under pressure in foreign exchange markets. During June most banks reduced their loan rate to prime business borrowers from 11% to IIV 2 percent. Despite relatively sizable declines in most interest rates, including bond yields, rates on conventional home mortgages in the primary market rose further during the intermeeting period. Thrift and other institutions continued to tighten their lending terms on residential mortgages in Record of Policy Actions of FOMC apparent response to relatively strong demands for credit and to uncertainty about prospective inflows of savings. At this meeting, in conjunction with its discussion of the economic situation and outlook, the Committee reviewed its longer-run ranges for growth of the monetary aggregates. The Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978 (the Humphrey-Hawkins Act) requires the Board of Governors to transmit to the Congress by February 20 and July 20 of each year written reports concerning the objectives and plans of the Board and the Committee with respect to the ranges of growth or diminution of the monetary and credit aggregates for the calendar year during which the report is transmitted and, in the case of the July report, the objectives and plans with respect to ranges for the following calendar year as well. Accordingly, the Committee reviewed the ranges for the period from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979 that it had established at its meeting on February 6 , 1979, and for the first time considered preliminary ranges for the period from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980.1 At its meeting on February 6 the Committee had specified ranges of IV2 to 4 V percent for M-l, 5 to 8 percent for M-2, and 6 to 2 9 percent for M-3. The associated range for commercial bank credit was IV2 to IOV2 percent. The range for M -l had been established on the assumption that shifts in funds from demand deposits to savings accounts with automatic transfer facilities and to NOW accounts would dampen growth of measured M -l by about 3 percentage points. With respect to the economic situation and outlook, no member of the Committee expressed disagreement with the staff appraisal that real gross national product had declined somewhat in the second quarter and that further declines were likely for the remaining two quarters of the year. The suggestion was made that the recession was most likely to be mild and short-lived. However, it could prove to be more severe than currently expected because the recent increases in prices of energy items and inflation generally were reducing dispos able income and eroding the financial position of the household sector. 1. The act also requires that the written reports set forth a review and analysis of recent developments affecting economic trends in the nation and the relationship of the plans and objectives for the aggregates to the short-term goals set forth in the most recent E conom ic R ep o rt o f the P resident and to any short-term goals approved by the Congress. The Board’s second report under the act was transmitted to the Congress on July 17, 1979. 751 752 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Another reason advanced for thinking that the recession could be more severe was the possibility that the downturn in economic activity would become widespread among industrial countries. Members continued to express great concern about inflation. It was suggested that the unexpectedly large increases in OPEC oil prices in late June had seriously harmed the government’s anti-inflation efforts. Thus, winding down the rate of increase in prices might well take considerably longer than had been thought earlier and would be more costly in terms of its impact on output, employment, and real income. In that connection it was noted that time would be required to implement the new policies with respect to energy that the President was expected to announce within a few days. On the other hand, the public’s perception of the urgency of the problem had increased, leading to a growing awareness that in the short run some loss of real income would have to be accepted for the sake of reestablishing growth in real income over the longer term. In reviewing ranges for the monetary aggregates for the current year and contemplating ranges for 1980, the Committee continued to face unusual uncertainties concerning the forces affecting monetary growth. A staff analysis had suggested that shifts in funds from demand deposits to savings accounts with automatic transfer services and to NOW accounts had retarded the annual rate of growth of M -l by the assumed amount of about 3 percentage points in the first quarter of 1979 but by only about iVi percentage points in the second quarter; thus, from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the second quarter of 1979, the dampening effects of ATS and NOW accounts on growth of M -l averaged about 2 lA percentage points. The outlook for the effects of these accounts on growth of M -l was clouded, moreover, by a federal court decision handed down in April barring ATS and certain other payments services as of January 1, 1980, and by the possibility of further judicial review and of legislation concerning such services. The demand for M -l was unusually weak in the first quarter of 1979, even after allowance for the effects of the growth of ATS and NOW accounts, but money demand appeared to strengthen in the second quarter. Still, at an annual rate of about 2 3 percent from the A fourth quarter of 1978 to the second quarter of 1979, growth of M -l was just below the midpoint of the longer-run range established by the Committee in February, as the high level of interest rates reached in late 1978 and the continued tautness of markets in 1979 prompted Record of Policy Actions of FOMC the public to economize on non-interest-earning holdings of cash. The high level of market interest rates also induced the public to divert funds from deposits subject to fixed ceiling rates into market instru ments, thereby further retarding growth of M-2 and M-3 over the first two quarters of 1979; their annual rates of growth, at 5% percent and 6 V percent respectively, were just above the lower limits of their 4 ranges. As a result of these developments, growth of all three monetary aggregates, which had moderated over the four quarters of 1978 from the pace of the preceding four quarters, slowed appreciably further in the first half of 1979. However, growth of commercial bank credit in the first half of 1979, at a rate of IIV 2 percent, was slightly above its range and little different from the year before. In the Committee’s discussion, most members favored ranges for both 1979 and 1980 that would represent essentially a continuation of the policy posture adopted in early February. One member advo cated a more restrictive policy for the balance of the current year. Some sentiment was expressed for narrowing the ranges for the period from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979, because passage of half of the year had reduced uncertainty about rates of growth over the whole period. It was suggested that the ranges for 1980 might well be slightly lower than those for 1979, in recognition of the Committee’s long standing objective to move gradually toward rates of monetary expan sion consistent with general price stability. The suggestion also was made to adopt slightly higher ranges for 1980 than for 1979, in view of the decline in activity that had just begun. It was observed, however, that any increase in the ranges for 1980 would not now be timely and that the Committee would reconsider the 1980 ranges next Febru ary in the light of the information then available about economic conditions. In any event, it was recognized that the current reexami nation of the definitions of the monetary aggregates, which was being undertaken in light of the major institutional changes in the payments system, might in the near future lead to a new and improved set of money stock measures. At the conclusion of the discussion, the Committee decided to retain the ranges for 1979 that it had established in February. Thus, for the period from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979, the Committee reaffirmed ranges of IV2 to 4Vi percent for M- l, 5 to 8 percent for M-2, and 6 to 9 percent for M-3. The associated 753 754 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 range for commercial bank credit remained IV 2 to IOV2 percent. Having established the range for M -l in February on the assumption that expansion of ATS and NOW accounts would dampen growth by about 3 percentage points over the year, the Committee also agreed that actual growth in M -l might vary in relation to its range to the extent of any deviation from that estimate. The Committee anticipated that for the period from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980, growth might be within the same ranges, depending upon emerging economic conditions and appropriate adjustments that might be required by legislation or judicial developments affecting interestbearing transactions accounts. It was understood that the longer-run ranges, as well as the particular aggregates for which ranges were specified, would be reconsidered at any time that conditions might warrant. It was also understood that short-run factors might cause growth rates from one month to the next to fall outside the ranges anticipated for the year. The Committee adopted the follow ing ranges for rates of growth in monetary aggregates for the period from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979: M -l, IV2 to 4V2 percent; M -2, 5 to 8 percent; and M -3, 6 to 9 percent. Actual growth in M -l might vary in relation to its range to the extent that the dampening effect of expansion in ATS and NOW accounts deviates from an estimate of about 3 percentage points. The associated range for bank credit is 7 V to 10y2 percent. 2 Votes for this action: Messrs. Miller, Volcker, Balles, Black, C oldwell, Kimbrel, M ayo, Partee, Rice, and Mrs. Teeters. Vote against this action: Mr. W allich. Mr. Wallich dissented from this action because, with the Commit tee’s objective of slowing the rate of inflation in mind, he believed that the range adopted for M- l, after allowance for the effects of ATS and NOW accounts, was too high. In his opinion, growth of the money stock, after allowance for the expansion in repurchase agreements and Eurodollars as well as for the effects of ATS and NOW accounts, had been considerably more rapid than indicated by the behavior of M-l. The Committee agreed that for the period from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980, growth of M -l, M -2, and M -3, and of commercial bank credit, might be within the ranges adopted for 1979, depending upon emerging econom ic conditions and appropriate adjust ments that may be required by legislation or judicial developments affecting interest-bearing transactions accounts. Record of Policy Actions of FOMC Votes for this action: Messrs. Miller, Volcker, Balles, Black, C oldwell, Kimbrel, M ayo, Partee, Rice, Mrs. Teeters, and Mr. W allich. Votes against this action: None. In the discussion of policy for the period immediately ahead, members of the Committee in general favored directing open market operations initially toward maintaining the money market conditions currently prevailing, as indicated by a federal funds rate of about IOV4 percent, on the expectation that over the July-August period growth of M -l and M-2 would be both moderate and consistent with their longer-run ranges. Some sentiment was expressed for a near-term reduction in the federal funds rate because of the downturn in economic activity, but it was agreed that current conditions in foreign exchange markets militated against a prompt reduction. With respect to operations later in the period before the next regular meeting, most members thought that the objective for the federal funds rate should be moved up or down within its specified range only if growth of M -l and M-2 appeared to be close to or beyond the upper or lower limits of their ranges. Most members favored specification of an intermeeting range of 9 3 to IOV2 percent for the federal funds A rate, the same range that had been specified at the three preceding meetings. A range of 10 to 103 percent was also suggested, coupled A with an instruction to the Manager to move the objective for the funds rate up within that range should the dollar come under severe down ward pressure in foreign exchange markets. It was recognized, how ever, that the Committee could consult during the intermeeting period to consider giving additional instructions to the Desk in response to any new developments, including reactions to the President’s forth coming address on energy policy as well as to the behavior of the foreign exchange markets. The suggestion was made that, in assessing the implications of the behavior of the aggregates for the Desk’s objective for the federal funds rate, the Manager be instructed to give more weight to M-2, rather than approximately equal weight to M -l and M-2, because of uncertainties about the interpretation of M-l. It was noted, however, that the course of M-2 was subject to considerable uncertainty because the six-month Treasury bill rate was hovering around the 9 percent trigger point that affects the relationship between the maximum rates that commercial banks and savings and loan associations may pay on money market certificates. 755 756 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 At the conclusion of the discussion the Committee decided that ranges of tolerance for the annual rates of growth in M-l and M-2 over the July-August period should be 2V to &h percent and 6 V fe 2 to IOV2 percent respectively. The Manager was instructed to direct open market operations initially toward maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate at about the current level, represented by a rate of IO V 4 percent. Subsequently, if the two-month growth rates of M-l and M-2 appeared to be close to or beyond the upper or lower limits of the indicated ranges, the objective for the funds rate was to be raised or lowered in an orderly fashion within a range of 9 3 to IOV2 A percent. It was also agreed that in assessing the behavior of the aggregates, the Manager should give approximately equal weight to M-l and M-2. As is customary, it was understood that the Chairman might call upon the Committee to consider the need for supplementary instruc tions before the next scheduled meeting if significant inconsistencies appeared to be developing among the Committee’s various objectives. The following domestic policy directive was issued to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York: The information reviewed at this meeting suggests that real output of goods and services declined somewhat in the second quarter, as slackening in demands was intensified by reduced supplies and sharply higher prices of motor fuels. During the quarter, the dollar value of retail sales declined, and in real terms, sales in June were substantially below those of last December. Growth in nonfarm payroll employment slowed during the quarter to a pace considerably below that in the preceding six months, but the unemployment rate in June, at 5.6 percent, was somewhat lower than earlier in the year. Industrial production recovered in May, after having declined in April in large part because of a work stoppage. Over the first half of this year, broad measures of prices increased at a much faster pace than during 1978, although producer prices of foods declined in the second quarter. The rise in the index of average hourly earnings has slowed in recent months. Downward pressure on the dollar in foreign exchange markets emerged in mid-June after several months of strength, and since then the tradeweighted value of the dollar against major foreign currencies has declined about 3 percent. The U.S. trade deficit for April and May combined widened somewhat from the first-quarter rate. M-l expanded sharply in June, after having increased little in May, and M-2 and M-3 also grew rapidly. Inflows of interest-bearing deposits included in M-2 grew rapidly in June, as net flows into money market certificates at commercial banks expanded further and savings deposits Record of Policy Actions of FOMC increased for the first time since last September. At nonbank thrift institutions, inflows of deposits picked up from the sharply reduced pace in May. On a quarterly average basis, M-l grew at an annual rate of about IVi percent in the second quarter, compared with a decline at a rate of about 2 percent in the first quarter; M-2 and M-3 grew at rates of about 8 V percent and 1 3 percent respectively in the second quarter, 2 A compared with rates of about 13 percent and 4 3 percent in the first A A quarter. Market interest rates in general have declined substantially over the past several weeks, but mortgage interest rates have risen further. Taking account of past and prospective developments in employment, unemployment, production, investment, real income, productivity, inter national trade and payments, and prices, it is the policy of the Federal Open Market Committee to foster monetary and financial conditions that will resist inflationary pressures while encouraging moderate economic expansion and contributing to a sustainable pattern of international trans actions. The Committee agreed that these objectives would be furthered by growth of M-l, M-2, and M-3 from the fourth quarter of 1978 to the fourth quarter of 1979 within ranges of W2 to 4Vi percent, 5 to 8 percent, and 6 to 9 percent respectively, the same ranges that had been established in February. Having established the range for M-l in February on the assumption that expansion of ATS and NOW accounts would dampen growth by about 3 percentage points over the year, the Committee also agreed that actual growth in M-l might vary in relation to its range to the extent of any deviation from that estimate. The associated range for bank credit is IV2 to IOV2 percent. The Committee anticipates that for the period from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980, growth may be within the same ranges, depending upon emerging economic conditions and appropriate adjustments that may be required by legislation or judicial developments affecting interest-bearing transac tions accounts. These ranges will be reconsidered at any time as conditions warrant. In the short run, the Committee seeks to achieve bank reserve and money market conditions that are broadly consistent with the longer-run ranges for monetary aggregates cited above, while giving due regard to the program for supporting the foreign exchange value of the dollar and to developing conditions in domestic financial markets. Early in the period before the next regular meeting, System open market operations are to be directed at maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate at about the current level. Subsequently, operations shall be directed at maintaining the weekly average federal funds rate within the range of 9 3 to 10y2 A percent. In deciding on the specific objective for the federal funds rate the Manager shall be guided mainly by the relationship between the latest estimates of annual rates of growth in the July-August period of M-l and M-2 and the following ranges of tolerance: 2 V to 6 V percent for 2 2 M-l and 6 V to \ 0 V percent for M-2. If, with approximately equal weight 2 2 given to M-l and M-2, their rates of growth appear to be close to or beyond the upper or lower limits of the indicated ranges, the objective 757 758 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 for the funds rate is to be raised or lowered in an orderly fashion within its range. If the rates of growth in the aggregates appear to be above the upper limit or below the lower limit of the indicated ranges at a time when the objective for the funds rate has already been m oved to the corre sponding limit of its range, the Manager will promptly notify the Chair man, who will then decide whether the situation calls for supplementary instructions from the Committee. Votes for this action: Messrs. M iller, Volcker, Balles, Black, C oldwell, Kimbrel, M ayo, Partee, R ice, Mrs. Teeters, and Mr. W allich. Votes against this action: None. About a week after the meeting, on July 19, projections suggested that over the July-August period M -l would grow at an annual rate moderately above the upper limit of the range of 2 lA to 6 !/2 percent that had been specified by the Committee and that M-2 would grow at a rate about equal to the upper limit of its range of 6 !/2 to 10!/2 percent; in those circumstances, the Manager began to aim for a weekly average federal funds rate at about the lO1 percent upper limit of ^ its range. On July 27, with the projections suggesting that growth of both M -1 and M-2 over the July-August period would exceed the upper limits of their ranges and with the objective for the federal funds rate at the upper limit of its range, the Committee voted to modify the directive adopted at the meeting on July 11. Specifically, the Committee raised the upper limit of the intermeeting range for the federal funds rate to 10% percent and instructed the Manager to aim for a rate within a range of IOV2 to 10% percent, depending on subsequent behavior of the monetary aggregates, on conditions in foreign exchange markets, and on the current Treasury financing. On July 27, the Committee modified the domestic policy directive adopted at its meeting on July 11, 1979, by raising the upper limit of the intermeeting range for the federal funds rate to 10 3 percent and by A instructing the Manager to aim for a weekly average rate within a range of IOV2 to 10% percent, depending on subsequent projections of growth of M -l and M -2 over the July-August period, on conditions in foreign exchange markets, and on the current Treasury financing. Votes for this action: Messrs. Miller, Volcker, Black, C oldwell, Partee, Rice, W allich, Guffey, R oos, and Winn. Vote against this action: Mrs. Teeters. Absent: Messrs. Balles, Kimbrel, and Mayo. (Messrs. Guffey, R oos, and Winn voted as alternates for Messrs. Balles, Kimbrel, and Mayo respec tively.) * * * * * Records of policy actions taken by the Federal Open Market Committee at each meeting, in the form in which they will appear in the Board’s A nnual R e p o rt , are made available a few days after the next regularly scheduled meeting and are subsequently published in the B u l l e t i n . 759 Law Department S ta tu te s , A re g u la tio n s , m e n d m e n t to in te rp re ta tio n s , R e g u l a tio n E The Board of Governors has adopted an amendment to section 205.5(c) of Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, to provide that written notice of loss or theft of an access device or possible unauthorized electronic fund transfers is effec tive at the time the consumer mails or otherwise sends the notice to the financial institution. Effective September 10, 1979, paragraph (c) of section 205.5 of Regulation E is amended by deleting the third sentence and substituting the following sentence, to read as follows: Section 205.5—Liability of Consumer for Unauthorized Transfers. jfc * * * (c) ***Notice in writing is considered given at the time the consumer deposits the notice in the mail or delivers the notice for transmission by any other usual means to the financial institu tion.*** sc | sc f se f % j|c B a n k H o ld in g C o m p a n y and Bank M Is s u e d by erger the B O rders o ard of G overnors Orders Under Sectio n 3 of B a n k H o ld in g C o m p a n y A ct Caneyville Bancshares, Inc., Caneyville, Kentucky Order Denying Formation of a Bank Holding Company Caney ville Bancshares, Inc., Caneyville, Ken tucky, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. § 1842(a)(1)) of formation of a bank an d d e c is io n s holding company by acquiring 99.1 percent of the voting shares of the Bank of Caney ville, Caneyville, Kentucky (“ Bank” ). Notice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and views, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and views has expired, and the Board has considered the application and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act. Applicant, a nonoperating corporation with no subsidiaries, was organized for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company by acquiring Bank. Upon acquisition of Bank, Applicant would control the 289th largest commercial bank in Ken tucky, with .06 percent of the total commercial bank deposits in the state.1 Bank holds deposits of $7.1 million, repre senting approximately 10.1 percent of total market deposits in commercial banks and is the smallest of four banks in the relevant banking market.2 The subject proposal involves a restructuring of Bank’s ownership from individuals to a corporation owned by those same individuals. The facts of record indicate that one of Applicant’s principals also holds significant voting interests in Leitchfield De posit Bank and Trust Company, Leitchfield, Ken tucky (“ Leitchfield Bank” ), one of three other banking organizations located in the relevant banking market. In addition, one of Applicant’s principals serves as chairman of the board of directors of Leitchfield Bank. Leitchfield Bank (deposits of $20.1 million) controls 28.5 percent of total market deposits and is the third largest bank in the relevant banking market. Applicant contends that Bank and Leitchfield Bank operate in distinct banking markets. In sup port of this contention, Applicant has submitted data concerning the respective service areas for loans and deposits of each of the banks. Applicant 1. All banking data are as of June 30, 1978. 2. The relevant banking m arket is approxim ated by Grayson County, Kentucky. 760 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 also alleges that there is little commercial interac tion between Caneyville and Leitchfield.3 Applicant’s contention that Bank and Leitch field Bank operate in distinct banking markets is not supported by the facts. In addition to A ppli cant’s subm issions, the Board has reviewed the results of a telephone survey of the area, as well as com m u tin g data and a d v e r tisin g , c o m munications and other service patterns. In particu lar, it appears that a significant percentage of the work force in Leitchfield is from C aneyville. Fur thermore, one newspaper and hospital and two radio stations serve the entire county.4 Based on its careful review of the entire record of this application, the Board is of the view that the relevant banking market for purposes of analyzing the competitive effects of the transaction is an area that includes both Leitchfield and Caneyville. Thus, it appears that Bank and Leitchfield Bank are located in the relevant banking market as described above. Under section 3(c) of the Bank Holding Com pany Act, the Board is precluded from approving any proposed acquisition of a bank that, in any part of the country, (1) would result in a monop oly, or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to m onopolize or attempt to monop olize the business of banking; or that (2) may substantially lessen competition or tend to create a m onopoly or be in restraint of trade in any banking market, unless the Board finds that such anti-competitive effects are clearly outweighed by the convenience and needs of the community to be served. As part of its analysis of the competitive effects of a proposal involving the restructuring of a bank’s ownership into corporate form, the Board takes into consideration the competitive effects of the transaction whereby common share ownership and/or an interlocking director/officer relationship were established between the subject bank and one 3. The Board notes that the Suprem e Court has indicated that the com petitive effects o f a proposed merger or acquisition should be judged in a localized market. H ow ever, the Court has stated that “ the proper question is not where the parties to the merger do business or even where they com pete, but w here, w ithin the area o f com petitive overlap, the effect of the merger on com petition w ill be direct and im m ed iate.” U nited S ta tes v. P h iladelphia N a tio n a l B ank, 374 U .S . 321 (1 9 6 3 ). In determ ining the extent o f this area, the Supreme Court sought to delineate the area in w hich bank customers that are neither very large nor very sm all find it practical to do their banking business. U nited S ta tes v. P h iladelphia N a tional B ank, supra. See also, F irst S ta te B a n co rp o ra tio n , 65 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 25 6 (1 9 7 9 ). 4 . The Board notes that B ank’s advertising is not directed toward any specific area in Grayson County. or more of the other banks in the same market.5 When Applicant’s principals acquired control of Bank in 1977, one of Applicant’s principals also held the above described interest in Leitchfield Bank, and served as an officer and/or a director of Leitchfield Bank. Together, Bank and Leitch field Bank controlled, as of December 1977, total deposits of $2 5 .6 m illion, representing approxi mately 38.2 percent of total deposits in the market. The Board finds that the effect of Bank’s acquisi tion by Applicant’s principals was to eliminate significant competition that existed at that time between Bank and Leitchfield Bank, increase the concentration of banking resources within the Grayson County banking market, and eliminate an independent banking competitor in the market. In the Board’s view , the subject proposal in volves the use of the holding company form to further an anticompetitive arrangement. On the basis of all the facts of record, including the sizes of the organizations involved, and their collective position in the relevant market,6 the Board con cludes that this proposal should be denied since approval of this application would serve to perpet uate a substantially adverse competitive situation. As part of the subject proposal, Applicant would assume the debt incurred by Applicant’s principals in acquiring shares of Bank and would issue pre ferred stock with debt-like characteristics. A ppli cant proposes to service this debt over a 12-year period. In the Board’s view , Applicant’s financial projections over the debt-retirement period appear to be somewhat optimistic and, in light of all the facts of record, it does not appear that the financial factors provide any weight for approval of the application. N o significant changes in Bank’s operations or in the services offered to its customers are antici pated to follow from consummation of the pro posed acquisition. Consequently, convenience and needs factors lend no weight toward approval of this application. On the basis of the facts of record, and in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act, it is the Board’s judgment that consummation of the proposal to form a bank holding company would not be in the public interest and that the 5. See the B oard’s Order denying the application to becom e a bank holding com pany of M ahaska Investm ent C om pany, 63 F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in 579 (1977) and the B oard’s Order denying the application to becom e a bank holding com pany by C itizens Bancorp, In c., 63 F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in 1083 (1977). 6. A s of June 1978, the tw o banks together held 3 8 .6 percent of the m arket’s total com m ercial bank deposits. Law Department application should be and is hereby denied for the reasons summarized above. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 13, 1979. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governors Wallich, Coldwell, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Absent and not voting: Chairman Volcker. (Signed) [s e a l ] G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. Central W isconsin Bankshares, Inc., Wausau, W isconsin Order Approving Acquisition of Bank Central W isconsin Bankshares, Inc., Wausau, W isconsin, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire 98 .6 percent or more of the voting shares of Northern Security National Bank of Rhine lander, Pelican, W isconsin ( “ Bank” ), a proposed new bank. N otice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and view s, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and views has expired, and the Board has considered the application and all comments received, in cluding those of First National Bank of Rhine lander, Rhinelander, W isconsin ( “ Protestant” ), in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). A pplicant, the tw elfth largest com m ercial bank ing organization in W isconsin, controls four banks with aggregate deposits of approximately $222.7 m illion, representing 1.2 percent of the deposits in commercial banks in the state.1 Since this ap plication involves the acquisition of a proposed de novo bank, consummation of the proposal would not immediately increase Applicant’s share of deposits in commercial banks in W isconsin, nor would it increase the concentration of banking resources in the state. Bank is to be located in the Vilas-Oneida bank ing market,2 in which a subsidiary bank of Appli 1. A ll banking data are as o f June 3 0 , 1978, and reflect bank holding com pany form ations and acquisitions approved as o f June 3 0 , 1979. 2. The V ilas-O neida banking market is approximated by all of V ilas and O neida C ounties, W isconsin. 761 cant, Eagle River State Bank, Eagle River, W is consin ( “ Eagle River Bank” ), ranks as the fifth largest of eight banks, controlling 10.5 percent of total market deposits. The proposed site of Bank is approximately 21 m iles south of Eagle River Bank, Applicant’s closest subsidiary bank. With respect to the com petitive aspects of this proposal, Protestant asserts that consummation would sub stantially lessen competition in the relevant bank ing market and foreclose the likelihood of addi tional entrants into the market. Since Bank would be a de novo bank, Applicant’s acquisition of Bank would not have any immediate effect on A ppli cant’s market share, or eliminate any existing competition. Moreover, based upon all the facts of record, it is the Board’s opinion that the pro jected econom ic and population growth within the market will support additional entrants, thereby assuring that consummation of the proposal would not foreclose future competition, preempt a bank ing site, or have any other adverse competitive consequences. Accordingly, com petitive consid erations are consistent with approval of the appli cation. Protestant also contends that Applicant lacks sufficient financial resources to consummate the subject proposal. The Board, however, regards the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of Applicant and its subsidiary banks as generally satisfactory.3 Bank, as a proposed de novo bank, has no financial or operating history; however, its prospects as a subsidiary of Applicant appear favorable. Accordingly, considerations re lating to banking factors are consistent with ap proval of this application. Protestant claims that approval of this applica tion would not be consistent with the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Under the proposal, however, Bank would be the only commercial banking facility located in a develop ing suburban shopping area, thereby providing a new and convenient full-service banking alterna tive for the residents of the community. Accord ingly, it is the Board’s judgment that consumma tion of the proposal would be in the public interest and that the application should be approved. On the basis of the record, the application is approved for the reasons summarized above. The transaction shall not be made (a) before the thir tieth calendar day follow ing the effective date of this Order or (b) later than three months after that 3. The Board notes that on July 16, 1979, Applicant fulfilled a capital com m itm ent made in connection with its application to acquire C om m unity State Bank. 762 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 date, and (c) Bank shall be opened for business not later than six months after the effective date of this Order. Each of the periods described in (b) and (c) may be extended for good cause by the Board, or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, pursuant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 6, 1979. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governors Wallich, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Absent and not voting: Chairman Miller and Governor Coldwell. (Signed) [s e a l ] G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. Citizens Ban-Corporation, Rock Port, Missouri Order Approving Acquisition of Bank Citizens Ban-Corporation, Rock Port, Missouri, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire 95.3 percent of the voting shares of Farmers and Mer chants Bank of Elmo ( “ Bank” ), Elmo, Missouri. Notice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and view s, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and view s has expired, and the Board has considered the application and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). Applicant, a one-bank holding company, con trols The Citizens Bank of Atchison County ( “ Rock Port Bank” ), Rock Port, Missouri. The acquisition of Bank would increase Applicant’s share of total deposits in commercial banks in Missouri from 0.08 percent to 0.11 percent,1 and would not have an appreciable effect on the con centration of banking resources in the state. Bank, with deposits of $7.2 m illion, is the fourth largest of six commercial banks in its bank ing market and controls 5.5 percent of deposits in commercial banks in that market.2 The proposed transaction is primarily a reorganization of existing 1. A ll banking data are as o f June 3 0 , 1978. 2. The relevant banking market is approxim ated by N o d aw ay C ounty, M issouri, and the southern one-third o f Page C ounty, Iow a. ownership interests since Applicant is controlled by three individuals who also own 95.3 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank. More over, Bank and Rock Port Bank are located in separate banking markets, and consummation of this proposal would not eliminate any significant competition. Accordingly, competitive consid erations are consistent with approval. The financial and managerial resources and fu ture prospects of Applicant, Rock Port Bank, and Bank are regarded as generally satisfactory, par ticularly in view of Applicant’s commitment to raise additional equity capital of $337,500 prior to consummation of the proposal.3 Accordingly, considerations relating to banking factors are con sistent with approval of the application. Although the proposed acquisition is essentially a restructuring of Bank’s existing ownership inter ests, and consummation of the proposal would not result in an immediate change in the service pro vided by Bank, considerations relating to the con venience and needs of the community to be served are consistent with approval. Accordingly, it is the Board’s judgment that the proposed acquisition is consistent with the public interest and that the application should be approved. On the basis of the record, the application is approved for the reasons summarized above and subject to the condition that the transaction shall not be consummated until Applicant has satisfied its capital commitment. In addition, the transaction shall not be made before the thirtieth calendar day follow ing the effective date of this Order or later than three months after the effective date of this Order, unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City pursuant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 24, 1979. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governors Wallich, Coldwell, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Absent and not voting: Chairman Volcker. (Signed) [s e a l ] G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. 3. On January 19, 1979, the Board denied an earlier appli cation by A pplicant to acquire Bank, based on financial con siderations. C itizen s B an -C o rp o ra tio n , 65 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 162 (1 9 7 9 ). A pplicant’s com m itm ent to raise addi tional equity capital has sufficiently strengthened A pplicant’s financial resources and future prospects to permit approval of this application. Law Department County National Bancorporation, Clayton, Missouri T .G .B . C o., St. Louis, Missouri Order Denying Acquisition and Formation of Bank Holding Companies County National Bancorporation ( “ County N a tional” ), Clayton, M issouri, a bank holding com pany, has applied for the Board’s approval to acquire control of TG Bancshares, Co. ( “ T G ” ), St. Louis, Missouri, an unaffiliated bank holding company. This would be accomplished by the merger of TG into County National’s subsidiary, T .G .B . C o., Clayton, M issouri, a nonoperating company formed to facilitate the proposed acqui sition. T .G .B . Co. has applied to become a bank holding company as a result of this transaction. Both applications were filed pursuant to section 3(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)). N otice of the applications, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and view s, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and view s has expired, and the Board has considered the applications and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). County National, the tenth largest banking or ganization in Missouri, controls five banks with aggregate deposits of approximately $333.7 m il lion, representing 1.6 percent of the total deposits in commercial banks in the state.1 TG, the thir teenth largest banking organization in Missouri, controls three subsidiary banks with aggregate deposits of approximately $225.6 m illion, repre senting 1.1 percent of the total commercial depos its in the state. Upon consummation of the pro posed acquisition, County National will become the seventh largest banking organization in the state with 2.7 percent of total statewide commer cial bank deposits. By combining the tenth and thirteenth largest banking organizations, the pro posal would have an effect on the concentration of banking resources in the state that is not insig nificant. Four of County N ational’s five subsidiary banks and all three subsidiary banks of TG operate in 1. U nless otherw ise noted, banking data are as o f June 30, 1978, and reflect holding com pany acquisitions approved through April 2 5 , 1979. 763 the St. Louis banking market.2 County N ational’s four subsidiaries, with total deposits of $3 1 5 .6 million or 3.2 percent of the market total, and TG ’s subsidiaries, with total deposits of $ 225.6 million or 2.3 percent of the market total, are, respectively, the sixth and tenth largest banking organizations in the St. Louis banking market. The proposed merger would increase County N a tional’s share of total market deposits to 5 .6 per cent, and County National would becom e the fourth largest banking organization in the market. Because the effects on competition of elim i nating a direct viable competitor from a market are more immediately felt and less subject to future uncertainties, the Board believes proposals in volving the elimination of existing competition require particular scrutiny and care. In the past the Board has authorized combinations of rela tively substantial competitors in various markets when it was persuaded that the effects of the combinations would be minimal, that offsetting benefits of value were likely to be achieved, or that less anticompetitive means of expansion were not reasonably available to the organizations. It is the Board’s view that a proposed combination of two banking organizations that are direct com petitors of similar orientation within a metropolitan market and are both of a size to have achieved econom ies of scale and have management, or sufficient resources to attract capable management, that will permit each to continue independently as an aggressive competitor in that market, normally would have serious anticompetitive effects and should not be approved except in com pelling cir cumstances. The increase in concentration of banking re sources in the St. Louis banking market resulting from consummation of this proposal is of some concern to the Board. However, of even more concern is the degree to which County National and TG are direct and immediate competitors in the market. Both are relatively large banking or ganizations in the competitive context of that mar ket, fairly matched in strength and each is well represented by a sizable lead bank subsidiary. In addition, both County National and TG are largely oriented to the provision of a similar range of commercial banking services, and have both dem onstrated the inclination and ability to compete 2. The St. Louis banking market is approximated by the St. Louis R anally M etropolitan Area ( “ R M A ” ), w hich in cludes the city of St. L ouis and St. L ouis C ounty, portions of Franklin, Jefferson, L incoln, and St. Charles C ounties in M issouri, and portions o f Jersey, M acoupin, M adison, M onroe, and St. Clair Counties in Illinois. 764 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 effectively for a similar range of customers for those services.3 Under the circumstances the Board believes that a significant beneficial competitive influence within the St. Louis market would be lost by the combination of these two com petitors.4 Furthermore, the proposed merger would result in the elimination of a lead bank and its independent holding company organization from the market, foreclosing the possibility of increased competition between County National and TG in the future that could result in greater benefits to the public and the customers served by each organization. In view of the nature of the competitors involved, their respective positions in the market, and other facts of record, the Board concludes that the competitive effects of the proposed merger are so seriously adverse as to warrant denial of these applications. Considerations of the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of Applicants, TG, 3. The com bined organization, with $ 5 4 1 .2 m illion in d e posits, w ould displace C om m erce Bancshares, Inc. ( “ C om m erce” ), Kansas C ity, M issouri, w hich holds market deposits of $4 5 9 .1 m illion, as the fourth largest banking organization in the St. L ouis banking market. C om m erce assum ed that position upon its merger with M anchester Financial Corpora tion ( “ M anchester” ), St. L ouis, M issouri, w hich the Board approved in 1978. 64 F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in 576 (1 9 7 8 ). The Board concluded that merger w ould not have elim inated significant com petition. The C om m erce m erger, h ow ever, did not in v o lv e, as does the present proposal, banking organizations comparably balanced and poised as natural c o m petitors for the same range o f business within the market. Both organizations in this case are active, su ccessfu l, and aggressive competitors in the market, and the com bined organization that w ould result from the present proposal w ould not only be som ew hat larger than C om m erce in the St. L ouis market, even allow in g for the divestiture o f Continental Bank & Trust C om pany, but it w ould com bine tw o banks in the market significantly larger than any bank involved in the C om m erce merger. St. L ouis County Bank (A pp licant’s lead bank) is the m arket’s fourth largest bank, with $ 2 5 8 .5 m illion in deposits, and T ow er Grove Bank and Trust C o. (T G ’s lead bank) has $ 1 7 1 .3 m illion in deposits and is the sixth largest bank in the market. In contrast, the largest o f C om m erce’s banks in the St. Louis market before the merger, C om m erce Bank of University C ity, now has deposits o f only $ 5 5 .9 m illion, and M anchester Bank, w hich w as M anchester’s lead bank, has deposits of $ 1 2 7 .6 m illion. F inally, C om m erce from its market base o f eight relatively sm all retail bank subsidiaries, had attempted for som e years without su ccess to establish de novo an effective presence in the m idtow n com m ercial area and in the w holesale banking business in w hich M anchester Bank was principally engaged. But for the B oard’s perception that co m plem entary w eaknesses inhibited C om m erce and M anchester, as independent organizations, from realizing their potential as effective com petitive forces in the market, the Board m ight have view ed the com petitive im plications o f that merger d if ferently. 4 . A pplicants have agreed, if required by the Board, to divest w ithin one year after the merger Continental Bank & Trust C om pany, T G ’s subsidiary m ost clearly and im m ediately positioned to attract sm all custom ers from County N ation al’s lead bank. H ow ever, this bank accounted for only 7 .5 percent of the com bined organization’s assets at year-end 1978, and its divestiture w ould not materially alter the B oard’s assessm ent of the com petitive effects o f this proposal. and their subsidiaries are regarded as generally satisfactory and consistent with approval. H ow ever, the Board believes the proposed merger would not result in any significant or necessary enhancement of the resources or prospects of the organizations. Moreover, the Board finds in this proposal no sufficiently important benefits to the convenience and needs of the communities to be served to warrant approval. With a few exceptions the Board considers of minor significance, the justification advanced for this merger is essentially premised on the proposition that as a larger organization County National may provide services larger or ganizations in the market typically provide. This is an argument that can be advanced in defense of all mergers and acquisitions that do not involve a market’s largest organization, and the Board does not consider it a com pelling consideration in this case where the banking organizations to be combined are already among the market’s largest and most capable competitors. Accordingly, the Board finds considerations relating to the conven ience and needs of the community to be served are insufficient to outweigh the anticompetitive effects that would result from consummation of this proposal. Based upon the foregoing and other considerations reflected in the record, it is the Board’s judgment that consummation of the pro posed transaction would not be in the public inter est and the applications are hereby denied. By order of the Board of Governors, effective A ugust 2 7 , 1979. Voting for this action: Governors Wallich, Coldwell, Teeters, and Rice. Voting against this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governor Partee. Absent and not voting: Chairman Volcker. (Signed) [s e a l ] G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. FirstBancorp, Inc., New Haven, Connecticut Order Approving Acquisition of Banks FirstBancorp, Inc., N ew Haven, Connecticut, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire 100 per cent of the voting shares (less directors’ qualifying shares) of N ew Britain Bank and Trust Company, N ew Britain, Connecticut ( “ N ew Britain Bank” ), Law Department and The Terry ville Trust Company, Plymouth (P.O. Terry ville), Connecticut ( “ Terry ville Bank” ), both of which are presently whollyowned subsidiaries of The Connecticut BancFederation, Inc., Hartford, Connecticut ( “ BancFederation” ) . 1 N otice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit view s and recom mendations, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing views and recommendations has expired, and the appli cation and all comments received have been con sidered in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). Applicant, a one-bank holding company by vir tue of its control of First Bank ($407.5 million in deposits), is the eighth largest banking organi zation in Connecticut and controls approximately 4.5 percent of total commercial bank deposits in the state.2 BancFederation, the eleventh largest commercial banking organization in Connecticut, with three subsidiary banks (aggregate deposits of $111.6 m illion), controls approximately 1.4 per cent of total commercial bank deposits in the state. Consummation of the overall proposal will in crease Applicant’s share of commercial bank de posits in Connecticut to approximately 6 .0 percent and will make Applicant the seventh largest bank ing organization in the state, without having any significant adverse effect upon the concentration of banking resources in Connecticut. BancFederation’s subsidiaries are all located in the Hartford banking m arket3 and it currently ranks as the fourth largest commercial banking organization in the market, controlling 4.1 percent of market deposits.4 The Hartford banking market is highly concentrated since the two largest bank 1. In addition to the subject acquisitions, A pplicant proposes to m erge its subsidiary bank, First Bank, N ew H aven, C on necticut ( “ First B ank” ), with BancFederation’s other subsidi ary bank, The Guaranty Bank and Trust C om pany, Hartford, C onnecticut ( “ Guaranty B ank” ). U pon consum m ation o f that merger, w hich is subject to FDIC approval, First Bank w ill acquire the assets and assum e the deposits and certain other liabilities of Guaranty. In light o f the total proposal and since Applicant considers the merger o f First Bank with Guaranty Bank and its acquisition o f N ew Britain Bank and Terryville Bank integrated and contractually inseparable, the analyses of com petitive and banking factors take into account the overall transaction. 2. A ll state banking data are as of Septem ber 3 0 , 1978, and reflect bank holding com pany form ations and acquisitions approved as o f June 3 0 , 1979. 3. The Hartford banking market includes the Hartford S M S A , the N ew Britain S M S A , and the tow ns o f Som ers, A shford, L ebanon, and Barkhamsted. 4 . A ll market data are as o f June 3 0 , 1977, unless otherw ise indicated. BancFederation’s subsidiaries are N ew Britain Bank 765 ing organizations, Hartford National Corporation and CBT Corporation, control 73 .4 percent of total commercial bank deposits and operate 69 offices in the market. The third largest banking organi zation in the market, (First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.), controls 9 .4 percent of market deposits and operates 27 offices in the market. N ew Britain Bank, operating seven offices in the market, and Terryville Bank, operating five offices in the mar ket, respectively, the fifth and eighteenth largest of 27 banks located in the relevant market, hold respectively only 2 .4 and 0 .6 percent of the mar ket’s commercial bank deposits. Although the nearest branch office of Applicant’s banking sub sidiary is located 11.5 m iles from a BancFedera tion subsidiary’s branch office, Applicant’s sub sidiary operates in the N ew Haven banking mar ket,5 and has no branch office within the Hartford market. Therefore, since Applicant’s subsidiary and BancFederation’s subsidiaries operate in sep arate markets, no significant existing competition will be eliminated upon consummation. With re spect to potential competition, it appears that Ap plicant has the capability of entering the Hartford banking market through de novo branching into any of the open towns in the market.6 Therefore, Applicant’s entry into the Hartford market through acquisition instead of de novo branching would have a slightly adverse effect on probable future competition. However, the slightly adverse effects of the proposal are mitigated by the fact that the proposed acquisition could have a procompetitive effect by strengthening a m edium-sized competitor in the highly concentrated Hartford banking mar ket, and since after consummation of the proposal there would still remain other points of entry into the Hartford market. Thus, on the basis of the foregoing and all the facts of record, it is the Board’s judgment that the overall competitive e f fects of the proposal are consistent with approval. The financial and managerial resources and fu ture prospects of Applicant, its subsidiary bank, New Britain Bank, and Terryville Bank are re garded as generally satisfactory, particularly in ($ 6 8 .6 m illion in deposits), T erryville Bank ($ 1 7 .3 m illion in deposits), and Guaranty Bank ($ 3 1 .8 m illion in deposits), as of March 31 , 1979. 5. The N ew Haven banking market is contiguous with the Hartford m arket’s southern boundary. 6. C onnecticut law permits statew ide branching by c o m mercial banks except in “ c lo se d ” tow ns, w hich are tow ns where another com m ercial bank has its hom e office. A lthough Hartford itself is c losed , 33 o f the 48 tow ns and cities in the Hartford market are open, including nine open tow ns in the imm ediate vicinity of Hartford. 766 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 light of certain commitments made by Applicant. Moreover, Applicant appears to have the ability to offer assistance to Guaranty Bank to enable Guaranty Bank to becom e a more meaningful banking alternative in the market. To insure that bank holding companies serve as sources of strength to subsidiary banks, the Board generally expects an applicant proposing to acquire a bank to be able to retire its acquisition debt within 12 years. Although Applicant’s debt-retirement schedule extends beyond 12 years, based upon financial projections and historical performance, it appears that Applicant would have sufficient fi nancial flexibility to retire its acquisition debt within 12 years while maintaining adequate capital ratios in its subsidiary banks. Thus, banking fac tors lend weight toward approval. Follow ing con summation of the proposal, Applicant proposes to assist N ew Britain Bank and Terryville Bank in offering a variety of new services and expanding the scope of existing ones, so as to make such services uniformly available among all its subsidi aries. In addition, Applicant proposes to extend banking hours and increase the interest paid on time and savings deposits at N ew Britain Bank and Terryville Bank. Therefore, considerations relating to the convenience and needs of the com munities to be served lend weight toward approval and, together with the financial considerations present in the subject proposal, are sufficient to outweigh whatever slightly adverse competitive effects are associated with the proposal. Accord ingly, it is the Board’s judgment that the proposed transaction would be consistent with the public interest and that the application should be ap proved. On the basis of the record, the application is approved for the reasons summarized above. The transaction shall not be made before the thirtieth calendar day follow ing the effective date of this Order or later than three months after the effective date of this Order, unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board, or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston pursuant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 10, 1979. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governors Coldwell, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Present and abstaining: Governor Wallich. Absent and not vot ing: Chairman Volcker. (Signed) G riffith L. G arw ood , [s e a l] Deputy Secretary of the Board. Otto Bremer Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Order Approving Acquisition of Banks Otto Bremer Company, St. Paul, Minnesota, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire from an af filiate the follow ing stock interests in four W is consin banks ( “ Banks” ): 6 0.9 percent of the vot ing shares of Union State Bank ( “ Amery Bank” ), Amery, W isconsin; 77.5 percent of the voting shares of Peoples State Bank ( “ Colfax Bank” ), Colfax, W isconsin; 91.1 percent of the voting shares of Farmers State Bank ( “ Frederic Bank” ), Frederic, W isconsin; and 9 2.7 percent of the vot ing shares of Washburn State Bank ( “ Washburn Bank” ), Washburn, W isconsin. Notice of the applications, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and view s, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and view s has expired, and the Board has considered the applications and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). Applicant is a w holly-owned subsidiary of Otto Bremer Foundation ( “ Foundation” ), St. Paul, Minnesota, a private foundation that now owns the shares Applicant proposes to acquire. The Otto Bremer organization controls 29 subsidiary banks located in Minnesota, North Dakota, and W iscon sin .1 Foundation is the 32nd largest banking orga nization in W isconsin, controlling the four banks that are the subject of this application. These banks have total deposits of approximately $72 million, 1. Section 3(d) of the Bank H olding Com pany act prohibits the approval of an application w hich w ill permit any bank holding com pany to acquire voting shares of an additional bank located outside of the state where the holding com pan y’s banking operations are principally conducted. The Board b e lieves that approval of these applications is not barred by section 3(d ), although A pplicant’s banking operations are principally conducted in M innesota. Applicant and Foundation were organized by Otto Bremer 35 years ago and have func tioned together as a sin gle, integrated banking system . Mr. Bremer acquired dom inant interests in Banks or their prede cessor banks betw een 1917 and 1933, and Foundation held its interests in Banks in 1966, w hen it becam e a bank holding com pany by operation of law . A ccordin gly, no application is necessary for the retention by Foundation of those interests. It is the B oard’s opinion that Applicant and Foundation should be view ed as a single bank holding com pany system and that the proposed transactions, being an internal reorganization of that system , w ould have the effect of maintaining rather than expanding an existing interstate bank holding com pany, and w ould not represent the acquisition of any additional bank for purposes of section 3(d). Law Department representing 0 .4 percent of the total deposits in commercial banks in the state.2 The proposal rep resents a reorganization of the Otto Bremer group, designed to facilitate Foundation’s compliance with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to private foundations. It does not ap pear that consummation of the transactions would increase the concentration of banking resources in any relevant area. Banks are all located in separate banking mar kets in W isconsin.3 They hold the follow ing posi tions in their respective markets: Deposits Amery Bank $21 m illion 11 m illion Colfax Bank Frederic Bank 19 m illion Washburn 20 m illion Bank Percentage of commercial bank deposits Rank among banking organi zations 12.8 1.7 15.7 2nd of 14 18th of 21 3rd of 5 18.7 3rd of 4 Neither Applicant nor Foundation controls any other bank in any of the four markets relevant to this application, and section 3(d) of the Act pre vents Applicant from acquiring any additional banks in the state. The Board concludes that the proposed acquisitions would have no adverse ef fects on competition. The financial and managerial resources of Ap plicant, Foundation, their subsidiaries, and Banks are regarded as generally satisfactory. Restrictions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to it inhibit Foundation from supporting Banks fully and actively, and this reorganization is part of a plan designed to resolve some of the difficulties those restrictions have caused. To that extent the future prospects of Banks are likely to be enhanced by consummation of this proposal. Accordingly, the Board considers that banking factors lend some weight toward approval of the applications. Although Applicant does not propose that Banks will introduce any new services in connection with the proposed reorganization, considerations relat ing to the convenience and needs of the com m uni 2. A ll banking data are as o f Septem ber 3 0 , 1978. 3. The relevant markets are approxim ated by St. Croix County and the southern third o f Polk County for Am ery Bank; Eau C laire, C hippew a, and Dunn C ounties for C olfax Bank; the northern two-thirds o f Polk County and the western tw othirds o f Burnett County for Frederic Bank; and, Ashland County and the eastern half o f Bayfield County for Washburn Bank. 767 ties to be served are consistent with approval of the applications. Accordingly, the Board con cludes that these acquisitions would be in the public interest and that the applications should be approved. On the basis of the record, the applications are approved for the reasons summarized above. The transactions shall not be made before the thirtieth calendar day follow ing the effective date of this Order or later than three months after the effective date of this Order, unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board, or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis pursuant to dele gated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 31, 1979. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Gover nors Schultz, Wallich, Coldwell, Partee, and Teeters. Absent and not voting: Governor Rice. (Signed) [s e a l ] G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. Savings Banks Shares, Inc., Franklin, N ew Hampshire Order Approving Formation of Bank Holding Company Savings Banks Shares, Inc., Franklin, N ew Hampshire, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Com pany Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(1)) of formation of a bank holding company by acquiring 93.8 percent or more of the voting shares of The Franklin National Bank ( “ Bank” ), Franklin, N ew Hampshire. Notice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and view s, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and views has expired, and the Board has considered the application and all comments received, in cluding those of protestants,1 in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). Twenty N ew Hampshire mutual savings banks 1. The protestants to the application are the N ew Hampshire Bankers A ssociation ( “ N H B A ” ) and the follow in g N ew Hampshire banking organizations: Indian Head B anks, Inc. ( “ Indian H ead” ), Nashua; The Souhegan N ational Bank, M ilford; P em igew asset N ational Bank, Plym outh; and National Bank of L ebanon, Lebanon. N o protestant to this application has requested a hearing. 768 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 and one guaranty savings bank recently organized Applicant, each acquiring 4.7 6 percent of Appli cant’s shares, for the purpose of becom ing a bank holding company by acquiring Bank. Bank holds total deposits of approximately $6.4 m illion, rep resenting 6.2 percent of total deposits in commer cial banks in the relevant banking market, and is the sixth largest of eight commercial banks in the market.2 In the past the Board has expressed concern that where a bank holding company is formed by shareholders, each of whom owns less than 5 percent of the bank holding com pany’s shares, the shareholders’ participation in the management or business of the bank holding company or its sub sidiary bank might be so extensive as to support the conclusion that each shareholder is engaging as an entrepreneur in the business of the other company or bank. In this instance there is no evidence that any savings bank-shareholder would exercise control or a controlling influence over Applicant, and the Board finds that no individual savings bank-shareholder of Applicant would be engaging as an entrepreneur in the business of Applicant or Bank.3 Furthermore, the Board finds that the savings bank-shareholders would not be engaged collectively as an entrepreneur in the business of Applicant or Bank, since there is no evidence indicating the existence of a “ formalized structure” for control that might cause them co l lectively to be considered a “ com pany” within the meaning of section 2(b) of the Act and conse quently, because together the savings bank-shareholders own more than 25 percent of Applicant’s shares, a bank holding com pany.4 In this regard, Applicant has submitted its application subject to the follow ing conditions, the first three of which 2. The relevant banking market is approximated by the L aconia banking market, w hich is com prised o f Belknap C ounty, except for the tow n o f Barnstead and part o f A lton, plus the city o f Franklin and the tow ns o f N orthfield, A ndover, and Hill in M errimack C ounty, and the tow ns o f B ristol, A shland, and H olderness in Grafton County. A ll banking data are as o f Septem ber 3 0 , 1978. 3. Under section 2(a) o f the A ct, a com pany ow nin g or controlling, directly or indirectly, less than 5 percent o f the voting securities of a bank or com pany m ay not be held to have control over that bank or com pany unless that it is found, after notice and opportunity for hearing, to exercise a control ling influence over the bank or com pany. 4 . For a discussion o f considerations involved in determ in ing whether a group o f unaffiliated noncontrolling shareholders of a proposed bank holding com pany constitutes a “ com pan y” w ithin the m eaning o f section 2(b ), see the B oard’s Order of A ugust 2 1 , 1979, approving an application by W ISC U B , In c., M ilw aukee, W iscon sin , to becom e a bank holding com pany, 65 F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in 773 (1 9 7 9 ). are similar to those the Board has previously imposed in approving similar applications:5 1. That no savings bank will hold more than 5 percent of Applicant’s voting shares; 2. That Applicant’s shareholders will not par ticipate in the business of Applicant or Bank except to the extent of voting as shareholders of Applicant; 3. That Applicant’s shareholders will not enter into any formal or informal agreements or under standings among them selves, or between or among any two or more of them, concerning the manner in which they may vote their shares of Applicant; and 4. That no management official of any savings bank-shareholder located within the Laconia banking market will serve as a management offi cial of Applicant or Bank. On the basis of these conditions and other facts of record, the Board concludes that no savings bank-shareholder of Applicant would becom e a bank holding company upon consummation of the proposed transaction, and it appears that no com bination of them would constitute a company as defined in section 2(b) of the A ct.6 As noted, the Board has received comments opposing this proposal, on com petitive, manage rial, and legal grounds. N H BA and several of the protesting banking organizations chiefly contend that consummation of the proposal would lead to a decrease in the w illingness of Bank to compete with other commercial banks in the provision of commercial banking services similar to those services provided by savings banks, and would lessen competition between Bank and other com mercial banks in the provision of commercial banking services, such as correspondent services, to savings banks. N H BA also contends that be cause bank holding companies may not acquire shares of a savings and loan association, savings banks should not be permitted to acquire shares of banks or bank holding companies. NH BA has also challenged several aspects of Applicant’s managerial resources. N H BA prin cipally argues that the savings bank-shareholders are so decentralized they cannot provide Applicant 5. S ee, e .g ., S Y B C orp o ra tio n , 63 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 587 (1977). 6. Should the Board have reason to b elieve at any future time that A pplicant’s savings bank-shareholders, or any of them , are not acting independently of each other, or that its conclusions should be reexam ined for som e other reason, or that additional conditions should be im posed, it w ill take appropriate steps to ensure that the regulatory purposes of the A ct are not evaded. Law Department with appropriate managerial guidance; that A ppli cant’s principals violated federal securities laws in making their initial offering for Bank’s shares and this reflects so adversely on Applicant’s man agerial resources as to require denial of the appli cation; and that Applicant’s managerial resources are deficient in that Applicant has not named Bank’s new chief executive officer.7 While the Board is concerned about the com petitive issue raised by the protests,8 on balance the Board finds that this acquisition would not result in a significantly adverse effect on com peti tion between Bank and the savings bank-shareholders of Applicant in any relevant market.9 Bank and four of Applicant’s savings bank-shareholders operate in the Laconia banking market.10 Each of these four shareholders owns 4.7 6 percent of Ap plicant’s voting shares and none of them will share any management officials with Bank. 7. In addition, Indian Head has challenged the legality of the proposal under N ew Hampshire la w , contending that the acquisition o f more than 25 percent o f the capital stock of a national bank or a N ew Hampshire bank holding com pany by a com bination o f savings banks w ould violate state law w hich provides that “ the amount o f capital stock held by any state chartered bank . . . shall not ex ceed one-fourth o f the total capital stock o f such N e w Hampshire bank holding co m p a n y .” N .H . R ev . Stat. A nn. § 3 8 7 .1 3 . That section also contains a parallel lim itation on ow nership o f a national bank’s stock by any savings bank. Indian Head has not disputed A pplicant’s assertions that com petent state authorities have adopted a contrary interpretation o f the law and that A pplicant’s organizers were advised by the N ew Hampshire B anking Department that this transaction w as perm issible under state law . The Board considers the State Banking D epartm ent’s interpretation o f that law to be reasonable and b eliev es this transaction w ill not violate N ew Hampshire law . 8. The Board also has serious concerns about the public po licy im plications o f any com bination o f com m ercial banks and thrift institutions. T hese concerns were addressed in D .H . B a ld w in C om pany, 63 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 280 (1 9 7 7 ). H ow ever, as the Board has previously stated, that decision has only lim ited relevance to a transaction in w hich each shareholder acquires less than 5 percent o f the voting shares o f a bank holding com pany. W IS C U B , In c., 64 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 4 0 (1 9 7 8 ). In addition, the public po licy o f N ew Hampshire permits any savings bank, within specified prudential lim its, to acquire a noncontrolling interest in a N ew Hampshire bank holding com pany. N .H . R ev . Stat. A nn. § 3 8 7 .1 3 . On balance, the Board concludes that the concerns it expressed in D .H . B a ld w in C om pany do not require denial o f this specific application. 9. A pplicant has no operations or subsidiaries, so that apart from considerations relating to A pplicant’s shareholders, co n sum m ation o f the proposed transaction w ould not have any adverse effect on existin g or potential com petition, nor w ould it increase the concentration o f banking resources in any relevant area. 10. The four are Franklin Savings B ank, Franklin; L aconia Savings Bank, Laconia; M eredith V illage Savings B ank, M eredith; and N ew H ampshire Savings Bank, Concord, w hich has a branch in L aconia. The rem aining shareholders do not com pete in the L aconia market, and com petition am ong them is significantly lim ited by N ew Hampshire branching law s. N .H . R ev. Stat. A nn. § 3 8 4 -B . 769 Since the individual savings banks located in the market would not control or be capable of controlling Bank, Bank would continue to operate as an independent competitor in the Laconia banking market. Consummation of the proposal would not eliminate an existing competitor within that market.11 To the extent commercial banks and savings banks com pete, the transaction may, in fact, enhance competition between Bank and one of the savings bank-shareholders in the Laconia market, Franklin Savings Bank. Until July 1, 1973, Bank was w holly owned by Franklin Sav ings Bank and the two did not compete. Since that time there has been some increased com peti tion between them, but Franklin Savings Bank continues to be Bank’s largest shareholder, hold ing 24.76 percent of Bank’s voting shares. Upon consummation of this proposal, Franklin Savings Bank would surrender its interest in Bank in ex change for less than 5 percent of Applicant’s shares. N H BA has also contended that consummation of the proposal would lessen competition between Bank and other commercial banks in the provision of commercial banking services to savings banks. This might in fact be the result if Bank were to operate as a captive source of correspondent serv ices for Applicant’s shareholders or engage in unfair pricing. However, Applicant has stated, and the Board requires as a condition of this Order, that each savings bank-shareholder will remain entirely free to contract for correspondent services from any available source, and no shareholder will be required or expected to take any service or any combination of services from Bank. The Board further requires Applicant to ensure that Bank will not limit the availability of its services or the terms on which they are offered on any basis or in any manner that might tend to discriminate between institutions that are shareholders of Applicant and those that are not. Subject to those conditions, it appears more likely that Applicant’s acquisition of Bank may have a positive com petitive effect as a result of Bank’s introduction as an aggressive competitor for services performed by commercial 11. If greater w eight is attached to the possible restraining influence of A pplicant’s association with savings banks in the Laconia banking market, the elim ination o f com petition b e com es a matter o f greater concern. H ow ever, in evaluating com petitive aspects of this proposal and in declining to deny this application, the Board has noted that Bank is a very small institution both in absolute terms and relative to other institu tions in its market, and that A pplicant has undertaken that its chief priorities w ill be the maintenance o f B ank’s capital adequacy and the reinvigoration of Bank as a com petitor for retail banking services in the market. 770 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 banks for savings banks. Accordingly, the Board concludes that the proposal involves no com peti tive effects that require denial of this application. In acting upon applications, the Board must consider the managerial resources of the acquiring bank holding company, including all the factors that bear upon the com petence, quality, and integ rity of an applicant’s management. N H B A ’s pro test contends that the managerial resources of Applicant do not support approval of this applica tion. NH BA argues that the initial offering letter by Applicant’s principals contained material om issions constituting a violation of the federal securities laws, reflecting adversely on Applicant’s managerial resources; that there is no identifiable chief executive officer for Bank; and that by lim it ing their active participation in Applicant’s affairs, the shareholders are precluded from giving Appli cant sufficient managerial guidance. N H BA contends that the initial offering letter omits material facts without which the letter was misleading to holders of Bank’s shares. Such om issions, according to N H B A , constituted a vio lation of federal securities law s, which violation, in turn, reflects so adversely on Applicant’s man agement that the Board must deny this applica tion.12 However, on the basis of memoranda sub mitted by Applicant and N H BA , the offering letter itself, and appropriate consultation with staff of the Securities and Exchange Comm ission, the Board has concluded that the record contains no evidence establishing conduct on the part of A p plicant’s proposed management that could support an adverse finding with respect to this application. NH BA also contends that Applicant’s failure to name a new chief executive officer for Bank raises serious questions as to Applicant’s managerial soundness, and that by assuming limited interests and limited roles, Applicant’s shareholders will not give Applicant sufficient managerial direction. As stated, in recognition of the Board’s concerns regarding their status under the Act, Applicant’s shareholders will not participate in the business affairs of Applicant and Bank except to elect Applicant’s directors and vote on other matters properly before the shareholders, without coordin ation among themselves. The Board does not believe that either of these aspects of this proposal reflects adversely on Ap plicant’s managerial resources. The management of a national bank’s affairs and that of a N ew 12. The A ssociation also argues that this alleged securities law violation renders this proposal clearly contrary to the public convenience and needs o f the com m unity to be served. Hampshire corporation’s business are committed by law to their respective directors, not to their shareholders. 12 U .S .C . § 7 1 ; N.H. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 294.89. Applicant’s initial directors have been identified, as has the process for filling va cancies in Applicant’s board of directors as they occur. The initial directors are experienced indi viduals with a background in financial manage ment, and there is no basis in the record for concluding that these directors or future directors so chosen may not competently and honestly manage Applicant’s business, or that they may not select experienced and capable officers.13 On the basis of the record the Board finds that the mana gerial resources of Applicant and Bank are satis factory. Applicant would incur no debt incident to this proposal, and the Board regards the financial re sources and future prospects of Applicant and Bank as satisfactory. The Board concludes that banking factors are consistent with approval of the application. Applicant has indicated that upon consumma tion of its proposal it would make changes in the customer services provided by Bank. Among the new services Applicant intends to cause Bank to offer to the public are NOW accounts, IRA and Keogh accounts, money market certificates of de posit, payroll checking accounts, overdraft privi leges and business and commercial loans secured by accounts receivable and inventories. In addi tion, Applicant expects to improve Bank’s physi cal facilities. Bank would also function as a corre spondent for thrift institutions, although this serv ice would be phased-in on a gradual basis. Appli cant has given assurances that such services will not be provided at the expense of Bank’s capital adequacy, and that its implementation of these correspondent services will be slowed as necessary to maintain Bank as a sound financial institution at all times. Accordingly, considerations relating to the convenience and needs of the communities to be served lend weight toward approval of this application. Based upon the foregoing and other considerations reflected in the record, it is the 13. The advance identification of proposed principal officers of an institution m ay, o f course, be of critical importance in applications involving institutions having doubtful or deficient financial or managerial resources or future prospects. It may be impractical, how ever, for a com pany to em ploy a suitable chief executive for a bank, or to announce that individual’s em ploym ent pu blicly, before it is know n whether the com pany w ill be permitted to acquire the bank. In this case, Applicant has prescribed satisfactory intentions regarding its search for a qualified and experienced officer. Law Department Board’s judgment that this application should be approved. On the basis of the record and subject to the conditions recited in this Order, the application is approved for the reasons summarized above. The transaction shall not be made before the thir tieth calendar day follow ing the effective date of this Order, or later than three months after the effective date of this Order unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston pursuant to dele gated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 21, 1979. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Gover nors Schultz, Wallich, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Voting against this action: Governor Coldwell. (Signed) [s e a l ] T heodore E. A l l is o n , Secretary of the Board. Dissenting Statement of Governor Coldwell The Board has the flexibility under the Bank Holding Company Act to deny applications to form bank holding companies on the basis of the public interest as the Board perceives it. It is my opinion that the public interest requires that this application be denied. First, I am concerned not only that this proposal violates principles the Board has established re garding affiliations between commercial banks and thrift organizations, but that approval may en courage other organizations to combine in order to accomplish an expansion of activities that would be impermissible to any one of them. In connec tion with an application by D. H. Baldwin Com pany to retain Empire Savings, Building and Loan A ssociation,1 the Board determined that the po tentially adverse effects of generally allowing af filiations of banks and savings and loan associa tions are sufficiently strong to outweigh benefits that might result in individual cases. That decision should govern the disposition of this case, which would affiliate a bank holding company not only with one thrift institution but with two-thirds of all mutual savings banks in N ew Hampshire. The sole purpose of this proposed affiliation is to permit the participating savings banks to obtain correspondent banking services that they cannot perform themselves directly. The proposal is not 1. 63 F ederal R eserve B u l l e t in 280 (1977). 111 justified by the banking needs of the local custom ers Bank was chartered to serve. For reasons stated in the Board’s D. H. Baldwin Company Order, I believe it is contrary to the public interest to permit commercial banks and separately regulated thrift institutions, by affiliation with one another through a bank holding company, to acquire and exercise wider powers than the law would other wise allow them, and to blur distinctions estab lished by law among those institutions. This prin ciple precludes a savings bank from acquiring 25 percent of a bank holding com pany’s voting shares, and there is no basis on which I can conclude that it is more in the public interest for 94 percent of those shares to be acquired by a combination of savings banks. Second, I have earlier expressed my fundamen tal objections to domestic joint ventures by finan cial institutions,2 and this case is a concrete illus tration of the problem these joint ventures entail. The savings bank-shareholders in this case have agreed not to participate actively in the manage ment of Applicant or to coordinate the exercise of their ownership rights among them selves. This agreement is not designed in any way to help Bank; its sole purpose is to attempt to position the share holders artificially beyond the reach of the nonbank prohibitions of the Act and to frustrate the Board’s legitimate scrutiny of their nonbank activities. The Board has long insisted that bank holding companies be sources of strength to their subsidi ary banks. But in this case the Board will permit the formation of a bank holding company that is likely not to be a source of strength, because of conditions limiting shareholder involvement. These conditions do not in any way serve the public interest but only weaken the organization’s resources and prospects by fragmenting necessary responsibility and accountability for the enterprise. I see no reason to be sympathetic to the dilemma Applicant’s shareholders faced in devising this proposal. If they assumed active or joint manage ment roles, the proposal would more clearly rep resent an impermissible combination of commer cial banking with the operation of savings banks. By instead refraining from full participation in management, they handicap the resources and fu ture prospects of Applicant and Bank to an extent that in my opinion would warrant denial of this application, without effectively curing the funda mental objection I have to control of commercial banks by thrift institutions. 2. S Y B C o rp o ra tio n , 63 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 5 8 7 , 589 (1977). 772 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Finally, I believe the effect of this proposal on competition in the Laconia banking market is incompatible with approval. If this proposal is consummated, Bank will be controlled by a group that includes four savings banks in the Laconia banking market, which together hold approxi mately 65 percent of time and savings deposits held by depository institutions in that market. To the extent that commercial banks and savings banks com pete, consummation of this proposal would not only eliminate Bank as an independent competitor with three larger savings banks in the market, but would also effectively preclude the likelihood that Bank’s existing savings bank affil iation may be broken in the future. Empirical studies have established to my satis faction that N ew Hampshire commercial banks affiliated with mutual savings banks in that state have not operated as independent competitors, but have significantly restricted their participation in the residential real estate and time and savings deposits market.3 In the face of that evidence, which includes surveys of commercial banks as sociated with mutual savings banks by very small shareholdings and relatively few common officers and directors, I believe this proposal to form a bank holding company wholly controlled by sav ings banks and drawing its officers and directors almost exclusively from the management of sav ings banks will necessarily have at least an adverse effect on competition in the Laconia banking mar ket. In this connection, I draw little comfort from Applicant’s representations that it will not obtain management officials from savings banks operating in the local market, and I do not attach importance to Applicant’s argument that the savings bankshareholders operating outside that market would have no motive to restrain Bank from offering services similar to those offered by savings banks in the market. The first representation is little more than Applicant’s affirmation that it will comply with laws prohibiting management interlocks among unaffiliated local depository institutions, without which this application could not be prop erly considered. With respect to the savings bankshareholders operating outside the market, to me the crucial fact is that, so long as they are able to secure a captive source of correspondent serv3. E isenbeis and M cC all, “ The Impact o f L egislation Pro hibiting Director-Interlocks A m ong D epository Financial Insti tu tio n s,” 2 Journal o f B anking an d Finance 323 (1978); E isenbeis and M cC all, “ Som e E ffects o f Affiliations A m ong M utual Savings and C om m ercial B a n k ,” 27 Journal o f F inance 865 (1 9 7 7 ). ices for them selves, there is little incentive for them to encourage Bank to be a vigorous com pet itor in the local market for other banking services. For the foregoing reasons, I would deny this application. August 21, 1979 Thomson Investment Company, Inc., Savanna, Illinois Order Approving Retention of Bank Shares Thomson Investment Company, Inc., Savanna, Illinois, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act, has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(a)(3)) to retain 56 voting shares of Thomson State Bank ( “ Bank” ), Thomson, Illinois. N otice of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit views and recom mendations, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(b)). The time for filing view s and recommendations has expired, and the Board has considered the application and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842(c)). Applicant, a one-bank holding com pany,1 owns 54.8 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank. From 1973 through June 1977, Applicant acquired 56 shares of Bank, representing 11.2 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank, without the prior approval of the Board in violation of the Act and the Board’s Regulation Y. Appli cant now seeks the Board’s approval to retain these shares.2 Bank (approximately $4 .2 m illion in deposits) is one of the smaller commercial banks in Illinois, holding approximately 0.01 percent of total com mercial bank deposits in the state.3 Bank is the smallest of eleven banking organizations in the relevant banking market,4 holding approximately 1. A pplicant is engaged in certain nonbanking activities that are subject to 10-year grandfather privileges. 2. A dditionally, in June 1977, Applicant redeem ed 4 0 of its shares, representing more than 10 percent of A pplicant’s net w orth, without givin g prior notice to the Federal R eserve Bank of C hicago as required by section 2 2 5 .6 (a ) of R egulation Y (12 C .F .R . § 2 2 5 .6 (a )). A pplicant has requested approval to retain these shares. 3. A ll banking data are as o f June 30 , 1978. 4 . The relevant banking market is the Clinton Area banking market, w hich is approxim ated by Clinton C ounty, Iow a, excludin g the northern portion o f the county lyin g w ithin an Law Department 1.7 percent of total commercial bank deposits in the market. Since Applicant has no other banking subsidiaries and since the proposal involves only the retention of shares of Bank, which at all times pertinent hereto was controlled by Applicant, ap proval of the application will not result in any adverse effects on existing or potential com peti tion, nor increase the concentration of banking resources in any relevant area.5 Thus, competitive considerations are regarded as consistent with ap proval of the application. Where principals of an applicant are engaged in operating a chain of banking organizations, the Board, in addition to analyzing the one-bank holding company proposal before it, also considers the total chain and analyzes the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the chain within the context of the Board’s multi-bank holding company standards. Based upon such an alysis in this case, the financial resources and future prospects of Applicant and Bank appear to be satisfactory. Under section 3 of the Bank Holding Company A ct, the Board must consider the managerial re sources of an applicant and a bank to be acquired. As indicated above, the subject application is an after-the-fact request for the Board’s approval to retain shares of Bank that were purchased without the prior approval of the Board; Applicant has also requested approval to retain shares of Applicant that were redeemed in violation of Regulation Y. Upon examination of all the facts surrounding the violations, the Board concludes that the violations do not warrant denial of the application. In acting upon the application, the Board has taken into consideration the fact that Applicant promptly filed this application after the violations were brought to its attention and that Applicant’s management has taken action to prevent violations from occur ring in the future, including the initiation of an affirmative program under the direction of one of its officers to ensure compliance with the Act and Regulation Y. The Board expects that these actions will assist Applicant in avoiding future violations. In consideration of the above and other informa tion in the record evidencing Applicant’s intent to com ply with the requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and Regulation Y , the eight-m ile radius o f M aquoketa, Iow a, and including the area in Illinois im m ediately across the M ississip pi River from C lin ton County. 5. Principals o f A pplicant are also principals o f other banks located in Illin o is, Iow a, and Indiana. Each o f these banks com petes in a separate market from Bank. 773 Board has determined that the circumstances of the violations do not reflect so adversely on the managerial factors as to warrant denial of this application. Thus, banking factors are regarded as consistent with approval of the application. Although there will be no immediate increase in the services offered by Bank, convenience and needs consid erations are regarded as consistent with approval. It is the Board’s judgment that retention of the subject shares is consistent with the public interest and that the application should be approved. On the basis of the record, the application to retain shares of Bank, as w ell as the request to retain the redeemed shares of Applicant, is ap proved for the reasons summarized above. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 17, 1979. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Gover nors Schultz, Wallich, Coldwell, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. (Signed) [s e a l ] T heodore E. A l l is o n , Secretary of the Board. W ISCUB, Inc., M ilwaukee, W isconsin Order Approving Formation of WISCUB , Inc . , a Bank Holding Company On December 30, 1977, the Board approved the application of W ISCUB, Inc. ( “ W ISC U B” ), Milwaukee, W isconsin, to becom e a bank holding company by acquiring approximately 86 percent of the voting shares of Cleveland State Bank ( “ Bank” ), Cleveland, W isconsin.1 W ISC U B’s application had been protested by the W isconsin Bankers Association ( “ W B A ” ), which subse quently petitioned for judicial review of the Board’s Order. On October 27, 1978, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit remanded the matter of W ISC U B’s application to the Board for further development of evidence regarding the managerial resources of W ISCUB and a possible control relationship between the W isconsin Credit Union League ( “ W C U L” ) and W ISC U B .2 In response to the Court of Appeals’ 1. 64 F ede ral R eserve B u l l e t in 4 0 (1978). 2. W isconsin B an kers A sso c ia tio n v. B o a rd o f G overn ors o f the F ederal R ese rv e S ystem , N o . 78-1 0 8 3 (D .C . Cir. O ct. 2 7 , 1978), unreported. 11A Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 remand, the Board directed WISCUB to supple ment the record with information on these issues and afforded W BA the opportunity to comment on these issues and on W ISC U B’s submissions. The Board has reexamined the record on the ap plication, including the submissions of W ISCUB and W BA follow ing the remand and, based upon that review, makes the follow ing findings as to the facts, and the conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. Background WISCUB was originally organized by WCUL to acquire Bank (deposits of $7.9 m illion as of March 31, 1979) for the stated purpose of provid ing better and more efficient service to the financial and banking needs of W isconsin credit unions. W ISCUB is wholly owned by 173 of W C U L’s credit union members, no one of which owns or controls 5 percent or more of W ISCU B’s out standing voting shares. Under the proposal originally presented to the Board, the credit union-shareholders agreed to enter into a voting trust agreement with W CUL, designating WCUL as voting trustee for the shares of W ISCUB. W ISC U B’s board of directors was to be made up of the members of the executive committee of the WCUL board of directors, and the chief executive officer of WCUL was to serve as president of W ISCUB. Each credit unionshareholder, however, was to retain the right to direct the voting of its shares of W ISC U B’s stock. W BA vigorously protested the application on the grounds that (1) consummation of the proposal would be anti-competitive; (2) approval of the application would be inconsistent with the Board’s finding in D. H. Baldwin Company , 63 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 280 (1977), that a bank hold ing company may not acquire a savings and loan association or similar thrift institution; and (3) the credit unions and WCUL would constitute an illegal bank holding company. W BA also re quested a formal hearing on the application. On December 30, 1977, the Board denied W B A ’s request for a hearing and approved W IS C U B ’s application. The Board conditioned its approval upon the selection of a bona fide inde pendent trustee for the voting trust and upon W C U L’s refraining from any role by any means in the management of Bank or W ISCUB. These conditions were imposed because the Board was of the view that the trade association might exer cise control over W ISC U B’s and Bank’s manage ment and that the shareholders of WISCUB (united through both a voting trust agreement and common membership in the trade association that would serve as trustee for the voting trust) might consti tute a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ A ct” ). The Board also felt that, since the voting trustee was to be a trade association of credit unions, the trade association’s responsibilities to its 650 credit union members might conflict with its trustee responsibilities to the 173 credit union beneficiaries of the voting trust. In response to the Board’s conditions for ap proval, W ISCUB notified the Board, by letter dated January 5, 1978, that the entire voting trust arrangement had been eliminated from the pro posal and that each credit union-shareholder of W ISCUB would vote its own shares. W ISCUB also advised the Board that W ISCUB had amended its by-laws to prohibit any director or em ployee of W CUL from serving as a director or officer of W ISCUB, and that its directors would instead be selected from among the officers, directors or members of its credit union-shareholders. On January 27, 1978, W BA requested that the Board stay and reconsider its Order. W BA also filed a petition for judicial review of the Board’s Order in the Court of Appeals. On February 1, 1978, the Board denied W B A ’s request for a stay; and, on March 2, 1978, the Board denied peti tioner’s request for reconsideration. On October 27, 1978, the Court remanded the case to the Board, after finding W B A ’s arguments meritorious with respect to two aspects of the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order. Because W IS CUB had eliminated the trust altogether, rather than comply with the Board’s condition to select a bona fide independent voting trustee, the Court found the administrative record inadequate to demonstrate whether the Board had given consid eration to the implications of W ISCUB being operated without a voting trust agreement. The Court found it was possible that, in the absence of an independent voting trustee, W ISCUB would be controlled in fact by WCUL as the only cen tralized policy-m aking body of the credit unionshareholders, thus frustrating the Board’s condi tion that W CUL not participate in any way in W ISCU B’s management. The Court further in structed the Board to consider whether, if WCUL did not exercise de facto control over W ISCUB, W ISCUB would be operated without centralized direction and would therefore function less effi ciently than contemplated by the Board when it conditioned approval upon selection of an inde pendent voting trustee. The Court also concluded that, by excluding W CUL officers and directors from serving W ISCUB in any capacity, the Board Law Department had approved W ISC U B’s application without evi dentiary support in the record with respect to W ISC U B’s managerial resources. In response to the Court’s remand, the Board requested W ISCUB to submit information regard ing W ISC U B’s current officers and directors, in cluding all the information on managerial re sources requested by the Board’s bank holding company application form, to describe how these officers and directors had been selected and would be selected in the future, and to comment upon the legal and practical effects of the elimination of W ISC U B’s voting trust arrangement and the substitution of an arrangement under which each W ISCUB credit union-shareholder votes its own shares. The Board also asked W ISCUB to respond to a series of specific questions, posed by W BA , regarding W C U L’s continued involvem ent, if any, in W ISC U B’s affairs, the operation of WISCUB in the absence of the voting trust, the procedures for handling W ISC U B’s shareholder matters, and the process for selecting officers and directors for W ISCUB and Bank. The Board afforded W BA op portunity to comment upon these issues and upon W ISC U B’s submissions. W BA fully availed itself of this opportunity. As indicated, the Board also directed W ISCUB to answer specific questions raised by W BA concerning the remand issues. 2. W ISCUB’s managerial resources In response to the Board’s request, WISCUB submitted the information requested in the Board’s bank holding company form regarding the mana gerial resources of an applicant, including bio graphical data on each of W ISC U B’s officers and directors. W ISCUB stated that each of its current five directors was elected to a one-year term of office by direct election by its credit union-shareholders. These directors also serve as W ISC U B’s officers. W ISCUB has assured the Board that at each future annual meeting of W ISCUB, each of its directors and officers will be subject to election by the same procedure and will be drawn from the officers, directors, and em ployees of W IS C U B ’s credit union-shareholders. The record shows that each current director and officer of W ISCUB is an officer of one of W ISCU B’s credit union-shareholders and has held long-term full time em ployment as an officer of a credit union; that each has substantial financial experience and is responsible, knowledgeable, and capable of pro viding direction and leadership to WISCUB; and that none of these individuals is affiliated with WCUL. The Board is also of the view that the pool of managerial talent available to WISCUB 775 from its credit union-shareholders is a positive factor in the Board’s evaluation of the managerial resources of W ISCUB. Indeed, in its post-remand submissions to the Board, W BA did not claim any inadequacy in W ISC U B’s managerial resources. On the basis of the record as amplified by submis sions of W ISCUB, W BA , WCUL and the credit union-shareholders, the Board finds that W IS C U B ’s managerial resources are satisfactory and consistent with approval of this application.3 3. The relationship of WCUL to WISCUB As indicated, the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order conditioned approval of the application upon a complete separation of W CUL from any role in the management of W ISCUB. The Board be lieved such a separation could be accomplished by substituting an independent trustee for W CUL as the voting trustee. Because W ISCUB eliminated the voting trust arrangement altogether, the Court of Appeals questioned whether, in the absence of an independent voting trustee, W ISCUB would controlled in fact by W CUL as the only centralized policy-making body of the credit union share holders. In its review of the application on remand, the Board has solicited information from W ISCUB and W BA with respect to the management and control of W ISCUB and Bank and the role, if any, of W CUL therein. W ISCUB has furnished infor mation to demonstrate that it is in com plete com pliance with the purpose and intent of the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order; that no officer or 3. In its remand order, the Court expressed concern that the elim ination of the voting trust m ight have so decentralized control of W ISC U B that W ISC U B m ight operate less effi ciently than contem plated by the Board in its D ecem ber 30, 1977 Order. W IS C U B ’s com m itm ents have satisfied the Board that W IS C U B ’s day-to-day m anagem ent and overall policy direction w ill be derived from its officers and board of directors and that the substitution o f direct voting by the credit unionshareholders for W IS C U B ’s directors w ill have no adverse effect on the efficiency with w hich W ISC U B is operated. Control of W ISC U B w ill be centralized in, and exercised by, W IS C U B ’s five directors and officers. The B oard’s direction for selection of an independent voting trustee in its D ecem ber 30 , 1977 Order w as designed to elim inate the control problem s raised by W C U L ’s proposed service as voting trustee. The Board concluded that, if a voting trust were used by W IS C U B ’s shareholders, the trustee should be independent. The Board did not require that a voting trust be used to hold W IS C U B ’s shares. E lim ination of the voting trust and trustee and the prohibition against W C U L ’s partici pation in any manner in W IS C U B ’s affairs fu lly accom plishes the B oard’s goal of separating W C U L from W ISC U B . In its March 2, 1978 Order denying W B A ’s request for recon sideration, the Board, at least im p liedly, view ed W IS C U B ’s revision of its proposal ( i.e ., its elim ination of the voting trust) as acceptable com pliance with the B oard’s D ecem ber 30, 1977 Order and consistent with the B oard’s goal o f separating W C U L from W ISC U B and Bank. 776 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 director of W ISCUB is an officer or director of W CUL, or has any affiliation with W CUL other than as an officer of a credit union that is a member of WCUL; that no director or officer of Bank is affiliated with W CUL;4 that WCUL is providing to WISCUB and Bank only limited administrative services (such as typing and mailing) that are reimbursed by W ISCUB; that WCUL has worked with Bank only to the extent that W CUL has assisted other W isconsin banks developing sharedraft clearing programs; that, at the annual m eet ing of W CUL’s delegates, there have not been, nor will there be, any committee m eetings, other actions or documents relating to the management or policy decisions of W ISCUB or Bank; that proxies for shareholder meetings of W ISCUB will not indicate the view s of WCUL or its directors and officers; that the WCUL district system plays no role in the selection of W ISC U B’s officers or directors; that W CUL will have no role in the solicitation of additional subscribers to W ISC U B’s stock; and that W CUL plays no role in the selec tion of officers or directors for either WISCUB or Bank. WISCUB has further assured the Board that W ISC U B’s shareholders will elect its board of directors which, in turn, on behalf of the principal shareholder of Bank, will determine the composition of Bank’s management. W BA has disputed none of these submissions of fact. WCUL has submitted assurances to the Board that WCUL will not exercise, or attempt to exer cise, control or any controlling influence over the management or policies of WISCUB or Bank, or attempt to influence the credit union-shareholders in the voting of their shares of W ISCUB. The Board has received from the credit union-share holders of WISCUB written assurances that they have no agreements with W CUL concerning either the manner in which their shares of W ISCUB will be voted or the management, operation or control of WISCUB or Bank.5 4 . Only one of the seven directors of Bank serves as an officer o f a credit union m em ber o f W C U L. 5. W B A ’s claim that W C U L exercises a controlling influ ence over the m anagem ent o f Bank and W ISC U B is based on inform ation provided by W ISC U B that the original directors of W ISC U B (w ho were also m em bers o f W C U L ’s executive com m ittee) selected the present group o f W ISC U B directors, w ho in turn appointed them selves as W IS C U B ’s officers. H ow ever, the record show s that, shortly after the selection of the replacem ent directors, the annual m eeting o f W ISC U B was held, and at that m eeting each o f the W ISC U B share holders was afforded the opportunity to participate in the election o f directors. The W ISC U B shareholders reelected the replacem ent directors. The Board b eliev es the evidence proferred by W B A is inadequate to show that W C U L exercises Both W BA and W ISCUB have had ample op portunity to make inquiries, subm issions, counter submissions and responses regarding the relation ship between W CUL and W ISCUB. W ISCUB has responded fully and fairly to every question that W BA has raised. W BA has not in any way disputed the facts presented by W ISCUB. The Board finds that the record adequately establishes that W ISCUB is com plying with, and is committed to com plying with, the condition in the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order requiring W CUL to refrain from any role in the management of Bank or W ISCUB, and that W ISCUB is not controlled in fact by W CUL. 4. The “ company9 issue 9 W BA contends that, on the present record and in the absence of an independent trustee, the credit union-shareholders might, as a group, constitute a bank holding company. W BA claims that, be cause the credit union-shareholders have a com mon purpose and objective in their acquisition of W ISCUB, they are not acting separately or inde pendently of one another but are engaged in an alleged entrepreneurial activity to control a com mercial bank. Accordingly, W BA argues, the credit union-shareholders constitute a “ com pany” within the meaning of section 2(b) of the Act and, because the credit union-shareholders together own more than 25 percent of W ISCU B’s shares, a bank holding company. On several occasions, the Board has addressed the legal issues involved in ownership of a bank holding company by a number of individual, non controlling shareholders. The Board has approved the formation of three bank holding companies each owned by credit unions and of a bank holding company owned by sixteen one-bank holding companies. In each of these instances, the share holders purchased less than 5 percent of the shares of the new bank holding com pany.6 The Board found these acquisitions to be consistent with the purposes of the Act, particularly since, under section 2(a)(4) of the Act, a company owning or control or a controlling influence over W ISC U B , or that the current directors of W ISC U B are representatives of W C U L or subject to its control. 6. See C U ban c C orp o ra tio n , 62 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 792 (1976)(bank holding com pany ow ned by 24 Ohio credit unions); C U B ank S h ares, In c ., 62 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 364 (1976)(bank holding com pany ow ned by 150 T exas credit unions); B u sin ess A d m in istra tive N e ed s o f K a n sa s, 39 F e d e r a l R e g is t e r 2 6 ,0 6 8 (1974)(bank holding com pany ow ned by 27 K ansas credit unions); S Y B C o rp o ra tion, 63 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 587 (1977)(bank holding com pany ow ned by 16 one-bank holding com panies). Law Department controlling, directly or indirectly, 5 percent or less of the voting securities of a bank or company may not be held to have control over that bank or company (unless the company is found, after no tice and opportunity for hearing, to exercise a controlling influence over the bank or company— an exception not relevant here).7 The Board has taken the position that there must be a “ formalized structure” for control among the shareholders of a bank or bank holding company in order for the shareholders collectively to con stitute a bank holding company within the meaning of the Act. The U .S . Court of Appeals for the D .C . Circuit has endorsed the Board’s position.8 There is, in W ISC U B’s case, no evidence of any formalized structure or unifying force for control that would cause the credit union-shareholders of WISCUB to be considered a bank holding com pany. The ownership and control of WISCUB is widely dispersed among 173 separate and inde pendent credit unions. The evidence of record shows that there are no agreements between or among the, formal or informal, as to how WISC U B ’s shares would be voted or with respect to control of W ISCUB or Bank in any manner. The individual credit union-shareholders have submitted assurances to the Board that they have not entered, and will not enter, into any agree ments, formal or informal, with any or all of the other shareholders of W ISCUB or with WCUL concerning either the voting of W ISCU B’s shares or the management, operations or policies of W IS CUB or Bank. 7. The Board b eliev es its position is supported by the legislative history o f the A ct. The original H ouse version of the 1970 A m endm ents to the A ct contained a provision bring ing within the coverage o f the A ct a com pany “ acting in concert w ith one or more p erso n s.” H .R . 6 7 7 8 , 91st C o n g ., 1st S ess. (1 9 6 9 ). The Senate rejected the “ acting in concert” language and substituted the phrase now contained in section 2 (a )(2 )(A ) o f the A ct, “ acting through one or more other perso n s.” H .R . 6 7 7 8 , 91st C o n g ., 2d S ess. (1 9 7 0 ). 8. C en tral B ank v. B o a rd o f G o vern o rs o f the F ederal R ese rv e S ystem , N o . 7 7 -1 9 3 7 (D .C . Cir. Feb. 1, 1979), unreported. There has been only one instance in w hich the Board has concluded that a proposed acquisition o f a bank holding com pan y, where each o f the acquiring com panies w ould acquire less than 5 percent o f the shares o f the com pany, w ould result in those shareholders being c o llectiv ely a bank holding com pany. In that situation, the Board found that the six com panies in v o lv ed , each o f w hich was ow ned by an individual and mem bers o f his im m ediate fam ily, w ould be acting “ with a single purpose and at the direction and under the control o f [the in d iv id u a l]/4 and that “ because o f their com m on ow nership and the control exercised over them by [this individual], are incapable o f independent a ctio n .” Letter of N ovem ber 17, 1978, from the Secretary of the Board to W illiam C . B eam an, regarding a proposed acquisition o f 24 percent o f the voting shares o f W yom ing Bancorporation, C heyenne, W yom in g. 111 In its 1977 evaluation of W ISC U B’s applica tion, the Board considered W B A ’s comments and concluded that approval of W ISC U B’s application should be conditioned upon an absence of control by the trade association, W CUL, over W ISC U B .9 By eliminating the voting trust entirely and deter mining instead that the 173 credit union-share holders should each vote directly and inde pendently for the directors of W ISC U B , W ISCUB eliminated the trust and trustee as a possible basis for “ com pany” status. As indicated earlier, the Board finds that elimination of the voting trust from the proposal is consistent with the Board’s requirement that W CUL shall not control W I SCUB or Bank and that W CUL shall no longer be associated in any way with the management or operation of W ISCUB or Bank. The Board believes that the record in this case does not warrant a finding that W ISC U B’s credit union-shareholders, each of which owns or con trols less than 5 percent of the shares of W ISCUB, individually or collectively constitute a company or a bank holding company under the Act. 5. W B A ’s hearing request In remanding this case to the Board for further development of evidence, the Court stated, “ [i]f necessary to supplement the existing administra tive record, the Board should in its discretion hold a hearing in this matter.” W BA had requested a hearing before the Board on W ISC U B’s original application, and renewed its request for a hearing in submissions to the Board dated November 20, 1978, December 26, 1978, and April 4, 1979. W BA contends that the issues raised before the Court, and for which the Court requested the development of further evidence, turn on questions of “ intent, purpose and understanding,” and that these issues cannot be determined from corre spondence between the parties. W B A ’s submissions are directed only to whether W ISCUB is or will be controlled by W CUL and whether the credit union-shareholders of W ISCUB constitute a “ com pany” . However, W BA has not disputed any of W ISC U B’s detailed statements of fact regarding the disaffiliation of W CUL from W ISCUB or the relationships among 9. In C U ban c C o rporation , C U B ank S h ares, In c., and B usiness A d m in istra tiv e N e ed s o f K a n sa s, where the Board had found acceptable a voting trust arrangement with the credit union trade association as the voting trustee, the bank holding com panies were required by the Board to m od ify their opera tions to conform to the standards set for W ISC U B . 778 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 the credit union-shareholders.10 In the absence of any disputed facts and any reason to disbelieve the commitments made in this matter, the Board finds that a hearing is neither necessary nor appro priate in this ca se.11 There is no statutory12 or due process13 requirement for a hearing in this situa tion. 6. Conclusion The Board has thoroughly considered the issues that formed the basis of the Court’s remand, W B A ’s claims and subm issions, and all the ev i dence of record. Based upon this review, the Board concludes that the steps taken by WISCUB in eliminating the independent voting trustee were consistent with the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order; that the evidence of record shows that W ISCUBs managerial resources are adequate; that W ISCUB has satisfactorily demonstrated its inde pendence from WCUL; that the evidence of record fails to show that W CUL has control of, or exer cises a controlling influence over, WISCUB or Bank; that the evidence of record fails to show any “ formalized structure” or agreement or un derstanding among the credit union-shareholders for control of W ISCUB or Bank; and that there are no disputed operative facts for which a hearing would be appropriate or useful in this matter. Accordingly, on the basis of the entire record, including the record and findings made with re spect to the Board’s December 30, 1977 Order, it is the Board’s judgment that the application of 10. On the basis that the original W ISC U B board o f directors (com posed o f W C U L officers and directors) selected its suc cessor, W B A contends that W C U L m ight continue to control W ISC U B . The Board b elie v e s, as discussed above, that this process o f selectin g W IS C U B ’s board o f directors is not sufficient evidence o f control by W C U L , particularly since (a) these directors were reelected at W IS C U B ’s annual shareholder m eeting by the individual independent credit unions and (b) W C U L and the shareholders o f W ISC U B , respectively, have assured the Board that W C U L does not and w ill not control W ISC U B and that the shareholders vote their shares as they please and w ithout any agreem ents or understandings or influ ence from W C U L or am ong th em selves. 11. The Board regards these com m itm ents and assurances as conditions o f the Order o f approval. A ny departure from these com m itm ents and assurances m ay result in invalidation of the Order or the initiation o f other rem edies. 12. Section 3(b) o f the A ct requires the Board to hold a form al hearing w hen the primary supervisor o f the bank to be acquired recom m ends disapproval o f the application (12 U .S .C . § 184 2 (b )). In W IS C U B ’s ca se, no such disapproval was recom m ended. 13. See F arm ers an d M erch a n ts B ank o f L a s C ru ces v. B o a rd o f G o vern o rs o f the F ed era l R ese rv e S ystem , 567 F. 2d 1082 (D .C . Cir. 1977); G ra n d view B ank and T rust C o. v. B o a rd o f G o vern o rs o f the F ed era l R ese rv e S ystem , 550 F. 2d 4 1 5 (8th C ir.), cert, d enied, 4 3 4 U .S . 821 (1 9 7 7 ). W ISCUB warrants approval. The application of W ISCUB is again approved. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 21, 1979. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Gover nors Schultz, Wallich, Coldwell, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. (Signed) [s e a l ] T heodore E. A l l is o n , Secretary of the Board. O rder Under Se c tio n 4 of B ank H o ld in g C o m p a n y A ct Charles Stewart Mott Foundation, Flint, Michigan Order Approving Exemption of Nonbanking Activities of Bank Holding Company Charles Stewart Mott Foundation ( “ A ppli cant” ), Flint, Michigan, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act with respect to The W ayne Oakland Bank ( “ Bank” ), Royal Oak, M ichigan, has applied to the Board of Governors, pursuant to section 4(d) of the Act (12 U .S .C . § 1843(d)), for an exem p tion from the prohibitions of section 4 of the Act (relating to nonbanking activities of, and acquisi tions by, a bank holding company). N otice of receipt of the application, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit com ments regarding this application, has been pub lished in the Federal Register (44 Federal Register 25,692 (1979)). The time for filing comments has expired and the Board has considered the applica tion and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 4(d) of the Act. Section 4(d) of the Act provides that, to the extent such action would not be substantially at variance with the purposes of the Act and subject to such conditions as the Board considers neces sary to protect the public interest, the Board may grant an exemption from the prohibitions in section 4 of the Act to a bank holding company that controlled one bank prior to July 1, 1968, and has not thereafter acquired the control of any other bank, in order (1) to avoid disrupting business relationships that have existed over a long period of years without adversely affecting the banks or communities involved, (2) to avoid forced sales of small locally owned banks to purchasers not similarly representative of community interests, or Law Department (3) to allow retention of banks that are so small in relation to the holding com pany’s total interests and so small in relation to the banking market to be served as to m inimize the likelihood that the bank’s powers to grant or deny credit may be influenced by a desire to further the holding com pany’s other interests. Applicant is a charitable foundation established in 1926 by Charles Stewart Mott, to fund educa tional and religious programs and to promote the public welfare. Applicant has investment interests in several banking and nonbanking companies, but it holds more than five percent of the voting shares of only two organizations: a 24.9 percent interest in United States Sugar Corporation ( “ U S S ” ), Clewiston, Florida, which is engaged primarily in growing sugar cane and raising cattle, and a 55 percent interest in Bank. Bank’s predecessors survived the bank failures of the 1930’s, partially as a result of the efforts of Mr. Mott. These predecessor institutions were merged in the early 1940’s, and Applicant has owned a majority of Bank’s shares since 1944, a period of affiliation comprehended by section 4(d)(1) of the Act. With deposits of approximately $374 m illion as of June 30, 1978, Bank is the ninth largest bank located in the Detroit banking m arket1 and holds about two percent of the aggre gate deposits in commercial banks in that market. Bank appears to be in satisfactory condition, its management capable, and its prospects good. The Board has found no evidence that the ow n ership and control of Bank by Applicant has had an adverse effect on Bank or the communities involved. Rather it appears that Applicant has undertaken substantial charitable endeavors in the areas of education, religion, and public welfare for the benefit of those communities and the United States generally. For exam ple, between 1967 and 1977, Applicant made charitable grants totaling approximately $165 m illion. Moreover, to assist in Bank’s growth and to strengthen its capital position, Applicant approved Bank’s policy of not paying cash dividends, a policy that continued for approximately 30 years. At the time Applicant acquired it, Bank’s total assets were $17 m illion, and its capital and reserves approximated $750,000. By 1978, Bank’s total assets had grown to $425 m illion and its capital and reserves exceeded $30 m illion. Applicant has maintained substantial 1. This market is approxim ated by all o f M acom b, Oakland, and W ayne C ounties and portions o f the five surrounding counties o f St. Clair, Lapeer, L ivingston, W ashtenaw , and M onroe. 779 demand deposits with Bank, but neither Applicant nor USS has ever borrowed from Bank. There is no evidence of any misuse of Bank by Applicant, nor any evidence to suggest that the continued ownership of Bank by Applicant will jeopardize the financial soundness of Bank. As stated, Bank controls about two percent of the aggregate deposits in the Detroit banking mar ket. Applicant’s total assets of approximately $396 million are smaller than those of Bank, and by this standard, Bank cannot be said to be small in relation to Applicant. However, the Board notes that Applicant’s investment in Bank constitutes 3.3 percent of its total investments, and its income from Bank in 1977 approximated 2.5 percent of its total incom e.2 On the basis of the entire record, the Board concludes that the business relationships between Applicant and Bank have existed over a long period of years without adversely affecting the banks or communities involved, and it appears unlikely that Bank’s powers to grant or deny credit would be influenced by a desire to further Appli cant’s other interests. Granting an exemption to Applicant would not be substantially at variance with the purposes of the Act nor adverse to the public interest; and an exemption is warranted under the provisions of section 4(d) of the Act. Accordingly, an exemption pursuant to section 4(d) of the Act is hereby granted subject to the condition that this determination may be revoked if the facts upon which it is based change in any material respect. Further, the provision of any credit, property, or service by Applicant or any subsidiary thereof shall not be subject to any condition which, if imposed by a bank, would constitute an unlawful tie-in arrangement under section 106 of the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments of 1970. This determination is sub ject to the Board’s authority to require modifi cation or termination of the activities of Applicant or any of its nonbanking subsidiaries as the Board finds necessary to assure compliance with the provisions and purposes of the Act and the Board’s regulations and orders issued thereunder, or to prevent evasions thereof. 2. A lthough as a general rule it may not be appropriate to grant a section 4(d) exem ption to a bank holding com pany that controls a bank as large as Bank in absolute terms, A pplicant’s charitable nature and its exem plary record vis a vis Bank persuade the Board that B ank’s size should not bar the granting of an exem ption in this case. M oreover, the Board notes that as a private foundation, A pplicant’s activities and investm ents are substantially lim ited by provisions of the Internal R evenue C ode. 780 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 GATX Corporation (formerly General Ameri can Transportation Corporation), Chicago, Illinois ( “ G A T X ” ) has requested a prior certification pur suant to section 6158(a) of the Internal Revenue Code ( “ C ode” ), as amended by section 3(a) of the Bank Holding Company Tax Act of 1976 ( “ Tax A ct” ), that its proposed sale of 582,591 shares of common stock ( “ Bank Shares” ) of La Salle National Bank, Chicago, Illinois (“ Bank” ), to A .B .N .-Stichting, a w holly-owned subsidiary of Algamene Bank Nederland, both of Amster dam, The Netherlands (together referred to as “ A B N ” ) for cash, is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the policies of the Bank Holding Com pany Act (12 U .S .C . § 1842 et seq.) ( “ BHC A ct” ). In connection with this request, the follow ing information is deemed relevant for purposes of issuing the requested certification:1 1. GATX is a corporation organized on July 5, 1916, under the laws of the State of N ew York. 2. On November 20, 1968, GATX completed an exchange offer whereby it acquired ownership and control of 614,243 shares, representing 91 per cent of the outstanding voting shares, of Bank. On July 1, 1969, GATX completed a second exchange offer whereby it acquired ownership and control of an additional 68,838 shares of Bank, thereby increasing its percentage of ownership in Bank to 99 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank. 3. GATX became a bank holding company on December 31, 1970, as a result of the 1970 Amendments to the BHC Act, by virtue of its ownership and control at that time of more than 25 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank, and it registered as such with the Board on November 8, 1971. GATX would have been a bank holding company on July 7, 1970, if the BHC Act Amendments of 1970 had been in effect on such date, by virtue of its ownership and control on that date of more than 25 percent of the out standing voting shares of Bank. GATX presently owns and controls 582,591 shares, representing 84 percent of the outstanding voting shares, of Bank.2 4. GATX holds property acquired by it on or before July 7, 1940, the disposition of which would be necessary or appropriate under section 4 of the BHC Act if GATX were to remain a bank holding company beyond December 31, 1980, and which property is “ prohibited property” within the meaning of section 1103(c) of the Code. 5. On March 31, 1971, GATX filed with the Board an irrevocable declaration pursuant to sec tion 225.4(d) of the Board’s Regulation Y that it would cease to be a bank holding company prior to January 1, 1981, by divesting itself of all of its interest in Bank. In accordance with that portion of the regulation and G A T X ’s commitment, GATX has been permitted to expand its nonbank ing activities without seeking the Board’s prior approval. 6. GATX has committed to the Board that no person holding an office or position (including an advisory or honorary position) with GATX or any of its subsidiaries as a director, policy-making em ployee or consultant, or who performs (directly, or through an agent, representative or nominee) functions comparable to those normally associated with such office or position, will hold any such office or position or perform any such function with Bank or A BN . GATX has further committed that the officers of GATX presently serving as directors of Bank will terminate their positions with Bank. On the basis of the foregoing information, it is hereby certified that: (A) GATX is a qualified bank holding corpora tion within the meaning of section 1103(b) of the 1. This inform ation derives from G A T X ’s correspondence with the Board concerning its request for this certification, G A T X ’s R egistration Statem ent filed with the Board pursuant to the B H C A ct, and other records o f the Board. 2. On February 2 1 , 1978, the Board issued a prior certifi cation pursuant to the Tax A ct relating to the sale by G A T X of 100 ,0 0 0 shares of the stock of Bank on N ovem ber 30 , 1973. The instant certification relates to the divestiture by G A T X of all o f its rem aining interest in Bank. By order of the Board of Governors, effective August 6, 1979. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Governors Wallich, Partee, Teeters, and Rice. Absent and not voting: Chairman Miller and Governor Coldwell. (Signed) [s e a l ] C ertificatio n G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. P ursuant H o ld in g C o m p a n y Ta x A to c t of the B ank 1976 GATX Corporation, Chicago, Illinois Prior Certification Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Tax A ct of 1976 [Docket No. TCR 76-102] Law Department Code, and satisfies the requirements of that sec tion; (B) Bank Shares covered by the instant request are part of the property by reason of which GATX controls (within the meaning of section 2(a) of the BHC Act) a bank; and (C) the sale of such shares is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the policies of the BHC Act. This certification is based upon the repre sentations and commitments made to the Board by GATX and upon the facts set forth above. In the event the Board should determine that facts Orders A pproved 781 material to this certification are otherwise than as represented by G ATX, or that GATX has failed to disclose to the Board other material facts or to fulfill any commitments made to the Board in connection herewith, it may revoke the certifi cation. By order of the Board of Governors, acting through its Acting General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority (12 C .F .R . 265.2(b )(3)), ef fective August 13, 1979. (Signed) [s e a l ] Un d e r B a n k H o ld in g C o m p a n y A G r if f it h L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary of the Board. ct B y the B oard of Governors During August 1979 the Board of Governors approved the applications listed below . Copies are available upon request to Publications Services, D ivision of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System , W ashington, D .C . 20551. Section 3 Applicant Bank(s) Akron Financial, Inc., Akron, Indiana Apple wood Bankcorp, Inc., Wheat Ridge, Colorado First Alabama Bancshares, Inc., M ontgomery, Alabama First Security Corporation, Salt Lake City, Utah Frankfort Bancorporation, Inc., West Frankfort, Illinois Gibson Investment Company, Gibson, Iowa Goodenow Bancorporation, Wall Lake, Iowa Kupka’s, Inc., Traer, Iowa Southern Bancorporation of Alabama, Birmingham, Alabama Stanley Bancorporation, Inc., Stanley, W isconsin TALEN, IN C ., Edgerton, W isconsin Texas American Bancshares, Inc., Fort Worth, Texas Tuscumbia Bancshares, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri Akron Exchange State Bank, Akron, Indiana Bank of Apple wood, Wheat Ridge, Colorado The Conecuh County Bank, Evergreen, Alabama First Security Bank of Richfield, N .A ., Richfield, Utah The Bank of W est Frankfort West Frankfort, Illinois Gibson Savings Bank, Gibson, Iowa Wall Lake Savings Bank, Wall Lake, Iowa The First Community Bank and Trust, Traer, Iowa First National Bank of Etowah County, Attalla, Alabama Farmers and Merchants State Bank, Stanley, W isconsin First State Bank of Edgerton, Edgerton, W isconsin Fredericksburg National Bank, Fredericksburg, Texas Bank of Tuscumbia, Tuscumbia, Missouri Board action (effective date) August 20, 1979 August 3, 1979 August 20, 1979 August 27, 1979 August 24, 1979 August 9, 1979 August 28, 1979 August 20, 1979 August 31, 1979 August 3, 1979 August 8, 1979 August 10, 1979 August 6, 1979 782 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 Section 4 Nonbanking company (or activity) Applicant Rainier Bancorporation, Seattle, Washington Swift County Financial Corporation, Benson, Minnesota W esbanco, Inc., W heeling, West Virginia Effective date Insurance agency activities August 31, 1979 Swift County Agricultural Credit Association, Benson, Minnesota Ohio Valley Finance Company, W heeling, West Virginia August 13, 1979 August 31, 1979 B y Federal R eserve Banks Recent applications have been approved by the Federal Reserve Banks as listed below . Copies of the orders are available upon request to the Reserve Banks. Section 3 Applicant Bank(s) First International Bancshares, Inc., Dallas, Texas National City Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio Valley Bancorporation, Appleton, W isconsin San Jacinto State Bank, Pasadena, Texas The Fairfield National Bank, Lancaster, Ohio The W isconsin National Bank in Watertown, Watertown, W isconsin Orders A erger pproved Under B a n k M Applicant A Reserve Bank Dallas August 15, 1979 Cleveland August 23, 1979 Chicago August 16, 1979 ct Bank(s) Reserve Bank Western Reserve Bank of Portage Cleveland Cortland Savings & Banking County, Windham, Ohio Company, Cortland, Ohio The Union Savings Bank and Trust Scio Bank Company, Cleveland Scio, Ohio Company, Steubenville, Ohio Effective date Effective date August 14, 1979 August 27, 1979 Law Department P e n d i n g C a s e s In v o l v i n g the B oard of G overnors Does not include suits against the Federal Reserve Banks in which the Board of Governors is not named a party. Donald W. R iegel , Ir. v. Federal Open Market Committee, filed July 1979, U .S .D .C . for the District of Columbia. Connecticut Bankers Association, e ta l., v. Board of Governors, filed May 1979, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Ella lackson et al., v. Board of Governors, filed May 1979, U .S .C .A . for the Fifth Circuit. Memphis Trust Company v. Board of Governors, filed May 1979, U .S .C . A. for the Sixth Circuit. U.S. Labor Party v. Board of Governors, filed April 1979, U .S .C .A . for the Second Circuit. U.S. Labor Party v. Board of Governors, filed April 1979, U .S .C .A . for the Second Circuit. Independent Insurance Agents of America, et a l., v. Board of Governors, filed May 1979, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Independent Insurance Agents of Am erica, et a l., v. Board of Governors, filed April 1979, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Independent Insurance Agents of America, et a l . , v. Board of Governors, filed March 1979, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Credit and Commerce American Investment, et al., v. Board of Governors, filed March 1979, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Consumers Union of the United States, v. G. William Miller, et al., filed December 1978, U .S .D .C . for the District of Columbia. Manchester-Tower Grove Community Organi zation/ACORN v. Board of Governors, filed 783 September 1978, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Beckley v. Board of Governors, filed July 1978, U .S .C .A . for the Northern District of Illinois. Independent Bankers Association of Texas v. First National Bank in Dallas, et a l., filed July 1978, U .S .C .A . for the Northern District of Texas. Mid-Nebraska Bancshares, Inc. v. Board of Gov ernors, filed July 1978, U .S .C .A . for the D is trict of Columbia. United States League of Savings Associations v. Board of Governors, filed May 1978, U .S .D .C . for the District of Columbia. Security Bancorp and Security National Bank v. Board of Governors, filed March 1978, U .S .C .A . for the Ninth Circuit. Wisconsin Bankers Association v. Board of Gov ernors, filed January 1978, U .S .C .A . for the District of Columbia. Vickars-Henry Corp. v. Board of Governors, filed December 1977, U .S .C .A . for the Ninth Cir cuit. Investment Company Institute v. Board of Gover nors, filed September 1977, U .S .D .C . for the District of Columbia. Roberts Farms, Inc. v. Comptroller of the Cur rency, et al., filed November 1975, U .S .D .C . for the Southern District of California. David R. Merrill, et al., v. Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve System, filed May 1975, U .S .D .C . for the District of Colum bia. Al Financial and Business Statistics Contents D o m estic F in an cial S ta tistic s W e e k l y R e po r tin g C om m ercial B a n k s A3 Monetary aggregates and interest rates A4 Factors affecting member bank reserves A5 Reserves and borrowings of member banks A6 Federal funds transactions of money market banks P o l i c y In s t r u m e n t s A8 Federal Reserve Bank interest rates A9 Member bank reserve requirements A 10 Maximum interest rates payable on time and savings deposits at federally insured institutions A ll Federal Reserve open market transactions Fe d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k s Assets and liabilities A20 All reporting banks A21 Banks in New York City A22 Banks outside New York City A23 Balance sheet memoranda A24 Commercial and industrial loans A25 Gross demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations Fi n a n c i a l M arkets A25 Commercial paper and bankers dollar acceptances outstanding A26 Prime rate charged by banks on short-term business loans A26 Terms of lending at commercial banks A27 Interest rates in money and capital markets A28 Stock market— Selected statistics A 12 Condition and Federal Reserve note statements A 13 Maturity distribution of loan and security holdings A29 Savings institutions— Selected assets and liabilities M Fe d e r a l Fin a n c e onetary and C re d it A ggregates A 13 Bank debits and deposit turnover A 14 Money stock measures and components A 15 Aggregate reserves and deposits of member banks A 15 Loans and investments of all commercial banks C o m m ercial B a n k A ssets a n d L iabilitie s A 16 Last-Wednesday-of-month series A17 Call-date series A 18 Detailed balance sheet, September 30, 1978 A30 Federal fiscal and financing operations A31 U.S. budget receipts and outlays A32 Federal debt subject to statutory limitation A32 Gross public debt of U.S. Treasury— Types and ownership A33 U.S. government marketable securities— Ownership, by maturity A34 U.S. government securities dealers— Transactions, positions, and financing A35 Federal and federally sponsored credit agencies— Debt outstanding A2 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 S e c u r itie s M arkets a n d C o r p o r a t e Fi n a n c e A36 New security issues— State and local governments and corporations A37 Open-end investment companies— Net sales and asset position A37 Corporate profits and their distribution A38 Nonfinancial corporations— Assets and liabilities A38 Business expenditures on new plant and equipment A39 Domestic finance companies— Assets and liabilities; business credit R eal Estate A40 Mortgage markets A41 Mortgage debt outstanding C o n s u m e r In s t a l l m e n t C r e d it A42 Total outstanding and net change A43 Extensions and liquidations I n te r n a tio n a l S ta tis tic s A54 U.S. international transactions— Summary A55 U.S. foreign trade A55 U.S. reserve assets A56 Foreign branches of U.S. banks— Balance sheet data A58 Selected U.S. liabilities to foreign official institutions R eported by Banks in the U n it e d S tates A58 A59 A61 A62 Liabilities to and claims on foreigners Liabilities to foreigners Banks’ own claims on foreigners Banks’ own and domestic customers’ claims on foreigners A62 Banks’ own claims on unaffiliated foreigners A63 Claims on foreign countries— Combined domestic offices and foreign branches S e c u r itie s H o l d in g s and Tra n sa c t io n s A44 Funds raised in U.S. credit markets A45 Direct and indirect sources of funds to credit markets A64 Marketable U.S. Treasury bonds and notes— Foreign holdings and transactions A64 Foreign official assets held at Federal Reserve Banks A65 Foreign transactions in securities D o m e stic N o n fin an cial S ta tistic s R eported A46 Nonfinancial business activity— Selected measures A46 Output, capacity, and capacity utilization A47 Labor force, employment, and unemployment A48 Industrial production— Indexes and gross value A50 Housing and construction A51 Consumer and wholesale prices A52 Gross national product and income A53 Personal income and saving E n terprises Fl o w of F unds N by in o n b a n k in g the B usiness Un it e d S tates A66 Liabilities to unaffiliated foreigners A67 Claims on unaffiliated foreigners In t e r e s t and E xc h a n g e R ates A68 Discount rates of foreign central banks A68 Foreign short-term interest rates A69 Guide to Tabular Presentation and Statistical Releases Domestic Financial Statistics A3 1.10 MONETARY AGGREGATES AND INTEREST RATES 1979 1979 1978 Item Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 Mar. Apr. May June July Monetary and credit aggregates (annual rates o f change, seasonally adjusted in percent)13 1 2 3 4 Member bank reserves Total................................................................................................ Required......................................................................................... Nonborrowed................................................................................ Monetary base1............................................................................ 8 .6 8 .6 6 .6 9 .3 2 .3 2.1 4 .6 8.4 - 2 .9 -2 .8 -3 .3 5.7 -4 .9 -4 .8 -8 .8 4 .0 1.8 3.3 1.3 4 .6 -4 .9 -5 .5 -2 .9 4.9 -4 .9 - 3 .9 -3 0 .6 3.1 -1 .8 -4 .1 8.9 6.1 12.0 12.3 20.0 10.9 5 6 7 8 Concepts o f money 2 M -l.................................................................................................. M-1 + ......................................................................... ..................... M -2.................................................................................................. M-3................................................................................................... 7.9 6.1 9 .8 10.3 4.1 2 .7 7 .6 9 .3 - 2 .1 - 5 .0 1.8 4 .7 7.6 3.6 8.6 7.9 1.3 -1 .0 3.8 6.2 17.7 11.4 14.1 10.5 .7 -2 .3 5.4 4.9 14.8 12.1 14.2 11.9 10.1 10.0 12.7 11.3 Time and savings deposits Commercial banks 9 Total............................................................................................ 10 Savings........................................................................................ 11 Other time.................................................................................. 12 Thrift institutions 3.............................................. ......................... 11.3 2.9 17.9 11.1 12.3 0 .2 18.2 11.6 8.4 -9 .6 15.6 8.8 1.2 -3 .1 18.5 6.8 - 1 .4 -4 .9 13.6 9 .5 2.1 0 19.8 5.6 - 1 .4 -7 .2 19.9 4.1 .8 7.8 17.6 8.8 12.2 9 .4 18.1 9 .3 13 Total loans and investments at commercial banks4............. r13.3 *■12.7 *■13.2 rl l . 9 r7.3 *■14.1 *■8.3 *•13.0 13.2 1979 1978 Q4 Ql 1979 Q2 Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Interest rates (levels, percent per annum) Short-term rates 15 Federal Reserve discount6 ......................................................... 16 Treasury bills (3-month market yield)7 ................................... 17 Commercial paper (90- to 119-day)7.8.................................... 9.58 9.09 8.57 9.83 10.07 9.50 9.38 10.04 10.18 9.50 9.38 9.85 10.09 9 .50 9.48 9.90 10.01 9 .50 9.46 9.85 10.24 9.50 9.61 9.95 10.29 9.50 9.06 9.76 10.47 9.69 9.24 9.87 10.94 10.24 9 .52 10.43 Long-term rates Bonds U.S. government9..................................................................... State and local government10.............................................. Aaa utility (new issue)11........................................................ 8.78 6.28 9.23 9.03 6.37 9.58 9.08 6.22 9.66 9.08 6.33 9.62 9.12 6.29 9.70 9.21 6.25 9.83 8.91 6.13 9.50 8.92 6.13 9.58 8.97 6.20 9.48 21 Conventional mortgages12......................................................... 10.12 10.33 10.35 10.35 10.55 10.80 10.90 10.95 11.10 18 19 20 1. Includes total reserves (member bank reserve balances in the current week plus vault cash held two weeks earlier); currency outside the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks and the vaults o f commercial banks; and vault cash o f nonmember banks. 2. M -l equals currency plus private demand deposits adjusted. M -l-f equals M -l plus savings deposits at commercial banks, NOW accounts at banks and thrift institutions, credit union share draft ac counts, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. M-2 equals M -l plus bank time and savings deposits other than large negotiable certificates o f deposit (CDs). M-3 equals M-2 plus deposits at mutual savings banks, savings and loan associations, and credit union shares. 3. Savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, and credit unions. 4. Quarterly changes calculated from figures shown in table 1.23. 5. Seven-day averages o f daily effective rates (average o f the rates on a given date weighted by the volume o f transactions at those rates). 6. Rate for the Federal Reserve Bank o f New York. 7. Quoted on a bank-discount basis. 8. Beginning Nov. 1977, unweighted average o f offering rates quoted by at least five dealers. Previously, most representative rate quoted by these dealers. 9. Market yields adjusted to a 20-year maturity by the U.S. Treasury. 10. Bond Buyer series for 20 issues o f mixed quality. 11. Weighted averages o f new publicly offered bonds rated Aaa, Aa, and A by M oody’s Investors Service and adjusted to an Aaa basis. Federal Reserve compilations. 12. Average rates on new commitments for conventional first mortgages on new homes in primary markets, unweighted and rounded to nearest 5 basis points, from Dept, o f Housing and Urban Development. 13. Unless otherwise noted, rates o f change are calculated from average amounts outstanding in preceding month or quarter. Growth rates for member bank reserves are adjusted for discontinuities in series that result from changes in Regulations D and M. A4 D om estic Financial Statistics □ Septem ber 1979 1.11 FACTORS AFFECTING MEMBER BANK RESERVES Millions o f dollars Monthly averages o f daily figures Weekly averages o f daily figures for weeks ending— 1979 1979 Factors June July Aug.p July 18 July 25 Aug.l Aug. 8 Aug. 15 Aug. 22? Aug. 29 ? 1 Reserve Bank credit outstanding......... 129,035 131,585 131,497 132,930 131,745 131,272 129,831 131,144 132,470 131,894 2 U.S. government securities i ............... 3 Bought outright................................. 4 Held under repurchase agree ments ............................................... 5 Federal agency securities..................... 6 Bought outright................................. 7 Held under repurchase agree ments ............................................... 106,865 105,825 109,921 108,673 111,639 111,044 110,986 109,382 110,338 108,848 111,103 110,321 110,105 110,008 110,829 110,362 112,394 111,446 112,887 111,967 1,040 7,788 7,537 1,248 8,377 7,854 595 8,519 8,243 1,604 8,572 7,761 1,490 8,512 7,761 782 8,553 8,243 97 8,267 8,243 467 8,366 8,243 948 8,729 8,243 920 8,757 8,243 S upplying R eserve F unds 251 523 276 811 751 310 24 123 486 514 Acceptances............................................ Loans....................................................... Float......................................................... Other Federal Reserve assets............. 310 1,396 6,383 6,293 717 1,179 5,758 5,633 388 1,097 4,940 4,915 711 1,182 5,575 5,904 940 1,292 5,154 5,509 834 946 4,575 5,261 73 762 5,214 5,410 411 1,023 5,241 5,274 572 1,386 4,861 4,527 429 1,116 4,228 4,475 12 Gold stock.............................................. 13 Special drawing rights certificate 11,328 11,299 11,266 11,291 11,291 11,291 11,286 11,259 11,259 11,259 14 Treasury currency outstanding........... 1,800 12,357 1,800 12,446 1,800 12,529 1,800 12,448 1,800 12,456 1,800 12,486 1,800 12,488 1,800 12,501 1,800 12,551 1,800 12,564 115,819 369 117,701 335 118,244 265 118,082 353 117,480 320 117,371 282 117,962 265 118,512 267 118,362 266 118,051 265 3,271 284 661 3,303 288 761 3,021 294 634 3,307 279 857 3,182 248 826 3,095 282 716 2,719 306 677 2,957 294 608 3,183 293 562 2,986 277 607 8 9 10 11 A bsorbing R eserve F unds 15 Currency in circulation........................ 16 Treasury cash holdings......................... Deposits, other than member bank reserves, with Federal Reserve Banks 17 Treasury................................................... 18 Foreign..................................................... 19 Other........................................................ 20 Other Federal Reserve liabilities and capital................................................... 21 Member bank reserves with Federal Reserve Banks.................................... 4,294 4,551 4,572 4,510 4,618 4,917 4,189 4,387 4,718 4,856 29,822 30,191 30,062 31,082 30,616 30,185 29,286 29,680 30,696 30,476 End-of-month figures Wednesday figures 1979 1979 June July Aug.? July 18 July 25 Aug. 1 Aug. 8 Aug. 15 Aug. 22^ Aug. 29* 130,972 131,474 132,213 135,755 129,946 131,822 127,243 131,667 131,097 135,828 109,737 106,432 111,445 109,366 113,027 112,635 111,387 109,265 108,104 107,383 110,290 110,015 105,579 105,579 109,801 109,801 111,222 111,222 115,135 113,028 3,305 8,587 7,761 2,079 8,881 8,243 392 8,395 8,242 2,122 8,599 7,761 721 8,482 7,761 275 8,409 8,243 0 8,243 8,243 0 8,243 8,243 0 8,243 8,243 2,107 8,999 8,242 Supplying R eserve Funds 23 U.S. government securities 1............... 24 Bought outright................................. 25 Held under repurchase agree ments. ............................................ 26 Federal agency securities..................... 27 Bought outright................................. 28 Held under repurchase agree ments ............................................... 826 638 153 838 721 166 0 0 0 757 Acceptances............................................ Loans....................................................... Float......................................................... Other Federal Reserve assets............. 1,400 1,558 3,924 5,766 1,159 852 3,896 5,241 475 1,572 4,123 4,621 1,064 1,501 7,434 5,770 824 1,168 6,086 5,282 588 1,348 5,719 5,468 0 887 7,082 5,452 0 2,707 6,456 4,460 0 1,509 5,649 4,474 699 917 5,498 4,580 33 Gold stock.............................................. 34 Special drawing rights certificate account................................................ 35 Treasury currency outstanding........... 11,323 11,290 11,259 11,291 11,291 11,290 11,260 11,259 11,259 11,259 1,800 12,525 1,800 12,599 1,800 12,600 1,800 12,456 1,800 12,456 1,800 12,475 1,800 12,493 1,800 12,521 1,800 12,560 1,800 12,589 116,575 370 117,896 262 118,786 272 118,089 343 117,587 311 117,864 257 118,607 265 118,834 268 118,427 264 118,708 272 3,290 326 813 2,765 373 636 3,542 325 663 3,668 269 656 2,336 239 675 4,012 226 1,161 2,498 258 644 3,805 312 674 2,851 262 534 3,176 308 541 29 30 31 32 A bsorbing R eserve F unds 36 Currency in circulation........................ 37 Treasury cash holdings......................... Deposits, other than member bank reserves, with Federal Reserve Banks 38 Treasury................................................... 39 Foreign..................................................... 40 Other......................................................... 41 Other Federal Reserve liabilities and capital................................................... 42 Member bank reserves with Federal Reserve Banks.................................... 4,836 4,951 4,876 4,491 4,741 4,938 4,272 4,510 4,717 4,993 30,407 30,279 29,407 33,785 29,604 28,929 26,252 28,844 29,661 33,479 1. Includes securities loaned—fully guaranteed by U.S. government N ote. For amounts o f currency and coin held as reserves, see table securities pledged with Federal Reserve Banks—and excludes (if any) 1.12. securities sold and scheduled to be bought back under matched salepurchase transactions. Member Banks 1.12 RESERVES AND BORROWINGS A5 Member Banks Millions o f dollars Monthly averages o f daily figures 1979 1978 Reserve classification Nov. 1 2 3 5 All member banks Reserves At Federal Reserve Banks............... Currency and co in ............................ Total held i .......................................... Excess1............................................ Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug.® 29,853 9,794 39,728 39,423 305 31,158 10,330 41,572 41,447 125 31,935 11,093 43,167 42,865 302 30,485 10,074 40,703 40,494 209 30,399 9,776 40,316 40,059 257 30,675 9,737 40,546 40,548 -2 30,208 10,044 40,382 40,095 287 29,822 10,154 40,105 39,884 221 30,191 10,552 40,900 40,710 190 30,062 10,521 40,738 40,502 236 722 185 874 134 994 112 973 114 999 121 897 134 1,777 173 1,396 188 1,179 168 1,097 176 6,682 6,658 24 48 7,120 7,243 -1 2 3 99 7,808 7,690 118 117 6,995 6,976 19 0 6,892 6,845 47 45 6,804 6,837 -3 3 61 6,658 6,544 114 150 6,346 6,415 -6 9 78 6,605 6,586 19 97 6,358 6,427 -6 9 79 1,791 1,765 26 4 1,907 1,900 7 10 2,011 2,010 1 23 1,824 1,823 1 10 1,822 1,809 13 26 1,801 1,824 -2 3 18 1,730 1,712 18 60 1,726 1,697 29 64 1,709 1,713 -4 45 1,731 1,706 25 7 15,547 15,447 100 194 16,446 16,342 104 276 16,942 16,923 19 269 16,055 16,018 37 275 15,844 15,802 42 215 15,948 16,014 -6 6 271 15,926 15,893 33 721 15,989 15,877 112 586 16,374 16,339 35 517 16,216 16,327 -1 1 1 481 15,708 15,553 155 476 16,099 15,962 137 489 16,406 16,242 164 585 15,829 15,677 152 688 15,758 15,603 155 713 15,993 15,873 120 547 16,068 15,946 122 846 16,044 15,895 149 668 16,212 16,072 140 520 16,108 16,042 66 530 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks2 7 Seasonal.............................................. Large banks in New York City Large banks in Chicago Other large banks A ll other banks 20 Reserves held.......................................... 22 Excess................................................... Weekly averages o f daily figures for weeks ending 1979 June 27 29 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks 2 Total..................................................... Large banks in New York City July 18 July 25 Aug. 1 Aug. 8 Aug. 15 29.942 10,110 40,181 40,030 151 30,885 10,439 41,448 40,802 646 28,614 10,736 39,476 39,513 -3 7 31,082 10,334 41,572 41,205 367 30,616 10,427 41,200 41,214 -1 4 30,185 10,804 41,146 40,856 290 29,286 10,813 40,256 40,115 141 29,680 10,888 40,727 40,428 299 30,696 9,848 40,695 40,670 25 30,476 10,473 41,102 40,750 352 1,586 194 1,677 186 941 162 1,182 160 1,292 167 946 173 762 176 1,023 169 1,386 175 1,116 185 6,334 6,301 33 59 6,717 6,657 60 416 6,201 6,264 -6 3 39 6,931 6,868 63 54 6,573 6,624 -5 1 7 6,608 6,544 64 0 6,349 6,323 26 24 6,482 6,489 -7 209 6,386 6,448 -6 2 14 6,461 6,418 43 50 1,755 1,737 18 185 1,656 1,645 11 0 1,789 1,782 7 0 1,735 1,743 -8 7 1,691 1,663 28 64 1,694 1,691 3 0 1,761 1,749 12 0 1,891 1,696 195 0 1,690 1,687 3 29 16,008 16,003 5 676 All member banks Reserves At Federal Reserve Banks............... Currency and co in ............................ Total held i .......................................... Required.......................................... Excess1............................................ July 11 1,615 1,600 15 105 24 25 26 27 28 July 4 16,535 16,274 261 476 15,788 15,864 —76 485 16,700 16,561 139 642 16,479 16,524 -4 5 694 16,478 16,438 40 308 16,170 16,181 -1 1 256 16,388 16,297 91 360 16,089 16,395 -3 0 6 848 16,352 16,447 -9 5 430 16,224 16,126 98 746 16,441 16,134 307 600 15,831 15,740 91 417 16,152 15,994 158 486 16,413 16,323 90 584 16,369 16,211 158 574 16,043 15,920 123 482 16,096 15,893 203 454 16,062 16,131 -6 9 524 16,295 16,198 97 607 Large banks in Chicago Other large banks All other banks 43 Reserves held.......................................... 45 Excess................................................... 1. Adjusted to include waivers o f penalties for reserve deficiencies in accordance with Board policy, effective Nov. 19, 1975, o f permitting transitional relief on a graduated basis over a 24-month period when a nonmember bank merges into an existing member bank, or when a Aug. 22p Aug. 29* nonmember bank joins the Federal Reserve System. For weeks for which figures are preliminary, figures by class o f bank do not add to total because adjusted data by class are not available, 2. Based on closing figures. A6 D om estic Financial Statistics □ Septem ber 1979 1.13 FEDERAL FUNDS TRANSACTIONS Money Market Banks Millions o f dollars, except as noted 1979, week ending Wednesday Type July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 Aug. 1 Aug. 8 Aug. 15 Aug. 22 Aug. 29 Total, 46 banks Basic reserve position 1 Excess reserves1.................................... Less: 2 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks................................................... 3 N et interbank federal funds transactions........................................ Equals : Net surplus, or deficit ( —) 4 Amount.................................................. 5 Percent o f average required reserves............................................... 6 7 8 9 10 Interbank federal funds transactions Gross transactions Purchases........................................... Sales.................................................... Two-way transactions2 ....................... Net transactions Purchases o f net buying banks..., Sales o f net selling banks.............. Related transactions with U.S. government securities dealers 11 Loans to dealers 3......................... 12 Borrowings from dealers4 ......... 13 Net loans........................................ 297 -3 1 101 -4 1 58 69 82 39 173 828 285 137 342 173 64 238 318 174 19,195 23,670 20,926 20,175 18,066 22,235 21,508 20,972 17,549 -1 9 ,7 2 6 -2 3 ,9 8 6 -2 0 ,9 6 2 -2 0 ,5 5 8 -1 8 ,1 8 1 -2 2 ,2 3 1 -2 1 ,6 6 3 -2 1 ,2 5 1 -1 7 ,5 4 9 115.5 145.5 118.4 118.7 106.2 132.3 126.4 124.6 102.8 29,014 9,819 6,716 31,723 8,053 6,786 29,583 8,657 6,378 27,484 7,308 6,372 26,167 8,101 6,312 29,858 7,623 6,386 30,034 8,527 6,075 28,941 7,969 5,846 26,823 9,275 6,460 22,298 3,102 24,937 1,267 23,205 2,280 21,112 937 19,854 1,789 23,473 1,237 23,959 2,452 23,095 2,123 20,346 2,815 3,628 1,868 1,760 4,919 1,344 3,575 2,738 1,843 895 2,492 2,088 404 2,529 2,146 383 3,959 1,814 2,144 2,730 1,883 847 3,246 2,240 1,007 2,646 1,980 666 17 39 85 8 banks in New York City Basic reserve position 14 Excess reserves1.................................... L ess: 15 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks................................................... 16 Net interbank federal funds transactions........................................ E q u a l s : Net surplus, or deficit ( —) 17 Am ount................................................... 18 Percent o f average required reserves............................................... Interbank federal funds transactions Gross transactions 19 Purchases............................................ 20 Sales.................................................... 21 Two-way transactions2 ....................... 63 -6 35 -4 2 7 47 413 29 54 7 0 0 205 14 0 5,833 7,082 4,159 5,383 5,412 6,539 5,505 5,378 3,675 -6 ,1 8 3 - 7 ,1 1 6 - 4 ,1 7 8 -5 ,4 3 2 -5 ,4 0 5 - 6 ,4 9 2 - 5 ,6 9 3 - 5 ,3 5 3 -3 ,5 9 1 103.5 126.5 67.9 91.6 92.0 114.0 97.5 92.0 62.0 6,999 1,166 1,057 7,905 823 823 6,252 2,093 1,052 6,497 1.114 1.114 6,359 946 947 7,453 914 914 6,509 1.004 1.005 6,225 847 847 5,174 1,499 1,336 5,942 109 7,082 0 5,200 1,041 5,383 0 5,412 0 6,539 0 5,505 0 5,377 0 3,838 163 2,165 628 1,537 3,478 633 2,844 1,652 686 966 1,630 632 999 1,613 727 886 2,735 783 1,952 1,732 823 909 2,199 667 1,532 1,615 789 826 66 0 89 N e t tra n s a c tio n s 22 23 Purchases o f net buying banks.. .. Sales o f net selling banks............... Related transactions with U.S. government securities dealers 24 Loans to dealers 3........................... 25 Borrowings from dealers4 ........... 26 Net loans.......................................... 38 banks outside New York City Basic reserve position 234 -2 5 66 1 50 22 L ess: 28 Borrowings at Federal Reserve 29 Net interbank federal funds transactions.......................................... E q u a l s : Net surplus, or deficit ( —) 30 Amount..................................................... 31 Percent o f average required Interbank federal funds transactions Gross transactions 34 Two-way transactions2 ......................... N et transactions 35 Purchases o f net buying banks........ 36 Sales o f net selling banks................. Related transactions with U.S. government securities dealers 37 Loans to dealers 3.................................... For notes see end o f table. 416 256 84 335 173 64 33 304 174 13,362 16,588 16,767 14,792 12,654 15,696 16,003 15,595 13,874 -1 3 ,5 4 3 -1 6 ,8 6 9 -1 6 ,7 8 4 -1 5 ,1 2 6 -1 2 ,7 7 7 -1 5 ,7 3 9 -1 5 ,9 7 0 -1 5 ,8 9 8 -1 3 ,9 5 8 121.9 155.3 145.4 132.7 113.7 141.6 141.4 141.4 123.7 22,015 8,653 5,659 23,819 7,231 5,964 23,331 6,564 5,326 20,986 6,194 5,258 19,808 7,154 5,366 22,405 6,709 5,472 23,525 7,522 5,070 22,716 7,121 4,998 21,649 7,776 5,124 16,356 2,993 17,855 1,267 18,005 1,238 15,729 937 14,442 1,789 16,934 1,237 18,455 2,452 17,718 2,123 16,525 2,652 1,463 1,240 224 1,441 711 731 1,087 1,158 -7 1 861 1,456 -5 9 5 916 1,419 -5 0 2 1,224 1,031 192 998 1,060 -6 3 1,048 1,572 -5 2 5 1,031 1,190 -1 6 0 Federal Funds A7 1.13 Continued 1979, week ending Wednesday Type July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 Aug. 1 Aug. 8 Aug. 15 Aug. 22 Aug. 29 5 banks in City o f Chicago Basic reserve position 40 Excess reserves1.................................... Less: 41 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks................................................... 42 Net interbank federal funds transactions........................................ Equals : Net surplus, or deficit ( —) 43 Amount................................................... 44 Percent o f average required reserves............................................... 71 21 19 2 34 17 17 0 18 181 0 0 7 62 0 0 0 29 6,541 7,965 8,063 6,944 5,968 6,729 8,076 8,130 7,961 - 6 ,6 5 2 - 7 ,9 4 4 -8 ,0 4 5 - 6 ,9 4 9 - 5 ,9 9 6 - 6 ,7 1 3 -8 ,0 5 9 - 8 ,1 3 0 - 7 ,9 7 2 423.0 519.2 483.5 427.5 388.0 426.0 493.7 514.4 507.9 8,033 1,491 1,491 9,327 1,363 1,355 9,280 1,216 1,216 8,252 1,309 1,309 7,377 1,409 1,409 8,308 1,579 1,579 9,314 1,238 1,238 9,535 1,405 1,405 9,073 1,112 1,112 6,541 0 7,972 7 8,063 0 6,944 0 5,968 0 6,729 0 8,076 0 8,130 0 7,961 0 291 89 202 387 28 359 162 55 107 120 8 112 127 54 73 144 6 138 120 6 115 184 42 142 230 81 149 5 49 0 71 Interbank federal funds transactions Gross transactions 45 Purchases............................................ 46 Sales..................................................... 47 Two-way transactions2 ....................... Net transactions 48 Purchases o f net buying banks___ 49 Sales o f net selling banks............... R elated transactions with U.S. government securities dealers 50 Loans to dealers 3.................................. 51 Borrowings from dealers4 ................. 52 Net loans................................................ 33 other banks Basic reserve position 53 Excess reserves1...................................... 163 -4 6 48 -1 16 L ess: 54 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks..................................................... 55 Net interbank federal funds transactions.......................................... E q u a l s : Net surplus, or deficit ( —) 56 Amount..................................................... 57 Percent o f average required reserves................................................. 58 59 60 61 62 Interbank federal funds transactions Gross transactions Purchases.............................................. Sales....................................................... Two-way transactions2 ......................... Net transactions Purchases o f net buying banks........ Sales o f net selling banks................. 234 256 84 328 111 64 33 304 145 6,821 8,623 8,703 7,848 6,686 8,967 7,927 7,465 5,913 - 6 ,8 9 2 - 8 ,9 2 6 - 8 ,7 3 9 -8 ,1 7 8 -6 ,7 8 1 - 9 ,0 2 7 - 7 ,9 1 2 - 7 ,7 6 8 -5 ,9 8 7 72.3 95.7 88.4 83.7 69.6 94.6 81.9 80.4 61.6 13,982 7,161 4,168 14,491 5,868 4,608 14,051 5,348 4,109 12,734 4,886 3,949 12,431 5,746 3,957 14,097 5,130 3,893 14,211 6,284 3,832 13,182 5,717 3,594 12,576 6,664 4,012 9,814 2,993 9,883 1,260 9,942 1,238 8,785 937 8,474 1,789 10,204 1,237 10,379 2,452 9,588 2,123 8,564 2,652 1,172 1,150 22 1,055 683 372 925 1,103 -1 7 8 742 1,448 -7 0 7 789 1,365 -5 7 6 1,080 1,025 55 878 1,055 -1 7 7 864 1,531 -6 6 7 800 1,109 -3 0 9 Related transactions with U.S. government securities dealers 63 Loans to dealers 3.................................... 64 Borrowings from dealers4 .................... 65 Net loans.................................................. 1. Based on reserve balances, including adjustments to include waivers o f penalities for reserve deficiencies in accordance with changes in policy o f the Board o f Governors effective Nov. 19, 1975. 2. Derived from averages for individual banks for entire week. Figure for each bank indicates extent to which the bank’s average purchases and sales are offsetting. 3. Federal funds loaned, net funds supplied to each dealer by clearing banks, repurchase agreements (purchases from dealers subject to resale), or other lending arrangements. 4. Federal funds borrowed, net funds acquired from each dealer by clearing banks, reverse repurchase agreements (sales o f securities to dealers subject to repurchase), resale agreements, and borrowings secured by U.S. government or other securities. N o t e . Weekly averages o f daily figures. For description o f series, see August 1964 B u l l e t i n , pp. 944— Back data for 46 banks appear in 53. the Board’s Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975, table 3. A8 D om estic Financial Statistics □ Septem ber 1979 1.14 FEDERAL RESERVE BANK INTEREST RATES Percent per annum Current and previous levels Loans to member banks Loans to all others under sec. 13, last par.4 Under s€sc. 10(b)2 Under secs. 13 and 13a1 Federal Reserve Bank Regular rate Rate on 8/31/79 Effective date B oston.................... New Y ork............. Philadelphia.......... Cleveland............... Richmond............. Atlanta................... 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 10 10 10 10 10 10 Chicago................. St. Louis................ Minneapolis.......... Kansas City........... D allas..................... San Francisco. . . . 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 8/20/79 10 10 10 10 10 10 Previous rate Rate on 8/31/79 Special rate 3 Effective date Previous rate Rate on 8/31/79 Effective date 11 11 11 11 11 11 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 11 11 11 11 11 11 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 8/20/79 11*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 11*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 8/20/79 Previous rate Rate on 8/31/79 Effective date 11 11 11 11 11 11 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 13 13 13 13 13 13 11 11 11 11 11 11 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 13*4 8/20/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/17/79 8/20/79 8/20/79 13 13 13 13 13 13 Effective date Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks F.R. Bank of N .Y . 1977—Aug. 30................... 31................... Sept. 2 ................... Oct. 26................. 5 %-5 % 5%-5% 5% 5% 1978—Jan. 6-6*4 6 *4 6*4-7 7 7-7% 7% 7% 6*4 6*4 7 7 7% 7% 7% 8-8*4 8*4 8*4-9*4 9*4 8*4 8*4 Previous rate Range o f rates in recent years5 Effective date In effect Dec. 31, 1970., 1971—Jan. 8. 15 19. 22. 29, Feb. 13 19 July 16, Nov. 11. 19. Dec. 13. 17 24. 1973—Jan. Feb. 26. Mar. 2 Apr. 23. May 4. 11. 18. June 11. 15. Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks F.R. Bank of N .Y. 5*4 5% 5%-5*4 5% 5-5% 5% 5% 5% 5 5 5 5-5% 5 4% -5 4% 4% -5 5 4%-5 4% 4*4-4% 4*4-4% 4% 5 5-5 *4 5 *4 5*4-5% 5% 5% -6 6 6-6 Vi 6% 4% 5 5 5 4% 4% 4*4 4*4 5 5*4 5*4 5*4 I* 6 Effective date 1973—July 2. Aug. 14. 23. 7 7-7*4 7*4 F.R. Bank of N .Y. 1974—Apr. 25. 30. Dec. 9. 16. 7*4-8 7% May 1975—Jan. 7%-7% 7*4-7% 7% 6%-7% July 6. 10. 24. Feb. 5. 7. Mar. 10. 14. May 16. 8 7% -8 23. 6% 6%-6% 6% 6-6% 6 19. 23, Nov. 22, 26, 5*4-6 5*4 5%-5*4 5% 1976—Jan. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 9 ................... 20................... 11................... 12................... 3 ................... 10................... 2 1 ................... 2 2 ................... 16................... 20................... 1................... 3................... 6 8 6 8 38 1979—July 20................... Aug. 17................... 2 0 ................... 10 10 10-10*4 10*4 10*4 10*4 In effect Aug. 31, 1979... 10*4 10*4 6*4 6*4 1. Discounts o f eligible paper and advances secured by such paper or by U.S. government obligations or any other obligations eligible for Federal Reserve Bank purchase. 2. Advances secured to the satisfaction o f the Federal Reserve Bank. Advances secured by mortgages on 1- to 4-family residential property are made at the section 13 rate. 3. Applicable to special advances described in section 201.2(e)(2) of Regulation A. Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks 4. Advances to individuals, partnerships, or corporations other than member banks secured by direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government or any agency thereof. 5. Rates under secs. 13 and 13a (as described above). For description and earlier data, see the following publications of the Board o f Governors: Banking and Monetary Statistics. 1914-1941 and 1941-1970; Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975, 1972-1976, and 1973-1977. Policy Instruments A9 1.15 MEMBER BANK RESERVE REQUIREMENTS1 Percent of deposits Requirements in effect August 31, 1979 Type o f deposit, and deposit interval in millions o f dollars Previous requirements Percent Effective date Percent Effective date 7 m ny4 123/4 16V4 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 1 ft 10 12 13 16% 2/13/75 2/13/75 2/13/75 2/13/75 2/13/75 3 3/16/67 3 ft 3/2/67 3 2 ft 1 3/16/67 1/8/76 10/30/75 3 ft 3 3 3/2/67 3/16/67 3/16/67 6 2 ft 1 12/12/74 1/8/76 10/30/75 5 3 3 Net demand2 0 - 2 ................................................................................................................ 2 -1 0 .............................................................................................................. 10-100.......................................................................................................... 100-400........................................................................................................ Over 4 0 0 ...................................................................................................... Time and savings2-3-4 Times 0-5, by maturity 30-179 days........................................................................................ 180 days to 4 years........................................................................... 4 years or m ore................................................................................. Over 5, by maturity 30-179 days........................................................................................ 180 days to 4 years........................................................................... 4 years or m ore................................................................................. 10/1/70 12/12/74 12/12/74 Legal limits Minimum N et demand Reserve city banks.................................................................................... Other banks................................................................................................ Borrowings from foreign banks............................................................. 1. For changes in reserve requirements beginning 1963, see Board’s Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975 and for prior changes, see Board’s Annual Report for 1976, table 13. 2. (a) Requirement schedules are graduated, and each deposit interval applies to that part o f the deposits o f each bank. Demand deposits subject to reserve requirements are gross demand deposits minus cash items in process o f collection and demand balances due from domestic banks. (b) The Federal Reserve Act specifies different ranges o f requirements for reserve city banks and for other banks. Reserve cities are designated under a criterion adopted effective Nov. 9, 1972, by which a bank having net demand deposits o f more than $400 million is considered to have the character o f business o f a reserve city bank. The presence o f the head office o f such a bank constitutes designation o f that place as a reserve city. Cities in which there are Federal Reserve Banks or branches are also reserve cities. Any banks having net demand deposits o f $400 million or less are considered to have the character o f business o f banks outside o f reserve cities and are permitted to maintain reserves at ratios set for banks not in reserve cities. For details, see the Board’s Regulation D. (c) Effective Aug. 24, 1978, the Regulation M reserve requirements Maximum 10 7 3 0 22 14 10 22 on net balances due from domestic banks to their foreign branches and on deposits that foreign branches lend to U.S. residents were reduced to zero from 4 percent and 1 percent, respectively. The Regulation D reserve requirement on borrowings from unrelated banks abroad was also reduced to zero from 4 percent. (d) Effective with the reserve computation period beginning Nov. 16, 1978, domestic deposits o f Edge corporations are subject to the same reserve requirements as deposits o f member banks. 3. Negotiable order o f withdrawal (NOW) accounts and time deposits such as Christmas and vacation club accounts are subject to the same requirements as savings deposits. 4. The average reserve requirement on savings and other time deposits must be at least 3 percent, the minimum specified by law. 5. Effective Nov. 2, 1978, a supplementary reserve requirement of 2 percent was imposed on time deposits o f $100,000 or more, obligations o f affiliates, and ineligible acceptances. N o t e . Required reserves must be held in the form o f deposits with Federal Reserve Banks or vault cash. A10 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 .16 MAXIMUM INTEREST RATES PAYABLE on Time and Savings Deposits at Federally Insured Institutions Percent per annum Commercial banks Type and maturity of deposit In effect August 31,1979 Percent 1 Savings......................................... 2 Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts 1 ................................. 5% 5 Effective date Savings and loan associations and mutual savings banks Previous maximum Percent 7/ 1/79 1/ 1/74 5 9/ 1/79 7/ 1/73 7/ 1/73 7/ 1/73 11/ 1/73 5 5 Effective date 7/ 1/73 In effect August 31,1979 Percent Effective date 5Vi 7/1/79 5 (8) 1/1/74 Previous maximum Percent Effective date 51/4 (8) (7) Time accounts2 Fixed ceiling rates by maturity 30-89 days......................................... 90 days to 1 year............................... 1 to 2 years3...................................... 2 to 2 Vi years3.................................. 2Vi to 4 years3.................................. 4 to 6 years4 ...................................... 6 to 8 years4 ...................................... 8 years or more4 ............................... Issued to governmental units (all maturities)...................................... Individual retirement accounts and Keogh (H.R. 10) plans (3 years or more) 5......................... Special variable ceiling rates by maturity 13 6 months (money market time deposits)6 ......................................... 14 4 years or m ore................................... 51/4 5% 6/1/78 O1 ) (l2) 1V4 6/1/78 7/6/77 12/23/74 6/1/78 O1) (12) O1 ) ( l2) 11/1/73 (u ) ( 12) 62 1/ 6V 4 m 7/ 34 (n ) ( 12) (8) 5K 5V 4 6 6 (10) 7V i (8) 7% 12/23/74 6/1/78 (8) 35% 12/23/74 6/1/78 6Vi 71/4 m 1. For authorized states only. Federally insured commercial banks, savings and loan associations, cooperative banks, and mutual savings banks in Massachusetts and New Hampshire were first permitted to offer negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts on Jan. 1, 1974. Authorization to issue NOW accounts was extended to similar institutions throughout New England on Feb. 27, 1976, and in New York State on Nov. 10, 1978. 2. For exceptions with respect to certain foreign time deposits see the F e d e r a l R eserve B u lle t in for October 1962 (p. 1279), August 1965 (p. 1094), and February 1968 (p. 167). 3. No minimum denomination. Until July 1, 1979, a minimum of $ 1,000 was required for savings and loan associations, except in areas where mutual savings banks permitted lower minimum denominations. This restriction was removed for deposits maturing in less than 1 year, effective Nov. 1, 1973. 4. No minimum denomination. Until July 1, 1979, minimum denomina tion was $ 1,000 except for deposits representing funds contributed to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) or a Keogh (H.R. 10) Plan es tablished pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. The $1,000 minimum requirement was removed for such accounts in December 1975 and No vember 1976, respectively. 5. Accounts maturing in less than 3 years subject to regular ceilings. 6 . Must have a maturity of exactly 26 weeks and a minimum denomina tion of $ 10,000 , and must be nonnegotiable. 7. July 1, 1973, for mutual savings bank; July 6 , 1973 for savings and loan associations. 8. No separate account category. 9. Multiple maturity: July 20, 1966; single maturity: September 26, 1966. 10. Between July 1, 1973, and Oct. 31, 1973, there was no ceiling for certificates maturing in 4 years or more with minimum denominations of $ 1,000 ; however, the amount of such certificates that an institution could issue was limited to 5 percent of its total time and savings deposits. Sales in excess of that amount, as well as certificates of less than $1,000, were limited to the 6 Vi percent ceiling on time deposits maturing in 2 Vi years or more. Effective Nov. 1, 1973, ceilings were reimposed on certificates maturing 7/ 1/73 (9> 1/21/70 1/21/70 1/21/70 5Vi 5V 4 5Y 4 ( 10) 71/4 (8 ) m 73/4 7/6/77 (7) (7) (7) 11/1/73 12/23/74 6/1/78 C 11) ( 12) (n ) ( 12) 1/21/70 1/21/70 1111no 1111110 11/1/73 (n ) (i2) in 4 years or more with minimum denominations of $1,000. There is no limitation on the amount of these certificates that banks can issue. 11. Commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and mutual savings banks were authorized to offer money market time deposits effec tive June 1,1978. The ceiling rate for commercial banks is the discount rate on most recently issued 6-month U.S. Treasury bills. Until Mar. 15, 1979, the ceiling rate for savings and loan associations and mutual savings banks was V percentage point higher than the rate for commercial banks. 4 Beginning Mar. 15, 1979, the V percentage point interest differential 4 is removed when the 6-month Treasury bill rate is 9 percent or more. The full differential is in effect when the 6-month bill rate is 8 % percent or less. Thrift institutions may pay a maximum 9 percent when the 6-month bill rate is between 8 % and 9 percent. Also effective March 15, 1979, interest compounding was prohibited on money market time depositat all offering institutions. For both commercial banks and thrift institu tions, the maximum allowable rates in July were as follows: Aug. 2,9.301; Aug. 9,9.320; Aug. 16,9.481; Aug. 23,9.504; Aug. 30,9.645. 12. Effective July 1, 1979, commercial banks, savings and loan associa tions, and mutual savings banks are authorized to offer variable ceiling accounts with no required minimum denomination and with maturities of 4 years or more. The maximum rate for commercial banks is 1 percent age points below the yield on 4-year U.S. Treasury securities; the ceiling rate for thrift institutions is lA percentage point higher than that for com mercial banks. In August, the ceiling was 7.95 percent at commercial banks and 8.20 percent at thrift institutions. N o te . Maximum rates that can be paid by federally insured commer cial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations are established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board under the provisions of 12 CFR 217, 329, and 526, respectively. The maximum rates on time de posits in denominations of $100,000 or more with maturities of 30-89 days were suspended in June 1970; such deposits maturing in 90 days or more were suspended in May 1973. For information regarding previous interest rate ceilings on all types of accounts, see earlier issues of the F ederal Reserve B u lletin , the Federal Home Loan Bank Board Journal, and the Annual Report of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Policy Instruments A ll 1.17 FEDERAL RESERVE OPEN MARKET TRANSACTIONS M illions of dollars 1976 1977 1979 1978 Type o f transaction Feb. Jan. Mar. Apr. May June July U.S. G overn m en t S ecu rities Outright transactions (excluding matched sa lepurchase transactions) Treasury bills 1 G ross purchases........................................................... 2 Gross sales...................................................................... 3 R edem ptions.................................................................. Others within 1 year1 4 Gross p urchases........................................................... 5 Gross sales...................................................................... 6 Exchange, or maturity shift...................................... 7 R ed em p tion s.................................................................. 1 to 5 years 8 G ross purchases........................................................... 9 Gross sales...................................................................... 10 Exchange, or maturity sh ift...................................... 5 to 10 years 11 G ross purchases........................................................... 12 G ross sales...................................................................... 13 Exchange, or maturity shift...................................... Over 10 years 14 G ross purchases........................................................... 15 G ross sales...................................................................... 16 Exchange, or maturity shift...................................... 14,343 8,462 2 5,017 472 0 792 0 13,738 7,241 2,136 16,628 13,725 2,033 3,017 1,184 0 0 4,499 -5 ,1 7 0 0 2,500 2 3,202 2,833 177 0 -2 ,5 8 8 -6,6 4 9 1,048 0 1,572 642 758 0 584 553 4,188 0 -178 1,526 0 2,803 1,063 0 3,758 500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 439 2 3,240 2 640 0 0 518 623 200 0 0 0 42 218 251 0 0 0 4,660 1,152 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,252 0 33 0 237 0 -439 -5 ,2 0 9 -1 ,1 5 2 -3 3 134 0 0 0 0 -2 ,9 7 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 350 93 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 0 0 0 142 800 700 228 400 4,612 475 400 23,000 251 0 561 623 2,945 200 0 0 0 64,691 56,291 60,750 58,426 61,669 63,707 62,362 61,968 54,343 53,692 52,640 52,949 40,310 40,300 11,817 10,137 5,784 6,163 2,188 3,488 15,531 12,226 18,464 19,690 7,454 -2 ,3 5 2 -2 ,4 0 3 3,552 1,708 482 17 G ross purchases........................................................... 219,707 8,639 18 G ross sales...................................................................... 19 R ed em p tion s.................................................................. 25,017 20,898 7,241 4,636 24,591 13,725 2,033 3,758 500 0 20 21 M atched sale-purchase transactions G ross sales................................................................. Gross purchases....................................................... 196,078 425,214 511,126 196,579 423,841 510,854 22 23 Repurchase agreements G ross purchases....................................................... Gross sales................................................................. 232,891 178,683 151,618 230,355 180,535 152,436 3,117 4,201 6,931 6,931 24 N et change in U.S. government securities......... 0 100 -724 0 0 0 All maturities1 426 0 724 22,361 21,240 2,205 673 2,545 0 2,600 0 0 1,565 0 48 -3 0 0 0 2,012 475 400 -673 225 0 0 228 400 9,087 5,798 7,743 -9 ,2 8 3 2,207 891 1,433 0 20 223 301 173 235 0 0 379 169 10 * 23 100 24,480 0 0 0 0 F ederal A gency O bligations 25 26 27 O utright transactions Gross purchases....................................................... Gross sales................................................................. R ed em p tion s............................................................. 28 29 Repurchase agreements Gross purchases....................................................... G ross sales................................................................. 10,520 10,360 13,811 13,638 40,567 40,885 713 846 1,152 1,152 30 N et change in federal agency obligations........... 882 1,383 -4 2 6 -522 31 Outright transactions, n e t ......................................... 32 Repurchase agreements, n e t..................................... -545 410 -1 9 6 159 -3 6 6 33 N et change in bankers acceptances....................... -135 -3 7 34 Total net change in System Open Market Account............................................................. 9,833 7,143 0 0 0 371 * 0 40 33 0 0 2,851 2,482 1,173 1,392 1,149 1,298 4,443 3,617 7,247 7,434 -2 0 345 -219 -189 1,163 295 -587 0 0 0 204 48 -2 5 2 1,400 -241 -366 -587 0 204 48 -2 5 2 1,400 -241 6,951 -10,392 2,187 8,003 -2 ,5 2 4 -2 ,8 4 4 6,115 1,761 0 0 0 0 B ankers A cceptances 1. Both gross purchases and redemptions include special certificates created when the Treasury borrows directly from the Federal Reserve, as follows (millions of dollars): Sept. 1977, 2,500; Mar. 1979, 2,600. 2. In 1976, the System acquired $189 million of 2-year Treasury notes in exchange for maturing bills. In April 1979, the System acquired $640 million of 2-day cash management bills in exchange for maturing 2-year notes. New 2-year notes were later obtained in exchange for the maturing 0 0 0 0 0 0 bills. Each of these transactions is treated in the table as both a purchase and a redemption. N o te . Sales, redemptions, and negative figures reduce holdings of the System Open Market Account; all other figures increase such holdings. Details may not add to totals because of rounding. A 12 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.18 FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Condition and Federal Reserve Note Statements Millions of dollars Wednesday 1979 Account Aug. 1 Aug. 8 End of month 1979 Aug. 15 Aug. 22p Aug. 29 p June July Aug.p Consolidated condition statement A ssets 11,290 1,800 398 11,260 1,800 400 11,259 1,800 425 11,259 1,800 429 11,259 1,800 437 11,323 1,800 371 11,290 1,800 397 11,259 1,800 441 1,348 887 2,707 1,509 917 1,558 852 1,572 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 588 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 699 0 1,400 0 1,159 475 8,243 166 8,243 8,243 8,243 0 0 0 8,242 757 7,761 826 8,243 638 8,242 153 Bought outright Bills...................................................................... 41,261 36,825 40,071 41,492 43,298 0 0 0 0 40,612 55,645 14,085 0 0 111,222 0 54,505 13,557 106,432 3,305 0 0 Total i .................................................................. 55,645 14,085 113,028 2,107 0 0 42,905 55,645 14,085 109,801 0 0 38,370 55,055 13,699 105,579 0 0 55,055 13,699 110,015 275 0 0 17 110,290 105,579 109,801 111,222 115,135 18 Total loans and securities....................................... 120,635 114,709 120,751 120,974 125,750 12,513 399 13,291 399 13,924 400 11,918 400 2,189 2,880 2,201 2,852 2,188 1,872 152,104 146,912 1 2 Special drawing rights certificate account........... 3 Loans 4 Member bank borrowings.................................... 5 Acceptances 6 7 Held under repurchase agreements....................... Federal agency obligations 8 9 0 U.S. government securities 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 Other assets 21 22 23 0 0 55,055 13,699 109,366 2,079 55,645 14,085 112,635 392 109,737 111,445 113,027 121,282 122,337 123,469 11,627 400 10,488 397 11,712 399 9,852 400 2,209 1,865 2,229 1,951 2,942 2,427 2,182 2,660 2,213 2,008 152,619 150,854 155,453 151,030 152,777 151,442 L iabilities 24 106,044 106,779 107,006 106,560 106,827 104,794 105,957 106,900 25 26 27 28 28,929 4,012 226 1,161 26,252 2,498 258 644 28,844 3,805 312 674 29,661 2,851 262 534 33,479 3,176 308 541 30,407 3,290 326 813 30,279 2,765 373 636 29,407 3,542 325 663 29 34,328 29,652 33,635 33,308 37,504 34,836 34,053 33,937 30 31 6,794 1,845 6,209 1,811 7,468 1,868 6,269 1,887 6,129 1,979 6,564 1,846 7,816 1,884 5,729 1,813 149,011 144,451 149,977 148,024 152,439 148,040 149,710 148,379 1,130 1,078 885 1,130 1,078 253 1,130 1,078 434 1,130 1,078 622 1,131 1,078 805 1,126 1,078 786 1,129 1,078 860 1,131 1,078 854 152,104 146,912 152,619 150,854 155,453 151,030 152,777 151,442 82,259 81,709 83,010 83,960 81,902 78,140 82,405 82,133 Deposits 32 Capital A ccounts 33 34 35 36 Total liabilities and capital accounts..................... 37 Memo: M arketable U.S. governm ent securities held in custody for foreign and international Federal Reserve note statement 38 Federal Reserve notes outstanding (issued to Bank)............................................................... 120,150 120,479 120,697 121,022 121,377 118,148 120,035 121,408 39 40 41 42 U.S. government and agency securities.............. 11,290 1,800 921 106,139 11,260 1,800 689 106,730 11,259 1,800 1,644 105,994 11,259 1,800 1,215 106,748 11,259 1,800 669 107,649 11,323 1,800 1,116 103,909 11,290 1,800 652 106,293 11,259 1,800 1,090 107,259 43 120,150 120,479 120,697 121,022 121,377 118,148 120,035 121,408 Collateral held against notes outstanding 1. Includes securities loaned—fully guaranteed by U.S. government 2. Beginning December 29, 1978, such assets are revalued monthly securities pledged with Federal Reserve Banks—and excludes (if any) at market exchange rates. securities sold and scheduled to be bought back under matched sale3. Includes exchange-translation account reflecting, beginning December purchase transactions. 29, 1978, the monthly revaluation at market exchange rates of foreignexchange commitments. Reserve Banks A 13 1.19 FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Maturity Distribution of Loan and Security Holdings M illions of dollars Wednesday 1979 Type and maturity Aug. 1 End of month 1979 Aug. 15 Aug. 8 Aug. 29 Aug. 22 June 30 917 873 44 1,558 1,469 89 1,572 1,441 131 0 19 91 days to 1 year...................................................... 21 Over 5 years to 10 years.......................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 699 699 400 400 1,159 1,159 475 475 0 0 17 Within 15 days 1 ....................................................... 2,707 2,575 132 588 588 14 Over 5 years to 10 years.......................................... 887 742 145 0 0 0 0 0 0 110,290 5,223 19,116 34,035 27,685 12,321 11,910 105,579 4,466 15,624 33,573 27,685 12,321 11,910 109,801 3,509 19,520 35,464 26,791 111,222 3,449 21,553 34,912 26,791 115,135 6,187 22,632 35,008 26,791 12,221 12,221 12,296 12,296 12,296 111,445 5,851 19,553 34,125 27,685 12,321 11,910 113,027 2,821 23,419 35,477 26,793 12,221 109,737 5,748 19,434 31,928 28,634 12,225 11,768 8,409 166 377 1,225 4,340 1,505 796 8,243 8,243 150 279 1,173 4,340 1,505 796 8,243 8,999 885 185 1,242 4,452 1,439 796 8,587 922 401 915 4,064 1,510 775 8,881 678 377 1,185 4,340 1,505 796 8,395 281 185 1,242 4,452 1,439 796 0 429 1,174 4,340 1,505 795 0 0 210 219 1,173 4,340 1,505 796 851 786 65 Aug. 31 1,348 1,219 129 9 U.S. government securities...................................... 10 Within 15 days*....................................................... 1,509 1,449 60 July 31 12,221 12,296 1. Holdings under repurchase agreements are classified as maturing within 15 days in accordance with maximum maturity of the agreements. 1.20 BANK DEBITS AND DEPOSIT TURNOVER Debits are shown in billions of dollars, turnover as ratio of debits to deposit. Monthly data are at annual rates. Bank group, or type of customer 1976 1977 1979 1978 Mar. June May Apr. July Debits to demand deposits2 (seasonally adjusted) 1 All commercial banks............... 2 Major New York City banks.. * Other banks............................... 29,180.4 11.467.2 17.713.2 34,322.8 13,860.6 20,462.2 40,300.3 15,008.7 25,291.6 44.920.4 15,644.9 29.275.5 46,612.2 16,898.7 29,713.5 47,545.4 16,960.3 30,585.2 50,388.3 19,747.4 30,641.0 52,102.7 20,480.5 31,622.2 658.8 72.6 586.2 732.8 74.1 658.8 167.3 685.4 112.5 171.9 717.7 115.2 3.1 7.2 2.9 3.4 7.2 3.2 Debits to savings deposits 3 (not seasonally adjusted) 174.0 21.7 152.3 4 All customers............................. 5 Business1.................................... 6 Others......................................... 418.1 56.7 361.4 598.3 76.1 522.2 698.0 71.7 626.4 764.4 69.4 695.0 Demand deposit turnover2 (seasonally adjusted) 7 All commercial banks............... 8 Major New York City banks. . 9 Other banks............................... 116.8 411.6 79.8 129.2 503.0 85.9 139.4 541.9 96.7 154.4 571.8 111.1 156.8 618.4 110.1 160.3 619.1 113.6 Savings deposit turnover 3 (not seasonally adjusted) 10 All customers............................. 11 Business1 ................................... 12 Others......................................... 1.6 4.1 1.5 1. Represents corporations and other profit-seeking organizations (ex cluding commercial banks but including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, credit unions, the Export-Import Bank, and federally sponsored lending agencies). 2. Represents accounts of individuals, partnerships, and corporations, and of states and political subdivisions. 3. Excludes negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and special club accounts, such as Christmas and vacation clubs. 1.9 5.1 1.7 2.8 7.4 2.5 3.2 7.0 3.0 3.6 6.8 3.4 N o te . Historical data—estimated for the period 1970 through June 1977, partly on the basis of the debits series for 233 SMSAs, which were available through June 1977—are available from Publications Services, Division of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. Debits and turnover data for savings deposits are not available prior to July 1977. A14 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.21 MONEY STOCK MEASURES AND COMPONENTS B illions of dollars, averages of daily figures Item 1975 Dec. 1976 Dec. 1977 Dec. 1978 Dec. 1979 Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Seasonally adjusted M easures1 2 9 5 .4 4 5 6 .8 6 6 4 .8 1 ,0 9 2 .4 7 4 5 .8 1 ,1 7 3 .5 31 3 .8 5 1 7 .2 7 4 0 .6 1 ,2 3 5 .6 8 0 3 .0 1 ,2 9 8 .0 338.7 5 6 0 .6 8 0 9 .4 1 ,3 7 4 .3 883.1 1 ,4 4 8 .0 3 6 1 .2 5 8 7 .2 8 7 5 .8 1 ,5 0 0 .1 9 7 2 .4 1 ,5 9 6 .7 3 5 8 .6 580.1 8 7 6 .7 1 ,5 0 9 .7 9 7 8 .8 1 ,6 1 1 .8 3 5 9 .0 5 7 9 .6 8 7 9 .5 1 ,5 1 7 .5 9 7 8 .5 1 ,6 1 6 .5 3 6 4 .3 585.1 8 8 9 .8 1 ,5 3 0 .8 9 8 4 .8 1 ,6 2 5 .9 364 .5 5 8 4 .0 8 9 3 .8 1 ,5 3 7 .0 9 8 4 .4 1 ,6 2 7 .6 3 6 9 .0 5 8 9 .9 9 0 4 .4 1 ,5 5 2 .3 9 8 9 .3 1 ,6 3 7 .2 372 .1 5 9 4 .8 9 1 4 .0 1 ,5 6 6 .9 9 9 8 .7 1 ,6 5 1 .6 7 Currency...................................................... 7 3 .8 8 0 .8 8 8 .6 9 7 .5 9 8 .9 9 9 .4 1 0 0 .2 1 00.7 1 01.5 1 02.3 C om m ercial bank deposits D em a n d ...................................................... Tim e and savin gs..................................... S avin gs.................................................... N egotiable C D s2................................. Other tim e ............................................. 221.7 4 5 0 .3 160.7 8 1 .0 2 0 8 .6 2 3 3 .0 4 8 9 .2 202.1 6 2 .4 224.7 250.1 5 4 4 .4 219.7 7 3 .7 2 5 1 .0 2 6 3 .7 6 1 1 .2 2 2 3 .0 9 6 .6 2 9 1 .5 2 5 9 .7 6 2 0 .2 2 1 8 .6 102.1 2 9 9 .5 25 9 .5 61 9 .5 2 1 7 .7 9 9 .0 3 02.9 2 6 4 .1 6 2 0 .6 2 1 7 .7 9 5 .0 3 0 7 .9 2 6 3 .8 61 9 .9 2 1 6 .4 9 0 .6 3 1 3 .0 2 6 7 .5 6 2 0 .3 2 1 7 .8 8 4 .9 3 1 7 .6 2 6 9 .8 6 2 6 .6 2 1 9 .5 8 4 .7 3 2 2 .4 13 N onbank thrift institutions 3 ................ 4 2 7.7 4 9 5 .0 5 6 4 .9 6 2 4 .4 6 3 3 .0 6 3 8 .0 6 4 1 .0 6 4 3 .2 64 7 .9 6 5 2 .9 1 2 3 4 5 6 M - l ............................................................... M -l 4 - ........................................................... M -2 ............................................................... M -4 ............................................................... C omponents 8 9 10 11 12 N o t seasonally adjusted M easures1 303.9 4 6 3 .6 6 7 0 .0 1 ,0 9 5 .0 7 5 3 .5 1 ,1 7 8 .4 3 2 2 .6 5 2 4 .2 7 4 5 .8 1 ,2 3 8 .3 8 1 0 .0 1 ,3 0 2 .6 3 4 8 .2 5 6 8 .0 8 1 4 .9 1 ,3 7 7 .2 8 9 0 .8 1 ,4 5 3 .2 3 7 1 .3 5 9 5 .2 8 8 1 .5 1 ,5 0 2 .8 9 8 1 .0 1 ,6 0 2 .4 351 .9 5 7 2 .8 8 7 1 .0 1 ,5 0 2 .1 9 7 0 .6 1 ,6 0 1 .7 3 5 3 .7 5 7 5 .6 8 7 8 .2 1 ,5 1 7 .4 9 7 5 .7 1 ,6 1 4 .9 3 6 7 .4 5 9 0 .7 8 9 6 .8 1 ,5 4 0 .8 9 8 9 .5 1 ,6 3 3 .5 359.1 5 8 0 .5 892.1 1 ,5 3 6 .4 981 .1 1 ,6 2 5 .4 3 6 8 .2 5 9 0 .8 9 0 6 .0 1 ,5 5 6 .3 9 9 0 .4 1 ,6 4 0 .7 3 7 4 .0 5 9 8 .5 9 1 7 .0 1 ,5 7 2 .9 1 ,0 0 1 .0 1 ,6 5 6 .9 20 Currency...................................................... 75 .1 82.1 90 .1 9 9 .1 9 7 .6 9 8 .6 9 9 .9 10 0 .6 101.8 10 3 .2 Com m ercial bank deposits 21 D em a n d ...................................................... M em ber.................................................. 22 23 D om estic nonm em ber....................... 24 Tim e and savin gs..................................... Savin gs.................................................... 25 N egotiable C D s 2................................. 26 Other tim e............................................. 27 2 2 8 .8 162.8 6 2 .6 4 4 9 .6 159.1 8 3 .5 207.1 2 4 0 .5 169.4 6 7 .5 4 8 7 .4 2 0 0 .2 6 4 .3 2 2 2 .9 258.1 177.5 7 6 .2 5 4 2 .6 2 1 7 .7 7 5 .9 2 4 9 .0 2 7 2 .2 183.0 8 5 .2 6 0 9.7 2 2 0.9 9 9 .5 2 8 9 .2 2 5 4 .2 169.6 8 0 .7 61 8 .7 2 1 8 .0 9 9 .6 301.1 255.1 170.4 8 0 .6 6 2 2 .0 218.9 9 7 .5 305 .5 2 6 7 .5 178.5 8 5 .1 622.1 2 2 0 .1 9 2 .6 3 0 9 .3 25 8 .5 171.8 8 2 .6 6 2 2 .0 2 1 8 .2 8 8 .9 3 1 4 .9 2 6 6 .4 177.1 8 4 .8 6 2 2 .2 2 1 9 .4 8 4 .4 3 1 8 .3 2 7 0 .8 180.5 86.1 6 2 7 .0 2 2 1 .4 8 4 .0 3 2 1 .6 .7 4 2 4 .9 1 .4 4 9 2.5 2 .1 5 6 2 .3 3 .0 6 2 1 .4 2 .9 631.1 3 .0 6 3 9 .2 3 .2 6 4 4 .0 3 .2 6 4 4 .3 3.1 6 5 0 .3 3.1 6 5 5 .9 4.1 4 .4 5 .1 1 0 .2 8 .3 6 .5 5 .3 8 .4 1 0.8 1 3 .2 14 15 16 17 18 19 M - l ............................................................... M -l + ........................................................... M -2 ............................................................... M -3 ............................................................... M -4 ............................................................... M -5 ............................................................... C omponents 28 Other checkable deposits4..................... 29 N onbank thrift institutions 3 ................ 30 U .S. government deposits (all 1. Composition of the money stock measures is as follows: M -l: Averages of daily figures for (1) demand deposits at commercial banks other than domestic interbank and U.S. government, less cash items in process of collection and Federal Reserve float; (2) foreign demand balances at Federal Reserve Banks; and (3) currency outside the Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, and vaults of commercial banks. M-l + : M-l plus savings deposits at commercial banks, NOW accounts at banks and thrift institutions, credit union share draft accounts, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. M-2: M-l plus savings deposits, time deposits open account, and time certificates of deposit (CDs) other than negotiable CDs of $100,000 or more at large weekly reporting banks. M-3: M-2 plus the average of the beginning- and end-of-month deposits of mutual savings banks, savings and loan shares, and credit union shares (nonbank thrift). M-4: M-2 plus large negotiable CDs. M-5: M-3 plus large negotiable CDs. 2. Negotiable time CDs issued in denominations of $100,000 or more by large weekly reporting commercial banks. 3. Average of the beginning- and end-of-month figures for deposits of mutual savings banks, for savings capital at savings and loan associations, and for credit union shares. 4. Includes NOW accounts at thrift institutions, credit union share draft accounts, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. N o te . Latest monthly and weekly figures are available from the Board’s H .6 (508) release. Back data are available from the Banking Section, Division of Research and Statistics. NOTES TO TABLE 1.23: 1. Includes domestic chartered banks, U.S. branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks; and Edge Act corporations. 2. Excludes loans to commercial banks in the United States. 3. Loans sold are those sold outright to a bank’s own foreign branches, nonconsolidated nonbank affiliates of the bank, the bank’s holding company (if not a bank), and nonconsolidated nonbank subsidiaries of the holding company. 4. United States includes the 50 states and the District of Columbia. 5. As of Dec. 31, 1977, as the result of loan reclassifications, business loans were reduced by $0.2 billion and nonbank financial loans by $0.1 billion; real estate loans were increased by $0.3 billion. 6 . As of Dec. 31, 1978, total loans and investments were reduced by $0.1 billion. “Other securities” were increased by $1.5 billion and total loans were reduced by $ 1.6 billion largely as the result of reclassifications of certain tax-exempt obligations. Most of the loan reduction was in “all other loans.” 7. As of Dec. 31, 1978, commercial and industrial loans were reduced $0.1 billion as a result of reclassification. 8 . As of Dec. 31, 1978, commercial and industrial loans sold outright were increased $0.7 billion as the result of reclassifications, but $0.1 billion of this amount was offset by a balance sheet reduction of $0.1 billion as noted above. 9. As of Dec. 31, 1978, nonbank financial loans were reduced $0.1 billion as the result of reclassifications. 10. As of Jan. 3, 1979, as the result of reclassifications, total loans and investments and total loans were increased by $0.6 billion. Business loans were increased by $0.4 billion and real estate loans by $0.5 billion. Non bank financial loans were reduced by $0.3 billion. N o te . Data are prorated averages of Wednesday data for domestic chartered banks, and averages of current and previous month-end data for foreign-related institutions. Monetary Aggregates A15 1.22 AGGREGATE RESERVES AND DEPOSITS Member Banks Billions of dollars, averages of daily figures 1975 Dec. Item 1976 Dec. 1979 1978 1977 Dec. Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Seasonally adjusted 34.67 2 Nonborrowed.............................................................. 34.54 3 Required..................................................................... 34.40 4 Monetary base2 .................................................. ....... 106.7 34.89 34.84 34.61 118.4 36.10 35.53 35.91 127.8 41.27 40.40 41.04 142.3 41.48 40.48 41.26 143.4 40.75 39.78 40.54 143.3 40.81 39.82 40.66 143.9 40.65 39.73 40.47 144.5 40.48 M0.42 38.72 39.00 40.34 40.20 144.9 r 145.6 40.82 39.65 40.61 146.9 6 Time and savings........................................................ 5 Deposits subject to reserve requirements 3................. 504.2 336.8 528.6 354.1 568.6 386.7 616.7 429.4 621.1 433.5 619.7 436.1 616.4 434.1 618.6 432.0 613.9 428.7 613.1 425.9 618.7 429.4 Demand Private..................................................................... U.S. government.................................................... 164.5 2.9 171.5 3.0 178.5 3.5 185.1 2.3 185.6 1.9 181.9 180.5 184.7 183.5 r 184.8 1.7 2.4 187.5 7 8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 Not seasonally adjusted 9 Monetary base2. ............................... ....................... 108.3 120.3 129.8 144.6 144.4 141.9 142.3 144.2 144.4 '145.6 147.9 10 Deposits subject to reserve requirements 3................. 11 Time and savings........................................................ 510.9 337.2 534.8 353.6 575.3 386.4 624.0 429.6 627.1 433.8 614.3 434.2 614.3 434.9 621.1 432.3 610.9 429.8 '613.9 427.2 619.2 429.8 Demand Private..................................................................... U.S. government.................................................... 170.7 3.1 177.9 3.3 185.1 3.8 191.9 2.5 191.5 1.9 178.2 177.5 1.9 186.8 179.2 '183.9 187.8 12 13 1. Series reflects actual reserve requirement percentages with no adjustment to eliminate the effect of changes in Regulations D and M. There are breaks in series because of changes in reserve requirements effective Jan. 8 and Dec. 30, 1976; and Nov. 2, 1978. In addition, effective Jan. 1, 1976, statewide branching in New York was instituted. The subsequent merger of a number of banks raised required reserves because of higher reserve requirements on aggregate deposits at these banks. 2. Includes total reserves (member bank reserve balances in the current week plus vault cash held two weeks earlier); currency outside the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, and the vaults of commercial banks; and vault cash of nonmember banks. 1.8 2 .0 1.8 2 .8 1.6 3. Includes total time and savings deposits and net demand deposits as defined by Reguation D. Private demand deposits include all demand deposits except those due to the U.S. government, less cash items in process of collection and demand balances due from domestic commercial banks. N o te . Back data and estimates of the impact on required reserves and changes in reserve requirements are shown in table 14 of the Board's Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975. 1.23 LOANS AND INVESTMENTS All Commercial Banks1 Billions of dollars; averages of Wednesday figures Category 1977 Dec. 1978 Dec. 1979 June? July? Aug.? 1977 Dec. Seasonally adjusted 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Total loans and securities2.................... U.S. Treasury securities..................... Other securities................................... Total loans and leases2...................... Commercial and industrial loans.. Real estate loans............................. Loans to individuals....................... Security loans.................................. Loans to nonbank financial institutions................................... Agricultural loans........................... Lease financing receivables............ All other loans................................ 891.1 61,014.3 99.5 93.4 159.6 6173.1 632.1 6747.8 5211.2 7246.5 5175.2 210.5 138.2 164.9 2 0.6 19.4 1,091.8 95.3 183.4 813.1 275.8 228.7 177.8 23.7 1 , 101.0 1027.9 29.1 8.1 41.4 29.2 29.1 8.3 40.5 29.5 29.2 8.5 41.1 895.9 61,018.1 « 1,083.6 > 636.9 6751.6 10806.7 4.8 3.8 3.8 1,095.5 816.8 3.7 1,104.7 825.3 3.7 927.1 28.2 7.4 643.6 1979 June? July? Aug.? Not seasonally adjusted 101,079.8 94.8 182.1 10802.9 10270.6 10225.8 176.9 23.1 525.8 25.8 5.8 29.5 1978 Dec. 94.1 185.3 821.6 279.8 231.8 178.7 23.0 20.1 1,100.4 92.2 184.9 823.3 279.8 232.5 180.3 23.0 8.1 42.8 29.5 29.5 8.3 44.7 29.8 29.8 8.5 40.2 w»l,087.0 10809.2 3.8 1,097.0 820.2 . 3.7 1,104.1 827.0 3.7 899.1 61,023.8 wi,083.2 100.7 94.6 95.1 182.7 160.2 6173.9 638.3 6755.4 10805.4 5212.6 7248.2 10272.1 5175.5 210.9 10225.5 165.9 176.4 139.0 2 2 .0 20.7 23.2 526.3 25.7 5.8 31.5 927.6 28.1 7.4 646.6 1028.1 29.2 903.9 61,027.6 643.0 6759.2 4.8 3.8 1,093.3 93.6 183.3 816.5 277.2 228.9 178.2 M emo 13 Total loans and investments plus loans sold2*3.............................................. 14 Total loans plus loans sold 2*3........... 15 Total loans sold to affiliates 3............. 16 Commercial and industrial loans plus loans sold 3 ................................... 17 Commercial and industrial loans sold 3 ............................................ 18 Acceptances held............................. 19 Other commercial and industrial loans......................................... 20 To U.S. addressees4 ................... 21 To non-U.S. addressees.............. 22 Loans to foreign banks...................... 23 Loans to commercial banks in the United States................................... For notes see bottomof opposite page. 5213.9 8248.5 10273.4 278.6 282.5 5215.3 8250.1 10275.0 280.0 282.5 2.7 7.5 81.9 2 .8 2.7 2 .8 2 .8 7.8 8 .6 81.9 7.5 2 .8 7.5 2 .8 6.8 2 .8 8 .0 7.5 7.8 7.3 5203.7 5193.8 59.9 13.5 239.7 226.6 13.1 263.0 246.3 16.7 272.2 254.2 17.9 20.8 20.6 20.1 5203.9 5193.7 510.3 14.6 240.9 226.5 14.4 23.0 264.6 248.0 16.6 21.2 267.7 250.4 17.3 21.6 269.4 252.2 17.3 21.5 272.5 254.7 17.8 19.8 54.1 57.3 67.0 68.9 71.2 56.9 60.3 66.1 65.6 66.7 A16 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.24 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF COMMERCIAL BANKING INSTITUTIONS Last-Wednesday-of-Month Series Billions o f dollars except for number of banks 1978 1979 A ccount Oct. N ov. D ec. Jan.? Feb.p Mar.p Apr.? M ay2 * JuneP July2 ’ A ug.? 1 Loans and investm ents............................. 2 Loans, gross................................................. 3 Interbank................................................... 4 Commercial and industrial.................. 5 O th er.......................................................... 6 U .S . Treasury secu rities........................... 9 9 0 .4 7 2 7 .0 3 9 .2 2 1 5 .5 4 7 2 .2 9 4 .0 169.4 1 ,0 0 5 .5 7 4 1 .2 4 1 .5 2 1 8 .0 4 8 1 .6 9 3 .3 171.0 1 ,0 3 0 .4 7 6 1 .6 4 5 .3 2 2 1 .6 4 9 4 .7 9 3 .1 175.7 1 ,0 1 8 .9 7 5 0 .4 4 1 .3 2 2 1 .9 4 8 7 .2 9 2 .1 176.4 1 ,0 2 5 .2 7 5 5 .6 4 2 .1 2 2 5 .3 4 8 8 .2 9 3 .1 176.5 1 ,0 3 1 .4 7 5 9 .8 4 2 .3 2 2 7 .8 4 8 9 .6 9 3 .6 178.0 1 ,0 4 8 .3 7 7 3 .9 4 4 .4 2 3 3 .2 4 9 6 .3 9 4 .2 180 .2 1 ,0 5 9 .4 7 8 5 .3 4 5 .9 2 3 6 .8 5 0 2 .6 9 3 .2 1 8 1 .0 1 ,0 7 1 .3 7 9 7 .9 4 6 .3 2 4 1 .1 5 1 0 .6 9 1 .6 181.7 1 ,0 8 1 .8 8 0 7 .6 4 8 .1 2 4 2 .6 5 1 6 .8 9 2 .1 182.1 1 ,0 8 5 .8 8 1 0 .8 5 0 .3 2 4 4 .7 5 1 5 .8 9 0 .7 1 8 4 .3 8 Cash assets, to ta l......................................... 9 Currency and co in .................................. 10 Reserves with Federal Reserve Banks 11 Balances with depositary institutions 12 Cash items in process o f collection . . . 137.7 15.1 3 4 .6 3 6 .3 5 1 .8 5 8 .7 140.9 16.6 3 2 .6 3 8 .3 5 3 .5 6 2 .5 177.3 15.5 3 4 .4 5 2 .3 75.1 6 0 .9 139.8 15.2 2 9 .8 4 0 .2 5 4 .6 6 4 .0 147.1 1 5 .0 2 9 .7 4 2 .5 5 9 .9 6 2 .4 135.8 1 5 .2 3 0 .0 3 6 .8 5 3 .7 5 8 .9 1 39.9 1 5 .6 3 3 .9 3 9 .0 5 1 .4 5 5 .8 158.8 1 6 .0 3 2 .8 4 4 .6 6 5 .4 5 2 .7 1 46.3 16.3 3 2 .6 4 0 .8 5 6 .5 5 5 .1 1 4 0 .2 16.1 2 9 .6 4 1 .2 5 3 .4 5 3 .9 1 4 5 .7 1 6 .8 3 3 .7 4 1 .1 5 4 .1 6 2 .4 14 Total assets/total liabilities and capital. 1 ,1 8 6 .9 9 3 9 .8 3 4 5 .2 5 9 4.5 n.a. n.a. 1 ,2 0 8 .8 1 ,2 6 8 .6 1 ,2 2 2 .7 1 ,2 3 4 .8 1 ,2 2 6 .1 1 ,2 4 4 .0 1 ,2 7 0 .9 1 ,2 7 2 .7 1 ,2 7 5 .9 1 ,2 9 3 .9 9 4 8 .5 3 4 5 .7 6 0 2 .8 n.a. n.a. 1 ,0 1 1 .3 3 9 9 .2 6 12.1 2 1 9 .7 3 9 2 .4 9 6 1 .3 3 4 7 .5 6 1 3 .8 2 1 5 .2 3 9 8 .6 9 6 9 .2 3 52.1 617 .1 2 1 5 .2 4 0 1 .9 9 5 4 .9 3 3 5 .0 6 1 9 .8 2 1 6 .8 4 0 3 .0 9 6 4 .4 3 4 8 .0 6 1 6 .4 2 1 5 .9 4 0 0 .5 9 7 5 .5 3 5 7 .8 6 1 7 .8 2 1 5 .5 4 0 2 .3 9 7 1 .3 3 5 2 .4 6 1 8 .9 2 1 6 .4 4 0 2 .5 9 7 5 .2 3 5 2 .6 6 2 2 .6 2 1 8 .3 4 0 4 .2 9 8 2 .9 3 5 2 .4 6 3 0 .5 2 1 6 .7 4 1 3 .8 109.8 4 9 .9 8 7 .5 117.4 5 4 .7 8 8 .2 1 14.6 4 9 .1 9 3 .6 110.8 5 6 .6 9 4 .0 111.9 5 9 .0 9 4 .7 1 15.2 6 0 .9 9 5 .1 1 23.5 6 0 .8 9 5 .3 1 3 2 .0 6 5 .4 9 8 .1 137.1 6 5 .5 9 8 .9 1 3 7 .2 6 4 .9 9 8 .7 140.1 6 9 .7 101.1 n.a. 14,606 7 .5 14,618 12 .4 1 4,602 1 2 .0 14,586 4 .0 14,593 4 .8 1 4 ,597 5 .9 1 4 ,610 4 .9 14,6 1 6 1 2.9 14,620 11.9 14,5 8 4 8 .6 1 4 ,6 0 7 25 Loans and investm ents............................. 1 ,0 4 6 .4 7 8 0 .5 5 1 .5 2 4 1 .9 4 8 7 .0 29 O th er.......................................................... 9 5 .2 170.7 1 ,0 6 7 .2 8 0 0 .2 5 5 .2 2 4 6 .5 4 9 8 .5 9 4 .6 172.3 1 ,0 9 7 .0 8 2 5 .5 5 7 .6 2 5 1 .2 5 1 6 .8 9 4 .5 1 7 7 .0 1 ,0 8 0 .6 8 0 9 .7 52.1 2 5 1 .8 5 0 5 .9 9 3 .3 177 .6 1 ,0 8 7 .7 8 1 5 .6 5 3 .5 2 5 5 .6 5 0 6 .5 9 4 .3 1 77.8 1 ,1 0 1 .4 8 2 7 .2 56.1 2 5 9 .8 5 1 1 .3 9 4 .9 1 7 9 .4 1 ,1 1 4 .8 8 3 7 .7 5 7 .3 2 6 4 .9 5 1 5 .4 9 5 .6 181.5 1 ,1 3 1 .0 8 5 4 .0 6 1 .8 2 6 9 .2 5 2 3 .0 9 4 .6 182 .3 1 ,1 4 6 .7 8 7 0 .5 6 0 .4 2 7 5 .2 5 3 4 .9 9 3 .1 183.1 1 ,1 5 2 .8 8 7 5 .9 6 0 .7 2 7 7 .5 5 3 7 .7 9 3 .5 1 83.5 153.9 15.1 35.1 5 0 .5 5 3 .2 157.1 16.6 3 3 .0 5 2 .5 5 5 .0 196.8 15.5 3 5 .0 6 9 .9 7 6 .4 158.2 15.2 3 0 .2 5 6 .8 5 6 .0 166.8 15.1 3 0 .3 6 0 .3 6 1 .3 1 5 7 .0 1 5.2 3 0 .7 5 6 .0 5 5 .1 156.4 1 5 .6 3 4 .5 5 3 .7 5 2 .5 1 7 6 .4 16.1 3 3 .4 6 0 .1 6 6 .8 1 6 8 .0 16.3 3 3 .4 6 0 .5 5 7 .7 160.8 16.1 3 0 .4 5 9 .7 5 4 .6 D omestically C hartered C ommercial B a n k s 1 20 B orrow ings.................................................... 22 R esidual (assets less liabilities).............. M emo 23 U .S . Treasury note balances included A ll C ommercial B anking I nstitutions 2 32 Cash assets, to ta l........................................ 33 Currency and co in .................................. 34 Reserves with Federal Reserve Banks 35 Balances with depositary institutions 36 Cash items in process o f c o lle c tio n ... 7 1 .6 7 6 .3 7 5 .9 7 8 .3 7 6 .8 7 4 .0 7 0 .5 6 7 .3 7 1 .3 6 9 .4 38 Total assets/total liabilities and capital 1 ,2 7 1 .9 1 ,3 0 0 .6 1 ,3 6 9 .7 1 ,3 1 7 .1 1 ,3 3 1 .4 1 ,3 3 2 .4 1 ,3 4 1 .6 1 ,3 7 4 .6 1 ,3 8 6 .0 1 ,3 8 3 .0 9 6 8 .6 3 5 9 .0 6 0 9 .6 n.a. n.a. 9 7 9 .9 35 9 .5 6 2 0 .4 n.a. n.a. 1 ,0 4 9 .0 4 1 8 .9 6 3 0 .0 2 2 0 .3 4 0 9 .7 9 9 4 .3 3 6 3 .2 6 3 1 .2 2 1 5 .9 4 1 5 .2 1 ,0 0 2 .5 3 68.1 6 3 4 .4 2 1 5 .9 4 1 8 .4 9 9 4 .0 3 5 5 .7 6 3 8 .3 2 1 8 .0 4 2 0 .3 9 9 7 .0 3 6 1 .7 6 3 5 .3 2 1 6 .9 4 1 8 .5 1 ,0 1 2 .5 375.1 6 3 7 .4 2 1 6 .7 4 2 0 .6 1 ,0 1 5 .6 3 7 6 .4 6 3 9 .2 2 1 7 .2 4 2 2 .0 1 ,0 1 2 .1 3 6 9 .6 6 4 2 .5 2 1 9 .1 4 2 3 .5 131.9 82.1 8 9 .3 142.6 8 8 .0 9 0 .0 14 4 .0 8 1 .2 9 5 .5 138 .0 8 8 .8 9 6 .0 138 .0 9 4 .4 9 6 .6 1 4 1 .7 9 9 .7 9 7 .1 1 50.4 9 7 .0 9 7 .1 1 59.4 102.8 1 0 0 .0 165.4 1 0 4 .0 100.9 165.8 104 .3 100 .8 n.a. 14,919 7 .5 14,932 1 2 .4 14,923 1 2 .0 14,913 4 .0 1 4,926 4 .8 1 4 ,930 5 .9 1 4,946 4 .9 1 4,954 1 2.9 14,968 11.9 14,933 44 Borrow ings...................................... ............. 46 R esidual (assets less liabilities)............... M emo 47 U .S. Treasury note balances included in borrow ing............................................. 1. Domestically chartered commercial banks include all commercial banks in the United States except branches of foreign banks; included are member and nonmember banks, stock savings banks, and nondeposit trust companies. 2. Commercial banking institutions include domestically chartered commercial banks, branches and agencies of foreign banks, Edge Act and Agreement corporations, and New York state foreign investment corporations. N ote.—F igures are partly estimated except on call dates. They include all bank-premises subsidiaries and other significant majority-owned domestic subsidiaries. Commercial Banks A ll 1.25 COMMERCIAL BANK ASSETS AND LIABILITIES Call-Date Series M illions of dollars, except for num of banks ber Account 1977 1976 June 30 Dec. 31 1978 Dec. 31 1976 June 30 Dec. 31 Total insured 1 Loans and investments, gross............................... Loans 2 3 Gross....................................................................... June 30 1978 Dec. 31 June 30 National (all insured) 827,696 854,733 914,779 956,431 476,610 488,240 523,000 542,218 578,734 560,077 601,122 581,143 657,509 636,318 695,443 672,207 340,691 329,971 351,311 339,955 384,722 372,702 403,812 390,630 101,461 147,500 129,562 100,568 153,042 130,726 99,333 157,936 159,264 97,001 163,986 157,393 55,727 80,191 76,072 53,345 83,583 74,641 52,244 86,033 92,050 50,519 87,886 90,728 1,003,970 1,040,945 1,129,712 1,172,772 Investments 4 U.S. Treasury securities......................................... 5 Other........................................................................ 6 Cash assets.............................................................. 1977 583,304 599,743 651,360 671,166 825,003 847,372 922,657 945,874 469,377 476,381 520,167 526,932 3,022 44,064 285,200 2,817 44,965 284,544 7,310 49,843 319,873 7,956 47,203 312,707 1,676 23,149 163,346 1,632 22,876 161,358 4,172 25,646 181,821 4,483 22,416 176,025 12 Interbank................................................................ 13 Other........................................................................ 8,248 484,467 7,721 507,324 8,731 536,899 8,987 569,020 4,907 276,296 4,599 285,915 5,730 302,795 5,791 318,215 14 Borrowings.............................................................. 15 Total capital accounts............................................ 75,291 75,061 81,137 75,502 89,339 79,082 98,351 83,074 54,421 41,319 57,283 43,142 63,218 44,994 68,948 47,019 16 M emo: Number of banks..................................... 14,397 14,425 14,397 14,381 4,735 4,701 4,654 4,616 7 Total assets/total liabilities1................................... 8 9 Deposits.................................................................. Demand U.S. government.................................................... 10 Interbank................................................................ 11 Other........................................................................ Time and savings State member (all insured) Insured nonmember 144,000 144,597 152,514 157,464 207,085 221,896 239,265 256,749 102,277 99,474 102,117 99,173 110,243 107,205 115,736 112,470 135,766 130,630 147,694 142,015 162,543 156,411 175,894 169,106 18,849 22,874 32,859 19,296 23,183 35,918 18,179 24,091 42,305 16,886 24,841 43,057 26,884 44,434 20,631 27,926 46,275 20,166 28,909 47,812 24,908 29,595 51,259 23,606 23 189,579 195,452 210,442 217,384 231,086 245,748 267,910 284,221 24 Deposits.................................................................. 149,491 152,472 163,436 167,403 206,134 218,519 239,053 251,539 429 19,295 52,204 371 20,568 52,570 1,241 22,346 57,605 1,158 23,117 55,550 917 1,619 69,648 813 1,520 70,615 1,896 1,849 80,445 2,315 1,669 81,131 28 Interbank................................................................ 29 2,384 75,178 2,134 76,827 2,026 80,216 2,275 85,301 956 132,993 988 144,581 973 153,887 920 165,502 30 31 Total capital accounts............................................ 17,310 13,199 19,697 13,441 21,736 14,182 23,167 14,670 3,559 17,542 4,155 18,919 4,384 19,905 6,235 21,384 1,023 1,019 1,014 1,005 8,639 8,705 8,729 8,760 17 Loans and investments, gross............................... Loans 18 Gross........................................................................ 19 20 21 22 Investments U.S. Treasury securities......................................... Other........................................................................ Cash assets.............................................................. Demand 25 26 Interbank................................................................. 27 Time and savings 32 Noninsured nonmember Total nonmember 18,819 22,940 24,415 28,699 225,904 244,837 263,681 285,448 16,336 16,209 20,865 20,679 22,686 22,484 26,747 26,548 152,103 146,840 168,559 162,694 185,230 178,896 202,641 195,655 1,054 1,428 6,496 993 1,081 8,330 879 849 9,458 869 1,082 9,360 27,938 45,863 27,127 28,919 47,357 28,497 29,788 48,662 34,367 30,465 52,341 32,967 39 26,790 33,390 36,433 42,279 257,877 279,139 304,343 326,501 40 Deposits.................................................................. 13,325 14,658 16,844 19,924 219,460 233,177 255,898 271,463 4 1,277 3,236 8 1,504 3,588 10 1,868 8 4,073 2,067 4,814 921 2,896 72,884 822 3,025 74,203 1,907 3,718 84,518 2,323 3,736 85,946 1,041 7,766 1,164 8,392 1,089 9,802 1,203 11,831 1,997 140,760 2,152 152,974 2,063 163,690 2,123 177,334 4,842 818 7,056 893 6,908 917 8,413 962 8,401 18,360 19,812 11,212 11,293 20,823 14,649 22,346 275 293 310 317 8,914 8,998 9,039 9,077 33 Loans and investments, gross............................... 34 35 Loans Investments 36 U.S. Treasury securities......................................... 37 Other........................................................................ 38 41 42 43 44 45 Demand Time and savings 46 47 Total capital accounts............................................ 48 1 Includes item not show separately. . s n For Note see table 1.24. A18 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.26 COMMERCIAL BANK ASSETS AND LIABILITIES Detailed Balance Sheet, September 30,1978 Millions of dollars, except for number of banks M[ember bank s 1 Asset account Insured commercial banks Large banks Total New York City City of Chicago 1 Cash bank balances, items in process......................................... Currency and coin.................................................................... Reserves with Federal Reserve Banks..................................... Demand balances with banks in United States..................... Other balances with banks in United States.......................... Balances with banks in foreign countries............................... 6 7 Cash items in process of collection......................................... 158,380 12,135 28,043 41,104 4,648 3,295 69,156 134,955 28,041 25,982 2,582 2,832 66,652 43,758 867 3,621 12,821 601 331 25,516 5,298 180 1,152 543 15 288 3,119 8 Total securities held—Book value.............................................. 262,199 95,068 40,078 121,260 5,698 94 179,877 65,764 25,457 85,125 3,465 20,808 9,524 1,828 9,166 291 6,833 4,125 825 1,395 394 94 6,681 4,103 816 1,381 316 255,366 90,943 39,253 119,865 5,305 173,196 61,661 24,641 83,745 3,149 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 n 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 States and political subdivisions.............................................. All other securities.................................................................... All other trading account securities.................................... Bank investment portfolios...................................................... U.S. Treasury........................................................................ Other U.S. government agencies........................................ States and political subdivisions.......................................... All other portfolio securities................................................ 8,866 Other large 47,914 2,918 All other Non member banks 1 3,672 648 1,507 26,969 37,986 4,901 11,067 8,945 1,319 705 11,049 23,482 3,268 3 15,177 2,066 463 2,504 7,918 2,690 1,284 3,705 240 58,271 22,051 7,730 27,423 1,048 19 92,881 31,499 14,616 44,831 1,887 47 82,336 29,315 14,622 36,136 2,234 28 3,238 2,407 401 363 67 708 408 82 117 2,446 278 794 145 19 290 78 55 107 3 47 151 23 9 14 78 28 17,570 7,117 1,426 8,803 224 7,210 2,282 55,825 20,840 7,452 26,629 903 92,591 31,422 14,561 44,724 1,884 82,185 29,293 14,613 36,123 2,156 66 66 101 1,201 3,588 138 12,200 1,210 25 Federal Reserve stock and corporate stock............................... 1,656 1,403 311 111 507 475 253 26 Federal funds sold and securities resale agreement................... 27 Commercial banks.................................................................. 28 Brokers and dealers.................................................................. 29 41,258 34,256 4,259 2,743 31,999 25,272 4,119 2,608 3,290 1,987 821 482 1,784 1,294 396 94 16,498 12,274 2,361 1,863 10,427 9,717 541 169 9,365 9,090 140 135 30 Other loans, gross......................................................................... 31 32 Reserves for loan loss........................................................ 33 Other loans, n et............................................................................ 675,915 17,019 7,431 651,465 500,802 11,355 5,894 483,553 79,996 675 1,347 77,974 26,172 107 341 25,724 190,565 3,765 2,256 184,544 204,069 6,809 1,949 195,311 175,113 5,664 1,537 167,912 203,386 25,621 8,418 117,176 111,674 7,503 104,171 5,502 399 5,103 52,171 138,730 19,100 3,655 81,370 77,422 6,500 70,922 3,948 340 3,609 34,605 10,241 2,598 23 5,362 4,617 508 4,109 746 132 613 2,258 2,938 685 34 1,559 1,460 44 1,417 99 27 72 660 52,687 9,236 453 31,212 29,774 3,446 26,328 1,438 1,350 11,786 72,863 6,581 3,146 43,236 41,570 2,502 39,068 1,665 92 1,573 19,901 64,656 6,521 4,763 35,806 34,252 1,003 33,249 1,554 59 1,495 17,566 37,072 8,574 3,362 7,359 1,579 16,198 11,042 4,280 28,054 213,123 34,843 8,162 2,618 7,187 1,411 15,465 10,834 3,532 15,296 171,815 12,434 2,066 966 3,464 290 5,649 6,465 410 168 39,633 4,342 801 165 268 76 3,033 1,324 276 150 13,290 15,137 4,616 1,206 2,820 785 5,710 2,846 1,860 3,781 67,833 2,930 680 281 635 261 1,073 199 985 11,196 51,059 2,228 412 744 171 167 733 207 747 12,758 41,309 161,599 131,571 58,908 8,526 21,938 17,900 4,038 19,689 9,642 10,047 22,510 30,027 17,360 110,974 90,568 37,494 5,543 19,333 16,037 3,296 13,296 6,667 6,629 14,902 20,406 14,778 7,100 5,405 1,077 331 2,268 1,573 695 427 179 249 1,302 1,694 3,545 2,562 1,711 209 60 1,267 1,219 47 57 19 38 119 851 1,290 40,320 33,640 11,626 2,088 9,736 8,192 1,545 5,242 2,563 2,678 4,948 6,680 6,100 60,993 49,811 24,582 3,064 6,062 5,053 1,009 7,570 3,905 3,664 8,533 11,182 3,844 50,624 41,003 21,414 2,983 2,605 1,863 742 6,393 2,976 3,417 7,608 9,621 2,582 956,579 696,833 102,383 35,536 259,820 299,094 259,867 6,717 22,448 3,255 16,557 34,559 6,212 16,529 3,209 16,036 30,408 1,145 2,332 1,642 8,315 11,323 96 795 188 1,258 1,000 3,931 6,268 1,282 6,054 12,810 1,041 7,133 96 409 5,275 505 5,926 46 521 4,249 1,198,495 904,182 170,899 44,170 338,079 351,034 294,595 Other loans, gross , by category 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Construction and land development....................................... Secured by residential properties............................................ 1- to 4-family residences...................................................... FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed..................................... Multifamily residences.......................................................... FHA-insured..................................................................... 45 Loans to financial institutions.................................................... 46 REITs and mortgage companies............................................ 47 Domestic commercial banks.................................................... 48 Banks in foreign countries....................................................... 49 50 Other financial institutions...................................................... 51 Loans to security brokers and dealers........................................ 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 Residential repair and modernization................................. Check and revolving credit plans.................................... Other installment loans........................................................ 66 70 Fixed assets—Buildings, furniture, real estate........................... 71 Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries................................. For notes see opposite page. 88 Commercial Banks A19 1.26 Continued [ember bank is1 Liability or capital account Insured commercial banks Large bankss Total New York City City of Chicago All other Other large 75 Demand deposits........................................................................ 76 77 Other individuals, partnerships, and corporations............. 78 U.S. government.................................................................... 79 80 Foreign governments, central banks, etc.............................. 81 Commercial banks in United States..................................... 82 Banks in foreign countries..................................................... 83 Certified and officers’ checks, etc.......................................... 369,030 1,282 279,651 7,942 17,122 1,805 39,596 7,379 14,253 282,450 1,089 205,591 5,720 11,577 1,728 38,213 7,217 11,315 66,035 527 31,422 569 764 1,436 21,414 5,461 4,443 10,690 84 Time deposits............................................................................. 85 Accumulated for personal loan payments............................ 86 Mutual savings banks............................................................ 87 Other individuals, partnerships, and corporations.............. 266,496 38,086 15,954 98,525 66 392 210,439 689 40,010 6,450 7,289 1,161 0 177 29,209 61 1,952 3,780 2,077 829 0 40 12,074 40 1,554 1,145 999 103 1 States and political subdivisions............................................ Foreign governments, central banks, etc.............................. Commercial banks in United States..................................... Banks in foreign countries..................................................... 368,562 79 399 292,120 864 59,087 6,672 7,961 1,381 148 76,333 356 16,483 1,401 3,585 219 93 Savings deposits......................................................................... 94 Individuals and nonprofit organizations............................... 95 Corporations and other profit organizations....................... 96 97 States and political subdivisions............................................ 98 223,326 207,701 11,216 82 4,298 30 152,249 141,803 7,672 65 2,682 27 10,632 9,878 519 215 18 2,604 2,448 148 3 4 * 54,825 51,161 3,195 24 437 960,918 701,195 114,753 29,248 100 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase....................................................................... 101 Commercial banks................................................................. 102 Brokers and dealers................................................................ 103 Others...................................................................................... 91,981 42,174 12,787 37,020 85,582 39,607 11,849 34,126 21,149 6,991 2,130 12,028 105 Mortgage indebtedness.............................................................. 106 Bank acceptances outstanding.................................................. 107 Other liabilities........................................................................... 8,738 1,767 16,661 27,124 8,352 1,455 16,140 23,883 108 Total liabilities............................................................................ 1,107,188 5,767 Equity capital............................................................................. 85,540 Common stock........................................................................... Surplus......................................................................................... Undivided profits....................................................................... Other capital reserves................................................................. 88 89 90 91 92 1 7,864 188 252 19 1,807 207 352 100,737 256 79,429 1,987 3,446 211 10,803 1,251 3,354 Non member banks 1 104,988 305 86,876 2,977 7,116 62 4,189 298 3,166 86,591 194 74,061 113,931 65 27 92,824 232 102,066 13 7 81,680 175 19,077 20,020 124 629 9 2,222 5,545 77 1,393 162 2,937 222 672 220 84,188 78,316 3,809 35 2,025 8 2 71,077 65,897 3,544 17 1,616 3 254,087 303,107 259,733 8,777 5,235 1,616 1,926 41,799 21,609 6,381 13,809 13,857 5,773 1,722 6,362 6,398 2,566 939 2,894 3,631 234 8,398 8,860 306 27 1,260 1,525 3,191 701 6,070 9,020 1,225 491 412 4,477 386 316 521 3,494 836,607 157,026 41,144 314,868 323,569 270,849 4,401 1,001 79 2,033 1,287 1,366 12,871 2,947 17,875 32,341 33,517 1,719 63,174 36 12,816 23,127 26,013 1,182 2,645 4,541 5,554 132 570 1,404 921 52 21,177 5 4,007 8,148 8,680 337 26,178 31 5,594 9,034 10,858 661 22,380 52 5,064 9,217 7,509 538 116 Total liabilities and equity capital............................................. 1,198,495 904,182 170,899 44,170 338,079 351,034 294,595 110 Ill 112 113 114 115 M emo : 117 Demand deposits adjusted 2 ....................................................... Average for last 15 or 30 days 119 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agree121 Time deposits of $100,000 or more.......................................... 123 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agree124 Other liabilities for borrowed money....................................... 127 128 129 Number of banks....................................................................... 88 0 0 252,337 171,864 18,537 5,576 60,978 86,774 80,472 146,283 124,916 36,862 6,030 45,731 36,293 21,379 43,873 651,874 183,614 944,593 33,682 483,316 150,160 687,543 4,272 76,750 32,196 107,028 1,887 25,722 13,216 28,922 16,007 184,790 65,776 250,804 11,517 196,054 38,972 300,789 10,307 168,558 33,454 257,062 92,685 8,716 86,635 8,326 22,896 3,679 9,473 370 40,541 3,211 13,725 1,067 6,053 390 18,820 186,837 160,227 26,610 17,658 152,553 129,667 22,886 10,063 32,654 27,950 4,704 1,477 13,486 11,590 1,896 4,820 66,684 56,383 10,301 1,297 39,728 33,743 5,985 1,162 34,284 30,560 3,724 14,390 5,593 12 9 153 5,419 8,810 1. Member banks exclude and nonmember banks include 13 noninsured trust companies that are members of the Federal Reserve System. 2. Demand deposits adjusted are demand deposits other than domestic commercial interbank and U.S. government, less cash items reported as in process of collection. 2 N o te . Data include consolidated reports, including figures for all bank-premises subsidiaries and other significant majority-owned do mestic subsidiaries. Securities are reported on a gross basis before deduc tions of valuation reserves. Back data in lesser detail were shown in previous issues of the B u lle t in . A20 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.27 ALL LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS with Domestic Assets of £750 Million or More on December 31, 1977, Assets and Liabilities Millions of dollars, Wednesday figures 1979 Account July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 Aug. 1? Aug. 8 p 58,575 45,982 47,325 43,256 50,633 41,630 47,118 43,733 16,009 16,592 14,902 15,079 15,718 13,492 14,111 13,487 14,560 27,224 488,564 25,601 486,177 34,056 481,242 29,987 482,765 29,358 486,520 26,241 489,030 28,868 490,377 30,248 489,230 34,654 489,704 36,399 4,853 31.546 8,621 18,676 4,250 67,222 3,751 63,471 13,420 47,230 6,344 40,886 2,821 36,693 5,142 31,551 8,561 18,753 4,237 67,930 4,074 63,856 13,842 47,199 6,177 41,022 2,814 35,744 4,755 30,989 8,559 18,222 4,208 67,749 3,806 63,942 13,846 47,313 6,187 41,126 2,782 35,636 5,010 30,625 8,504 17,869 4,252 67,971 3,781 64,190 13,997 47,412 35,206 34,651 4,291 30,360 8,505 17,685 4,170 68,962 4,287 64,675 14,006 47,940 6,279 41,662 2,728 35,064 4,449 30,615 8,337 17,878 4,400 69,079 4,155 64,924 14,234 47,962 6,294 41,668 2,729 35,037 4,570 30,467 8,282 17,814 4,372 69,200 4,109 65,091 14,274 48,122 6,366 41,756 2,695 34,655 4,668 29,988 8,045 17,571 4,371 69,775 4,214 65,562 14,620 48,232 6,350 41,883 2,709 29,843 20,355 7,398 2,089 366,210 145,715 28,091 18,709 7,214 2,168 364,688 146,256 24,687 17,932 5,117 1,638 364,365 146,205 368,540 147,436 27,522 19,694 5,897 1,931 370,218 147,240 25,922 18,070 5,851 365,414 146,162 28,291 18,136 7,171 2,984 368,590 147,431 370,650 147,676 25,684 17,713 5,899 2,072 371,204 147,602 4,098 141,616 135,218 6,398 88,703 65,293 4,184 142,072 135,696 6,376 89,198 65,281 3,968 142,236 135,901 6,336 89,796 65,462 3,832 142,330 136,018 6,312 90,151 65,711 4,236 143,199 136,895 6,304 90,447 66,053 3,876 143,555 137,243 6,312 90,796 66,455 3,497 143,744 137,396 6,347 91,260 66,738 3,654 144,022 137,672 6,350 91,581 67,082 3,627 143,976 137,494 6,481 92,017 67,498 3,496 6,811 3,061 7,132 2,907 6,343 3,136 6,509 3,273 6,658 2,853 6,453 3,048 6,411 3,164 6,412 3,174 6,776 9,641 15,579 10,394 9,678 15,468 8,780 9,656 15,438 8,835 9,359 15,217 9,595 10,026 15,488 9,504 10,130 15,668 9,324 9,862 15,747 10,128 9,770 15,711 9,873 9,725 15,932 9,066 2,532 4,867 13,177 6,340 40 Loan loss reserve......................................... 4,771 41 Other loans, net..................................................... 355,100 6,774 43 56,425 653,572 2,511 4,891 12,431 6,424 4,801 353,462 6,843 58,231 639,426 2,516 4,913 12,294 6,465 4,838 353,063 6,846 55,858 640,229 2,507 4,913 12,152 6,490 4,845 354,079 6,864 56,578 634,530 2,512 4,950 12,193 6,453 4,891 357,196 6,940 57,078 646,247 2,540 4,989 11,949 6,515 4,949 357,125 7,023 56,662 634,078 2,560 4,947 12,277 6,566 4,941 358,712 7,042 58,174 645,690 2,570 4,931 11,879 6,629 4,950 359,071 7,050 56,143 639,891 2,582 4,923 11,908 6,647 4,967 359,589 7,080 56,255 646,580 185,002 747 129,930 4,413 1,622 30.721 7,475 1,748 8,346 246,321 78,257 73,122 183,154 726 128,149 4,646 2,297 31,016 6,805 1,324 8,192 246,862 78,100 73,012 177,218 587 124,718 4,510 29,889 7,470 1,198 7,181 248,228 77,915 72,830 187,520 783 130,620 5,438 773 32,275 7,432 1,365 8,834 249,111 77,632 72,607 174,430 680 124,471 4,246 559 28,215 7,456 1,273 7,529 249,833 77,770 72,694 184,066 770 131,249 4,888 1,236 29,023 7,336 1,606 7,957 250,118 77,615 72,533 174,395 602 124,909 4,485 565 28,129 6,932 1,376 7,397 251,541 77,450 72,387 177,489 662 124,276 4,315 590 30,750 7,192 1,664 8,039 252,105 77,140 72,018 4,210 901 24 168,064 136,572 20,757 453 4,694 4,199 23 168,762 137,345 20,828 438 4,664 4,259 802 24 170,313 138,625 21,103 444 4,678 4,227 774 24 171,479 139,819 21,172 441 4,570 4,279 775 172,063 140,388 21,279 481 4,608 4,257 801 23 172,503 140,853 21,187 481 4,592 4,291 747 25 174,090 142,372 21,422 476 4,514 4,334 756 30 174,965 143,058 21,685 505 4,419 5,587 93,865 5,486 94,055 5,463 90,779 5,477 90,142 5,307 94,892 5,390 93,490 5,306 92,342 5,298 95,042 829 5,002 13,112 965 5,972 13,377 575 7,350 14,905 810 5,961 15,876 380 3,080 15,202 15,911 2,100 2,220 877 5,262 16,901 256 4,911 16,077 51,666 595,798 52,416 596,800 51,954 591,010 53,029 602,450 52,367 590,186 53,916 601,821 54,734 596,051 56,628 602,508 43,628 43,429 43,520 43,797 43,892 43,869 43,840 44,072 1 Cash items in process of collection..................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States.......................................... ....................... 3 All other cash and due from depositary Securities 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Trading account................................................ Investment account, by maturity..................... One year or less............................................ Over one through five years......................... Investment account........................................... U.S. government agencies............................. States and political subdivision, by maturity. One year or less......................................... Over one year............................................ Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities Loans 19 Federal funds sold 1 .............................................. To commercial banks....................................... To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. To others............................................................ 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper....................................................... All other......................................................... Non-U.S. addressees.................................. Real estate......................................................... To individuals for personal expenditures........ To financial institutions Commercial banks in the United States---Banks in foreign countries........................... Sales finance, personal finance companies, etc................................................................ Other financial institutions..................... .. To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. To others for purchasing and carrying securities2 ...................................................... To finance agricultural production................. Deposits 45 Demand deDOsits.................................................. 193,342 945 46 Mutual savings banks....................................... 47 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations.. 135,638 4,848 States and political subdivisions..................... 48 937 49 50 Commercial banks in the United States.......... 31,995 8,143 Banks in foreign countries............................... 51 1,475 52 Foreign governments and official institutions. 9,360 53 54 Time and savings deoosits................................... 248,598 77,916 55 72,805 Individuals and nonprofit organizations---56 Partnerships and corporations operated for 57 4,183 911 Domestic governmental units....................... 58 16 59 60 Time................................................................... 170,682 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations 138,466 61 21,000 States and political subdivisions................. 62 455 U.S. government........................................... 63 4,966 Commercial banks in the United States---64 Foreign governments, official institutions, 65 5,796 91,559 66 Federal funds purchased 3..................................... Other liabilities for borrowed money 1,753 67 Borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks.. . . 7,118 Treasury tax-and-loan notes............................. 68 14,310 69 All other liabilities for borrowed money........ 70 Other liabilities and subordinated note and 53,320 71 Total liabilities...................................................... 610,001 72 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)4. .. 43,571 1. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 2. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 3. Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. 866 4,199 41,212 2,780 30,408 8,380 17,861 4,166 68,383 4,020 64,363 14,024 47,589 6,150 41,439 2,750 25,080 17,150 5,718 25,734 18,135 5,912 6,201 2,212 1,666 1,688 22 Aug. 15p Aug. 22 p Aug. 29 p 2,000 44,327 4. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. Weekly Reporting Banks A21 1.28 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS with Domestic Assets of 51 Billion or More on December 31, 1977 Assets and Liabilities M illions of dollars, W ednesday figures 1979 Account July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 Aug. I p Aug. 8* 55,682 43,755 44,947 41,201 48,321 39,707 44,766 41,637 42,373 15,172 15,891 14,197 14,344 14,966 12,800 13,351 12,799 13,796 25,522 457,582 24,055 454,844 32,088 450,299 28,393 451,658 27,800 455,300 24,708 457,669 27,309 459,109 28,552 457,779 32,817 458,328 34,028 4,812 29,217 8,064 17,224 3,929 62,065 3,669 58,396 12,435 43,339 5,811 37,528 2,622 34,320 5,100 29,220 8,006 17,298 3,916 62,755 3,993 58,763 12,856 43,290 5,615 37,674 2,616 33,361 4,703 28,658 8,005 16,766 3,887 62,562 3,739 58,823 12,830 43,382 5,623 37,759 2,611 33,254 4,974 28,280 7,942 16,395 3,943 62,705 3,702 59,002 12,965 43,428 5,620 37,808 2,609 32,846 4,754 28,092 7,828 16,402 3,861 63,120 3,938 59,182 13,005 43,603 5,574 38,029 2,573 32,295 4,256 28,039 7,950 16,222 3,866 63,679 4,205 59,474 12,988 43,935 5,699 38,236 2,551 32,694 4,400 28,294 7,803 16,396 4,095 63,817 4,080 59,737 13,203 43,982 5,730 38,252 2,552 32,690 4,528 28,162 7,758 16,336 4,068 63,942 4,030 59,912 13,246 44,148 5,791 38,356 2,518 32,300 4,621 27,679 7,518 16,093 4,068 64,486 4,107 60,379 13,591 44,255 5,772 38,483 2,532 27,779 19 Federal funds sold 1 .............................................. 18,627 20 To commercial banks....................................... 7,102 21 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. 2,049 22 To others............................................................ 23 Other loans, gross................................................. 344,017 24 Commercial and industrial............................... 138,370 25 Bankers’ acceptances and commercial 4,043 paper....................................................... 26 All other........................................................ 134,327 27 U.S. addresses............................................ 127,978 6,349 28 Non-U.S. addressees.................................. 29 Real estate.......................................................... 83,294 57,923 30 To individuals for personal expenditures........ To financial institutions 3,418 31 Commercial banks in the United States.. . . 6,754 32 Banks in foreign countries........................... 33 Sales finance, personal finance companies, 9,456 15,102 34 Other financial institutions........................... 10,265 35 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. 36 To others for purchasing and carrying 2,298 4,699 37 To finance agricultural production................. 12,438 38 All other............................................................ 5.804 4; 503 333,710 42 Lease financing receivables................................... 6,588 54,888 43 All other assets...................................................... 615,435 25,779 16,760 6,907 23,093 15,468 5,446 2,180 343,127 138,742 23,730 16,471 5,608 1,652 346,134 140,021 26,179 16,437 6,819 2,923 346,162 139,986 25,587 18,162 5,562 1,863 347,694 139,784 23,851 16,362 5,553 1,936 348,048 140,198 23,768 16,230 5,537 342,406 138,851 22,800 16,372 4,826 1,602 342,067 138,788 348,561 140,135 4,130 134,721 128,392 6,329 83,780 57,889 3,916 134,872 128,584 6,288 84,334 57,998 3,777 134,965 128,703 6,262 84,660 58,182 4,171 135,850 129,596 6,254 84,946 58,459 3,806 136,180 129,918 6,262 85,296 58,824 3,421 136,363 130,069 6,293 85,731 59,055 3,567 136,631 130,330 6,302 86,053 59,356 3,536 136,598 130,165 6,433 86,476 59,735 2,985 7,058 2,826 6,281 3,064 6,447 3,204 6,601 2,782 6,408 2,981 6,366 3,083 6,366 3,102 6,723 9,487 14,989 8,658 9,475 14,976 8,711 9,178 14,769 9,477 9,847 15,026 9,377 9,938 15,216 9,197 9,669 15,304 9,998 9,579 15,264 9,736 9,540 15,479 8,939 2,287 4,723 11,698 5,883 4,533 331,990 6,658 56,746 601,950 2,290 4,752 11,636 5,921 4,569 331,577 6,660 54,354 602,546 2,286 4,743 11,577 5,944 4,576 332,606 6,678 55,000 597,274 2,294 4,778 11,583 5,909 4,620 335,605 6,751 55,529 608,667 2,320 4,817 11,377 5,967 4,679 335,516 6,835 55,165 596,884 2,338 4,772 11,696 6,014 4,669 337,011 6,854 56,702 608,092 2,347 4,755 11,312 6,074 4,679 337,295 6,862 54,653 602,283 2,356 4,747 11,328 6,092 4,695 337,774 6,892 54,662 608,869 173,871 713 121,268 3,859 1,495 29,316 7,419 1,747 8,053 229,167 72,623 67,901 172,031 702 119,554 3,956 2,114 29,737 6,742 1,323 7,902 229,729 72,458 67,790 166,507 562 116,406 3,873 1,537 28,600 7,410 1,191 6,926 231,146 72,313 67,628 176,304 742 163,830 650 116,131 3,710 503 26,946 7,389 1,248 7,252 232,774 72,176 67,514 172,974 742 122,544 4,344 1,137 27,677 7,269 1,574 7,688 232,972 72,030 67,370 163,842 574 116,503 3,926 507 26,918 6,878 1,375 7,162 234,323 71,892 67,227 166,836 627 115,911 3,749 538 29,472 7,116 1,662 7,761 234,758 71,609 66,889 3,882 818 23 156,544 127,254 18,830 447 4,449 3,878 768 3,935 727 3,958 684 157,271 128,018 18,912 432 4,430 22 3,936 701 4,006 21 29 163,149 133,497 19,657 498 4,207 5,564 89,311 1 Cash items in process of collection..................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States................................................................. 3 All other cash and due from depositary institutions......................................................... Securities 5 U.S. Treasury securities....................................... Trading account................................................ 7 Investment account, by maturity..................... 8 One year or less............................................ 9 Over one through five years......................... 10 Over five years.............................................. 6 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Trading account................................................ Investment account........................................... U.S. government agencies............................. States and political subdivision, by maturity. One year or less........................................ Over one year............................................ Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities Loans Deposits 181,582 906 47 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations.. 126,673 4,258 48 States and political subdivisions..................... 850 49 U.S. government............................................... 50 Commercial banks in the United States.......... 30,320 8,082 51 Banks in foreign countries..................... ........ 1,474 52 Foreign governments and official institutions. 9,018 53 Certified and officers’ checks........................... 231,364 54 Time and savings deposits................................... 72,311 67,596 56 Individuals and nonprofit organizations---57 Partnerships and corporations operated for 3,866 833 58 Domestic governmental units....................... 15 59 A llo th er........................................................ 159,053 61 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations 129,082 19,021 62 States and political subdivisions................. 448 63 U.S. government........................................... 4,724 64 Commercial banks in the United States---65 Foreign governments, official institutions, 5,778 and banks.................................................. 66 Federal funds purchased 3..................................... 87,148 Other liabilities for borrowed money 1,718 67 Borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks. . . . 6,568 68 Treasury tax-and-loan notes............................ 14,006 69 All other liabilities for borrowed money........ 70 Other liabilities and subordinated note and 52,148 574,535 45 Demand deposits.................................................. 72 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)4. . .| 40,900 1. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 2. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 3. Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchases. 2,112 122,000 4,831 702 30,872 7,351 1,359 8,447 232,133 72,057 67,425 Aug. 15p Aug. 22p Aug. 29* 2,002 158,833 129,291 19,191 438 4,458 3,906 704 23 160,076 130,563 19,257 435 4,355 21 22 160,598 131,102 19,330 474 4,395 160,942 131,507 19,204 474 4,377 3,965 676 24 162,431 132,943 19,420 469 4,303 5,478 89,541 5,455 86,150 5,466 85,644 5,296 89,956 5,379 88,693 5,296 87,282 5,289 90,114 804 4,631 12,744 856 5,513 12,895 553 6,795 14,553 778 5,509 15,393 358 2,863 14,786 2,023 2,058 15,501 790 4,898 16,527 208 4,595 15,590 50,493 561,021 51,249 561,814 50,786 556,490 51,864 567,625 51,180 555,747 52,751 566,972 53,542 561,205 55,474 567,575 40,929 40,731 40,783 41,042 41,136 41,120 41,078 41,294 686 4. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. A22 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.29 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS IN NEW YORK CITY Assets and Liabilities M illions of dollars, W ednesday figures 1979 July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 20,411 16,424 16,931 15,785 18,407 14,769 15,759 14,821 16,424 9,326 11,197 9,878 10,506 10,691 8,978 9,167 8,837 9,685 4,811 107,673 4,381 105,056 6,701 104,089 5,931 103,718 6,242 105,142 6,257 104,959 6,262 105,683 7,081 104,973 8,917 105,198 Investment account, by maturity..................... One year or less............................................ Over one through five years......................... Over five years............................................... 6,952 1,163 5,145 643 6,903 1,167 5,092 644 6,542 1,188 4,717 637 6,321 1,175 4,470 676 6,265 1,154 4,498 613 6,170 1,237 4,340 594 6,149 4,334 594 1,221 6,087 1,209 4,285 593 5,818 1,128 4,115 574 Investment account........................................... U.S. government agencies............................. States and political subdivision, by maturity. One year or less......................................... Over one year............................................. Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities 10,978 1,590 8,776 1,342 7,434 612 11,089 1,715 8,758 1,355 7,403 616 11,112 11,100 11,033 1,746 8,683 1,242 7,441 604 11,073 1,727 8,762 1,334 7,428 584 11,164 1,834 8,745 1,339 7,406 585 11,156 1,814 8,785 1,334 7,450 557 11,269 1,892 8,819 1,348 7,471 558 8,658 4,881 3,070 706 83,418 41,889 6,846 3,927 2,225 694 82,568 42,192 7,019 4,924 1,626 470 81,776 42,143 6,266 3,338 1,835 1,093 82,390 42,210 6,915 4,439 7,140 3,696 2,434 82,984 42,540 1,010 6,676 3,958 2,095 622 84,105 42,533 6,342 3,757 1,963 622 83,814 42,714 7,292 4,606 2,053 632 83,265 42,712 1,394 40,495 38,220 2,275 11,115 7,734 1,379 40,813 38,557 2,255 11,155 7,746 1,249 40,893 38,651 2,243 11,268 7,761 1,123 41,087 38,878 2,209 11,390 7,769 1,113 41,388 39,187 11,415 7,828 1,007 41,533 39,350 2,184 11,510 7,859 862 41,671 39,456 2,214 11,556 7,917 942 41,772 39,555 2,216 11,583 7,971 41,712 39,485 2,227 11,613 1,220 3,346 1,006 3,618 927 2,937 1,114 2,960 1,026 3,069 861 3,041 1,053 2,990 1,067 2,911 968 3,248 3,450 4,575 6,544 3,572 4,459 5,483 3,534 4,458 5,543 3,283 4,407 5,977 3,764 4,450 5,916 3,919 4,493 5,588 3,683 4,618 6,244 3,531 4,756 6,028 3,506 4,775 4,901 451 1 Cash items in process of collection..................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States.................................................................. 3 All other cash and due from depositary 4 Total loans and securities1 ................................... Aug. \ p Aug. 8 » Aug. 15? Aug. 22p Aug. 29p Securities 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Loans 19 Federal funds sold 3.............................................. To commercial banks....................................... To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. To others........................................ .................. 23 Other loans, cross................................................. 24 Commercial and industrial............................... Bankers’ acceptances and commercial 25 paper....................................................... All other........................................................ 26 27 U.S. addressees.......................................... Non-U.S. addressees................................. 28 29 Real estate.......................................................... 30 To individuals for personal expenditures___ To financial institutions 31 Commercial banks in the United States.. . . Banks in foreign countries........................... 32 Sales finance, personal finance companies, 33 etc................................................................ Other financial institutions........................... 34 35 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities. 36 To others for purchasing and carrying 20 21 22 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 67 68 69 70 1,719 8,755 1,313 7,442 626 2,002 473 83,301 42,501 2,202 1,000 8,012 439 441 2,884 849 Less: Unearned income........................................ 1,483 Loan loss reserve........................................ 81,086 Other loans, n et.................................................... 1,280 Lease financing receivables................................... 27,439 All other assets5.................................................... Total assets............................................................ 170,941 2,675 856 1,494 80,219 1,303 29,809 168,171 2,530 864 1,496 79,416 1,299 26,871 165,770 453 215 2,611 862 1,497 80,031 1,306 27,915 165,161 455 205 2,673 858 1,514 80,929 1,308 27,791 169,581 452 203 2,518 867 1,542 80,575 1,348 27,818 164,130 450 203 2,857 870 1,541 81,694 1,354 28,714 166,941 456 203 2,595 879 1,547 81,388 1,354 26,936 164,002 890 1,555 80,819 1,364 26,424 168,013 59,200 508 30,041 481 92 16,343 6,195 1,126 4,415 40,776 10,104 9,481 59,292 395 29,664 504 326 17,651 5,654 1,397 3,702 40,083 10,123 9,509 57,592 391 28,986 464 574 17,580 4,802 1,036 3,758 40,298 10,077 9,480 56,317 276 28,408 412 364 17,215 5,579 826 3,237 40,215 10,044 9,450 60,276 410 30,441 586 18,139 5,310 987 4,290 40,829 9,998 9,414 54,499 345 27,826 398 58 15,900 5,605 874 3,492 40,939 9,984 9,412 58,027 410 30,669 538 208 15,750 5,451 1,242 3,758 40,959 9,962 9,393 53,661 297 27,984 424 74 15,267 5,118 1,018 3,479 41,132 9,936 9,361 56,736 275 27,462 386 65 17,706 5,328 1,353 4,161 41,066 9,891 9,306 403 213 7 30,671 24,682 1,262 44 1,412 401 199 14 29,960 24,177 1,281 45 1,304 403 181 13 30,221 24,402 1,317 44 1,362 410 169 14 30,171 24,502 1,353 50 1,262 400 169 14 30,831 25,037 1,383 56 1,301 406 155 399 157 10 30,955 25,164 1,430 60 1,314 12 30,997 25,172 1,472 65 1,309 406 153 15 31,196 25,451 1,515 69 1,290 401 165 19 31,175 25,521 1,511 83 1,189 3,271 28,154 3,153 27,598 3,095 25,298 3,003 27,236 3,054 25,986 2,988 27,931 2,979 24,776 2,871 25,746 2,870 26,480 995 1,255 7,081 275 970 7,183 375 1,154 7,234 49 1,398 7,432 1,132 7,661 616 7,183 100 1,435 433 7,184 1,083 7,922 1,043 7,777 20,116 157,576 19,352 154,754 20,400 152,350 19,121 151,768 20,188 156,072 19,349 150,616 20,575 153,391 20,854 150,499 21,412 154,515 13,364 13,417 13,420 13,392 13,509 13,513 13,550 13,503 13,498 To finance agricultural production................. Deposits 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1,719 8,764 1,318 7,446 628 Mutual savings banks....................................... Individuals, partnerships, and corporations... States and political subdivisions..................... U.S. government............................................... Commercial banks in the United States.......... Banks in foreign countries............................... Foreign governments and official institutions. Certified and officers’ checks........................... Individuals and nonprofit organizations.... Partnerships and corporations operated for profit........................................................... Domestic governmental units....................... Individuals, partnerships, and corporations. States and political subdivisions.................. U.S. government........................................... Commercial banks in the United States---Foreign governments, official institutions. Other liabilities for borrowed money Borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks........ Treasury tax-and-loan notes........................... All other liabilities for borrowed money........ Other liabilities and subordinated note and 71 72 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)7.. 222 1. Excludes trading account securities. 2. Not available due to confidentiality. 3. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 4. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 222 222 112 456 206 2,866 100 5. Includes trading account securities. 6 . Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. 7. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. Weekly Reporting Banks A23 1.30 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS Balance Sheet Memoranda M illions of dollars, W ednesday figures 1979 Category July 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 A ug. 1? A ug. 8? A ug. 15? A ug. 22? A ug. 29? 1 Total loans (gross) and investments adjusted1. . . 2 Total loans (gross) adjusted 1.................................... 3 Demand deposits adjusted2 ....................................... 47 5 ,8 2 4 3 72,202 101,836 475,63 3 371,009 106,678 4 7 1 ,7 0 6 368,213 102,516 47 3 ,8 1 3 370,207 102,407 4 7 6 ,4 5 5 372,866 103,840 4 7 9 ,5 0 5 375,892 104,026 4 79,141 374,998 106,689 4 7 9 ,5 7 5 375,338 101,968 4 8 0 ,4 3 2 376,001 101,821 4 Time deposits in accounts o f $100,000 or m ore. 5 N egotiable C D s ........................................................ 6 Other time d ep o sits................................................. 115,474 81,533 33,942 113,176 7 9 ,4 0 4 3 3,772 113,469 7 9 ,5 2 2 33,947 114,945 8 0 ,854 34,091 115,596 8 1 ,436 34,159 116,209 81,995 3 4 ,2 1 4 116,390 82 ,2 9 7 34,093 117,576 83,525 34,051 118,377 8 4 ,2 3 4 34,1 4 2 7 Loans sold outright to affiliates3 ............................ 8 Commercial and industrial.................................... 9 O ther............................................................................. 3,6 8 2 2 ,7 3 8 944 3 ,7 3 7 2 ,7 9 2 945 3,675 2 ,7 3 4 940 3 ,7 3 4 2 ,7 9 4 940 3 ,7 8 3 2 ,8 6 6 916 3,753 2 ,8 1 3 940 3 ,6 2 6 2 ,7 0 6 920 3,6 8 0 2 ,7 2 3 957 3 ,7 1 6 2 ,7 6 9 946 10 Total loans (gross) and investments adjusted1. .. 11 Total loans (gross) adjusted1.................................... 12 D em and deposits adjusted2 ....................................... 445 ,8 4 4 349,751 9 4 ,7 3 0 4 4 5 ,5 1 6 348,441 9 9 ,3 0 4 441,591 345,668 95,233 44 3 ,6 4 6 347,688 95,1 6 8 4 4 6,155 350,190 9 6 ,4 1 0 4 4 9 ,0 9 5 353,122 9 6 ,6 7 4 4 4 8 ,6 5 0 352,139 9 9 ,3 9 4 4 4 9 ,0 8 8 352,455 9 4 ,7 8 0 4 4 9 ,7 8 4 352,998 9 4 ,4 5 4 13 Tim e deposits in accounts o f $100,000 or m ore. 14 N egotiable C D s ........................................................ 15 Other time d ep o sits.................................................. 107,991 76 ,496 31,494 105,821 7 4 ,4 8 6 31,335 106,152 7 4 ,622 31,530 107,548 75,873 31,674 108,302 76,5 0 3 31,799 108,820 76,881 31,939 108,932 76,928 3 2 ,0 0 4 110,044 7 7 ,9 2 6 32,118 110,706 7 8 ,4 9 6 3 2 ,2 1 0 16 Loans sold outright to affiliates3............................. 17 Com mercial and industrial.................................... 18 O th er............................................................................. 3,638 2 ,7 1 8 919 3,691 2,77 1 920 3 ,629 2 ,7 1 3 916 3,691 2 ,7 7 6 915 3 ,7 4 0 2 ,8 4 7 892 3 ,7 0 9 2 ,7 9 3 916 3,581 2 ,6 8 6 894 3 ,6 2 6 2 ,7 0 2 924 3 ,6 6 9 2 ,7 5 0 919 19 Total loans (gross) and investments adjusted1*4. 20 Total loans (gross) adjusted1.................................... 21 D em and deposits adjusted2 ....................................... 103,904 85,974 22,355 102,473 84,481 2 4 ,8 9 2 100,599 8 2 ,9 4 4 2 2 ,5 0 6 101,625 8 4 ,2 0 4 2 2 ,9 5 2 102,048 8 4 ,7 5 0 2 3 ,6 1 7 102,810 8 5 ,5 6 6 23,7 7 1 103,083 8 5 ,7 7 0 2 6 ,3 0 9 102,575 8 5 ,3 3 2 2 3 ,4 9 9 102,069 8 4 ,9 8 2 2 2 ,5 4 1 22 Tim e deposits in accounts o f $100,000 or m ore. 23 N egotiable C D s ........................................................ 24 Other time d ep o sits.................................................. 24,741 17,484 7 ,2 5 7 2 4 ,0 3 5 16,752 7 ,2 8 3 2 4 ,2 4 4 16,937 7 ,3 0 8 2 4 ,1 8 6 16,853 7,3 3 3 2 4 ,6 6 0 17,304 7 ,3 5 6 2 4 ,9 3 4 17,416 7 ,5 1 8 2 4 ,9 1 2 17,304 7 ,6 0 8 2 5 ,0 1 9 17,466 7,5 5 3 2 5 ,0 2 3 1 7,650 7 ,3 7 2 B anks with B anks A ssets with of A ssets B anks in $750 M illion of $1 B illion or or M ore M ore N ew Y ork C ity 1. Exclusive of loans and federal funds transactions with domestic com mercial banks. 2. All demand deposits except U.S. government and domestic banks less cash items in process of collection. 3. Loans sold are those sold outright to a bank’s own foreign branches, nonconsolidated nonbank affiliates of the bank, the bank’s holding com pany (if not a bank) and nonconsolidated nonbank subsidiaries of the holding company. 4. Excludes trading account securities. A24 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS Domestic Classified Commercial and Industrial Loans 1.31 M illions of dollars Outstanding Net change during 1979 Industry classification 1979 Apr. 25 May 30 June 27 July 25 Aug. 29 p 1 Durable goods manufacturing........ . 20,699 20,648 20,905 21,450 2 Nondurable goods manufacturing.., 3 Food, liquor, and tobacco............. 4 Textiles, apparel, and leather........ 5 Petroleum refining.......................... 6 Chemicals and rubber.................... 7 Other nondurable goods.............. . 17,589 4,753 4,339 2,113 3,605 2,779 17,303 4,365 4,547 2,067 3,496 2,827 17,403 4,371 4,701 1,967 3,448 2,916 17,423 4,252 4,859 1,929 3,437 2,946 8 Mining (including crude petroleum 1979 June July Ql Q2 21,594 1,677 1,324 257 545 144 18,253 4,482 5,092 1,831 3,644 3,203 311 -86 100 6 154 -100 20 830 231 233 -9 8 207 257 11 396 -380 45 236 -4 4 0 495 -3 1 0 -6 2 230 Aug.* -119 158 -3 8 -11 -4 8 89 30 and natural gas)............................. 10,383 10,888 11,008 11,221 11,445 11 858 120 213 224 9 Trade................................................. . 10 Commodity dealers........................ 11 Other wholesale.............................. 12 Retail............................................... 22,957 1,815 11,262 9,880 23,574 1,957 11,401 10,216 23,976 1,917 11,741 10,318 24,596 2,099 12,001 10,495 23,999 1,665 11,946 10,388 1,327 -7 8 760 645 1,496 25 778 693 402 -4 0 340 103 619 182 260 177 -597 -4 3 4 -5 5 -108 13 Transportation, communication, and other public utilities................... 14 Transportation................................ 15 Communication.............................. 16 Other public utilities...................... 14,474 6,319 14,610 6,405 6,269 1,886 6,319 15,324 6,451 2,050 6,823 15,387 6,487 2,106 6,794 15,751 6,642 2,148 6,961 437 443 138 -146 1,262. 185 199 877 714 46 164 504 62 35 55 -2 8 365 155 42 167 17 Construction..................................... . 18 Services............................................... 19 All other i .......................................... 5,478 16,490 14,614 5,744 16,868 14,847 5,583 17,250 15,444 5,723 17,589 15,314 5,701 17,821 15,602 168 721 -1,921 1,180 1,481 210 -161 382 597 140 339 -130 -22 20 Total domestic loan s .......................... 122,685 124,483 126,894 128,703 130,165 2,731 7,724 2,412 21 Memo: Term loans (original maturity more than 1 year) included in domestic loans............................. 61,941 63,328 64,474 64,312 65,986 3,740 3,960 1,146 1,886 232 287 1,462 -162 1,673 1. Includes commercial and industrial loans at a few banks with assets with domestic assets of $1 billion or more as of December 31, 1977 are included in this series. The revised series is on a last-Wednesday-of-theof $1 billion or more that do not classify their loans. month basis. N ote. New series. The 134 large weekly reporting commercial banks 1.311 MAJOR NONDEPOSIT SOURCES OF FUNDS OF COMMERCIAL BANKS1 Monthly averages, billions of dollars Source December outstanding Outstanding in 1979 1976 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total nondeposit funds Seasonally adjusted 2 .............................................. Not seasonally adjusted......................................... Federal funds, RPs, and other borrowings from nonbanks Seasonally adjusted 3.............................................. Not seasonally adjusted......................................... Net Eurodollar borrowings, not seasonally adjusted. Loans sold to affiliates, not seasonally adjusted4. . . . M emo 7 Security RP borrowings, seasonally adjusted 5........ 8 Not seasonally adjusted......................................... 9 U.S. Treasury demand balances, not seasonally adjusted6................................................................. 10 Domestic chartered banks net positions with own foreign branches, not seasonally adjusted7 ---11 Gross due from balances....................................... 12 Gross due to balances............................................ 13 Foreign-related institutions net positions with directly related institutions, not seasonally adjusted 8.............................................................. 14 Gross due from balances........................................ 15 Gross due to balances............................................ 1977 1978 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. 55.4 54.2 62.7 61.3 84.9 83.9 83.1 82.2 95.8 93.7 100.7 98.4 104.8 102.5 111.2 113.3 115.7 115.5 119.4 118.2 127.7 129.7 47.1 45.8 4.5 3.8 58.4 57.0 - 0 .5 4.8 74.8 73.8 6.3 3.8 73.2 72.3 6.3 3.6 80.2 78.1 12.0 82.3 80.0 18.9 3.6 84.3 86.4 23.2 3.7 84.4 84.2 27.5 3.8 86.5 85.4 29.1 3.7 91.2 93.3 3.6 80.9 78.6 16.3 3.5 27.9 27.0 36.3 35.1 43.8 42.4 43.8 40.8 42.9 41.4 42.7 42.2 43.0 42.5 42.0 44.8 45.0 44.5 42.8 42.5 40.9 42.5 10.2 4.4 -1 2 .5 11.9 8.3 6.5 5.3 8.4 10.8 13.2 9.9 - 1 0 .7 - 10.1 25.5 24.6 14.8 14.5 - 6 .3 23.3 17.0 - 4 .5 22.5 18.0 - 1 .9 2 .6 6.3 19.7 19.7 22.3 5.8 8.9 19.2 28.1 16.4 15.4 31.7 18.3 15.0 33.3 20.8 20.8 20.6 5.1 - 6.0 12.8 6.8 21.1 8 .6 9.7 8.3 18.1 10.3 21.4 11.1 1. Commercial banks are those in the 50 states and the District of Columbia with national or state charters plus U.S. branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks and Edge Act corporations. 2. Includes seasonally adjusted Federal funds, RPs, and other borrow ings from nonbanks and not seasonally adjusted net Eurodollars and loans to affiliates. Includes averages of Wednesday data for domestic chartered banks and averages of current and previous month-end data for foreign-related institutions. 3. Other borrowings are borrowings on any instrument, such as a promissory note or due bill, given for the purpose of borrowing money for the banking business. This includes borrowings from Federal Reserve 3.7 17.0 14.2 31.2 15.3 36.0 2 1.6 15.7 36.5 15.9 36.5 20.0 20.1 25.8 26.4 21.7 17.6 39.3 17.6 40.4 22.8 23.8 17.6 41.4 Banks and from foreign banks, term federal funds, overdrawn due from bank balances, loan RPs, and participations in pooled loans. Includes averages of daily figures for member banks and averages of current and previous month-end data for foreign-related institutions. 4. Loans initially booked by the bank and later sold to affiliates that are still held by affiliates. Averages of Wednesday data. 5. Based on daily average data reported by 46 large banks. 6 . Includes U.S. Treasury demand deposits and Treasury tax and loan notes at commercial banks. Averages of daily data. 7. Includes averages of daily figures for member banks and quarterly call report figures for nonmember banks. 8 . Includes averages of current and previous month-end data. Deposits and Commercial Paper A25 1.32 GROSS DEMAND DEPOSITS of Individuals, Partnerships, and Corporations1 Billions of dollars, estimated daily-average balances Commercial banks Type of holder 1 All holders, individuals, partnerships, 1974 Dec. and 2 Financial business.................................................. 1975 Dec. 225.0 236.9 19.0 118.8 73.3 2.3 11.7 20.1 1977 1976 Dec. 125.1 78.0 2.4 11.3 I 9792 1978 Dec. Mar. June Sept. Dec. Mar. June 250.1 274.4 262.5 271.2 278.8 294.6 270.4 285.6 22.3 130.2 82.6 2.7 12.4 25.0 142.9 91.0 2.5 12.9 24.5 131.5 91.8 2.4 12.3 25.7 137.7 92.9 2.4 12.4 25.9 142.5 95.0 2.5 13.1 27.8 152.7 97.4 2.7 14.1 24.4 135.9 93.9 2.7 13.5 25.4 145.1 98.6 2.8 13.7 Weekly reporting banks 1975 Dec. 7 All holdere, individuals, partnerships, and 8 Financial business.................................................. 12 Other....................................................................... 1976 Dec. 1977 Dec. 124.4 128.5 15.6 69.9 29.9 2.3 17.5 69.7 31.7 6.6 2 .6 7.1 1. Figures include cash items in process of collection. Estimates of gross deposits are based on reports supplied by a sample of commercial banks. Types of depositors in each category are described in the June 1971 B u lle t in , p. 466. 2. Beginning with the March 1979 survey, the demand deposit ownership survey sample was reduced to 232 banks from 349 banks, and the estima tion procedure was modified slightly. To aid in comparing estimates based on the old and new reporting sample, the following estimates in billions of dollars for December 1978 have been constructed using the new smaller sample: financial business, 27.0; nonfinancial business, 146.9; consumer, 98.3; foreign, 2.8; and other, 15.1. 19793 1978 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Mar. June 139.1 137.7 139.7 141.3 142.7 147.0 121.9 128.8 18.5 76.3 34.6 2.4 7.4 19.4 72.0 36.8 2.4 7.1 18.9 74.1 37.1 2.4 7.3 19.1 75.0 37.5 2.5 7.2 19.3 75.7 37.7 2.5 7.5 19.8 79.0 38.2 2.5 7.5 16.9 64.6 31.1 68.1 18.4 2 .6 33.0 2.7 6.7 6.6 3. After the end of 1978 the large weekly reporting bank panel was changed to 170 large commercial banks, each of which had total assets in domestic offices exceeding $750 million as of Dec. 31, 1977. See “An nouncements,” p. 408 in the May 1978 B u lle t in . Beginning in March 1979, demand deposit ownership estimates for these large banks are constructed quarterly on the basis of 97 sample banks and are not comparable with earlier data. The following estimates in billions of dollars for December 1978 have been constructed for the new large-bank panel: financial business, 18.2; nonfinancial business, 67.2; consumer, 32.8; foreign, 2.5; other, 6 .8. 1.33 COMMERCIAL PAPER AND BANKERS DOLLAR ACCEPTANCES OUTSTANDING Millions of dollars, end of period Instrument 1976 Dec. 1977 Dec. 1979 1978 Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Commercial paper (seasonally adjusted) 52,971 65,101 83,665 85,226 87,358 90,796 92,725 96,106 101,516 102,447 Total.................................................................... Bank-related........................................................ 7,261 1,900 8,884 2,132 12,296 3,521 12,915 4,413 13,419 3,969 14,247 3,793 14,961 4,251 15,551 4,141 16,537 3,826 17,042 3,951 Total.................................................................... Bank-related........................................................ 32,511 5,959 40,484 7,102 51,630 12,314 52,880 12,191 54,586 12,166 55,653 12,642 55,313 12,788 57,886 13,799 61,256 15,130 60,532 14,722 6 Nonfinancial companies4 ....................................... 13,199 15,733 19,739 19,431 19,353 20,896 22,451 22,669 23,723 24,873 1 All issuers................................................................ Financial companies 1 2 3 4 5 Dealer-placed paper 2 Directly placed paper 3 Bankers dollar acceptances (not seasonally adjusted) 7 Total........................................................................ 22,523 Holder 8 Accepting banks.................................................... 9 10 Own bills............................................................. Bills bought........................................................ Federal Reserve Banks 13 Others...................................................................... 25,450 33,700 33,749 34,337 34,617 34,391 35,286 36,989 39,040 10,442 8,769 1,673 10,434 8,915 1,519 8,579 7,653 927 7,339 6,214 1,125 7,715 6,708 1,007 7,645 6,535 1,110 7,535 6,685 849 7,844 6,895 950 8,180 6,956 1,224 9,275 7,499 1,777 991 375 10,715 954 362 13,904 0 0 765 750 25,646 '25,872 204 793 25,975 252 861 25,744 0 664 24,456 940 26,501 1,400 971 27,837 1,159 952 27,654 4,992 4,818 12,713 6,378 5,863 13,209 8,574 7,586 17,540 8,869 7,762 17,118 9,281 8,104 17,232 8,679 8,087 17,625 9,007 8,367 17,912 9,202 8,599 19,189 9,499 8,784 20,756 1 Basis 16 All other.................................................................. 1. Institutions engaged primarily in activities such as, but not limited to, commercial, savings, and mortgage banking; sales, personal, and mortgage financing; factoring, finance leasing, and other business lending; insurance underwriting; and other investment activities. 2. Includes all financial company paper sold by dealers in the open market. 9,114 7,858 17,365 3. As reported by financial companies that place their paper directly with investors. 4. Includes public utilities and firms engaged primarily in activities such as communications, construction, manufacturing, mining, wholesale and retail trade, transportation, and services. A26 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.34 PRIME RATE CHARGED BY BANKS on Short-Term Business Loans Percent per annum Effective date 1978—June 16............. 30............. 9 9% Aug. 31............ Sept. 15............. 28............. Dec. 26........... uy4 1979—June 19........... July 27........... HV4 11% 9Va Oct. 13........... 27........... 10 io*4 Average rate Month Average rate 1977—Nov...................... Dec....................... ioy 4 11 9% 1........... 6 ........... 17........... 24........... 8% 1978—Nov. Month 7.75 7.75 1978—Oct....................... Nov...................... Dec....................... 9.94 10.94 11.55 8.00 8.00 8.00 1979—Jan....................... Feb....................... 8.27 8.63 9.00 9.01 9.41 Apr....................... May..................... June..................... July...................... Aug...................... 11.75 11.75 11.75 11.75 11.75 11.65 11.54 11.91 Rate Effective date Rate Aug. 16............ 28............ lOVi 1978—ja n ........................ Feb....................... Mar...................... A pr...................... M ay..................... June..................... July...................... Aug...................... Sept...................... HV4 12 121/4 1.35 TERMS OF LENDING AT COMMERCIAL BANKS 7.93 Survey of Loans Made, May 7-12, 1979 Size o f loan (in thousands o f dollars) A ll sizes Item 1-24 S hort-T erm C ommercial I ndustrial L oans 50-99 100-499 1,000 and over 500-999 and 1 2 3 4 A m ount o f loans (thousands o f dollars)........... N um ber o f loan s........................................................ W eighted average maturity (m on th s)................. W eighted average interest rate (percent per annum )................................................................. 5 Interquartile range i ............................................. 8 ,5 7 6 ,0 7 0 162,509 2 .9 9 4 9,806 122,951 3 .4 637,101 1 9 ,944 3 .3 5 88,718 9 ,1 1 2 3 .2 1 ,4 2 7 ,8 8 9 8,161 3 .1 673 ,7 7 0 1,061 3 .2 4 ,2 9 8 ,7 8 5 1,281 2 .5 1 2.34 1 1 .5 0 -1 3 .0 2 1 2.30 1 0 .6 7 -1 3 .4 2 12.69 1 1 .1 9 -1 3 .8 3 13 .0 2 1 2 .3 6 -1 3 .7 5 12.61 1 2 .0 0 -1 3 .3 7 12.68 1 2 .1 6 -1 3 .1 7 12.07 1 1 .5 0 -1 2 .4 0 4 7 .6 4 7 .2 2 0 .8 2 4 .0 2 5 .4 3 0 .0 2 9 .2 4 4 .2 4 8 .7 4 7 .6 6 5 .4 6 0 .0 5 6 .2 5 3 .2 Percentage o f amount o f loans 6 W ith floating rate...................................................... 7 M ade under com m itm ent....................................... L ong -T erm C ommercial I ndustrial L oans 2 5-49 an d 8 9 10 11 A m ount o f loans (thousands o f dollars)........... N um ber o f loan s........................................................ W eighted average maturity (m o n th s)................. W eighted average interest rate (percent per annum )................................................................. 12 Interquartile range * ............................................. 1 ,485,131 25,164 4 8 .2 423,381 2 2,615 4 0 .2 3 7 6,270 2,161 5 8 .5 127,185 181 4 7 .3 558,2 9 6 208 4 7 .6 12.08 1 1 .3 0 -1 3 .1 6 11.57 1 0 .0 0 -1 3 .2 4 11 .8 0 1 0 .7 5 -1 3 .0 0 12.9 0 1 1 .7 5 -1 3 .5 2 1 2 .4 8 1 1 .7 5 -1 3 .0 0 4 7 .4 5 0 .0 1 3 .2 3 8 .6 2 9 .2 2 3 .4 8 2 .2 5 9 .5 7 7 .6 7 4 .5 Percentage o f amount o f loans 13 W ith floating rate...................................................... 14 M ade under com m itm ent....................................... C onstruction and L a n d D evelopment L oans 15 A m ount o f loans (thousands o f dollars)........... 16 N um ber o f loan s........................................................ 1 ,0 1 9 ,8 4 2 18,490 7 .6 96,803 11,506 8 .9 108,609 3 ,2 0 9 6 .3 131,421 1,826 7 .7 307,713 1,6 8 0 8 .4 375,295 268 6 .9 18 W eighted average interest rate (percent per annum )................................................................. 19 Interquartile range 1 ............................................. 12.23 1 1 .2 5 -1 3 .4 5 12.39 1 1 .3 0 -1 3 .3 5 11.94 1 0 .7 6 -1 2 .6 2 11.89 1 0 .0 0 -1 2 .7 3 12.3 6 1 0 .6 4 -1 3 .7 2 12.28 11.25--13.75 4 9 .3 7 9 .5 5 0 .3 2 8 .5 8 7 .7 4 5 .9 19.6 9 6 .4 2 3 .4 4 4 .5 9 5 .1 2 7 .0 4 0 .3 7 0 .3 4 1 .2 7 2 .4 7 4 .7 7 4 .9 4 3 .0 11.6 4 5 .4 81 .5 2 .3 16.1 7 5 .2 2 .0 2 2 .8 7 6 .8 2 .5 2 0 .7 4 1 .9 8 .5 4 9 .7 12.7 2 2 .7 6 4 .6 Percentage o f amount o f loans 20 W ith floating rate...................................................... 21 Secured by real estate.............................................. 22 M ade under com m itm ent....................................... Type o f construction 23 1- to 4-fam ily.............................................................. 24 M ultifam ily................................................................. 24 N onresidential............................................................ A ll sizes L oans to 1-9 10-24 25-49 50-99 100-249 250 and over F armers 26 27 28 29 A m ount o f loans (thousands o f dollars)........... N um ber o f loan s........................................................ W eighted average m aturity (m onths).................. W eighted average interest rate (percent per an nu m )................................................................. 30 Interquartile range i ............................................. 1 ,0 57,427 7 4 ,330 7 .5 200,607 53,495 8.1 181,082 12,330 8 .5 145,374 4 ,3 0 9 6 .5 178,938 2 ,7 1 7 11 .4 157,441 1,1 0 4 5 .4 193,955 375 5 .0 11.20 1 0 .2 1 -1 2 .2 4 10.56 9 .8 8 -1 1 .1 9 10.69 1 0 .0 0 -1 1 .2 4 10.73 1 0 .0 0 -1 1 .4 6 10.89 1 0 .1 2 -1 1 .3 0 11.97 1 1 .0 0 -1 3 .1 6 12.35 1 1 .4 1 -1 3 .5 2 11.21 11.74 11.20 10.61 11.15 10.57 10.46 1 0 .5 2 1 0 .7 0 10.7 0 10.68 10.08 10.95 1 0.27 1 0 .8 2 10.83 10.11 10.87 1 0 .4 0 10.95 10.80 11.96 11.00 11.52 12.83 12.41 ( 2) 11.79 By purpose o f loan 31 32 33 34 35 Feeder livestock ......................................................... Other livestock ........................................................... Other current operating expenses........................ Farm machinery and eq u ip m en t.......................... O ther.............................................................................. 1. Interest rate range that covers the middle 50 percent of the total dollar amount of loans made. 2. Fewer than 10 sample loans, 1 1 .5 2 10.03 12.31 ( 2) ( 2) 1 2 .5 0 1 2 .7 0 N o te . For more detail, see the Board’s G. 14 (416) statistical release. Securities Markets A27 1.36 INTEREST RATES Money and Capital Markets A verages, percent per annum 1976 Instrument 1977 1979 1978 May June 1979,, week ending July Aug. Aug. 4 Aug. 11 Aug. 18 Aug. 25 Sept. 1 Money market rates 4 Finance company paper, directly placed, 3- to 6-month 2-3................................... 5 Prime bankers acceptances, 90-day3*4....... 6 Large negotiable certificates of deposit, 3-month, secondary market5............... 7 Eurodollar deposits, 3-month 6 .................. U.S. Treasury bills3*7 Market yields Rates on new issue 8 5.54 7.94 10.24 10.29 10.47 10.94 10.75 10.67 10.80 11.04 11.16 5.24 5.35 5.54 5.60 7.94 7.99 9.95 9.98 9.76 9.71 9.87 9.82 10.43 10.39 9.99 9.98 10.10 10.07 10.37 10.32 10.61 10.56 10.87 5.22 5.19 5.49 5.59 7.78 9.75 9.98 9.44 9.79 9.39 9.99 9.82 10.62 9.62 10.11 9.63 10.27 9.79 10.60 9.91 10.82 10.07 5.26 5.57 5.58 6.05 8.20 8.74 10.15 10.73 9.95 10.52 10.11 10.87 10.69 11.53 10.23 11.13 10.25 11.00 10.53 11.25 10.81 11.63 12.10 5.27 5.53 5.71 7.19 7.58 7.74 9.61 9.54 9.27 9.06 9.06 8.81 9.24 9.24 8.87 9.52 9.49 9.16 9.23 9.31 8.93 9.40 9.39 8.95 9.52 9.47 9.15 9.55 9.53 9.28 9.74 9.70 9.41 4.989 5.266 Prime commercial paper 2-3 2 9 0 -to 119-day........................................... 5.05 4.98 5.26 5.52 1 Federal funds 1.............................................. 5.265 5.510 7.221 7.572 9.592 9.562 9.045 9.062 9.262 9.190 9.450 9.450 9.154 9.301 9.320 9.320 9.495 9.481 9.599 9.504 9.680 9.645 8.11 10.88 11.11 11.08 Capital market rates U.S. T re a su ry N o te s an d B on d s Constant maturities9 1-yea r 2-yea r 3-yea r 5-year.................................................. 7-year......................................... 10-year.............................................. . 20 -year............................................... 30-year................................................ 6.09 6.45 6.69 6.99 7.23 7.42 7.67 8.34 8.34 8.29 8.32 8.36 8.41 8.48 8.49 10.12 6.77 7.18 7.42 7.61 7.86 6.94 6.78 6.85 7.06 8.30 7.89 5.66 7.49 6.64 6.12 5.20 5.68 9.01 8.43 8.75 9.09 9.75 Aaa utility bonds 14 31 New issue..................... 32 Recently offered issues. Memo : Dividend /price ratio15 33 Preferred stocks......................... 34 Common stocks........................ 21 22 Remaining maturities 10 3 to 5 years........................ Over 10 years (long-term). State an d L ocal N otes and 9.57 9.22 8.95 8.85 8.86 9.64 9.14 8.94 8.90 8.92 8.95 8.92 8.93 9.98 9.46 9.14 9.06 9.05 9.03 8.97 8.98 9.72 9.27 9.01 8.96 8.99 8.97 8.96 8.97 9.72 9.27 8.98 8.93 8.95 8.94 8.92 8.93 9.95 9.38 9.06 9.01 9.00 9.00 8.95 8.96 10.14 9.57 9.20 9.11 9.09 9.06 8.97 9.00 10.28 9.75 9.40 9.27 9.23 9.17 9.04 9.05 9.30 8.55 8.89 8.32 8.88 8.35 9.08 8.42 8.98 8.41 8.95 8.36 9.02 8.39 9.12 8.43 9.30 8.51 5.52 6.27 6.03 5.81 6.38 6.25 5.54 6.19 6.13 6.11 5.58 5.72 6.36 5.60 6.30 6.14 5.70 6.20 6.20 6.13 5.70 6.40 6.16 5.75 6.40 6.23 5.85 6.50 6.36 8.43 9.07 9.96 9.81 9.69 9.74 9.74 9.73 9.72 9.74 9.79 8.02 8.24 8.49 8.97 8.73 8.92 9.12 9.45 9.50 9.86 10.00 10.47 9.29 9.66 9.89 10.38 9.20 9.49 9.75 10.29 9.23 9.53 9.85 10.35 9.24 9.55 9.82 10.34 9.20 9.52 9.84 10.35 9.20 9.51 9.83 10.34 9.23 9.53 9.86 10.35 9.30 9.57 9.91 10.37 8.48 8.49 8.19 8.19 8.96 8.97 9.83 9.84 9.50 9.50 9.58 9.53 9.48 9.49 9.52 9.57 9.40 9.44 9.42 9.45 9.47 9.47 9.62 9.54 7.97 3.77 7.60 4.56 8.25 5.28 8.82 5.58 8.87 5.53 8.93 5.50 9.02 5.30 9.00 5.45 8.97 5.36 8.94 5.25 9.10 5.22 9.09 5.22 9.78 9.42 9.24 9.23 9.25 9.21 9.19 8.91 8.91 8.92 B onds Moody’s series11 23 A aa...................................................... 24 Baa....................................................... 25 Bond Buyer series12............................... 6.13 C orporate B onds 26 Seasoned issues, all industries13. 27 28 29 30 By rating groups A aa................................................ A a.................................................. A .................................................... Baa................................................ 1. Weekly figures are 7-day averages of daily effective rates for the week ending Wednesday; the daily effective rate is an average of the rates on a given day weighted by the volume of transactions at these rates. 2. Beginning November 1977, unweighted average of offering rates quoted by at least five dealers (in the case of commercial paper), or finance companies (in the case of finance paper). Previously, most repre sentative rate quoted by those dealers and finance companies. 3. Yields are quoted on a bank-discount basis. 4. Average of the midpoint of the range of daily dealer closing rates offered for domestic issues. 5. Weekly figures (week ending Wednesday) are 7-day averages of the daily midpoints as determined from the range of offering rates; monthly figures are averages of total days in the month. Beginning Apr. 5, 1978, weekly figures are simple averages of offering rates. 6 . Averages of daily quotations for the week ending Wednesday. 7. Except for new bill issues, yields are computed from daily closing bid prices. 8 .Rates are recorded in the week in which bills are issued. 9. Yield on the more actively traded issues adjusted to constant maturities by the U.S. Treasury, based on daily closing bid prices. 10. Unweighted averages for all outstanding notes and bonds in maturity ranges shown, based on daily closing bid prices. “Long-term” includes all bonds neither due nor callable in less than 10 years, including a num ber of very low yielding “flower” bonds. 11. General obligations only, based on figures for Thursday, from Moody’s Investors Service. 12. Twenty issues of mixed quality. 13. Averages of daily figures from Moody’s Investors Service. 14. Compilation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Issues included are long-term (20 years or more). New-issue yields are based on quotations on date of offering; those on recently offered issues (included only for first 4 weeks after termination of underwriter price restrictions), on Friday close-of-business quotations. 15. Provided by Standard and Poor’s Corporation. A28 Domestic Financial Statistics o September 1979 1.37 STOCK MARKET Selected Statistics 1979 1976 Indicator 1978 1977 Feb. Mar. Apr. June May July Aug. 58.38 64.24 48.85 38.88 64.43 61.19 67.71 52.48 39.26 68.40 Prices and trading (averages of daily figures) Common stock prices New York Stock Exchange (Dec. 31,1965 = 50). Industrial............................................................... Transportation....................................................... Utility..................................................................... Finance................................................................... 54.45 60.44 39.57 36.97 52.94 6 Standard & Poor’s Corporation (1941-43 = 10)1.. 102.01 98.18 96.11 98.23 100.11 102.10 99.73 101.73 102.71 107.36 7 American Stock Exchange (Aug. 31,1973 = 100). 101.63 116.18 144.56 160.92 171.51 181.14 180.81 196.08 197.63 208.29 20,936 28,591 25,037 29,536 31,033 28,352 2,944 3,922 4,262 3,888 4,105 2,514 9 American Stock Exchange.............................. 34,662 5,236 32,416 3,890 35,870 4,503 1 2 3 4 5 Volume o f trading (thousands o f shares) 8 New York Stock Exchange................................... . 21,189 2,565 53.67 57.84 41.07 40.91 55.23 53.76 58.30 43.25 39.23 56.74 55.06 60.42 42.27 39.22 56.09 56.18 61.89 43.22 38.94 57.65 57.50 63.64 45.92 38.63 59.50 56.21 62.21 45.60 37.48 58.80 57.61 63.57 47.53 38.44 61.87 Customer financing (end-of-period balances, in millions of dollars) 10 11 12 13 Regulated margin credit at brokers/dealers2 Margin stock 3............................................... Convertible bonds........................................ Subscription issues....................................... Free credit balances at brokers4 14 Margin-account............................................ 15 Cash-account................................................ 11,035 10,830 205 2 9,993 9,740 250 3 585 1,855 640 2,060 8,166 7,960 204 1 10,989 10,790 195 4 11,056 10,870 185 1 2 835 2,510 775 2,430 830 2,490 835 2,550 11,416 11,220 194 11,314 11,130 183 11,763 11,590 172 1 1 840 2,590 897 2,880 T n.a. Margin-account debt at brokers (percentage distribution, end of period) 16 Total..................................... 17 18 19 20 21 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 12.0 18.0 36.0 23.0 33.0 28.0 18.0 29.0 31.0 18.0 21.0 30.0 23.0 28.0 26.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 5.0 5.0 11.0 6.0 23.0 29.0 23.0 22.0 10.0 6 .0 29.0 25.0 6 .0 6.0 6.0 By equity class (in percent)5 Under 40.............................. 40-49.................................... 50-59.................................... 60-69.................................... 70-79.................................... 22 80 or more........................... 23.0 35.0 15.0 8.7 6 .0 11.0 6 .0 12.0 7.0 5.0 6 .0 7.0 7.0 100.0 21.0 n.a. 7.0 Special miscellaneous-account balances at brokers (end of period) 23 Total balances (millions of dollars)6. . Distribution by equity status (percent) 24 Net credit status................................. Debit status, equity of 25 60 percent or m ore.................... 26 Less than 60 percent..................... 9,910 13,092 13,006 13,147 13,218 13,099 41.3 43.4 41.3 40.5 43.2 42.1 41.3 42.6 47.8 10.9 44.9 11.7 45.1 13.6 47.7 46.8 48.6 47.3 11.8 10.0 47.6 10.3 10.1 10.1 8,776 13,634 Margin requirements (percent of market value and effective date)7 Mar. 11, 1968 27 Margin stocks........................................................ 28 Convertible bonds.................................................. 29 Short sales.............................................................. June 8, 1968 May 6 , 1970 Dec. 6 , 1971 Nov. 24, 1972 Jan. 3, 1974 70 50 70 80 60 80 65 50 65 55 50 55 65 50 65 50 50 50 1. Effective July 1976, includes a new financial group, banks and in surance companies. With this change the index includes 400 industrial stocks (formerly 425), 20 transportation (formerly 15 rail), 40 public utility (formerly 60), and 40 financial. 2. Margin credit includes all credit extended to purchase or carry stocks or related equity instruments and secured at least in part by stock. Credit extended is end-of-month data for member firms of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition to assigning a current loan value to margin stock generally, Regulations T and U permit special loan values for convertible bonds and stock acquired through exercise of subscription rights. 3. A distribution of this total by equity class is shown on lines 17-22. 4. Free credit balances are in accounts with no unfulfilled commitments to the brokers and are subject to withdrawal by customers on demand. 5. Each customer’s equity in his collateral (market value of collateral less net debit balance) is expressed as a percentage of current collateral values. 6 . Balances that may be used by customers as the margin deposit re quired for additional purchases. Balances may arise as transfers based on loan values of other collateral in the customer’s margin account or deposits of cash (usually sales proceeds) occur. 7. Regulations G, T, and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, prescribed in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act or 1934, limit the amount of credit to purchase and carry margin stocks that may be extended on securities as collateral by prescribing a maximum loan value, which is a specified percentage of the market value of the collateral at the time the credit is extended. Margin requirements are the difference between the market value (100 percent) and the maximum loan value. The term “margin stocks” is defined in the corresponding regulation. Thrift Institutions A29 1.38 SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS Selected Assets and Liabilities M illions of dollars, end of period Account 1975 1976 1979 1978 1977 Nov. Dec. Jan. Mar. Feb. Apr. May June July? Savings and loan associations 1 Assets..................................... 338,233 391,907 459,241 520,677 523,649 529,820 534,168 539,715 543,459 549, 181 555,571 561,213 2 Mortgages.............................. 278,590 323,005 381,163 429,420 432,858 435,460 437,905 441,420 445,705 451,054 456,629 460,707 3 Cash and investment 30,853 35,724 39,150 45,869 44,855 47,653 49,018 50,130 48, 674 48,257 48,231 49,504 28,790 33,178 38,928 45,388 45,936 46,707 47,245 48,165 49,080 49,870 50,711 51,002 5 Liabilities and net worth....... 338,233 391,907 459,241 520,677 523,649 529,820 534,168 539,715 543,459 549, 181 555, 571 561,213 285,743 335,912 386,800 425,207 431,009 435,752 438,633 446,981 445,831 447,872 454,738 456,757 20,634 19,083 27,840 40,981 42,960 42,468 41,368 41,592 43,765 44,380 47,051 48,500 17,524 15,708 19,945 30,322 31,990 31,758 31,004 31,123 32,389 33,003 34,266 35,306 7,895 10,659 10,970 10,610 10,364 10,469 11,376 11,377 12,785 13,194 3,110 3,375 11,015 10,737 10,445 10,287 10,346 10,706 11,136 11,278 11,320 9,911 6,840 10 Loans in process.................... 5,128 9,918 11,971 14,250 10,919 12,971 15,283 11,703 13,542 6,949 8,074 9,506 14,666 11 Other...................................... 7 Borrowed money................... 8 FHLBB.............................. 19,779 13 M emo: Mortgage loan com mitments outstanding3.. 21,998 25,184 28,808 29,025 29,284 29,630 29,877 30,186 30,510 30,801 31,094 10,673 14,826 19,875 20,738 18,911 18,053 19,038 21,085 22,923 23,569 22,777 22,367 n.a. n.a. n.a. Mutual savings banks9 14 Assets..................................... 121,056 134,812 147,287 157,436 158,174 158,892 160,078 161,866 Loans Mortgage........................... 77,221 4,023 Securities 17 U.S. government.............. 4,740 18 State and local government. 1,545 19 Corporate and other 4 ....... 27,992 2,330 3,205 21 Other assets........................... 15 81,630 5,183 88,195 6,210 94,497 7,921 95,157 7,195 95,552 7,744 95,821 8,455 96,136 9,421 5,840 2,417 33,793 2,355 3,593 5,895 2,828 37,918 2,401 3,839 5,035 3,307 39,679 3,033 3,962 4,959 3,333 39,732 3,665 4,131 4,838 3,328 40,007 3,274 4,149 4,801 3,167 40,307 3,306 4,222 4,814 3,126 40,658 3,410 4,300 121,056 134,812 147,287 157,436 158,174 158,892 160,078 161,866 n,.a. 23 Deposits................................. 109,873 122,877 134,017 141,155 142,701 142,879 143,539 145,650 145,096 145,056 146,057 109,291 121,961 132,744 139,697 141,170 141,388 142,071 144,042 143,210 143,271 144, 161 25 Ordinary savings............ 69,653 74,535 78,005 72,398 71,816 69,244 68,817 68,829 67,758 67,577 68 , 104 26 Time and other.............. 39,639 47,426 54,739 67,299 69,354 72,145 73,254 75,213 c75,452 75,694 76,057 582 916 1,272 1,458 1,531 1,491 1,784 1,468 C 1,886 1,608 1,896 27 Other.................................. 5,411 4,565 5,032 2,755 2,884 3,292 5,485 5,048 c5, 050 5,172 4,545 28 Other liabilities..................... 9,052 9,978 10,870 10,907 10,980 11,054 11,167 C 8,428 11,085 11,153 11,212 29 General reserve accounts.. . . 30 M emo: Mortgage loan com 4,843 4,400 4,366 1,803 2,439 4,066 4,453 4,449 mitments outstanding 6.. 4,482 4, 352 n.a. Life insurance companies 289,304 321,552 351,722 385,562 389,021 393,402 395,553 399,530 402,426 405,627 31 Securities 32 Government....................... 13,758 17,942 19,553 19,711 19,579 19,829 19,922 20,119 19,958 20,381 4,934 4,736 5,368 5,149 5,315 4,795 5,049 5,209 5,324 5,147 33 5,594 4,508 6,235 6,250 6,272 6,051 6,236 6,132 6,106 5,979 34 4,514 8,542 6,980 8,187 8,534 8,544 8,581 8,689 8,832 8,960 35 36 Business............................. 135,317 157,246 175,654 197,615 197,342 201,061 201,869 203,971 205,247 207,775 107,256 122,984 141,891 162,347 161,923 165,552 166,693 167,625 168,862 171,762 37 28,061 34,262 33,763 34,780 35,419 35,509 35,176 36,346 36,385 36,013 38 89,167 91,552 96,848 104,106 105,932 106,397 107,137 108,189 109,009 109,614 9,621 10,476 11,060 11,707 11,776 11,841 11,919 11,959 12,071 12,101 24,467 25,834 27,556 29,818 30,202 30,506 30,835 31,224 31,586 31,832 42 Other assets........................... 16,971 18,502 21,051 22,605 24,190 23,768 23,871 24,068 24,555 23,924 n.a. n.a. Credit unions 43 Total assets/liabilities and 38,037 45,225 54,084 61,614 62,595 61,756 62,319 63,883 63,247 64,372 65,603 66,563 20,209 17,828 46 Loans outstanding................ 28,169 47 Federal............................... 14,869 48 State................................... 13,300 49 Savings................................... 33,013 17,530 51 State (shares and deposits). 15,483 24,396 20,829 34,384 18,311 16,073 39,173 21,130 18,043 29,574 24,510 42,055 22,717 19,338 46,832 25,849 20,983 34,215 27,399 51,103 28,031 23,072 52,418 28,992 23,426 34,681 27,914 51,807 28,583 23,224 53,048 29,326 23,722 34,165 27,591 51,526 28,340 23,186 51,916 28,427 23,489 34,419 27,900 51,716 28,427 23,289 52,484 28,743 23,741 35,289 28,594 52,480 28,918 23,562 54,243 29,741 24,502 34,653 28,594 52,542 28,849 23,693 53,745 29,339 24,406 35,268 35,986 29,104 29,617 53,100 53,831 29,109 29,525 23,991 24,306 54,638 r55,948 29,755 30,563 24,883 r25,386 36,733 29,830 54,160 29,674 24,486 56,512 30,857 25,655 44 Federal................................... For notes see bottomof page A 30. A30 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.39 FEDERAL FISCAL AND FINANCING OPERATIONS M illions of dollars Type of account or operation U.S. budget Transition quarter (JulySept. 1976) Calendar year Fiscal year 1977 Fiscal year 1978 1978 1979 HI H2 HI 1979 May June July '81,773 94,729 -12,956 -1 ,9 5 2 -11,004 357,762 402,725 -44,963 *•9,497 -5 4,460 401,997 450,836 -48,839 12,693 -61,532 210,650 '222,561 p—11,912 4,334 p—16,246 206,275 '238,186 -31,912 '11,754 -43,666 246,574 245,616 958 4,041 -4 ,9 9 9 38,287 41,618 - 3,331 6,274 -9 ,6 0 5 53,910 40,687 13,223 1,981 11,241 33,268 40,482 -7 ,2 1 4 3,805 -3 ,4 0 8 7 Other 3.................................................. '-2 ,5 7 5 r790 *•-8,415 r— 264 -10,661 *•355 '- 5 ,1 0 5 -7 9 0 -5,082 1,843 -7,712 -4 4 7 -1,560 69 -1 ,7 2 3 -2 6 4 -8 0 9 -1 4 3 U.S. budget plus off-budget, including Federal Financing Bank 8 Surplus, or deficit ( — ......................... ) -14,741 -53,642 -59,145 -17,806 -35,151 -7,2 0 1 -4 ,8 2 2 11,236 -8 ,1 6 6 18,027 53,516 '59,115 '23,378 '30,314 6,039 1,806 -1 ,4 5 8 4,831 -2 ,8 9 9 -3 8 7 r —2,247 *•2,373 *•-3,021 '3,051 -5 ,0 9 8 '- 4 7 4 3,381 '1,456 -8 ,8 7 8 10,040 -1 6 3,032 -13,044 3,266 4,711 -1 ,3 7 6 17,418 13,299 4,119 19,104 15,740 3,364 22,444 16,647 5,797 17,526 11,614 5,912 16,291 4,196 12,095 17,485 3,290 14,195 4,657 1,974 2,683 17,485 3,290 14,195 13,530 2,765 10,765 1 Receipts1 .............................................. 2 Outlays1................................................ 3 Surplus, or deficit ( — ......................... ) 4 Trust funds....................................... 5 Federal funds2 ................................. Off-budget entities surplus , or deficit ( — ) 6 Federal Financing Bank outlays........ Financed by Borrowing from the public............. Cash and monetary assets (de crease, or increase ( —))4 .......... 11 Other 5.............................................. 9 10 M emo: 12 Treasury operating balance (level, end of period).............................. 13 Federal Reserve Banks.................... 14 Tax and loan accounts.................. 1. Effective June 1978, earned income credit payments in excess of an individual’s tax liability, formerly treated as income tax refunds, are classified as outlays retroactive to January 1976. 2. Half-year figures calculated as a residual (total surplus/deficit less trust fund surplus/deficit). 3. Includes Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp.; Postal Service Fund; Rural Electrification and Telephone Revolving Fund; and Rural Telephone Bank. 4. Includes U.S. Treasury operating cash accounts; special drawing rights; gold tranche drawing rights; loans to International Monetary Fund; and other cash and monetary assets. 5. Includes accured interest payable to the public; deposit funds; mis cellaneous liability (including checks outstanding) and asset accounts; seignorage; increment on gold; net gain/loss for U.S. currency valuation adjustment; net gain/loss for IM F valuation adjustment; and profit on the sale of gold. S o u r c e . “Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the U.S. Government,” Treasury Bulletin , and the Budget o f the United States Government, Fiscal Year 1980. NOTES TO TABLE 1.38 1. Holdings of stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks are included in “other assets.” 2. Includes net undistributed income, which is accrued by most, but not all, associations. 3. Excludes figures for loans in process, which are shown as a liability. 4. Includes securities of foreign governments and international organiza tions and nonguaranteed issues of U.S. government agencies. 5. Excludes checking, club, and school accounts. 6 . Commitments outstanding (including loans in process) of banks in New York State as reported to the Savings Banks Association of the State of New York. 7. Direct and guaranteed obligations. Excludes federal agency issues not guaranteed, which are shown in this table under “business” securities. 8 . Issues of foreign governments and their subdivisions and bonds of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. 9. The NAMSB reports that, effective April 1979, balance sheet data are not strictly comparable with previous months. This largely reflects: (1) changes in FDIC reporting proceedures; and (2) reclassification of certain items. N o t e . Savings and loan associations: Estimates by the FHLBB for all associations in the United States. Data are based on monthly reports of federally insured associations and annual reports of other associations. Even when revised, data for current and preceding year are subject to further revision. Mutual savings banks: Estimates of National Association of Mutual Savings Banks for all savings banks in the United States. Data are re ported on a gross-of-valuation-reserves basis. Life insurance companies: Estimates of the American Council of Life Insurance for all life insurance companies in the United States. Annual figures are annual-statement asset values, with bonds carried on an amortized basis and stocks at year-end market value. Adjustments for interest due and accrued and for differences between market and book values are not made on each item separately but are included, in total, in “other assets.” Credit unions: Estimates by the National Credit Union Administration for a group of federal and state-chartered credit unions that account for about 30 percent of credit union assets. Figures are preliminary and revised annually to incorporate recent benchmark data. Federal Finance A31 1.40 U.S. BUDGET RECEIPTS AND OUTLAYS M illions of dollars Source or type Transition quarter (JulySept. 1976) Calendlar year Fiscal year 1977 Fiscal year 1978 1978 1979 HI H2 HI 1979 May June July R eceipts 1 All sources1 .......................................... 81,773 357,762 401,997 210,650 206,275 246,574 38,287 53,910 33,268 2 Individual income taxes, net............... 3 Withheld........................................... 4 Presidential Election Campaign F und.......................................... 5 Nonwithheld..................................... 6 Refunds1........................................... Corporation income taxes 7 Gross receipts................................... 8 Refunds............................................. 9 Social insurance taxes and contribu tions, n et....................................... 10 Payroll employment taxes and contributions 2 .......................... 11 Self-employment taxes and contributions 3 ......................... 12 Unemployment insurance................ 13 Other net receipts 4 ......................... 38,801 32,949 157,626 144,820 180,988 165,215 90,336 82,784 98,854 90,148 111,603 98,683 14,575 16,736 25,568 18,080 17,086 16,714 6,809 958 1 37 42,062 29,293 39 47,804 32,070 36 37,584 30,068 3 10,777 2,075 32 44,116 31,228 7 5,696 7,864 4 8,424 940 1,241 869 9,808 1,348 60,057 5,164 65,380 5,428 38,496 2,782 28,536 2,757 42,427 2,889 1,870 467 16,016 376 2,518 499 14 IS 16 17 Excise taxes.......................................... Customs deposits................................. Estate and gift taxes........................... Miscellaneous receipts 5 ...................... 0 25,760 108,683 123,410 66,191 61,064 75,609 18,652 9,375 10,566 21,534 88,196 99,626 51,668 51,052 59,298 12,932 8,374 8,857 269 2,698 1,259 4,014 11,312 5,162 4,267 13,850 5,668 3,892 7,800 2,831 369 6,727 2,917 4,616 8,623 3,072 318 4,864 538 322 188 491 1,204 504 4,473 1,455 1,612 1,212 17,548 5,150 7,327 6,536 18,376 6,573 5,285 7,413 8,835 3,320 2,587 3,667 9,879 3,748 2,691 4,260 8,984 3,682 2,657 4,501 1,601 645 559 852 1,464 637 414 811 1,659 647 463 828 94,729 402,725 450,836 222,518 238,150 245,616 41,618 40,687 40,482 52,979 2,904 55,129 2,221 57,643 3,538 9,965 743 9,973 482 10,397 -4 2 7 0 O utlays 18 All types1 ............................................. 19 National defense.................................. 20 International affairs............................. 21 General science, space, and technology..................................... 22 Energy.................................................. 23 Natural resources and environment.. 24 Agriculture........................................... 22,307 2,197 97,501 4,813 105,186 5,922 1,161 794 2,532 581 4,677 4,172 10,000 5,532 4,742 5,861 10,925 7,731 2,395 2,487 4,959 2,353 2,362 4,461 6,119 4,854 2,461 4,417 5,672 3,020 442 737 969 69 461 789 900 -5 2 5 433 713 1,154 -3 6 9 25 Commerce and housing credit............ 26 Transportation..................................... 27 Community and regional development................................. 28 Education, training, employment, and social services........................ 29 Health................................................... 30 Income security 1 .................................. 1,392 3,304 -4 4 14,636 3,325 15,444 -9 4 6 7,723 3,291 8,758 60 7,688 16 1,326 95 1,340 173 1,552 31 32 33 34 35 36 Veterans benefits and services............ Administration of justice.................... General government............................ General-purpose fiscal assistance........ Interest« .............................................. Undistributed offsetting receipts 6*7.. 1,340 6,286 11,000 5,928 6,108 4,499 787 912 702 5,162 8,721 32,797 20,985 38,785 137,915 26,463 43,676 146,212 12,792 21,391 75,201 13,676 23,942 73,305 14,467 24,860 81,173 2,559 4,258 13,588 2,193 4,268 13,595 2,472 4,108 13,669 3,962 859 883 2,092 7,216 -2 ,5 6 7 18,038 3,600 3,374 9,499 38,009 -15,053 18,974 3,802 3,777 9,601 43,966 -15,772 9,603 1,946 1,803 4,665 22,280 -7 ,9 4 5 9,545 1,973 10,127 2,096 2,291 3,890 26,934 -8 ,9 9 9 1,694 364 454 160 4,241 -7 5 5 2,497 323 405 76 7,834 -4 ,9 3 1 667 336 365 1,800 3,491 -7 5 3 1. Effective June 1978, earned income credit payments in excess oif an individual's tax liability, formerly treated as income tax refunds, are classified as outlays retroactive to January 1976. 2. Old-age, disability, and hospital insurance, and railroad retirement accounts. 3. Old-age, disability, and hospital insurance. 4. Supplementary medical insurance premiums, federal employee re tirement contributions, and Civil Service retirement and disability fund. 5. Deposits of earnings by Federal Reserve Banks and other miscel laneous receipts. 6 . Effective September 1976, “Interest" and “ Undistributed Offsetting 2,111 4,385 24,110 - 8,200 Receipts" reflect the accounting conversion for the interest on special issues for U.S. government accounts from an accrual basis to a cash basis. 7. Consists of interest received by trust funds, rents and royalties on the Outer Continental Shelf, and U.S. government contributions for employee retirement. Source. “ Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the U.S. Government” and the Budget o f the U.S. Government, Fiscal Year 1980. A32 1.41 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 FEDERAL DEBT SUBJECT TO STATUTORY LIMITATION Billions o f dollars 1977 1976 1978 Item Dec. 31 June 30 1 Federal debt outstanding..................... 665.5 685.2 709.1 2 Public debt securities........................... 653.5 506.4 147.1 674.4 523.2 151.2 698.8 543.4 155.5 12.0 10.0 10.8 10.3 8.5 1.8 1.8 4 Held by agencies.............................. 5 Agency securities................................. Sept. 30 9.0 Dec. 31 1979 June 30 Sept. 30 Dec. 31 Mar. 31 June 30 729.2 758.8 780.4 797.7 804.6 812.2 718.9 564.1 154.8 749.0 587.9 161.1 771.5 603.6 168.0 789.2 619.2 170.0 796.8 630.5 166.3 804.9 626.4 178.5 10.2 9.8 1.8 8.0 1.8 8.9 7.4 1.5 8.5 7.0 1.5 7.8 6.3 1.5 7.3 5.9 1.5 8.4 Held by agencies.............................. 1.9 8 Debt subject to statutory limit............. 654.7 675.6 700.0 720.1 750.2 772.7 790.3 797.9 806.0 652.9 1.7 673.8 1.7 698.2 1.7 718.3 1.7 748.4 770.9 1.8 1.8 788.6 1.7 796.2 1.7 804.3 1.7 682.0 700.0 700.0 752.0 752.0 798.0 798.0 798.0 830.0 7 11 Memo: Statutory debt limit............... 1. Includes guaranteed debt of government agencies, specified participation certificates, notes to international lending organizations, and District of Columbia stadium bonds. 1.42 GROSS PUBLIC DEBT OF U.S. TREASURY N o te . Data from Treasury Bulletin (U.S. Treasury Department), Types and Ownership Billions of dollars, end of period Type and holder 1975 1977 1976 1979 1978 Apr. May June July Aug. 576.6 653.5 718.9 789.2 796.4 804.8 804.9 807.5 813.1 2 Interest-bearing debt......................... ................... 3 Marketable............................................................ 4 Bills.................................................................... 5 N otes.................................................................. 6 Bonds.................................................................. 7 Nonmarketable1.................................................... 8 Convertible bonds 2 ........................................... 9 State and local government series................... 10 Foreign issues 3.................................................. 11 Government................................................... 12 Public.............................................................. 13 Savings bonds and notes.................................. 14 Government account series4 ............................ 575.7 363.2 157.5 167.1 38.6 212.5 2.3 652.5 421.3 164.0 216.7 40.6 231.2 2.3 4.5 22.3 22.3 715.2 459.9 161.1 251.8 47.0 255.3 782.4 487.5 161.7 265.8 60.0 294.8 803.8 506.9 163.1 276.1 67.7 296.9 2.2 2 .2 2 .2 799.9 499.3 159.9 272.1 67.4 300.5 806.5 507.0 159.9 278.3 2.2 795.4 504.6 163.7 275.3 65.5 290.8 299.5 812.1 509.2 160.5 277.6 71.1 302.9 21 .0 1.6 67.9 119.4 72.3 129.7 77.0 139.8 80.9 157.5 24.0 25.4 21.3 4.2 80.8 158.2 24.0 25.2 0 22.2 22.2 0 4.2 80.8 164.6 24.1 26.8 22.7 4.2 80.8 166.3 24.2 28.0 23.9 4.2 80.9 163.9 24.6 27.7 23.5 4.2 80.9 167.3 15 Non-interest-bearing debt..................................... 1.0 1.1 3.7 6.8 .9 1.0 5.1 1.0 1.0 139.1 89.8 349.4 85.1 4.5 9.5 154.8 102.5 461.3 101.4 5.9 15.1 22.7 55.2 170.0 109.6 508.6 93.4 5.2 15.0 34.2 147.1 97.0 409.5 103.8 5.9 12.7 27.7 41.6 20.6 68.6 170.7 108.6 517.1 97.0 5.2 14.8 23.6 69.1 177.1 106.2 521.5 98.5 5.2 14.7 26.2 69.2 178.6 109.2 516.6 95.0 5.0 14.5 24.0 67.3 24.0 66.5 38.0 72.0 28.8 78.1 38.9 76.7 28.6 109.6 46.1 80.7 30.0 137.8 57.4 80.6 31.5 124.8 70.6 80.6 31.8 118.0 77.5 80.6 31.8 119.5 78.3 1 Total gross public debt.......................................... By type By holder5 16 U.S. government agencies and trust funds........ 18 Private investors.................................................... 19 Commercial banks................................................ 1.2 21.6 21.6 0 20.2 Individuals 25 Other securities.................................................. 26 Foreign and international«................................... 1. Includes (not shown separately): Securities issued to the Rural Electrification Administration, depositary bonds, retirement plan bonds, and individual retirement bonds. 2. These nonmarketable bonds, also known as Investment Series B Bonds, may be exchanged (or converted) at the owner’s option for 1Vi ercent, 5-year marketable Treasury notes. Convertible bonds that have een so exchanged are removed from this category and recorded in the notes category above. 3. Nonmarketable dollar-denominated and foreign currency denomin ated series held by foreigners. 4. Held almost entirely by U.S. government agencies and trust funds. 5. Data for Federal Reserve Banks and U.S. government agencies and trust funds are actual holdings; data for other groups are Treasury estimates. 13.9 24.3 29.6 28.0 2.2 68.0 68.8 2.2 n.a. 2 .2 n.a. 6 . Consists of the investments of foreign balances and international accounts in the United States. Beginning with July 1974, the figures exclude non-interest-bearing notes issued to the International Monetary Fund. 7. Includes savings and loan associations, nonprofit institutions, cor porate pension trust funds, dealers and brokers, certain government deposit accounts, and government sponsored agencies. 8 . Includes a nonmarketable Federal Reserve special certificate for $2.6 billion. N o te . Gross public debt excludes guaranteed agency securities and, beginning in July 1974, includes Federal Financing Bank security issues. Data by type of security from Monthly Statement o f the Public Debt o f the United States (U.S. Treasury Department); data by holder from Treasury Bulletin. Federal Finance A33 1.43 U.S. GOVERNMENT MARKETABLE SECURITIES Ownership, by maturity Par value; m illions of dollars, end of period Type of holder 1977 1979 1978 May 1977 1979 1978 June May All maturities June 1 to 5 years 1 All holders................................................................................ 459,927 487,546 506,867 499,343 151,264 162,886 161,719 155,150 2 U.S. government agencies and trust funds........................... 3 Federal Reserve Banks........................................................... 14,420 101,191 12,695 109,616 12,682 106,185 12,452 109,241 4,788 27,012 3,310 31,283 2,509 28,634 2,503 28,204 4 Private investors...................................................................... 5 344,315 75,363 4,379 12,378 9,474 4,817 15,495 222,409 365,235 68,890 3,499 11,635 8,272 3,835 18,815 250,288 388,001 70,704 3,379 11,792 9,925 3,555 18,544 270,101 377,650 67,790 3,287 11,612 8,826 3,669 18,023 264,442 119,464 38,691 128,293 38,390 1,918 4,664 3,635 2,255 3,997 73,433 130,576 38,157 1,811 4,822 3,299 1,989 4,385 76,112 124,443 36,028 1,765 4,657 3,068 2,013 4,016 72,896 6 7 8 9 10 11 Nonfinan cial corporations.................................................. Savings and loan associations............................................ State and local governments.............................................. 2,112 4,729 3,183 2,368 3,875 64,505 Total, within 1 year 5 to 10 years 12 All holders................................................................................ 230,691 228,516 243,856 243,171 45,328 50,400 47,786 47,561 13 U.S. govern)ment agencies and trust funds........................... 14 Federal Reserve Banks........................................................... 1,906 56,702 1,488 52,801 2,280 53,558 2,280 56,778 2,129 10,404 1,989 14,809 1,989 12,225 1,765 12,436 15 Private inves tors...................................................................... 16 17 18 Insurance 'Companies........................................................... 19 Nonfinanc ial corporations.................................................. 172,084 29,477 1,400 2,398 5,770 2,236 7,917 122,885 174,227 20,608 817 1,838 4,048 1,414 8,194 137,309 188,018 22,347 847 1,870 5,759 1,407 6,811 148,978 184,114 21,906 804 1,860 5,069 1,499 6,682 146,293 32,795 6,162 584 3,204 307 143 1,283 33,601 7,490 496 2,899 369 89 1,588 20,671 33,572 7,542 457 2,768 470 82 1,669 20,584 33,359 7,363 461 2,750 354 82 1,693 20,656 20 21 22 State and local governments.............................................. 21,112 Bills, within 1 year 10 to 20 years 159,890 * 40,309 12,906 19,800 24,968 24,922 42,397 163,076 * 38,165 3,102 1,510 3,876 2,088 4,524 3,118 4,524 3,127 119,348 5,707 150 753 1,792 262 5,524 105,161 124,910 6,373 151 506 2,916 223 4,177 110,564 119,580 6,036 130 412 2,602 248 3,770 106,382 8,295 456 137 1,245 133 54 890 5,380 13,836 956 143 1,460 17,326 1,135 142 1,488 247 61 1,749 12,505 17,271 1,093 139 1,489 219 60 1,762 12,508 23 All holders................................................................................ 161,081 161,747 24 U.S. government agencies and trust funds........................... 25 Federal Reserve Banks............................................................ 32 42,004 2 26 Private investors...................................................................... 27 28 Mutual savings banks.......................................................... 29 Insurance companies........................................................... 30 Nonfinancial corporations.................................................. 31 Savings and loan associations............................................ 32 State and local governments.............................................. 33 119,035 11,996 484 1,187 4,329 806 6,092 94,152 86 60 1,420 9,711 Over 20 years Other, within 1 year 34 All holders................................................................................ 69,610 66,769 80,780 83,282 19,738 25,944 28,538 28,538 35 U.S. government agencies and trust funds........................... 36 Federal Reserve Banks........................................................... 1,874 14,698 1,487 10,404 2,280 15,393 2,280 16,469 2,495 5,564 2,031 8,635 1,380 8,650 1,380 8,696 37 Private investors...................................................................... 38 Commercial banks.............................................................. 39 Mutual savings banks.......................................................... 40 Insurance coi npanies............. .............................................. 41 Nonfinancial corporations.................................................. 42 Savings and loan associations............................................ 43 State and local governments.............................................. 44 All others.............................................................................. 53,039 15,482 916 54,879 14,901 667 1,084 2,256 1,152 2,670 32,149 63,108 15,973 696 1,364 2,843 1,184 2,634 38,414 64,534 15,870 674 1,447 2,467 1,251 2,912 39,911 11,679 578 146 802 81 16 1,530 8,526 15,278 1,446 126 774 135 17 3,616 9,164 18,508 1,523 18,461 1,400 117 856 117 15 3,869 12,088 1,211 1,441 1,430 1,825 28,733 N o te . Direct public issues only. Based on Treasury Survey of Owner ship from Treasury Bulletin (U.S. Treasury Department). Data complete 1'or U.S. government agencies and trust funds and Federal Reserve Bamks, but data for other groups include only holdings of those institutions that report. The following figures show, for each category, the number and proportion reporting as of June 30, 1979: 121 844 150 17 3,930 11,922 (1) 5,449 commercial banks, 461 mutual savings banks, and 723 insurance companies, each about 80 percent; (2) 431 nonfinancial corporations and 485 savings and loan associations, each about 50 percent; and (3) 490 state and local governments, about 40 percent. “All others,” a residual, includes holdings of all those not reporting in the Treasury Survey, including investor groups not listed separately. A34 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.44 U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES DEALERS Transactions Par value; averages of daily figures, in m illions of dollars Item 1976 1977 1979 1978 1979, w ending W eek ednesdaiy M ay 1 U.S. government securities... By maturity 2 3 4 5 Bills........................................ Other within 1 year.............. 1-5 years................................ 5-10 years.............................. 6 Over 10 years......................... June July M 23 M 30 June 6 June 1 June 20 June 27 ay ay 3 10,449 10,838 10,285 13,354 15,284 11,145 15,140 16,942 15,929 16,755 14,476 14,453 6,676 6,746 237 2,320 1,148 388 6,173 392 1,889 965 7,555 347 2,257 1,560 1,635 9,286 *•448 2,562 1,472 *"1,516 6,770 308 1,979 906 1,092 7,946 361 3,096 1,970 1,766 9,556 437 3,559 1,636 1,754 10,391 375 2,147 1,537 1,479 9,744 408 2,623 2,064 1,826 9,546 415 21,310 1 ,106 1 ,099 8,365 479 2,968 1,319 1,321 210 2,317 1,019 229 866 By type o f customer 7 U.S. government securities dealers................................ 8 U.S. government securities brokers............................... 9 Commercial banks................ 10 All others 1............................. 1,360 1,267 1,135 1,205 1,335 1,060 1,312 1,421 1,860 1,200 1,298 1,063 3,407 2,426 3,257 3,709 2,295 3,568 3,838 1,804 3,508 5,262 2,009 4,878 r6,112 r2,447 r5,390 4,432 1,767 3,644 6,495 2,294 5,040 7,013 2,507 7,517 2,823 5,214 Si, 645 6,001 5,619 2,524 5,926 2,121 ii, 412 5,892 2,338 5,160 11 Federal agency securities. . . . 1,548 1,729 1,894 2,621 *•3,232 2,509 3,536 3,635 3,295 3,801 31,477 3,061 1. Includes, among others, all other dealers and brokers in commodities Transactions are market purchases and sales of U.S. government and securities, foreign banking agencies, and the Federal Reserve System. securities dealers reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The figures exclude allotments of, and exchanges for, new U.S. government N ote. Averages for transactions are based on number o f trading days securities, redemptions of called or matured securities, or purchases or sales of securities under repurchase, reverse repurchase (resale), or similar in the period. contracts. 1.45 U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES DEALERS Positions and Sources of Financing Par value; averages of daily figures, in millions of dollars Item 1976 1977 1979 1979, week ending Wednesday 1978 May June July May 2 May 9 May 16 May 23 May 30 June 6 Positions* 1 U.S. government securities... 7,592 5,172 2,656 r5,266 7,166 2,980 2,856 4,522 4,708 5,552 8,115 7,919 2 3 4 5 Bills........................................ Other within 1 year.............. 1-5 years................................ 5-10 years.............................. 6,290 188 515 402 198 4,772 99 60 92 149 2,452 260 -9 2 40 -4 r5 ,100 -3 4 -7 4 4 377 567 7,445 3,384 -3 3 -3 9 3 -1 3 9 37 4,084 9 -851 458 823 4,669 -1 7 5 -9 0 7 422 700 5,376 -4 3 7 223 -1 6 7 3,634 52 -5 1 3 46 -2 4 0 -8 1 8 390 596 7,677 46 -3 6 7 354 405 7,925 -1 3 9 -4 1 9 376 177 7 Federal agency securities. . . . 729 693 606 1,660 2,168 1,984 1,165 1,237 1,338 2,056 2,284 2,424 101 8 Financing 3 8 All sources............................. 8,715 9,877 10,204 14,849 17,111 16,217 13,045 13,151 13,824 15,549 17,211 17,389 Commercial banks New York City................. Outside New York C ity... Corporations 1....................... All others............................... 1,896 1,660 1,479 3,681 1,313 1,987 2,423 4,155 599 2,174 2,370 5,052 733 2,839 2,901 8,377 1,638 2,883 3,410 9,180 1,266 2,324 3,434 9,193 850 1,879 2,373 7,943 522 2,417 2,363 7,830 51 2,633 2,489 8,651 1,193 2,763 3,223 8,370 1,279 3,615 3,603 8,714 1,252 3,728 3,761 8,649 9 10 11 12 1. All business corporations except commercial banks and insurance companies. 2. New amounts (in terms of par values) of securities owned by nonbank dealer firms and dealer departments of commercial banks on a commit ment, that is, trade-date basis, including any such securities that have been sold under agreements to repurchase. The maturities of some re purchase agreements are sufficiently long, however, to suggest that the securities involved are not available for trading purposes. Securities owned, and hence dealer positions, do not include securities purchased under agreements to resell. 3. Total amounts outstanding of funds borrowed by nonbank dealer firms and dealer departments of commercial banks against U.S. govern ment and federal agency securities (through both collat eral loans and sales under agreements to repurchase), plus internal funds vised by bank dealer departments to finance positions in such securities. 'Borrowings against securities held under agreement to resell are excluded where the borrowing contract and the agreement to resell are equal in am ount and maturity, that is, a matched agreement. N o t e . Averages for positions are based on numt>er of trading days in the period; those for financing, on the number of calendar days in the period. Federal Finance A35 1.46 FEDERAL AND FEDERALLY SPONSORED CREDIT AGENCIES Debt Outstanding M illions of dollars, end of period Agency 1976 1977 1978 1978 1979 Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May 1 Federal and federally sponsored agencies1 .......... 103,848 112,472 137,063 137,063 138,726 140,999 143,265 145,556 146,429 2 Federal agencies.................................................... 3 Defense Department 2 ....................................... 4 Export-Import Bank 3•4.................................... 5 Federal Housing Administration 5................... 6 Government National Mortgage Association participation certificates6......................... 7 Postal Service7 .................................................. 8 Tennessee Valley Authority............................. 9 United States Railway Association7................ 22,419 1,113 8,574 575 22,760 983 8,671 581 23,488 23,488 8,711 588 8,711 588 868 23,431 864 8,515 582 23,485 859 8,499 586 23,507 839 8,326 580 23,568 822 8,322 576 23,366 807 8,107 568 4,120 2,998 4,935 104 3,743 2,431 6,015 336 3,141 2,364 7,460 356 3,141 2,364 7,460 356 3,141 2,364 7,620 345 3,141 2,364 7,690 346 3,141 2,364 7,900 357 3,099 2,364 7,985 400 2,202 10 Federally sponsored agencies1............................. 11 Federal Home Loan Banks............................. 12 Federal Home Loan Mortgage C orporation.. 13 Federal National Mortgage Association........ 14 Federal Land Banks......................................... 15 Federal Intermediate Credit Banks.................. 16 Banks for Cooperatives................................... 17 Farm Credit Banks1 ......................................... 18 Student Loan Marketing Association8............ 19 Other.................................................................. 81.429 16,811 1,690 30,565 17,127 10,494 4,330 89,712 18,345 113,575 27,563 2,262 41,080 20,360 11,469 4,843 5,081 915 113,575 27,563 2,262 41,080 20,360 11,469 4,843 5,081 915 115,295 27,677 2,262 41,917 19,275 9,978 4,392 8,877 915 117,514 28,447 2,461 42,405 19,275 8,958 3,852 11,134 980 119,758 28,265 2,333 43,625 19,275 7,890 3,351 13,987 1,030 121,988 28,121 2,330 44,792 18,389 6,994 2,473 17,838 1,050 123,063 28,577 2,323 44,639 18,389 5,958 1,483 20,597 1,095 M emo: 20 Federal Financing Bank debt7>9 ........................... Lending to federal and federally sponsored agencies 21 Export-Import Bank 4 ........................................... 22 Postal Service7 ...................................................... 23 Student Loan Marketing Association8................ 24 Tennessee Valley Authority................................. 25 United States Railway Association7 ................... 410 31,890 19,118 11,174 4,434 2,548 515 2 28,711 38,580 51,298 51,298 52,154 53,221 55,310 56,610 58,186 5,208 2,748 410 3,110 104 5,834 2,181 515 4,190 336 6,898 2,114 915 5,635 356 6,898 2,114 915 5,635 356 6,898 2,114 915 5,795 345 6,898 2,114 980 5,865 346 7,131 2,114 1,030 6,075 357 7,131 2,114 1,050 6,260 400 7,131 1,952 1,095 6,430 428 10,750 1,415 4,966 16,095 2,647 6,782 23,825 4,604 6,951 23,825 4,604 6,951 24,445 4,680 6,962 25,160 4,735 7,123 25,985 4,962 7,656 26,890 5,122 7,643 28,050 5,253 7,847 1. In September 1977 the Farm Credit Banks issued their first consoli dated bonds, and in January 1979 they began issuing these bonds on a regular basis to replace the financing activities of the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Banks for Cooperatives. Line 17 represents those consolidated bonds outstanding, as well as any discount notes that have been issued. Lines 1 and 10 reflect the addition of this item. 2. Consists of mortages assumed by the Defense Department between 1957 and 1963 under family housing and homeowners assistance programs. 3. Includes participation certificates reclassified as debt beginning Oct. 1, 1976. 4. Off-budget Aug. 17, 1974, through Sept. 30, 1976; on-budget thereafter. 5. Consists of debentures issued in payment of Federal Housing Ad ministration insurance claims. Once issued, these securities may be sold privately on the securities market. 6 . Certificates of participation issued prior to fiscal 1969 by the Govern ment National Mortgage Association acting as trustee for the Farmers Home Administration; Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; 3,099 8,155 428 2 Other lending10 26 Farmers Home Administration........................... 27 Rural Electrification Administration.................. 28 Other...................................................................... 1,686 868 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 Department of Housing and Urban Development; Small Business Ad ministration; and the Veterans Administration. 7. Off-budget. 8. Unlike other federally sponsored agencies, the Student Loan Marketing Association may borrow from the Federal Financing Bank (FFB) since its obligations are guaranteed by the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. 9. The FFB, which began operations in 1974, is authorized to purchase or sell obligations issued, sold, or guaranteed by other federal agencies. Since FFB incurs debt solely for the purpose of lending to other agencies, its debt is not included in the main portion of the table in order to avoid double counting. 10. Includes FFB purchases of agency assets and guaranteed loans; the latter contain loans guaranteed by numerous agencies with the guarantees of any particular agency being generally small. The Farmers Home Administration item consists exclusively of agency assets, while the Rural Electrification Administration entry contains both agency assets and guaranteed loans. A36 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.47 NEW SECURITY ISSUES of State and Local Governments Millions of dollars 1976 Type of issue or issuer, or use 1979 1978 1977 Ja n .' F eb.' M ar.' A pr.' M ay' June 35,313 12 13 14 15 Utilities and conservation...................................................... Social welfare......................................................................... Industrial aid......................................................................... Other purposes....................................................................... 4,637 3,360 3,078 4,205 18,042 28,655 17,854 30,658 1,310 1,523 955 1,638 1,059 3,570 1,232 2,117 1,131 1,945 1,511 2,675 72 95 21 5 8 11 2 19 6,354 21,717 18,623 6,632 24,156 17,718 467 971 1,396 580 1,177 836 436 2,930 1,263 298 1,581 1,468 204 1,528 1,344 642 1,562 1,982 36,189 37,629 2,825 2,570 4,624 3,332 3,069 3,882 4,900 2,586 9,594 6,566 483 7,979 Use o f proceeds 2,598 32,108 7 Special district and statutory authority............................... 8 Municipalities, counties, townships, school districts.......... 2,854 7,054 15,304 12,845 6 State........................................................................................ 48,607 133 Type o f issuer 46,769 18,040 17,140 Type o f issue 5,076 2,951 8,119 8,274 4,676 7,093 5,003 3,460 9,026 10,494 3,526 492 248 543 766 277 499 420 224 734 731 195 266 281 204 1,133 2,036 315 655 447 134 498 1,489 170 594 665 512 274 989 1,037 282 788 1. Par amounts of long-term issues based on date of sale. 2. Only bonds sold pursuant to the 1949 Housing Act, which are secured by contract requiring the Housing Assistance Administration to make annual contributions to the local authority. 6,120 120 545 681 386 672 S o u r ce. Public Securities Association. 1.48 NEW SECURITY ISSUES of Corporations Millions of dollars Type of issue or issuer, or use 1976 1977 1978 1978 1979 Dec. Ja n .' F eb.' Mar. Apr. May 1 All issues 1.................................. 53,488 53,792 47,230 4,367 3,770 3,170 4,401 4,311 3,963 2 Bonds.......................................... 42,380 42,015 36,872 3,247 3,106 2,257 3,729 3,732 3,372 26,453 15,927 24,072 17,943 19,815 17,057 1,227 2,020 1,282 1,824 1,336 921 1,904 1,825 2,984 748 2,023 1,349 7 Transportation........................... 8 Public utility............................... 9 Communication......................... 10 Real estate and financial............ , 13,264 4,372 4,387 8,297 2,787 , 9,274 12,204 6,234 1,996 8,262 3,063 10,258 9,572 5,246 2,007 7,092 3,373 9,586 1,031 690 123 364 285 755 893 494 142 460 259 858 278 279 266 517 558 359 739 362 245 721 517 1,145 534 26 264 261 1,779 866 1,089 238 177 618 97 1,153 11 Stocks......................................... 11,108 11,777 10,358 1,120 664 913 672 579 591 2,803 8,305 3,916 7,861 2,832 7,526 424 696 171 493 712 201 231 441 155 424 184 407 2,237 1,183 24 1,189 1,834 456 5,865 1,379 1,049 1,241 1,816 263 5,140 264 1,631 42 303 113 271 175 216 41 169 121 36 357 669 84 203 39 237 7 96 29 24 114 55 335 65 79 Type o f offering 3 Public.......................................... 4 Private placement....................... Industry group 5 Manufacturing........................... 6 Commercial and miscellaneous. Type 12 Preferred..................................... 13 Common..................................... Industry group 14 15 16 17 18 19 Manufacturing........................... Commercial and miscellaneous. Transportation........................... Public utility............................... Communication......................... Real estate and financial............ 6,121 776 771 93 210 257 78 21 1. Figures, which represent gross proceeds of issues maturing in more companies other than closed-end, intracorporate transactions, and sales to than one year, sold for cash in the United States, are principal amount or foreigners. number of units multiplied by offering price. Excludes offerings of less than $ 100,000 , secondary offerings, undefined or exempted issues as Source. Securities and Exchange C m om ission. defined in the Securities Act of 1933, employee stock plans, investment Corporate Finance A37 1.49 OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES Net Sales and Asset Position M illions of dollars 1979 1977 1978 1 Sales of own shares2 ............................................. 2 Redemptions of own shares 3 ............................... 6,401 6,027 357 6,645 7,231 -5 8 6 648 607 41 451 548 -9 7 523 646 -123 594 761 -1 7 5 549 715 -1 6 6 676 667 9 744 706 38 4 Assets4 ................................................................... 5 Cash position 5 ...................................................... 45,049 3,274 41,775 44,980 4,507 40,473 46,591 4,624 41,967 45,016 4,851 40,165 47,051 4,746 42,305 47,142 4,862 42,280 46,431 4,869 41,562 48,064 5,012 43,052 48,771 5,052 43,719 Item Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July In v estm en t C om panies1 1. Excluding money market funds. 2. Includes reinvestment of investment income dividends. Excludes reinvestment of capital gains distributions and share issue of conversions from one fund to another in the same group. 3. Excludes share redemption resulting from conversions from one fund to another in the same group. 4. Market value at end of period, less current liabilities. 5. Also includes all U.S. government securities and other short-term debt securities. N o te . Investment Company Institute data based on reports of mem bers, which comprise substantially all open-end investment companies registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Data reflect newly formed companies after their initial offering of securities. 1.50 CORPORATE PROFITS AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION Billions of dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Account 1976 1977 1978 1978 1977 1979 Q4 Ql Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q2*> 156.0 3 Profits after tax........................................................ 4 Dividends.............................................................. 5 Undistributed profits........................................... 6 Capital consumption allowances............................. 7 Net cash flow............................................................ 177.1 206.0 183.0 177.5 207.2 212.0 227.4 233.3 226.9 63.8 92.2 37.5 54.7 97.1 151.8 72.6 104.5 42.1 62.4 109.3 171.7 84.5 121.5 47.2 74.3 119.8 194.1 75.1 107.9 43.4 64.5 113.1 177.6 70.8 106.7 45.1 61.6 116.5 178.1 84.7 122.4 46.0 76.4 119.1 195.5 87.5 124.5 47.8 76.8 95.1 132.3 49.7 82.6 123.1 205.7 91.3 142.0 51.5 90.5 125.5 216.0 138.6 52.3 86.3 130.4 216.7 S o u r ce. Survey o f Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce.) 120.6 197.3 88.2 A38 1.51 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 NONFINANCIAL CORPORATIONS Current Assets and Liabilities Billions of dollars, except for ratio Account 1975 1977 1976 1978 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 1979 Q4 Q3 Ql 1 Current assets......................................................... 759.0 826.3 858.5 881.8 900.9 925.0 954.2 992.6 1,028.1 1,078.2 2 3 4 5 Cash........................................................................ U.S. government securities.................................. Notes and accounts receivable............................. Inventories............................................................. 6 Other....................................................................... 82.1 19.0 272.1 315.9 69.9 87.3 23.6 293.3 342.9 79.2 83.3 19.9 313.0 359.9 82.5 83.5 19.3 326.9 368.3 83.8 94.3 18.7 325.0 375.6 87.3 88.8 18.6 337.4 390.5 89.6 91.3 17.3 356.0 399.3 90.3 91.6 16.1 376.4 415.5 92.9 103.5 17.8 381.9 428.3 96.5 19.1 405.0 452.6 99.3 451.6 492.7 514.1 533.2 546.8 574.2 593.5 626.3 662.2 701.8 8 Notes and accounts payable................................. 9 Other....................................................................... 264.2 187.4 282.0 210.6 295.9 218.1 306.1 227.1 313.7 233.1 325.2 249.0 337.9 255.6 356.2 270.0 375.1 287.1 392.6 309.2 10 Net working capital................................................ 307.4 333.6 344.5 348.6 354.1 350.7 360.7 366.3 365.9 376.4 11 Memo: Current ratio 1 ........................................... 1.681 1.677 1.670 1.654 1.648 1.611 1.608 1.585 1.552 1.536 1. Ratio of total current assets to total current liabilities. N o te . For a description of this series, see “Working Capital of Nonfinancial Corporations” in the July 1978 B u lle t in , pp. 533-37. 102.2 All data in this table have been revised to reflect the most current benchmarks. Complete data are available upon request from the Flow of Funds Section, Division of Research and Statistics, S o u r ce. Federal Trade Commission. 1.52 BUSINESS EXPENDITURES on New Plant and Equipment Billions of dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. 1978 Industry 1977 1978 1979 Ql 1 All industries.......................................................... Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 Q3 Q42 135.72 153.60 144.25 150.76 155.41 163.96 165.94 170.30 174.74 180.98 27.75 32.33 31.59 35.86 28.72 32.86 31.40 35.80 32.25 35.50 33.99 39.26 34.00 37.56 36.60 39.75 38.09 41.80 39.10 42.88 4.49 4.81 4.45 4.81 4.99 4.98 5.46 5.40 5.11 5.26 2.82 1.63 2.55 3.33 2.34 2.42 3.35 2.67 2.44 3.09 2.08 2.23 3.38 2 .20 4.02 3.35 2.71 2.76 2.92 2.93 3.89 2.60 3.01 4.62 2.47 3.49 2.39 2.55 21.57 4.21 15.43 22.95 24.71 4.72 18.15 25.67 23.15 4.78 17.07 24.76 23.83 4.62 18.18 24.71 24.92 4.70 18.90 26.09 26.95 4.78 18.46 27.12 27.70 27.63 4.79 4.66 18.75 j 47.51 27.73 27.96 4.83 47.45 27.62 5.83 49.71 Manufacturing 2 Durable goods industries....................................... 3 Nondurable goods industries................................ Nonmanufacturing 4 Mining.................................................................... Transportation 5 Railroad.............................................................. 6 Air....................................................................... 7 Other................................................................... Public utilities 8 Electric................................................................ 9 Gas and other.................................................... 10 Communication...................................................... 11 Commercial and other 1......................................... 1. Includes trade, service, construction, finance, and insurance. 2. Anticipated by business. Note. Estim for corporate and noncorporate business, excluding ates 2.66 3.30 agriculture; real estate operators; medical, legal, educational, and cultural service; and nonprofit organizations. Source. Survey of C urrent Business (U D of C m .S. ept, om erce). Corporate Finance A39 1.53 DOMESTIC FINANCE COMPANIES Assets and Liabilities Billions o f dollars, end o f period 1978 A ccount 1973 1974 1975 1976 1979 1977 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 5 4 .9 6 6 .7 1 2 1 .6 1 6.5 105.1 5 8 .7 7 0 .1 128.8 1 7 .7 111.1 1 f 1 2 3 .8 2 4 .6 A ssets A ccount receivable, gross 1 C onsum er...................................................................... T o ta l.......................................................................... L ess : Reserves for unearned incom e and losses. A ccounts receivable, n e t .............................................. Cash and bank d ep osits............................................... Securities........................................................................... A ll other............................................................................ 3 5 .4 3 2 .3 6 7 .7 8 .4 5 9 .3 2 .6 .8 10 .6 36.1 3 7 .2 7 3 .3 9 .0 6 4 .2 3 .0 .4 1 2 .0 3 6 .0 3 9 .3 7 5 .3 9 .4 6 5 .9 2 .9 1 .0 11.8 3 8 .6 4 4 .7 8 3 .4 10.5 7 2 .9 2 .6 1.1 12.6 4 4 .0 5 5 .2 9 9 .2 1 2.7 8 6 .5 2 .6 .9 14.3 4 7 .1 5 9 .5 106 .6 14.1 9 2 .6 2 .9 1.3 16.2 4 9 .7 5 8 .3 108 .0 1 4 .3 9 3 .7 2 .7 1 .8 17.1 5 2 .6 6 3 .3 116 .0 1 5 .6 100.4 3 .5 1 .3 1 7.3 7 3 .2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 .6 8 1 .6 8 9 .2 1 0 4 .3 11 2 .9 1 1 5 .3 1 2 2 .4 1 2 8 .9 1 3 5 .8 7 .2 19.7 9 .7 2 0 .7 8 .0 2 2 .2 6 .3 2 3 .7 5 .9 2 9 .6 5 .4 3 1 .3 5 .4 2 9 .3 6 .5 3 4 .5 6 .5 38.1 7 .3 4 1 .0 4 .6 2 4 .6 5 .6 4 .9 2 6 .5 5 .5 4 .5 2 7 .6 6 .8 5 .4 32 .3 8 .1 6 .2 3 6 .0 11.5 6 .6 4 0 .1 1 3 .6 6 .8 4 1 .3 15.2 8 .1 4 3 .6 1 2 .6 6 .7 4 4 .5 15.1 8 .8 4 6 .0 1 4 .4 L iabilities 10 Bank lo a n s........................................................................ D eb t 13 14 Long-term, n .e.c......................................................... O ther.............................................................................. 15 Capital, surplus, and undivided profits.................. 11.5 12 .4 1 2 .5 13 .4 15.1 1 6 .0 1 7.3 1 7 .2 1 8 .0 1 8 .2 16 Total liabilities and capital.......................................... 7 3 .2 7 9 .6 8 1 .6 8 9 .2 1 0 4 .3 1 1 2 .9 1 1 5 .3 1 2 2 .4 1 2 8 .9 1 3 5 .8 1. Beginning Ql 1979, asset items on lines 6 , 7, and 8 are combined. N ote. Com ponents may not add to totals due to rounding. 1.54 DOMESTIC FINANCE COMPANIES Business Credit Millions of dollars, seasonally adjusted except as noted Type Accounts receivable outstanding June 30, Changes in accounts receivable Extensions Repayments 1979 1979 1979 19791 Apr. May June Apr. May June Apr. May June 1 Total.................................................................. 7 0 ,0 5 7 937 892 1 ,3 6 1 1 7 ,7 2 2 17 ,432 1 6 ,7 8 8 16 ,7 8 5 16,5 4 0 1 5 ,4 2 7 2 Retail automotive (commercial vehicles)....... 3 Wholesale automotive..................................... 4 Retail paper on business, industrial and 15,478 16,766 60 705 17 757 -3 2 655 1 ,2 1 0 6,731 1,167 6 ,7 9 0 1,1 1 6 5 ,9 1 9 1 ,1 5 0 6 ,0 2 6 1,1 5 0 6 ,0 3 3 1 ,148 5 ,2 6 4 5 Loans on commercial accounts receivable2. . 6 Factored commercial accounts receivable2. .. } 7 All other business credit.................................. 16,696 6,6 8 5 14,432 -1 7 78 111 -9 5 4 209 449 -1 3 5 424 1,071 6 ,2 2 8 2 ,4 8 2 1 ,084 6,191 2 ,2 0 0 1,075 6 ,0 9 7 2,581 1,088 6 ,1 5 0 2,371 1,179 6 ,1 8 7 1,991 626 6,2 3 2 2 ,1 5 7 farm equipment............................................ 1 Not seasonally adjusted. . 2. Beginning January 1979 the categories “Loans on commercial ac counts receivable” and “ Factored commercial accounts receivable” are combined. A40 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.55 MORTGAGE MARKETS M illions of dollars; exceptions noted. 1979 1976 1977 1978 Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Terms and yields in primary and secondary markets P rimary M arkets Conventional mortgages on new homes 1 2 3 4 5 Terms1 Purchase price (thous. dollars).................................. A m ount o f loan (thous. d o lla rs).............................. Loan/price ratio (percent)......................................... Maturity (years)............................................................. Fees and charges (percent o f loan am ou nt)2......... 6 Contract rate (percent per an n u m )....................... 48.4 35.9 74.2 27.2 1.44 8.76 54.3 40.5 76.3 27.9 1.33 8.80 62.6 45.9 75.3 28.0 1.39 9.30 68.3 49.5 74.5 28.6 1.56 9.94 8.99 8.99 9.01 8.95 9.54 9.68 10.20 8.82 8.17 8.04 8.68 8.99 9.11 8.73 8.98 10.01 Yield (percent per annum) 7 FH LBB series3............................................................... 8 HUD series4.................................................................... 10.02 75.4 54.9 75.1 29.0 1.75 10.06 10.20 10.35 10.30 10.35 10.36 10.55 9.70 8.98 10.17 9.67 10.19 9.70 9.77 10.54 11.04 10.42 10.94 68.1 49.9 75.4 28.5 1.65 73.7 52.5 73.5 28.4 1.53 10.39 74.3 52.7 73.0 28.1 1.63 10.49 10.47 10.80 10.66 10.90 10.78 10.95 9.79 n.a. 10.61 9.89 10.49 9.78 10.46 9.77 10.59 11.03 10.84 11.35 10.77 11.57 11.52 72.3 51.4 73.2 28.2 1.59 S e c o n d a r y M a r k e ts Yield (percent per annum) 10 G N M A securities6........................................................ F N M A auctions7 10.66 Activity in secondary markets F e d e r a l N a t io n a l M o r tg a g e A sso c ia tio n Mortgage holdings (end o f period ) 13 T o ta l................................................................................... V A-guaranteed........................................................... Mortgage transactions (during period ) Mortgage commitments * 32,904 18,916 9,212 4,776 34,370 18,457 9,315 6,597 43,311 21,243 10,544 11,524 45,155 21,967 10,606 12,582 46,410 22,601 10,616 13,193 47,028 22,773 10,591 13,664 47,757 23,008 10,543 14,206 48,206 23,204 10,502 14,500 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 3,606 4,780 67 12,303 5 1,173 1,291 *•1,023 739 0 0 r883 86 15 0 0 0 n.a. n.a. 6,247 3,398 9,729 4,698 18,960 9,201 388 7,381 565 6,573 1,075 6,656 1,400 6,862 634 6,476 n.a. n.a. 4,929.8 2,787.2 7,974.1 4,846.2 12,978 6,747.2 210.6 161.2 508.4 284.4 1,322.7 638.5 426.3 185.0 219.9 99.9 133.2 69.6 2,595.7 1,879.2 5,675.2 3,917.8 9,933.0 5,110.9 63.0 45.4 144.9 113.5 661.9 363.6 458.6 214.3 357.5 195.3 93.5 69.9 4,269 1,618 2,651 3,276 1,395 1,881 3,064 1,243 1,822 3,207 1,989 1,220 3,510 1,260 2,250 3,377 1,198 2,180 3.310 1,186 2,124 3,334 1,171 2,163 3,487 1,156 2,331 1,175 1,396 3,900 4,131 6,524 6,211 300 r494 350 116 358 364 560 572 447 382 518 321 1,477 333 5,546 1,063 7,451 1,410 357 1,177 547 1,342 540 1,487 652 1,541 528 1,590 528 1,572 Auction o f 4-month commitments to buy 21 Government-underwritten loans Offered9........................................................................ C onventional loans 23 Offered s> ........................................................................ F e d e r a l Home L o a n M o r tg a g e C o r p o r a tio n Mortgage holdings (end o f period) 10 25 T o ta l.................................................................................. 26 F H A /V A ...................................................................... Mortgage transactions (during period ) 29 Sales................................................................................... Mortgage commitments11 1. Weighted averages based on sample surveys of mortgages originated by major institutional lender groups. Compiled by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board in cooperation with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 2. Includes all fees, commissions, discounts, and “points” paid (by the borrower or the seller) in order to obtain a loan. 3. Average effective interest rates on loans closed, assuming prepay ment at the end of 10 years. 4. Average contract rates on new commitments for conventional first mortgages, rounded to the nearest 5 basis points; from Department of Housing and Urban Development. 5. Average gross yields on 30-year, minimum-downpayment, Federal Housing Administration insured first mortgages for immediate delivery in the private secondary market. Any gaps in data are due to periods of adjustment to changes in maximum permissible contract rates. 6 . Average net yields to investors on Government National Mortgage Association guaranteed, mortgage-backed, fully modified pass-through securities, assuming prepayment in 12 years on pools of 30-year FHA/VA mortgages carrying the prevailing ceiling rate. Monthly figures are unweighted averages of Monday quotations for the month. 7. Average gross yields (before deduction of 38 basis points for mort gage servicing) on accepted bids in Federal National Mortgage Associa tion’s auctions of 4-month commitments to purchase home mortgages, assuming prepayment in 12 years for 30-year mortgages. No adjustments are made for FNMA commitment fees or stock related requirements. Monthly figures are unweighted averages for auctions conducted within the month. 8 . Includes some multifamily and nonprofit hospital loan commit ments in addition to 1- to 4-family loan commitments accepted in FNMA’s free market auction system, and through the FNMA-GNMA tandem plans. 9. Mortgage amounts offered by bidders are total bids received. 10. Includes participation as well as whole loans. 11. Includes conventional and government-underwritten loans. Real Estate Debt A41 1.56 MORTGAGE DEBT OUTSTANDING M illions of dollars, end of period Type of holder, and type of property 1975 1977 1976 1978 1978 1979 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql 1 All holders.................................................. 2 1- to 4-family............................................. 801,537 490,761 100,601 159,298 50,877 889,327 556,557 104,516 171,223 57,031 1,023,505 656,566 111,841 189,274 65,824 1,172,502 761,905 122,004 212,597 75,996 1,092,451 706,230 116,419 198,926 70,876 1,133,699 734,740 119,442 205,744 73,773 1,172,502 761,905 122,004 212,597 75,996 1,204,762 783,500 124,125 218,042 79,095 6 Major financial institutions..................... Commercial banks 1.............................. 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... Farm .................................................. 581,193 136,186 77,018 5,915 46,882 6,371 647,650 151,326 86,234 8,082 50,289 6,721 745,011 178,979 105,115 9,215 56,898 7,751 847,910 213,963 126,966 10,912 67,056 9,029 794,009 194,469 115,389 9,925 60,950 8,205 822,184 205,445 121,911 10,478 64,386 8,670 847,910 213,963 126,966 10,912 67,056 9,029 865,808 220,063 130,585 11,223 68,968 9,287 13 14 15 16 Mutual savings banks........................... 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... Farm .................................................. 77,249 50,025 13,792 13,373 59 81,639 53,089 14,177 14,313 60 88,104 57,637 15,304 15,110 53 95,157 62,252 16,529 16,319 57 91,535 59,882 15,900' 15,698 55 93,403 61,104 16,224 16,019 56 95,157 62,252 16,529 16,319 57 96,136 62,892 16,699 16,488 57 17 18 19 Savings and loan associations............. 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... 278,590 223,903 25,547 29,140 323,130 260,895 28,436 33,799 381,163 310,686 32,513 37,964 432,858 356,156 36,057 40,645 407,965 334,164 34,351 39,450 420,971 345,617 35,362 39,992 432,858 356,156 36,057 40,645 441,420 363,200 36,770 41,450 Life insurance companies..................... 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... Farm .................................................. 89,168 17,590 19,629 45,196 6,753 91,555 16,088 19,178 48,864 7,425 96,765 14,727 18,807 54,388 8,843 105,932 14,449 19,026 62,086 10,371 100,040 14,129 18,745 57,463 9,703 102,365 14,189 18,803 59,268 10,105 105,932 14,449 19,026 62,086 10,371 108,189 14,757 19,431 63,409 10,592 26 Federal and related agencies................... 27 Government National Mortgage Assn. 28 1- to 4-family..................................... 29 Multifamily........................................ 66,891 7,438 4,728 2,710 66,753 4,241 1,970 2,271 70,006 3,660 1,548 81,853 3,509 877 2,632 73,991 3,283 922 2,361 78,672 3,560 897 2,663 81,853 3,509 877 2,632 86,689 3,448 821 2,627 618 124 926 288 320 217 956 302 180 283 191 3 Multifamily................................................ 4 Commercial............................................... 5 F arm .......................................................... 7 8 9 10 11 12 20 21 22 23 24 25 2,112 30 31 32 33 34 Farmers Home Administration............ 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... F arm ................................................... 1,109 208 215 190 496 1,064 454 218 72 320 1,353 626 275 149 303 926 288 320 217 101 104 288 1,384 460 240 251 433 35 36 37 Federal Housing and Veterans Admin. 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ 4,970 1,990 2,980 5,150 1,676 3,474 5,212 1,627 3,585 5,419 1,641 3,778 5,225 1,543 3,682 5,295 1,565 3,730 5,419 1,641 3,778 5,522 1,693 3,829 38 39 40 Federal National Mortgage Association 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ 31,824 25,813 6,011 32,904 26,934 5,970 34,369 28,504 5,865 43,311 37,579 5,732 38,753 32,974 5,779 41,189 35,437 5,752 43,311 37,579 5,732 46,410 40,702 5,708 41 42 43 Federal Land Banks............................. 1- to 4-family..................................... F arm ................................................... 16,563 549 16,014 19,125 601 18,524 22,136 670 21,466 25,624 927 24,697 23,857 727 23,130 24,758 819 23,939 25,624 927 24,697 26,893 1,042 25,851 44 45 46 Federal Home Loan Mortgage C orp... 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ 4,987 4,588 399 4,269 3,889 380 3,276 2,738 538 3,064 2,407 657 2,255 1,856 399 2,486 1,994 492 3,064 2,407 657 3,460 2,685 775 47 Mortgage pools or trusts 2 ....................... Government National Mortgage Assn. 48 49 1- to 4-family..................................... 50 Multifamily........................................ 34,138 18,257 17,538 719 49,801 30,572 29,583 989 70,289 44,896 43,555 1,341 88,633 24,347 52,732 1,615 78,602 48,032 46,515 1,517 82,730 50,844 49,276 1,568 88,633 54,347 52,732 1,615 94,551 57,955 56,269 51 52 53 Federal Home Loan Mortgage C orp... 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ 1,598 1,349 249 2,671 2,282 389 6,610 5,621 989 11,892 9,657 2,235 9,423 7,797 1,626 10,511 8,616 1,895 11,892 9,657 2,235 12,467 10,088 2,379 54 55 56 57 58 Farmers Home Administration............ 1- to 4-family..................................... Multifamily........................................ Commercial....................................... Farm .................................................. 14,283 9,194 295 1,948 2,846 16,558 10,219 532 2,440 3,367 18,783 11,379 759 2,945 3,682 22,394 13,400 1,116 3,560 4,318 21,147 12,742 1,128 3,301 3,976 21,375 12,851 1,116 3,369 4,039 22,394 13,400 1,116 3,560 4,318 24,129 13,883 1,465 3,660 5,121 59 Individuals and others 3 ........................... 60 1- to 4-family......................................... 61 Multifamily............................................ 62 Commercial........................................... 63 Farm ...................................................... 119,315 56,268 22,140 22,569 18,338 125,123 62,643 20,420 21,446 20,614 138,199 72,115 20,538 21,820 23,726 154,106 82,574 21,395 212,830 27,307 145,849 77,466 20,904 21,960 25,519 150,113 80,004 21,119 22,459 26,531 154,106 82,574 21,395 22,830 27,307 157,714 84,806 21,645 23,267 27,996 1. Includes loans held by nondeposit trust companies but not bank trust departments. 2. Outstanding principal balances of mortgages backing securities in sured or guaranteed by the agency indicated. 3. Other holders include mortgage companies, real estate investment trusts, state and local credit agencies, state and local retirement funds, noninsured pension funds, credit unions, and U.S. agencies for which amounts are small or separate data are not readily available. 102 101 1,686 N o te . Based on data from various institutional and government sources, with some quarters estimated in part by the Federal Reserve in conjunction with the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Depart ment of Commerce. Separation of nonfarm mortgage debt by type of property, if not reported directly, and interpolations and extrapolations when required, are estimated mainly by the Federal Reserve. Multi family debt refers to loans on structures of five or more units. A42 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.57 CONSUMER INSTALLMENT CREDIT1 Total Outstanding, and Net Change M illions of dollars Holder, and type of credit 1976 1977 1979 1978r Jan. Feb.r Mar.r Apr.r M r ay June r July Am ounts outstanding (end of period) 193,977 230,829 275,629 275,337 276,019 278,453 282,575 287,315 291,856 295,052 93,728 38,919 31,169 19,260 6,246 2,830 1,825 112,373 44,868 37,605 23,490 7,354 2,963 2,176 136,189 54,298 45,939 24,876 8,394 3,240 2,693 136,452 54,995 45,526 23,962 8,427 3.338 2.637 136,671 55,929 45,661 23,246 8,488 3,274 2,750 137,445 56,991 46,301 22,929 8,671 3,292 2,824 139,843 58,334 46,322 23,097 8,833 3,383 2,763 142,102 59,635 46,832 23,421 9,066 3,537 2,722 144,035 60,996 47,478 23,672 9,290 3,704 2,681 145,169 62,463 47,772 23,713 9,425 3,872 2,638 67,707 39,621 22,072 17,549 15,238 12,848 82,911 49,577 27,379 22,198 18,099 15,235 102,468 60,564 33,850 26,714 21,967 19,937 102,890 60,682 33,928 26,754 21,769 20,439 103,780 61,053 34,261 26,792 21,834 20,893 105,426 61,742 34,592 27,150 22,140 21,544 107,186 62,866 35,322 27,544 22,150 22,170 109,211 63,891 35,917 27,974 22,394 22,926 110,930 64,480 36,251 28,229 22,703 23,747 111,952 64,826 36,475 28,351 22,844 24,282 15 Revolving..................... 16 Commercial banks.. 17 Retailers................... 18 Gasoline companies. 17,189 14,359 2,830 39,274 18,374 17,937 2,963 47,051 24,434 19,377 3,240 46,516 24,677 18,501 3.338 45,586 24,502 17,810 3,274 45,240 24,442 17,506 3,292 45,781 24,767 17,631 3,383 46,489 25,054 17,898 3,537 47,458 25,652 18,102 3,704 47,894 25,927 18,095 3,872 19 Mobile home.............. 20 Commercial banks. 21 Finance companies. 22 Savings and loans.. 23 Credit unions.......... 14.573 8,737 3,263 2,241 332 15,141 9,124 3,077 2,538 402 16,042 9,553 3,152 2,848 489 16,004 9,511 3,149 2,859 485 16,008 9,495 3,147 2,880 486 16,092 9,509 3,148 2,942 493 16,198 9,549 3,159 2,997 493 16,453 9,702 3,177 3,076 498 16,607 9,759 3,191 3,152 505 16,719 9,801 3,212 3,198 508 24 Other................................ 25 Commercial banks 26 Finance companies 27 Credit unions............. . 28 Retailers..................... . 29 Savings and loans........ 30 Mutual savings banks. 94,508 31,011 22,808 15,599 19,260 4,005 1,825 93.503 35,298 26,556 19,104 5,553 4,816 2,176 110,068 41,638 31,209 23,483 5,499 5,546 2,693 109,927 41,582 31,416 23,272 5,461 5,568 2.637 110,645 41,621 31,889 23,341 5,436 5,608 2,750 111,695 41,752 32,299 23,668 5,423 5,729 2,824 113,410 42,661 33,005 23,679 5,466 5,836 2,763 115,162 43,455 33,532 23,940 5,523 5,990 2,722 116,861 44,144 34,058 24,270 5,570 6,138 2,681 118,487 44,615 34,969 24,420 5,618 6,227 2,638 1 Total. 2 3 4 5 By major holder Commercial banks Finance companies Credit unions............... Retailers 2..................... . 6 Savings and loans......... 7 Gasoline companies 8 Mutual savings banks.. By major type o f credit 9 Automobile................... 10 11 12 13 14 Commercial banks. . , Indirect paper Direct loans........... Credit unions............ Finance companies.. Net change (during period3) 31 Total.................................................... 21,647 35,278 44,810 3,067 3,563 3,625 4,105 3,306 2,558 2,443 10,792 2,946 5,503 1,059 1,085 124 138 18,645 5,948 6,436 2,654 1,330 1,347 360 -9 0 67 1,630 1,460 402 1,465 1,228 528 143 173 -4 7 138 20 68 2,117 1,378 139 306 158 73 -6 6 1,665 893 124 283 280 96 -3 5 984 913 144 288 240 39 -5 0 662 1,185 342 180 132 352 23,813 9,430 8,334 1,386 1,041 276 530 39 Automobile......................................... 40 Commercial banks.......................... 41 Indirect paper............................. 42 Direct loans................................. 43 Credit unions................................... 44 Finance companies......................... 10,465 6,334 2,742 3,592 2,497 1,634 15,204 9,956 5,307 4,649 2,861 2,387 19,557 10,987 6,471 4,516 3,868 4,702 1,680 633 387 246 187 860 1,565 739 530 209 190 636 1,486 617 290 327 245 624 1,387 740 482 258 64 583 1,225 633 389 244 60 532 690 123 87 36 45 522 616 45 Revolving............................................ 46 Commercial banks.......................... 47 Retailers.......................................... 48 Gasoline companies....................... 2,170 2,046 6,248 4,015 433 375 -4 2 317 492 -243 742 588 134 124 100 68 20 918 605 240 73 749 418 235 96 796 494 263 39 429 303 124 132 7,776 6,060 1,440 276 49 Mobile home....................................... 50 Commercial banks.......................... 51 Finance companies......................... 52 Savings and loans........................... 53 Credit unions................................... 140 70 -1 8 2 192 60 565 387 -189 297 70 897 426 74 310 87 40 56 15 9 28 4 108 31 82 234 125 13 94 102 12 72 17 2 2 41 3 54 Other.................................................... 55 Commercial banks.......................... 56 Finance companies......................... 57 Credit unions................................... 58 Retailers.......................................... 59 Savings and loans........................... 60 Mutual savings banks..................... 8,872 2,342 1,494 2,946 1,059 893 138 13,261 4,287 3,750 3,505 553 814 352 16,580 6,340 4,654 4,379 -5 4 731 530 908 310 474 171 -4 8 48 -4 7 1,625 384 815 208 1,289 229 593 276 9 114 1,098 489 348 62 48 186 -3 5 970 355 377 97 25 166 -5 0 1,326 270 813 156 56 79 -4 8 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 By major holder Commercial banks............................. Finance companies............................. Credit unions...................................... Retailers1............................................. Savings and loans.............................. Gasoline companies........................... Mutual savings banks......................... By major type o f credit 1,111 2,101 1. The Board’s series cover most short- and intermediate-term credit extended to individuals through regular business channels, usually to finance the purchase of consumer goods and services or to refinance debts incurred for such purposes, and scheduled to be repaid (or with the option of repayment) in two or more installments. 2. Includes auto dealers and excludes 30-day charge credit held by travel and entertainment companies. 3. Net change equals extensions minus liquidations (repayments, chargeoffs, and other credits); figures for all months are seasonally adjusted. 100 12 7 19 2 -2 2 1 86 68 22 58 138 11 59 7 68 21 6 56 -1 1,718 751 789 76 66 102 -6 6 14 74 120 2 -4 8 72 51 21 183 361 2 11 N o t e . Total consumer noninstallment credit outstanding—credit scheduled to be repaid in a lump sum, including single-payment loans, charge accounts, and service credit—amounted to $64.3 billion at the end of 1978, $58.6 billion at the end of 1977, $54.8 billion at the end of 1976, and $50.9 billion at the end of 1975. Comparable data for Dec. 31, 1979, will be published in the February 1980 B u lle t in . Consumer Debt A43 1.58 CONSUMER INSTALLMENT CREDIT Extensions and Liquidations M illions of dollars Holder, and type of credit 1976 1977 1979 1978' Jan. Feb. Mar.r Apr. Mayr Juner July Extensions2 211,028 254,071 298,351 25,544 26,452 26,533 27,009 27,901 26,139 26,848 97,397 36,129 29,259 29,447 3,898 13,387 1,511 117,896 41,989 34,028 39,133 4,485 14,617 1,923 142,720 50,505 40,023 41,619 5,050 16,125 2,309 12,153 4,547 3,241 3,565 481 1,440 117 12,430 5,072 3,238 3,460 468 1,486 298 12,412 4,958 3,250 3,611 583 1,493 226 13,111 5,239 2,753 3,742 559 1,505 12,278 4,641 2,986 3,853 682 1,589 100 13,400 5,186 3,124 3,721 723 1,613 134 110 12,292 5,353 3,282 3,687 592 1,525 117 9 Automobile.................... 10 Commercial banks. . . 11 Indirect paper........ 12 Direct loans............ 13 Credit unions............. 14 Finance companies. . . 63,743 37,886 20,576 17,310 14,688 11,169 75,641 46,363 25,149 21,214 16,616 12,662 88,987 53,028 29,336 23,692 19,486 16,473 7,545 4,286 2,318 1,968 1,635 1,624 7,756 4,430 2,472 1,958 1,624 1,702 7,794 4,424 2,449 1,975 1,587 1,783 7,999 4,707 2,635 2,072 1,415 1,877 8,260 4,680 2,684 1,996 1,566 2,014 7,178 3,952 2,146 1,806 1,485 1,741 7,447 3,936 2,151 1,785 1,611 1,900 15 Revolving..................... 16 Commercial banks. . 17 Retailers.................... 18 Gasoline companies. 43,934 30,547 86,756 38,256 33,883 14,617 104,587 51,531 36,931 16,125 9,417 4,799 3,178 1,440 9,357 4,860 3,011 1,486 9,714 5,024 3,197 1,493 9,722 4,923 3,294 1,505 10,039 5,154 3,272 1,613 10,136 5,166 3,381 1,589 9,856 5,078 3,253 1,525 19 Mobile home.............. 20 Commercial banks. 21 Finance companies. 22 Savings and loans.. 23 Credit unions.......... 4,859 3,064 702 929 164 5,425 3,466 643 6,067 3,704 1,120 196 13 454 295 60 81 18 518 296 63 139 510 304 59 134 13 668 1,239 238 369 235 33 411 58 182 17 547 304 59 167 17 519 297 71 133 18 98,492 25,900 24,258 14,407 29,447 2,969 1,511 86,249 29,811 28,684 17,216 5,250 3,365 1,923 98,710 34,457 33,146 20,299 4,688 3,811 2,309 8,213 2,833 2,890 1,593 387 393 117 8,885 2,845 3,310 1,596 449 387 298 8,507 8,778 3,177 3,303 1,325 448 425 8,278 2,856 2,841 1,484 472 515 100 8,934 3,155 3,114 1,541 449 541 134 110 9,026 2,981 3,382 1,653 434 459 117 1 Total............................... By major holder 2 3 4 5 Commercial banks........ Finance companies........ Credit unions................. Retailers1 ....................... 6 Savings and loans.......... 7 Gasoline companies 8 Mutual savings banks.., By major type o f credit 24 Other................................ 25 Commercial banks 26 Finance companies 27 Credit unions............... 28 Retailers....................... 29 Savings and loans........ 30 Mutual savings banks. 13,387 886 88 20 2,668 3,112 1,643 414 444 226 Liquidations 2 31 Total.................................................... 189,381 218,793 253,541 22,483 22,889 22,908 22,904 24,595 23,581 24,405 86,605 33,183 23,756 28,388 2,813 13,263 1,373 99,251 36,041 27,592 36,479 3,374 14,485 1,571 118,907 41,075 31,689 40,233 4,009 15,849 1,779 10,823 3,206 2,881 3,655 414 1,340 164 10,800 3,612 2,836 3,681 382 1,418 160 10,947 3,730 2,722 3,468 410 1,473 158 10,994 3,861 2,614 3,436 401 1,432 166 11,735 4,293 3,000 3,438 443 1,517 169 11,294 3,728 2,842 3,565 442 1,550 160 11,630 4,168 2,940 3,507 472 1,523 165 39 Automobile......................................... 40 Commercial banks......................... 41 Indirect paper............................. 42 Direct loans................................. 43 Credit unions.................................. 44 Finance companies......................... 53,278 31,552 17,834 13,718 12,191 9,535 60,437 36,407 19,842 16,565 13,755 10,275 69,430 42,041 22,865 19,176 15,618 11,771 5,865 3,653 1,931 1,722 1.448 764 6,191 3,691 1,942 1,749 1,434 1,066 6,308 3,807 2,159 1,648 1,342 1,159 6,612 3,967 2,153 1,814 1,351 1,294 7,035 4,047 2,295 1,752 1,506 1,482 6,488 3,829 2,059 1,770 1,440 1,219 2,100 45 Revolving............................................ 46 Commercial banks.......................... 47 Retailers........................................... 48 Gasoline companies........................ 41,764 28,501 13,263 80,508 34,241 31,782 14,485 96,811 45,471 35,491 15,849 8,984 4,424 3,220 1,340 9,040 4,368 3,254 1,418 8,972 4,436 3,063 1,473 8,804 4,318 3,054 1,432 9,290 4,736 3,037 1,517 9,340 4,672 3,118 1,550 9,427 4,775 3,129 1,523 49 Mobile home....................................... 50 Commercial banks......................... 51 Finance companies......................... 52 Savings and loans........................... 53 Credit unions.................................. 4,719 2,994 884 737 104 4,860 3,079 832 823 126 5,170 3,278 812 929 151 329 223 26 69 410 265 52 80 13 428 283 53 78 14 434 286 45 11 398 280 51 53 14 445 292 45 93 15 447 280 60 92 15 54 Other.................................................... 55 Commercial banks.......................... 56 Finance companies......................... 57 Credit unions................................... 58 Retailers........................................... 59 Savings and loans........................... 60 Mutual savings banks..................... 89,620 23,558 22,764 11,461 28,388 2,076 1,373 72,988 25,524 24,934 13,711 4,697 2,551 1,571 82,130 28,117 28,492 15,920 4,742 3,080 1,779 7,305 2,523 2,416 1,422 435 345 164 7,260 2,461 2,495 1,388 427 329 160 7,218 2,439 2,519 1,367 405 330 158 7,060 2,426 2,514 1,249 382 323 166 7,308 2,501 2,464 1,387 447 349 160 7,700 2,711 2,569 1,497 378 380 165 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 By major holder Commercial banks............................. Finance companies........................... Credit unions..................................... Retailers1 ............................................ Savings and loans............................... Gasoline companies........................... Mutual savings banks........................ By major type o f credit 1 Includes auto dealers and excludes 30-day charge credit held by travel and entertainment companies. 88 15 7,836 2,666 2,766 1,479 401 355 169 2M onthly figures are seasonally adjusted. 6,831 3,864 1,764 1,428 1,539 A44 Domestic Financial Statistics □ September 1979 1.59 FUNDS RAISED IN U.S. CREDIT MARKETS Billions of dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Transaction category, or sector 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1976 1978 HI 1977 1978 H2 HI H2 HI H2 Nonfinancial sectors 203.1 195.4 191.3 187.4 200.7 210.8 271.9 261.1 338.5 335.4 400.3 398.2 270.6 257.0 273.2 265.2 298.4 297.2 378.7 373.6 383.9 386.5 416.8 410.0 8.3 7.9 .4 194.9 7.7 Corporate equities....................................... 187.2 Private domestic nonfinancial sectors. . • • 188.8 7.9 Debt instruments..................................... 180.9 Debt capital instruments..................... 105.1 14.7 State and local obligations.............. 9.2 11.8 12.0 -.2 85.4 85.8 - .4 125.4 69.0 69.1 56.8 57.6 - .9 281.8 3.1 278.6 267.9 2.7 265.1 175.6 23.7 53.7 55.1 - 1 .4 346.6 79.4 79.3 58.7 59.0 - .3 214.6 46.3 46.9 21.0 20.1 22.3 61.4 62.4 - .9 322.5 - 2 .6 325.1 301.7 - 1.8 303.5 187.8 27.8 20.5 46.0 47.9 - 1 .9 370.8 22.8 67.2 68.4 - 1.2 311.5 5.1 306.4 294.4 4.9 289.5 192.0 25.3 25.4 63.7 104.5 57.7 99.8 9.3 109.2 13.4 96.4 7.4 18.4 6.1 8.8 10.2 48.0 25.6 4.0 4.0 14.4 89.5 40.6 27.0 2.9 19.0 115.2 50.6 37.3 5.2 9.3 115.7 50.1 42.5 5.3 17.8 11.1 182.0 15.2 90.7 10.9 5.4 59.8 267.9 20.4 139.9 14.7 12.5 80.3 314.4 23.6 162.6 18.1 15.7 94.5 170.6 18.4 82.9 3.4 55.8 98.5 11.7 7.5 63.7 20.8 13.9 .4 13.5 5.1 3.1 2.4 3.0 32.3 - .5 32.8 4.0 18.3 20.7 .3 20.4 7.4 8.5 1.5 2.9 .3 20.7 9.7 5.0 2.4 3.6 1 Total funds raised........................................ By sector and instrument 4 Treasury securities....................................... 5 Agency issues and mortgages..................... 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Mortgages Commercial....................................... Farm.................................................. Open market paper.......................... 24 25 26 27 28 29 By borrowing sector................................. State and local governments................ 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Foreign...................................................... Corporate equities................................... 46.4 10.4 18.9 5.5 75.8 26.0 37.1 2.5 10.3 179.5 3.8 175.6 164.1 4.1 160.0 98.0 16.5 19.7 10.1 115.3 112.1 9.9 102.1 98.4 16.1 27.2 34.8 39.5 * 6.9 15.1 11.0 4.6 5.0 3.8 62.0 9.9 9.7 31.7 - 1 2 .3 - 2 .6 6.6 9.0 13.7 188.8 13.2 80.1 9.6 13.0 73.0 164.1 15.5 51.2 7.7 81.7 38.1 6.1 -.2 15.4 13.3 8 .0 -.2 112.1 13.7 49.5 8.8 2 .0 .2 6.3 15.7 13.2 1.0 2.1 6 .2 1.6 2 .8 2.7 .9 1.7 4.7 7.3 3.9 .3 -.1 202.9 10.8 192.0 182.0 10.5 171.5 123.5 15.7 1.8 .3 20.5 8.6 6.8 1.9 3.3 2.1 344.5 314.4 2 .6 311.8 196.6 28.3 10.2 23.3 22.2 6 .6 3.9 .1 191.2 13.6 177.6 170.6 13.3 157.2 119.9 20.1 .6 14.3 5.0 37.3 23.6 - 3 .7 5.7 11.7 10.1 8.1 -.6 252.0 1.2 206.5 193.5 7.7 185.8 127.2 11.3 23.4 250.9 241.3 .5 240.8 159.3 69.7 3.1 12.5 7.3 58.6 27.6 90.5 6.4 14.8 9.0 81.5 36.6 26.2 3.4 15.3 102.3 8.4 21.9 8.7 97.5 44.5 27.8 2.4 241.3 15.4 130.0 16.3 301.7 67.0 294.4 25.3 149.9 13.2 12.5 93.5 10.7 17.1 20.8 -.8 21.6 11.6 2.3 17.1 193.5 12.1 21.0 22.0 16.6 12.6 .6 10.1 4.4 -.1 2.7 3.1 22.8 .2 16.9 5.7 6.3 21.2 21.0 156.2 15.2 16.8 92.4 6.8 364.0 327.0 7.0 320.0 205.3 28.7 19.8 11.2 25.4 114.7 51.0 32.0 5.1 26.6 327.0 26.1 169.0 20.9 14.5 96.6 43.8 -.2 2.9 2 .2 5.0 9.4 3.6 3.6 44.0 3.0 27.1 9.6 4.2 Financial sectors 37 Total funds raised ....................... ............. 44.8 39.2 12.7 24.1 54.0 81.4 18.2 29.9 45.9 62.1 80.7 82.1 19.9 16.3 3.6 23.1 16.6 5.8 .7 16.2 .3 15.9 13.5 2.3 10.3 .9 18.6 3.3 15.7 - .4 5.5 26.3 7.0 20.5 - 1.2 27.7 .9 26.9 41.4 23.1 18.3 16.5 2.4 14.2 * 1.7 20.7 4.3 17.2 - .7 9.3 2.3 7.0 5.7 22.6 29.9 23.1 38.5 21.9 16.6 44.3 24.3 32.2 42.2 37.8 By instrument 38 U.S. government related...................... 39 Sponsored credit agency securities.. . . 40 Mortgage pool securities..................... 41 Loans from U.S. government............ 42 Private financial sectors........................... 43 Corporate equities................................ 44 Debt instruments................................. 45 Corporate bonds............................... 46 Mortgages......................................... 47 Bank loans n.e.c................................ 48 Open market paper and RPs.......... 49 Loans from FHLBs......................... 0 24.9 1.5 23.4 3.5 - 1.2 9.0 4.9 7.2 - 1 .3 4.6 3.8 6.7 16.3 3.6 24.9 17.3 5.8 16.2 1.2 2 .2 6 .0 1.2 -.8 1.2 3.5 4.8 .9 .3 - 2 .3 2.1 - .8 .6 - 1 .4 2.9 2.3 - 3 .7 1.1 - 4 .0 1.0 4.4 5.8 2.1 - 3 .7 2 .2 - 2 .0 10.1 3.1 - .3 9.6 4.3 0 40.0 1.7 38.3 7.5 .9 2 .8 14.6 12.5 - .2 1.9 6 .0 1.4 - 2 .5 - 1.0 - 1 .9 - 4 .9 5.4 - 2 .0 7.1 17.9 - 2 .3 23.2 .9 22.3 9.5 3.1 - 2 .3 9.2 2.9 3.5 17.2 9.3 4.7 17.9 23.2 2.1 .8 - .3 .4 .9 8.5 -2 .7 .4 1.3 2 .8 6.8 0 .8 0 2.2 31.4 10.7 3.0 40.0 8.5 5.8 13.5 13.2 1.8 10.1 2.1 2 .6 20.1 0 1.1 36.7 6.4 - .3 3.1 15.7 11.8 By sector 50 Sponsored credit agencies....................... 51 Mortgage pools........................................ 52 Private financial sectors........................... 53 Commercial banks.............................. 54 Bank affiliates....................................... 55 Savings and loan associations............. 56 Other insurance companies.................. 57 Finance companies............................... 58 REITs.................................................... 59 Open-end investment companies........ .5 9.5 6.5 —1.2 6 .0 .6 - .7 3.2 10.3 1.0 .5 -1 .4 -.1 2.9 15.7 5.5 2.3 -.8 .1 .9 6.4 - 2 .4 - 1.0 5.8 20.5 27.7 1.1 1.3 9.9 .9 17.6 - 2.2 - .9 23.1 18.3 40.0 1.3 6.7 14.3 1.1 18.6 - 1.0 - 1.0 2.3 14.2 1.7 2.4 - 1 .3 - .3 .9 4.4 - 2.1 -2 .4 6.8 23.1 32.2 1.5 1.2 8.2 11.7 -.6 - 2 .0 - 1 .3 .9 15.0 - 2 .4 1.0 20.2 21.9 16.6 42.2 1.5 5.8 16.4 1.0 24.3 20.1 37.8 1.1 7.6 12.2 1.1 18.9 - 1.0 - .5 18.2 - 1.0 - 1 .5 464.6 - .5 498.9 - 1 .5 9.4 491.0 90.4 28.7 29.2 156.4 51.0 62.2 30.4 42.6 All sectors 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 Total funds raised, by instrument. Investment company shares......... Other corporate equities.............. Debt instruments.......................... U.S. government securities.. . , State and local obligations. . . . Corporate and foreign bonds.. Mortgages................................. Consumer credit....................... Bank loans n.e.c........................ Open market paper and R P s.. Other loans............................... 248.0 10.4 238.8 28.3 14.7 13.6 79.9 26.0 48.8 8.3 19.1 230.5 223.5 -.1 - .7 10.8 4.8 226.4 212.8 98.2 34.3 16.5 16.1 23.9 36.4 60.5 57.2 9.9 9.7 41.0 - 12.2 17.7 - 1.2 22.7 8.7 296.0 - 1.0 12.9 284.1 88.1 15.7 37.2 87.1 25.6 7.0 8.1 15.3 392.5 - .9 4.9 388.5 84.3 23.7 36.1 134.0 40.6 29.8 15.0 25.2 481.7 - 1.0 4.7 478.0 95.2 28.3 31.6 149.0 50.6 58.4 26.4 38.6 288.8 -2 .4 15.8 275.4 96.0 20.1 35.7 78.8 23.6 2.3 6.2 12.6 303.2 .4 9.9 292.8 80.2 11.3 38.7 95.3 27.6 11.7 10.1 18.0 344.3 -.6 2 .6 342.2 71.4 22.0 30.6 123.7 36.6 23.7 15.3 18.9 440.8 - 1 .3 7.2 434.9 97.2 25.3 41.7 144.2 44.5 35.8 14.6 31.4 .1 465.0 100.0 27.8 34.0 141.6 50.1 54.5 22.4 34.6 Flow o f Funds A45 1.60 DIRECT AND INDIRECT SOURCES OF FUNDS TO CREDIT MARKETS B illions of dollars, except as noted; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Transaction category, or sector 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1976 1978 1977 1978 HI 1 Total funds advanced in credit markets to nonfinancial sectors............................... H2 HI H2 HI H2 195.4 187.4 200.7 261.1 335.4 398.2 257.0 265.2 297.2 373.6 386.5 410.0 31.8 9.5 53.7 11.9 14.7 6.7 20.5 44.6 22.5 16.2 -4 .0 9.8 54.3 26.8 85.1 40.2 20.4 4.3 109.7 43.9 26.5 12.5 26.9 46.0 21.4 10.7 - 1 .9 15.8 62.5 32.2 14.9 108.4 56.5 22.5 5.8 23.7 102.4 43.6 - 2 .0 17.5 61.8 23.9 18.4 2.9 16.7 116.9 44.1 30.7 2.8 9.8 26.5 15.1 14.8 8.5 12.0 22.2 5.4 18.3 32.0 .6 20.4 44.6 7.0 37.7 41.4 5.8 18.5 6 .2 11.2 52.1 29.9 19.4 39.4 13.3 30.4 38.5 295.1 40.7 25.3 27.0 322.5 56.4 27.8 23.9 By public agencies and foreign 2 Total net advances....................................... 3 U.S. government securities.................... 4 Residential mortgages.............................. 5 FHLB advances to S&Ls................. 6 Other loans and securities....................... 8 .2 7.2 6.9 Totals advanced, by sector 7 U.S. government......................................... 8 Sponsored credit agencies........................... 9 Monetary authorities................................... 10 Foreign.......................................................... 11 Agency borrowing not included in line 1.. 12.8 - 2 .0 16.6 20.2 26.8 7.1 39.4 26.3 19.9 23.1 13.5 8.9 20.3 9.8 15.2 18.6 183.6 18.8 14.7 156.8 22.4 16.5 20.9 26.9 76.8 6.7 169.7 75.7 16.1 32.8 23.2 17.9 - 4 .0 225.4 61.3 15.7 30.5 52.7 63.3 - 2 .0 276.5 44.1 23.7 22.5 83.3 107.3 4.3 330.0 51.3 28.3 22.5 152.2 12.5 28.8 47.5 54.6 - 1 .9 122.5 29.4 53.5 40.6 - 1.0 190.3 59.6 70.8 49.9 255.9 87.6 82.0 67.9 18.4 296.9 128.7 75.9 73.5 18.7 190.3 124.6 4.4 61.3 - 4 .6 255.9 141.2 26.9 87.8 - .1 1.2 296.9 142.5 38.3 116.0 6.3 4.3 49.4 32.9 39.5 16.1 3.8 5.8 1.9 19.1 9.2 6.1 11.8 12.0 9.8 16.5 7.7 20.6 21.6 8.2 26.6 20.7 22.6 223.3 48.0 11.3 32.3 57.8 72.0 - 2 .0 258.0 47.6 176.9 47.8 72.8 51.8 4.6 203.8 71.5 62.7 40.3 176.9 118.2 1.9 56.8 - 6 .3 4.1 35.8 23.2 71.4 33.2 4.5 -1 .4 16.3 18.7 151.8 7.5 6.9 115.2 6.1 2 2.2 13.2 23.4 11.8 30.3 21.5 49.8 .6 45.1 44.3 Private domestic funds advanced 12 Total net advances....................................... 13 U.S. government securities.................... 14 State and local obligations...................... 15 Corporate and foreign bonds.................. 16 Residential mortgages.............................. 17 Other mortgages and loans..................... 18 Less: FHLB advances............................. 10.0 48.4 98.8 7.2 88.2 227.5 74.6 20.1 22.0 18.0 78.4 94.9 2.9 88.1 86.8 337.4 46.3 28.7 21.1 89.6 163.5 119.7 5.8 140.8 13.2 242.4 79.1 82.5 65.2 15.7 269.3 96.1 81.5 70.6 301.0 131.8 75.8 76.9 16.6 292.8 125.7 75.9 70.2 20.9 203.8 131.0 7.0 65.8 - 2.8 - 4 .3 33.2 39.7 242.4 141.4 22.3 78.7 269.3 141.1 31.4 96.9 301.0 138.6 40.0 122.5 5.7 292.8 146.4 36.7 109.6 6.9 52.5 26.7 8.7 4.5 1.9 10.7 26.6 5.6 - 1.0 7.1 1.9 13.0 37.9 18.3 - .9 - .7 - 5 .9 8.0 13.2 11.0 18.2 124.3 1.5 - .5 105.3 - 1 9 .3 57.3 67.4 18.0 139.5 3.2 .5 151.8 121.6 12.0 6.1 147.2 4.3 - .5 117.6 - 4 .5 51.4 70.8 25.8 8.6 11.8 Private financial intermediation 19 Credit market funds advanced by private financial institutions............................. Commercial banking................................ Savings institutions................................... Insurance and pension funds.................. Other finance............................................ 161.3 84.6 35.1 23.7 17.9 125.5 24 Sources of funds........................................... 25 Private domestic deposits........................ 26 Credit market borrowing......................... 27 Other sources............................................ 28 Foreign funds....................................... 29 Treasury balances................................. 30 Insurance and pension reserves.......... 31 Other, net.............................................. 161.3 97.3 23.4 40.6 3.0 - 1.0 18.4 125.5 67.5 15.9 42.1 10.3 - 5 .1 26.2 20.2 10.6 122.5 92.0 -1 .4 32.0 - 8 .7 -1 .7 29.7 12.7 32 Direct lending in credit markets................. 33 U.S. government securities.................... 34 State and local obligations...................... 35 Corporate and foreign bonds.................. 36 Commercial paper.................................... 37 Other.......................................................... 45.7 18.8 5.4 47.2 18.9 9.3 5.1 5.8 45.8 24.1 8.4 8.4 - 1 .3 38 Deposits and currency................................. 39 Security RPs.............................................. 101.2 11.0 20 21 22 23 Private domestic nonfinancial investors 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Time and savings accounts..................... Large negotiable CDs......................... Other at commercial banks................. At savings institutions......................... M oney....................................................... Demand deposits.................................. Currency................................................ 48 Total of credit market instruments, de posits and currency................................... 49 50 Public support rate (in percent)............ Private financial intermediation (in per cent) ....................................................... Total foreign funds................................... Memo: Corporate equities not included above 52 Total net issues............................................. 53 Mutual fund shares.................................. 54 Other equities........................................... 55 Acquisitions by financial institutions......... 56 Other net purchases..................................... 51 N otes 1. 2. 6. 11. 12. 17. 25. 26. 28. by line number . 2 .0 9.8 9.7 75.7 17.8 29.5 28.5 14.5 10.6 3.9 66.6 24.2 29.8 4.8 8.0 6 .2 34.5 31.4 11.8 98.1 131.9 73.8 .2 - 2.2 2.3 * 2.4 1.3 65.4 84.0 113.5 18.4 - 1 4 .3 - 1 3 .6 57.9 38.8 25.3 59.4 69.1 21.8 16.1 8 .2 12.6 6.4 1.9 8.8 6.2 6.3 7.3 47.5 23.0 2.6 - 3 .3 9.5 15.7 149.5 2.2 .2 121.0 9.0 43.0 69.0 26.1 17.8 8.3 6.8 10.8 43.3 61.1 22.2 12.9 9.3 47.9 15.5 - 7 .8 58.6 70.8 14.2 5.7 1.6 1.2 45.3 30.7 21.1 .8 7.4 53.4 35.2 57.1 27.8 6 .0 .2 .9 124.4 22.6 2 .0 66.2 48.6 61.5 32.4 7.1 - 3 .9 8.5 17.5 149.0 9.8 6.1 110.8 10.1 5.8 34.6 67.2 26.4 15.7 10.7 22.2 11.8 2 0.0 42.3 58.5 10.5 11.6 59.2 32.0 81.3 34.1 2 .0 1.2 24.1 20.0 154.6 5.1 7.7 119.6 11.4 44.4 63.8 22.1 14.0 8.1 146.9 121.0 143.9 171.4 197.0 223.2 176.8 166.1 185.2 208.9 210.5 235.9 16.3 28.7 2 2.2 20.8 25.4 27.5 17.9 23.6 20.8 29.0 26.5 28.5 87.9 3.6 80.0 21.5 72.2 - 2 .6 84.4 10.6 92.5 40.5 90.0 44.0 77.8 3.5 91.2 17.8 94.0 28.2 91.3 52.9 93.3 36.1 52.0 9.2 - 1.2 10.4 13.1 - 3 .9 4.1 - .7 4.8 5.8 - 1 .7 10.7 11.9 - 1.0 12.9 12.3 - .4 4.0 - .9 4.9 7.4 - 3 .4 3.7 - 1.0 4.7 7.6 - 3 .8 13.4 - 2 .4 15.8 12.7 .7 10.3 .4 9.9 5.9 - 1 .3 7.2 - .4 - .5 11.8 2 .1 -.6 2 .6 6.8 - 1 .5 - 4 .7 -.1 10.8 9.6 1.1 Line 2 of p. A-44. Sum of lines 3-6 or 7-10. Includes farm and commercial mortgages. Credit market funds raised by federally sponsored credit agencies, and net issues of federally related mortgage pool securities. Included below in lines 3, 13, and 33. Line 1 less line 2 plus line 11. Also line 19 less line 26 plus line 32. Also sum of lines 27, 32, 39, and 44. Includes farm and commercial mortgages. Sum of lines 39 and 44. Excludes equity issues and investment company shares. Includes line 18. Foreign deposits at commercial banks, bank borrowings from foreign branches, and liabilities of foreign banking agencies to foreign af filiates. 10.0 68.8 8.1 - 2 .2 .1 .4 - .8 86.8 7.9 - 1 .5 9.4 14.7 - 6.8 29. Demand deposits at commercial banks. 30. Excludes net investment of these reserves in corporate equities. 31. Mainly retained earnings and net miscellaneous liabilities. 32. Line 12 less line 19 plus line 26. 33-37. Lines 13-17 less amounts acquired by private finance. Line 37 includes mortgages. 45. Mainly an offset to line 9. 46. Lines 32 plus 38, or line 12 less line 27 plus line 45. 47. Line 2/line 1. 48. Line 19/line 12. 49. Sum of lines 10 and 28. 50. 52. Includes issues by financial institutions. N o te . Full statements for sectors and transaction types quarterly, and annually for flows and for amounts outstanding, may be obtained from Flow of Funds Section, Division of Research and Statistics, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. A46 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ September 1979 2.10 NONFINANCIAL BUSINESS ACTIVITY Selected Measures 1967 = 100; monthly and quarterly data are seasonally adjusted. Exceptions noted. Measure 1976 1977 1979 1978 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. M ay' June' July' Aug. 130.5 138.2 146.1 151.5 152.0 153.0 150.8 152.4 152.4 152.6 150.9 2 Products, to tal............................................................ 3 Final, to tal.............................................................. 4 Consumer goods................................................. 5 Equipment.......................................................... 6 Intermediate............................................................ 7 Materials..................................................................... 129.7 127.6 137.1 114.6 137.2 131.7 137.9 135.9 145.3 123.0 145.1 138.6 144.8 142.2 149.1 132.8 154.1 148.3 149.2 146.1 150.6 139.9 160.8 155.0 149.9 146.8 151.5 140.4 161.4 155.2 150.8 148.2 152.9 141.7 160.4 156.3 148.4 145.4 149.1 140.4 159.7 154.5 150.3 147.8 152.0 141.9 159.5 155.7 150.1 147.6 151.7 142.0 159.2 156.0 149.8 147.2 150.9 142.1 159.4 156.9 148.0 145.1 147.7 141.4 159.1 155.3 Industry groupings 8 Manufacturing............................................................ 130.3 138.4 146.8 152.5 153.3 154.5 151.6 153.8 153.8 153.8 151.9 79.5 81.1 81.9 82.7 84.4 85.6 86.4 87.9 86.7 87.8 87.1 88.3 85.3 86.9 86.3 87.4 87.2 86.1 85.9 87.5 84.6 86.4 1 Industrial production1................................................ M arket groupings Capacity utilization ( percent) 1*2 9 Manufacturing............................................................ 10 Industrial materials industries................................... 11 Construction contracts 3 ............................................ 190.2 160.5 174.3 181.0 231.0 186.0 202.0 178.0 177.0 165.0 n.a. 120.7 125.0 130.3 133.0 133.5 134.1 134.1 134.6 134.9 135.0 135.0 13 Goods-producing, total.............................................. 14 Manufacturing, total.............................................. 15 Manufacturing, production-worker...................... 16 Service-producing....................................................... 100.2 104.2 101.0 108.9 104.5 112.0 97.7 95.3 131.9 112.4 107.4 105.2 145.0 113.3 107.8 105.4 145.5 113.1 107.6 105.1 145.7 113.4 107.5 104.9 146.2 113.4 107.4 104.6 146.7 113.4 107.3 104.3 146.8 106.6 103.3 147.1 17 Personal income, total*.............................................. 220.5 18 Wages and salary disbursements............................... 208.2 19 Manufacturing........................................................ 177.0 142.1 107.1 104.8 144.5 244.4 274.1 292.7 295.5 298.8 300.1 302.0 304.1 308.4 n.a. 230.2 198.3 258.1 222.4 275.3 239.7 278.0 242.3 281.2 244.7 282.1 244.1 283.2 244.8 285.3 245.9 287.4 247.1 n.a. n.a. 275.3 272.7 274.8 274.4 276.2 278.1 207.1 209.1 '207.7 '209.1 211.5 '211.4 214.1 212.4 216.6 213.4 218.9 215.8 n.a. 217.3 234.7 176.8 194.8 217.7 21 Retail sales6 ................................................................ 203.5 224.4 248.0 181.5 180.6 195.4 204.7 194.6 '205.4 20 Disposable personal income...................................... Prices7 22 Consumer.................................................................... 23 Producer finished goods............................................ 170.5 170.3 270.7 271.8 '239.2 n.a. 6 . Based on Bureau of Census data published in Survey o f Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce). 7. Data without seasonal adjustment, as published in Monthly Labor Review (U.S. Department of Labor). Seasonally adjusted data for changes 1. The industrial production and capacity utilization series have been revised. For a description of the changes see the August 1979 B u lle t in , pp. 603-07. 2. Ratios of indexes of production to indexes of capacity. Based on data from Federal Reserve, McGraw-Hill Economics Department, and De partment of Commerce. 3. Index of dollar value of total construction contracts, including residential, nonresidential, and heavy engineering, from McGraw-Hill Informations Systems Company, F. W. Dodge Division. 4. Based on data in Employment and Earnings (U.S. Department of Labor). Series covers employees only, excluding personnel in the Armed Forces. 5. Based on data in Survey o f Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce). Series for disposable income is quarterly. 2.11 112.8 102.1 98.6 136.4 in the price indexes may be obtained from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor. N ote. Basic data (not index numbers) for series mentioned in notes 4, 5, and 6 , and indexes for series mentioned in notes 3 and 7 may also be found in the Survey o f Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce). Figures for industrial production for the last two months are preliminary and estimated, respectively. OUTPUT, CAPACITY, AND CAPACITY UTILIZATION A Seasonally adjusted 1978 1979 1978 1979 1978 Series Q4 Q3 Q 2' Ql Output (1967= 100) Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 Capacity (percent of 1967 output) Q3 1979 Q4 Ql Q 2' Utilization rate (percent) 1 Manufacturing.............................................. 148.6 151.7 153.4 153.1 174.5 175.6 176.9 178.2 85.2 86.4 86.7 85.9 2 Primary processing....................................... 158.2 143.6 162.2 146.1 162.1 148.7 161.8 148.4 179.9 171.6 181.2 172.7 182.7 173.8 184,2 175.0 87.9 83.7 89.5 84.6 88.7 85.6 '87.8 84.8 150.2 154.6 155.5 155.4 173.9 175.4 176.8 178.1 86.4 88.2 88.0 87.2 5 Durable goods.............................................. 151.9 6 Metal materials......................................... 126.6 7 Nondurable goods....................................... 165.9 8 Textile, paper, and chemical................... 172.2 9 Textile................................................... 116.0 10 Paper..................................................... 134.1 11 Chemical............................................... 212.3 12 Energy.......................................................... 126.9 157.3 132.2 170.3 177.1 119.5 138.1 218.0 128.9 158.4 124.7 172.2 179.1 118.2 136.9 222.7 127.9 157.7 124.3 173.1 180.9 118.3 140.7 224.5 127.7 178.5 139.3 188.5 196.2 136.3 146.9 242.2 144.7 180.1 139.6 190.2 197.9 136.6 147.8 244.6 145.7 181.5 139.8 191.9 199.6 136.9 148.7 247.4 146.7 183.0 140.3 193.7 201.5 137.3 149.9 250.6 147.5 85.1 90.9 87.4 94.7 89.6 89.5 87.5 93.4 89.1 88.5 87.3 '89.1 89.7 89.7 86.3 92.0 90.0 87.2 ' 86.2 88.5 89.4 '8 9 .7 ' 86.2 '93.9 '89.6 A The capacity utilization series has been revised. For a description of the changes, see the August 1979 Bulletin, pp. 606-07. 88.0 87.8 85.1 91.3 87.6 87.7 86.6 Labor Market A47 2.12 LABOR FORCE, EMPLOYMENT, AND UNEMPLOYMENT Thousands of persons; monthly data are seasonally adjusted. Exceptions noted. Category 1976 1977 1979 1978 Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. H ousehold S urvey D ata 1 Noninstitutional population1 .............. 156,048 158,559 161,058 162,633 162,909 163,008 163,260 163,469 163,685 163,891 96,917 94,773 99,534 97,401 102,537 100,420 104,621 102,527 104,804 102,714 104,193 102,111 104,325 102,247 104,604 102,528 105,141 103,059 105,139 103,049 84,188 3,297 87,302 3,244 91,031 3,342 93,335 3,311 93,499 3,343 92,987 3,186 93,134 3,184 93,494 3,260 93,949 3,262 93,578 3,322 7,288 6,855 6,047 5,881 5,871 5,937 5,929 5,774 5,848 6,149 7.7 59,130 7.0 59,025 6.0 5.7 48,012 5.7 58,105 5.8 58,815 5.8 58,935 5.6 59,865 5.7 58,545 58,752 9 Nonagricultural payroll employment3 79,382 82,256 85,760 87,818 88,263 88,248 88,539 r88,764 '88,813 88,815 10 M anufacturing........................................... 18,997 779 3,576 4,582 17,755 4,271 14,551 14,871 19,647 809 3,833 4,696 18,492 4,452 15,249 15,079 20,331 837 4,213 4,858 19,392 4,676 15,976 15,478 20,895 919 4,385 5,001 19,883 4,829 16,438 15,468 20,964 922 4,526 5,025 19,945 4,839 16,535 15,507 20,922 922 4,507 4,935 19,959 4,853 16.575 15.575 20,906 923 4,594 5,031 19,985 4,867 16,622 15,611 r20,893 r930 r4,610 r5,085 r 19,980 *-4,892 r 16,706 *■15,668 *•20,863 *•933 *•4,645 *•5,075 *■19,959 r4 ,907 *■16,730 *•15,701 20,740 952 4,594 5,066 19,996 4,939 16,804 15,724 2 Labor force (including A rm ed F orces)1 .................................... 3 Civilian labor force............................. Em ploym ent 4 N onagricultural industries2. . . 5 Agriculture.................................... U nem ploym ent 6 N u m b er.......................................... 7 Rate (percent o f civilian labor force)........................................... 8 N o t in labor force.................................... 58,521 6.0 E stablishment S urvey D ata 11 M in in g ......................................................... 12 Contract construction............................. 13 Transportation and public u tilities. . . 14 Trade............................................................ 15 Finance........................................................ 16 Service.......................................................... 17 G overnm ent............................................... 1. Persons 16 years of age and over. Monthly figures, which are based on sample data, relate to the calendar week that contains the 12th day; annual data are averages of monthly figures. By definition, seasonality does not exist in population figures. Based on data from Employment and Earnings (U.S. Dept, of Labor). 2. Includes self-employed, unpaid family, and domestic service workers. 3. Data include all full- and part-time employees who worked during, or received pay for, the pay period that includes the 12th day of the month, and exclude proprietors, self-employed persons, domestic servants, unpaid family workers, and members of the Armed Forces. Data are adjusted to the February 1977 benchmark. Based on data from Employ ment and Earnings (U.S. Dept, of Labor). A48 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ September 1979 2.13 INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION Indexes and Gross Value A Monthly data are seasonally adjusted. Grouping 1967 pro por tion 1978 aver age 1978 June July 1979 Aug. Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July2 Aug . e 3 Index (1967 = 100) Major M arket 100.00 146.1 146.1 147.1 148.0 151.8 151.5 152.0 153.0 150.8 152.4 152.4 152.6 150.9 1 60.71 47.82 27.68 20.14 12.89 39.29 144.8 142.2 149.1 132.8 154.1 148.3 144.6 142.1 149.3 132.3 154.0 148.3 145.6 143.2 149.8 134.0 154.7 149.3 146.6 144.2 150.6 135.3 155.6 150.2 149.0 146.1 151.5 138.6 159.9 156.2 149.2 146.1 150.6 139.9 160.8 155.0 149.9 146.8 151.5 140.4 161.4 155.2 7.89 2.83 2.03 1.90 80 159.2 179.9 172.5 148.6 198.5 161.1 181.6 174.5 150.1 199.4 162.1 183.8 176.7 152.7 201.9 161.5 183.5 174.9 150.2 205.5 Miscellaneous home goods............... 5.06 1.40 1.33 1.07 2.59 147.7 133.3 135.4 164.2 148.6 149.6 140.1 142.4 166.8 147.7 150.0 138.8 141.3 168.2 148.6 18 Nondurable consumer goods................... 19 20 Consumer staples................................... Consumer foods and tobacco........... ?1 19.79 4.29 15.50 8.33 145.1 131.1 148.9 140.6 144.5 131.1 148.3 140.0 Nonfood staples................................. Consumer chemical products........ Consumer paper products............. Consumer energy products............ Residential utilities..................... 7.17 2,63 1.92 2.62 1.45 158.5 192.7 118.4 153.6 162.1 157.9 191.9 118.0 153.0 162.1 3 4 5 Final products....................................... Consumer goods................................ Equipment.......................................... Intermediate products........................... 6 7 Materials.................................................... Consumer goods 8 Durable consumer goods.......................... 9 Automotive products............................. Autos and utility vehicles................. 13 14 IS 16 17 Home goods.......................................... 10 11 12 22 23 24 25 26 Auto parts and allied goods............. Equipment 27 Business...................................................... 28 29 Building and mining.......................... 30 Manufacturing................................... 31 12.63 6.77 1.44 3.85 1.47 Farm................................................... 5.86 3.26 1.93 67 36 Defense and space..................................... 7.51 32 33 34 35 Commercial transit, farm ..................... Intermediate products 38 TOiisiness sunnlies ..................................... 39 Commercial energy products................ Materials 150.8 148.2 152.9 141.7 160.4 156.3 148.4 145.4 149.1 140.4 159.7 154.5 150.3 147.8 152.0 141.9 159.5 155.7 150.1 147.6 151.7 142.0 159.2 156.0 149.8 147.2 150.9 142.1 159.4 156.9 148.0 145.1 147.7 141.4 159.1 155.3 161.8 186.9 179.2 151.9 206.5 160.4 181.4 173.2 145.8 161.1 179.3 170.3 144.9 163.6 186.8 178.8 153.8 202.2 202.2 207.2 151.6 163.0 147 4 128.6 202.7 160.5 182.7 176.3 153.1 199.0 158.5 175.9 167.4 148.0 197.5 155.8 169.1 155.2 141.8 204.4 147.4 147.5 125.6 118.5 203.0 149.2 132.4 133.1 167.1 150.9 147.7 129.8 130.6 164.3 150.6 148.6 124.0 124.8 170.7 152.8 150.9 129.8 131.4 171.8 153.7 150.6 128.4 130.3 173.5 153.2 145.2 115.6 116.5 170.7 150.8 148.1 128.4 130.2 170.2 149.6 148.8 129.3 131.2 170.6 150.4 148.4 147.3 129.6 127.2 131.5 170.0 149.7 150.0 144.9 130.4 148.9 141.1 146.3 133.3 149.9 141.9 147.3 132.2 151.5 143.2 146.7 130.1 151.3 141.8 147.7 130.7 152.4 142.4 148.6 130.9 153.6 145.1 148.0 127.7 153.7 145.2 148.7 128.6 154.2 145.7 149.0 148.9 147.9 128.9 154.6 154.8 154.0 146.2 146.7 158.0 193.3 117.8 152.3 161.7 159.2 194.1 118.4 154.0 161.7 161.2 196.5 118.0 157.6 162.5 162.4 200.3 119.2 156.0 166.2 164.0 203.1 122.7 155.2 167.7 202.8 201.6 205.2 206.0 206.3 121.4 120.9 121.3 121.1 119.4 160.3 160.1 161.7 163.4 145.8 146.1 147.0 148.0 207.3 210.5 210.3 209.0 121.2 121.6 121.4 123.2 149.4 147.0 151.7 153.3 166.8 148.4 206.3 124.5 154.2 168.1 151.4 208.8 127.4 157.8 169.0 152.5 207.9 129.1 159.1 170.8 152.8 205.2 130.3 160.2 177.2 176.2 178.8 181.2 188.0 187.4 188.1 163.4 163.5 164.1 164.3 164.1 163.8 154.7 156.4 154.3 154.2 154.6 167.9 169.1 167.8 168.7 150.4 204.2 128.0 156.0 171.4 151.8 203.7 130.1 157.7 171.6 152.0 205.4 130.1 156.9 171.6 152.1 208.6 130.1 154.1 170.3 151.2 210.0 129.0 151.4 191.6 189.9 193.9 194.2 194.2 192.3 212.0 211.6 214.4 215.3 218.7 220.8 221.2 224.4 223.0 224.9 226.4 227.3 227.5 133.8 131.9 134.7 139.2 151.0 146.8 146.6 150.5 148.8 156.7 155.6 153.0 147.5 132.8 131.7 132.4 136.0 144.6 142.0 146.9 150.0 147.7 150.8 148.6 152.0 86.5 85.6 87.5 87.9 91.4 92.4 92.4 92.9 92.9 92.5 92.3 92.4 92.9 6.42 151.7 151.5 152.4 153.8 158.3 159.1 159.3 157.1 156.0 156.4 156.2 156.8 156.9 6.47 156.5 165.5 156.9 157.4 161.5 162.5 163.6 163.8 163.2 162.5 162.3 162.0 1.14 168.2 167.3 167.8 169.5 175.0 173.6 173.7 173.5 174.6 172.6 168.3 168.8 158.1 148.5 182.2 149.7 124.4 158.0 146.0 184.4 149.4 124.1 159.2 145.8 186.8 150.6 126.7 155.7 136.9 187.0 147.7 123.2 157.9 142.5 188.0 149.0 122.9 159.6 142.0 191.0 150.9 126.1 160.0 136.1 193.5 152.9 128.6 45 Nondurable goods materials.................... 10.47 165.6 166.3 164.5 165.3 171.9 171.0 46 Textile, paper, and chemical materials. 7.62 171.8 172.3 171.3 170.7 178.9 177.5 1.85 116.9 116.5 115.5 115.6 120.1 118.3 Textile materials................................. 47 Paper materials................................... 1.62 137.0 139.4 134.6 130.0 139.1 133.3 48 4.15 210.0 210.1 210.7 211.2 220.8 221.2 Chemical materials............................ 49 1.70 159.8 160.8 154.2 162.6 164.8 167.8 50 Containers, nondurable......................... 51 Nondurable materials n.e.c................... 1.14 132.7 134.3 134.2 133.7 135.7 132.5 172.4 179.6 117.4 137.4 223.9 165.8 134.1 173.1 180.1 119.0 139.9 223.0 167.3 135.6 173.0 180.7 117.0 140.8 224.7 162.0 138.2 173.8 181.5 118.8 140.1 225.7 163.3 138.4 172.4 180.4 119.1 141.1 223.1 159.2 139.0 174.9 174.1 183.0 182.4 40 Durable goods materials........................... 41 Durable consumer parts....................... 42 Equipment parts.................................... 43 dd Rasir. metal materials........................ 53 54 Primary energy....................................... Converted fuel materials....................... Supplementary groups 57 58 For notes see opposite page. 20.35 4.58 5.44 10.34 5.57 149.0 140.8 166.5 143.3 147.7 140.3 165.7 141.5 121.2 118.8 150.5 142.3 169.4 144.2 122.1 151.9 142.1 168.8 147.3 126.5 159.5 148.6 179.2 154.0 132.0 157.1 130.5 191.1 150.9 121.0 144.7 225.6 163.5 138.0 8.48 125.3 127.6 127.7 127.5 128.8 127.8 127.1 128.7 128.4 127.7 126.9 127.0 127.9 4.65 112.6 116.2 116.5 115.6 116.1 111.9 110.6 114.6 113.0 111.7 111.3 112.0 3.82 140.8 141.6 141.5 141.9 144.4 147.0 147.2 145.9 147.1 147.2 145.9 145.3 9.35 12.23 3.76 8.48 140.0 135.4 158.0 125.3 141.1 136.8 157.3 127.6 141.0 136.7 157.0 127.7 141.9 137.1 158.7 127.5 140.6 139.1 162.2 128.8 140.1 138.1 161.4 127.8 141.6 137.5 160.8 127.1 141.6 138.4 160.3 128.7 137.2 138.7 161.9 128.4 139.1 137.6 159.9 127.7 139.7 136.6 158.5 126.9 138.9 137.5 136.8 137.4 158.9 127.0 \2 7 .9 Output A49 June Aug . e 2.13 Continued Grouping SIC code 1967 pro por tion 1978 average» 1978 June July Aug. 1979 Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May 143.5 122.3 167.1 188.8 143.8 122.7 167.4 189.0 143.4 142.9 143.3 144.3 122.8 123.5 124.0 125.8 166.5 164.4 164.8 165.0 186.4 July? Index (1967 = 100) = M ajor I ndustry 2 3 Mining....................................... Utilities....................................... 12.05 6.36 5.69 3.88 6 Nondurable............................... Durable...................................... 87.95 146.8 146.4 147.7 148.6 152.9 152.5 153. 3 154.5 151.6 153.8 153.8 153.8 151.9 35.97 156.9 157.0 157.2 158.4 161.7 160.7 162.0 163.0 161.7 162.8 162 7 163.3 162.7 51.98 139.7 139.0 141.1 141.8 146.8 146.8 147.2 148.6 144.6 147.6 147.6 147.3 144.4 7 Mining 8 Metal.............................................. 9 Coal................................................ 10 Oil and gas extraction.................. Nondurable manufacturers 13 14 .51 .69 4.40 .75 20 21 22 141.7 124.0 161.4 182.2 143.1 127.4 160.6 181.1 13 14 15 16 Tobacco products......................... Textile mill products..................... Apparel products.......................... Paper and products....................... 23 26 17 18 19 20 21 Printing and publishing................ Chemicals and products............... Petroleum products....................... Rubber and plastic products........ Leather and products................... 27 28 29 30 31 143.2 126.2 162.2 183.3 117.0 118.0 114.7 136.0 133.1 125.9 124.6 126.2 126.6 126.2 131.2 130.8 131.4 132.1 121.0 121.0 2.68 10 11,12 143.6 127.1 162.0 183.2 8.75 142.7 142.8 .67 118.3 118.5 137.5 136.6 3.31 134.2 133.7 3.21 144.8 148.0 131.5 197.4 145.2 253.6 .86 73.8 4.72 7.74 1.79 2.24 131.1 196.4 143.3 257.3 74.2 145.0 127.4 164.7 186.7 143.9 123.8 166.2 188.4 143.0 120.9 167.7 189.9 123.8 144.7 123.8 134.8 124.2 115.9 123.0 135.9 125.3 104.5 120.4 135.7 126.9 124.0 119.3 135.6 128.9 130.1 118.6 135.3 123.1 133.4 118.6 137.8 123.4 137.5 119.0 137.3 120.5 136.6 145.8 120.1 138.4 121.0 143.1 118.2 137.0 132.7 142.1 143.9 118.5 137.1 137.7 142.2 144.7 119.1 141.7 136.5 148.5 143.9 145.5 120.6 116.2 141.6 139.9 130.3 133.5 144.6 144.6 147.6 123.3 142.3 136.5 149.0 147.0 149.2 150.0 149.3 120.0 120.2 118.3 141.2 141.5 142.2 142.8 130.8 128.2 130.2 148.7 147.9 148.0 152.0 151.1 131.4 198.6 144.1 260.3 73.2 131.9 199.3 146.0 263.4 73.3 134.4 207.2 151.3 263.3 73.8 135.6 206.5 147.0 267.4 74.8 138.2 208.6 146.0 267.5 73.4 137.3 107.4 143.8 270.4 72.9 135.7 207.7 145.4 265.5 69.6 136.8 209.7 142.4 270.0 72.3 136.9 207.8 142.8 269.1 70.1 135.1 135.3 209.3 144.8 143.9 271.1 71.1 Durable manufactures 22 Ordnance, private and govern ment ........................................... 23 Lumber and products................... 24 Furniture and fixtures.................. 25 Clay, glass, stone products.......... 19,91 24 25 32 3.64 73.7 74.1 74.1 74.0 74.6 74.9 75.8 75.1 75.1 75.3 75.1 75.3 1.64 136.3 136.3 136.2 136.0 144.0 137.3 137.2 137.7 137.2 136.1 136.7 137.2 1.37 155.8 156.9 159.3 159.5 157.6 161.7 163.1 163.6 159.4 159.6 159.6 159.2 2.74 157.2 156.7 157.0 157.6 164.0 167.4 166.9 164.9 161.2 163.8 162.8 163.0 26 27 28 29 30 Primary metals.............................. Iron and steel............................ Fabricated metal products........... Nonelectrical machinery............... Electrical machinery..................... 33 331,2 34 35 36 6.57 4.21 5.93 9.15 8.05 31 Transportation equipment........... 32 Motor vehicles and parts......... 33 Aerospace and miscellaneous transportation equipment... 34 Instruments................................... 37 371 372-9 38 39 119.9 113.2 141.6 153.6 159.4 118.3 113.1 141.1 152.9 158.8 122.5 116.5 142.8 154.7 162.5 124.9 118.3 143.7 155.5 161.5 132.1 125.3 147.1 158.1 167.7 123.4 113.3 149.1 161.2 170.9 120.4 123.7 110.8 116.2 150.8 150.2 162.9 164.0 173.2 174.2 121.7 115.8 148.8 161.8 170.6 121.0 114.3 150.3 164.3 174.7 124.3 118.1 149.4 164.5 175.2 126.5 118.9 149.7 165.7 174.5 75.6 124.1 i48.’6 164.9 173.4 9.27 132.5 131.4 133.4 134.2 142.9 141.2 139.9 143.7 131.6 141.9 139.4 135.0 123.4 4.50 169.9 168.9 171.5 171.6 182.1 177.9 173.1 179.7 156.0 176.3 169.6 159.5 136.0 4.77 2.11 1.51 97.2 96.1 97.5 98.9 106.0 106.6 108.6 109.7 108.6 109.6 111.0 111.9 111.5 167.1 166.2 167.7 170.3 173.1 175.2 176.0 177.3 176.3 174.7 175.8 175.4 175.9 151.0 150.3 150.6 151.8 151.7 152.0 154.0 154.5 152.3 150.7 151.9 152.2 152.0 Gross value (billions of 1972 dollars, annual rates) M ajor M arket 36 Products, total......................... 1507.4 610.2 609.7 610.8 613.9 631.1 626.8 627.3 636.1 620.8 632.3 628.5 624.0 609.5 37 Final.............................................. 38 Consumer goods....................... 39 Equipment................................. 40 Intermediate.................................. 1390.9 1277.5 U13.4 U16.6 471.0 326.6 144.4 139.2 470.8 326.6 144.2 138.9 471.2 326.0 145.1 139.7 1. 1972 dollars. N ote. Published groupings include some series and subtotals not shown separately. For description and historical data, see Industrial 474.0 327.5 146.5 139.9 486.6 334.1 152.4 144.5 481.7 328.9 152.9 145.1 482.0 329.4 152.6 145.3 491.0 334.7 156.3 145.1 476.4 323.9 152.5 144.4 488.2 331.5 156.7 144.2 485.2 329.8 155.4 143.3 480.3 326.5 153.8 143.7 466.8 317.2 149.6 142.7 Production—1976 Revision (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: Washington, D.C.), December 1977. A The industrial production series has been revised. For a description of the changes, see “Revision of Industrial Production Index” in the August 1979 Bulletin, pp. 603-05. A50 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ September 1979 2.14 HOUSING AND CONSTRUCTION Monthly figures are at seasonally adjusted annual rates except as noted. 1979 1976 1977 1978 Item Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May r June July Private residential real estate activity (thousands of units) N ew U nits 1 Permits authorized............................. 2 1-family............................................ 3 2-or-more-family............................. 1,296 894 402 1,677 1,126 551 1,801 1,182 619 1,442 920 522 1,425 881 544 1,621 1,056 565 1,517 1,036 481 1,618 1,047 571 1,012 627 1,521 987 534 4 Started................................................. 5 1-family............................................ 6 2-or-more-family............................. 1,538 1,163 377 1,986 1,451 535 2,019 1,433 586 1,679 1,139 540 1,381 953 428 1,786 1,266 520 1,745 1,278 467 1,835 1,226 609 1,935 1,298 637 1,799 1,223 576 7 Under construction, end of period1.. 8 1-family............................................ 9 2-or-more-family............................. 1,147 655 492 1,442 829 613 1,355 1,378 553 1,360 812 549 1,344 793 551 1,304 770 534 *•1,256 *•793 519 1,244 729 515 1,251 723 527 n.a. n.a. n.a. 10 Completed........................................... 11 1-family............................................ 12 2-or-more-family............................. 1,362 1,026 336 1,652 1,254 398 1,866 1,368 498 1,815 1,331 484 1,894 1,376 518 1,957 1,412 545 2,015 1,438 577 2,029 1,347 682 1,871 1,337 534 n.a. n.a. n.a. 13 Mobile homes shipped....................... 246 277 276 311 272 270 273 271 279 263 639 433 819 407 817 423 774 412 697 410 784 424 *■709 425 709 430 695 418 819 416 44.2 41.6 48.9 48.2 55.9 n.a. 60.3 n.a. 61.2 n.a. 60.4 n.a. r62.6 n.a. 63.0 n.a. 64.2 n.a. 64.0 n.a. 48.1 54.4 62.7 67.7 68.7 68.5 71.1 71.8 74.1 72.3 3,002 3,572 3,905 3,710 3,620 3,650 3,760 3,860 3,560 3,770 38.1 42.2 42.9 47.9 48.7 55.1 52.0 59.8 51.9 59.5 53.8 61.8 54.7 62.5 55.9 64.2 56.8 66.1 57.9 66.7 Merchant builder activity in 1-family units 14 Number sold....................................... 15 Number for sale, end of period i ........ Price (ithousands o f dollars) 2 Median 16 Units sold........................................ 17 Units for sale................................... Average 18 Units sold........................................ 1,639 Existing U nits (1-family) 19 Number sold....................................... Price o f units sold (thous. o f dollars) 2 20 Median................................................ 21 Average................................................ Value of new construction 4 (millions of dollars) Construction 22 Total put in place............................... 148,778 172,552 202,219 212,195 210,849 216,824 216,785 223,239 224,502 229,993 23 Private.................................................. 24 Residential....................................... 25 Nonresidential, total...................... Buildings 26 Industrial................................. 27 Commercial............................. 28 Other........................................ 29 Public utilities and other............ 110,416 60,519 49,897 134,723 80,957 53,766 157,455 93,088 64,367 165,768 93,660 72,108 169,262 97,724 71,538 172,820 96,591 76,229 171,962 95,992 75,970 174,847 95,498 79,349 178,705 97,958 80,747 180,027 98,899 81,128 7,182 12,757 6,155 23,803 7,713 14,789 6,200 25,064 10,762 18,280 6,659 28,666 12,711 19,775 6,764 32,859 13,401 18,985 6,511 32,640 15,201 20,990 7,071 32,967 14,034 21,463 7,150 33,325 14,504 23,601 7,141 34,101 14,697 23,679 7,306 33,958 15,197 24,491 7,441 34,135 30 Public.................................................. 31 Military............................................ 32 Highway.......................................... 33 Conservation and development. . . 34 Other 3.............................................. 38,312 1,521 9,439 3,751 23,601 37,828 1,517 9,280 3,882 23,149 44,762 1,462 8,627 3,697 23,503 46,427 1,645 10,015 4,865 29,902 41,587 1,059 9,037 4,476 27,015 44,004 1,983 9,332 4,862 27,827 44,823 1,550 n.a. n.a. n.a. 48,391 1,517 n.a. n.a. n.a. 45,798 1,638 n.a. n.a. n.a. 49,966 1,467 n.a. n.a. n.a. 1. Not at annual rates. 2. Not seasonally adjusted. 3. Beginning January 1977 Highway imputations are included in Other. 4. Value of new construction data in recent periods may not be strictly comparable with data in prior periods due to changes by the Bureau of the Census in its estimating techniques. For a description of these changes see Construction Reports (C-30-76-5), issued by the Bureau in July 1976. N ote. Census Bureau estimates for all series except (a) mobile homes which are private, domestic shipments as reported by the Manufactured Housing Institute and seasonally adjusted by the Census Bureau, and (b) sales and prices of existing units, which are published by the Na tional Association of Realtors. All back and current figures are avail able from originating agency. Permit authorizations are those reported to the Census Bureau from 14,000 jurisdictions through 1977, and 16,000 jurisdictions beginning with 1978. Prices A51 2.15 CONSUMER AND PRODUCER PRICES Percentage changes based on seasonally adjusted data, except as noted 12 months to Item 1978 June 1979 July 3 months (at annual rate) to 1978 1 month to 1979 Sept. Dec. Mar. 1979 June Mar. Apr. May June July Index level July 1979 (1967 = 100)3 Consumer P rices 1 1 All items........................................................ 7.7 11.3 8.5 8.5 13.0 13.4 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 218.9 2 Commodities................................................ 3 Food.......................................................... 4 5 6 Nondurable.......................................... 7 Services......................................................... 8 R ent.......................................................... 9 7.3 10.5 5.9 6.7 4.5 8.4 6.9 8.7 11.6 10.2 9.6 14.5 17.7 12.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 .9 .7 1.0 .2 .9 210.5 236.9 197.0 192.6 3.6 11.7 13.3 7.5 15.8 9.1 25.8 13.8 8.7 14.5 1.2 1.0 12.3 9.9 15.5 10.9 7.1 11.4 7.3 4.8 8.3 9.1 6.9 10.3 7.3 7.2 7.3 10.7 12.0 14.9 9.5 15.2 8.1 8 .0 10.1 10.6 Other groupings 10 All items less food....................................... 11.6 10.2 16.5 10.8 9.6 11.3 6.7 7.2 7.7 7.1 9.3 9.7 14.6 8.5 7.7 10.9 9.3 16.7 7.4 7.5 4.9 10.5 10.0 10.6 .5 1.9 .9 .2 1.0 1.0 .8 1.3 .9 1.9 .9 .5 1.0 1.2 1.1 .5 1.3 .8 2.1 1.0 1.3 1.1 1.8 1.0 1.2 18.0 1.3 .9 1.4 .9 1.3 r 14.3 *6.8 • *•16.0 *6.1 ■ r21.0 *■-11.1 *•13.4 *•16.8 *•9.2 r 10. 3 r 17.9 *•11.3 r 14.0 r 14.3 *1.0 * rl.l r 1.2 rl.l r .8 r —A .4 .3 - 1 .3 1.3 .7 rl.l *1.1 • r.9 *■1.4 r.9 1.0 - .5 *•-.4 2.3 - .3 11.2 1.3 .5 1.1 .8 1.4 .1 1 ..2 .7 2.1 1.1 .8 1.2 201.1 1.2 214.2 207.3 263.0 .7 1.4 234.7 175.9 245.6 Producer Prices 14 15 16 17 18 Materials...................................................... 19 Intermediate 2............................................ Crude 20 Nonfood................................................ 21 Food...................................................... 9.5 7.1 8.4 8.4 6.4 13.9 16.1 6.7 12.8 8 .8 8.8 8 .8 8.9 13.9 13.0 7.0 7.5 6.9 21.0 16.9 19.8 2 .8 21.2 14.5 1. Figures for consumer prices are those for all urban consumers. 2. Excludes intermediate materials for food manufacturing and manu factured animal feeds. 11.1 15.3 13.0 11.2 r29.2 *■31.0 r22.0 r —7.1 r .6 2 .2 r.3 *-.7 *■1.3 *1.0 ■ 3. Not seasonally adjusted. Source. Bureau of Labor Statistics. .5 .5 - 1.2 1.4 .5 .9 1.1 1.2 0 .0 1.0 1.6 3.3 - 1.2 2.1 1.9 .8 1.7 1.4 215.8 215.2 224.6 208.4 216.9 252.6 245.0 350.0 254.1 A52 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ September 1979 2.16 GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT AND INCOME Billions of current dollars except as noted; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Account 1976 1977 1978 1978 1979 Ql Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q 2r G ross N ational Product 1,702.2 1,899.5 2,127.6 2,011.3 2,104.2 2,159.6 2,235.2 2,292.1 2,329.4 2 Personal consumption expenditures.................... 3 Durable goods.................................................. 4 Nondurable goods............................................ 5 Services.............................................................. 1,089.9 157.4 443.9 488.5 1 , 210.0 1,350.8 200.3 530.6 619.8 1,287.2 185.3 505.9 596.0 1,331.2 200.3 521.8 609.1 1,369.3 203.5 536.7 629.1 1,415.4 212.1 1,454.2 213.8 571.1 669.3 1,475.2 208.1 580.8 6 Gross private domestic investment..................... 243.0 233.0 164.9 57.3 107.6 303.3 281.3 189.4 62.6 126.8 91.9 351.5 329.1 352.3 326.5 218.8 75.2 143.6 107.7 104.3 356.2 336.1 225.9 79.7 146.3 370.5 349.8 236.1 84.4 151.8 113.7 373.8 354.6 243.4 84.9 158.5 88.8 76.5 144.6 108.0 104.4 327.0 304.1 203.7 66.9 136.8 100.5 96.8 20.0 1 By source 7 178.8 481.3 549.8 110.0 107.8 20.6 19.3 19.1 18.8 34.6 33.8 220.6 - 4 .5 224.9 229.4 4.0 238.5 234.4 -7 .6 244.0 251.6 428.3 148.2 280.1 440.9 152.3 288.6 453.8 159.0 294.8 460.1 163.6 296.5 466.1 161.5 304.6 1,988.5 873.0 358.7 514.3 934.1 204.2 2,078.4 922.5 378.0 544.5 956.2 225.6 2,139.5 940.9 382.6 558.3 981.7 237.0 2,214.5 983.8 402.3 581.6 1,005.3 246.0 2,272.9 1 , 011.8 425.5 586.2 1,041.4 238.9 2,294.7 1,017.4 421.3 596.1 1,064.5 247.4 22.3 13.9 8.4 22.8 18.6 4.2 25.8 13.1 12.7 20.0 20.6 13.4 7.2 19.1 18.4 .7 34.6 25.3 9.3 1,340.5 1,399.2 1,367.8 1,395.2 1,407.3 1,426.6 1,430.6 1,422.1 10 11 12 13 14 Change in business inventories....................... Nonfarm........................................................ 10.0 12.1 21.9 20.7 22.3 21.3 22.8 22.0 25.8 25.3 15 Net exports of goods and services....................... 16 Exports.............................................................. 17 Im ports........................................................ . 8.0 163.3 155.4 - 9 .9 175.9 185.8 - 1 0 .3 207.2 217.5 - 22.2 184.4 206.6 - 7 .6 205.7 213.3 18 Government purchases of goods and services... 19 Federal............................................................... State and local.................................................. 361.3 129.7 231.6 396.2 144.4 251.8 435.6 152.6 283.0 419.4 150.9 268.5 1,692.1 762.7 305.9 456.8 776.7 162.7 1,877.6 842.2 345.9 496.3 866.4 190.9 2,105.2 930.0 380.4 549.6 969.3 228.2 10.0 21.9 11.9 10.0 9 20 By major type o f product 21 Final sales, total.................................................... 22 Goods................................................................. 23 24 25 26 Nondurable.................................................... Services.............................................................. Structures.......................................................... 27 Change in business inventories............................ 28 Durable goods................................................... 29 Nondurable goods............................................ 68.1 65.7 5.3 4.7 30 M emo: Total GNP in 1972 dollars.................... 1,273.0 686.2 395.7 361.1 247.6 89.9 157.7 113.5 109.7 Fixed investment............................................... Nonresidential............................................... Structures................................................... Producers' durable equipment................. Residential structures................................... Nonfarm .................................................... 8 558.1 645.1 221.1 110.2 106.4 18.5 - 6.8 213.8 10.3 9.7 111.2 N ational I ncome 1,359.8 1,525.8 1,724.3 1,621.0 1,703.9 1,752.5 1,820.0 1,869.0 1,897.0 32 Compensation of employees................................ 1,037.8 33 Wages and salaries............................................ 890.0 34 188.0 Government and government enterprises . . 35 702.0 O ther........................... .......... ...................... 36 Supplement to wages and salaries................... 147.8 37 Employer contributions for social 70.4 insurance................................................ 38 77.4 Other labor income....................................... 31 1,156.9 984.0 201.3 782.7 172.9 1,304.5 1,103.5 218.0 885.5 1,244.0 1,052.0 212.3 839.7 192.0 1,288.2 1,090.0 215.3 874.6 198.3 1,321.1 1,117.4 219.2 898.1 203.7 1,364.8 1,154.7 225.1 929.6 1,411.2 1,189.4 228.1 961.3 221.8 1,439.4 1,211.3 231.2 980.1 228.2 81.2 91.8 94.6 106.5 91.0 101.1 93.6 104.7 95.5 108.2 98.2 111.9 105.8 116.0 107.8 120.3 89.3 71.0 18.3 100.2 116.8 89.1 27.7 109.1 83.4 25.7 115.0 87.3 27.7 117.4 91.3 26.1 125.7 94.4 31.3 129.0 94.8 34.2 129.2 95.5 33.7 39 Proprietors’ income1............................................ 40 Business and professional1............................... 41 Farm 1 ................................................................ 80.5 19.6 201.0 210.1 42 Rental income of persons2 ................................... 22.1 24.7 25.9 25.2 24.4 26.8 27.1 27.3 26.8 43 Corporate profits1................................................ 44 Profits before tax 3 ............................................ 45 Inventory valuation adjustment....................... 46 Capital consumption adjustment..................... 126.8 156.0 - 1 4 .6 - 1 4 .5 150.0 177.1 - 1 5 .2 - 12.0 167.7 206.0 - 2 5 .2 -1 3 .1 141.2 177.5 - 2 3 .9 - 1 2 .4 169.4 207.2 -2 5 .1 - 12.6 175.2 - 2 3 .0 -1 3 .8 212.0 184.8 227.4 -2 8 .8 - 1 3 .8 178.9 233.3 -3 9 .9 -1 4 .5 175.5 226.9 - 3 6 .6 - 1 4 .7 47 Net interest............................................................ 83.8 94.0 109.5 101.5 106.8 111.9 117.6 122.6 126.0 1. With inventory valuation and capital consumption adjustments. 2. With capital consumption adjustments. 3. For after-tax profits, dividends, and the like, see table 1.50. Source. Survey of C urrent Business (U Dept, of Com erce). .S. m National Income Accounts A53 2.17 PERSONAL INCOME AND SAVING B illions of current dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Exceptions noted. 1976 1977 1978 1978 1979 Ql P ersonal I ncome and Q 2 Q 3 Q 4 Ql Q2r Saving 1.381.6 1.531.6 1,717.4 1.634.8 1.689.3 1.742.5 1.803.1 1.852.6 1.892.8 2 Wage and salary disbursements................... . 3 Commodity-producing industries.............. 4 Manufacturing......................................... 5 Distributive industries................................. 6 Service industries........................................ 7 Government and government enterprises., 1 Total personal income. 890.0 307.2 237.4 216.3 178.5 188.0 984.0 343.1 266.0 239.1 200.5 201.3 1.103.3 387.4 298.3 269.4 228.7 217.8 1.052.0 363.9 285.6 257.6 218.2 212.3 1.090.0 383.4 294.1 265.9 225.4 215.3 1,116.8 393.7 300.8 272.5 231.9 218.7 1.154.3 408.6 312.7 281.6 239.4 224.7 1,189.3 423.0 324.8 291.1 247.2 228.0 1,212.1 8 Other labor income........................................ 431.8 328.5 295.6 252.7 232.1 77.4 91.8 106.5 101.1 104.7 108.2 111.9 116.0 120.3 9 Proprietors’ income 1............ 10 Business and professional1 11 Farm 1 ................................ 89.3 71.0 18.3 100.2 116.8 89.1 27.7 109.1 83.4 25.7 115.0 87.3 27.7 117.4 91.3 26.1 125.7 94.4 31.3 129.0 94.8 34.2 129.2 95.5 33.7 26.8 80.5 19.6 12 Rental income of persons2. 22.1 24.7 25.9 25.2 24.4 26.8 27.1 27.3 13 Dividends............................ 37.5 42.1 47.2 45.1 46.0 47.8 49.7 51.5 52.3 14 Personal interest income... 127.0 141.7 163.3 152.2 159.4 167.2 174.3 181.0 188.1 15 Transfer payments......................................... 16 Old-age survivors, disability, and health insurance benefits............................... 193.8 208.4 224.1 217.4 218.8 228.3 231.8 237.3 243.7 92.9 105.0 116.3 111.4 112.4 119.8 121.5 123.8 127.1 17 L ess: Personal contributions for social insurance........................................... 18 Equals: Personal income.................................... 55.6 61.3 69.6 67.3 69.0 70.2 71.8 78.7 79.8 1.381.6 1.531.6 1.717.4 1.634.8 1.689.3 1.742.5 1.803.1 1.852.6 1.892.8 L ess: Personal tax and nontax paym ents.. . . 197.1 226.4 259.0 239.8 252.1 266.0 278.2 280.4 290.7 20 Equals: Disposable personal income................ 1,184.5 1.305.1 1.458.4 1.395.0 1.437.3 1.476.5 1,524.8 1,572.2 1,602.1 21 Less: Personal outlays..................................... 1,115.9 1.240.2 1.386.4 1,320.4 1.366.1 1.405.6 1.453.4 1,493.0 1,515.3 22 Equals: Personal saving..................................... 68.9 65.0 72.0 74.6 71.2 70.9 71.5 79.2 86.8 5,916 3,813 4,144 5.8 6,181 3,974 4,285 5.0 6,402 4,121 4,449 4.9 6,277 4,051 4,390 5.3 6,392 4,099 4,426 5.0 6,433 4,138 4,462 4.8 6,506 4,197 4,522 4.7 6,514 4,197 4,536 5.0 6,459 4,155 4,513 5.4 271.9 295.6 324.9 308.9 324.2 330.4 336.1 345.2 360.8 68.6 25.5 - 1 4 .6 65.0 35.2 -1 5 .2 72.0 36.0 - 2 5 .2 74.6 25.3 - 2 3 .9 71.2 38.7 -2 5 .1 70.9 40.0 -2 3 .0 71.5 40.1 - 2 8 .8 79.2 36.1 - 3 9 .9 35.0 -3 6 .6 111.6 66.1 121.3 74.1 132.9 84.0 128.9 80.2 131.7 82.7 134.3 85.2 136.8 87.7 139.9 89.9 145.1 93.9 - 3 5 .7 - 5 3 .6 17.9 -1 9 .5 -4 6 .3 26.8 - .3 -27.7 27.4 -19.2 -49.4 30.2 5.0 - 2 4 .6 29.6 2.3 -20.4 22.7 - 1 6 .3 27.1 10.8 15.8 -1 1 .7 27.6 12.4 - 7 .5 19.9 1.1 1.1 242.3 243.0 283.6 303.3 - 1 9 .6 327.9 351.5 -2 3 .5 292.7 327.0 -3 4 .2 331.5 352.3 -20.8 336.5 356.2 -1 9 .6 351.0 370.5 - 1 9 .4 362.8 373.8 373.9 395.7 -2 1 .9 7.5 3.3 3.0 2.3 3.9 4.1 19 23 24 25 26 M emo: Per capita (1972 dollars) Gross national product..................... Personal consumption expenditures. Disposable personal income.............. Saving rate (percent)............................ G ross Saving 27 Gross private saving................. 28 Personal saving.............................................. 29 Undistributed corporate profits 1................. 30 Corporate inventory valuation adjustment., Capital consumption allowances 31 Corporate...................................................... 32 Noncorporate................................................ 33 Wage accruals less disbursements................ 34 Government surplus, or deficit ( — national ), income and product accounts...................... 35 Federal............................................................... 36 State and local.................................................. 37 Capital grants received by the United States, n et............................................................... 38 Investment......................... 39 Gross private domestic. 40 Net foreign.................... 41 Statistical discrepancy. -.1 6.1 1. With inventory valuation and capital consumption adjustments. 2. With capital consumption adjustment. -11.0 Source. Survey of C urrent Business (U Dept, of Com erce). .S. m 86.8 - .5 A54 International Statistics a September 1979 3.10 U.S. INTERNATIONAL TRANSACTIONS Summary Millions of dollars; quarterly data are seasonally adjusted except as noted.i Item credits or debits 1977 1976 1978 1978 1979 Ql 4,605 -14,092 1 ? 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 -13,895 Q2 Q3 -6 ,9 3 5 -5 ,8 0 5 -3 ,4 2 6 -2 ,8 5 8 -3 ,2 2 7 -5 ,9 5 5 Q4 Ql -313 722 157 1,475 Merchandise trade balance 2 ............................................... - 8,012 -6 ,3 6 9 -7 ,9 0 7 -9 ,3 0 6 -30,873 -34,187 -11,899 -6 ,0 9 8 35,267 36,491 Merchandise exports........................................................ 114,745 120,816 141,884 30,811 39,315 41,350 Merchandise imports....................................................... -124,051 -151,689 -176,071 -42,710 -43,174 -44,503 -45,684 -47,448 244 674 1,679 492 237 247 -239 Military transactions, net.................................................... -1 2 5 5,239 4,854 4,952 6,599 15,975 17,989 21,645 6,776 Investment income, net 3..................................................... 819 3,241 708 2,260 1,783 703 1,010 933 Other service transactions, n e t........................................... -1 ,9 9 4 9,603 -9 ,4 2 3 -8 ,8 0 9 -5 ,7 0 7 -2 ,1 1 3 1,001 1,486 Memo: Balance on goods and services3-4 ......................... Remittances, pensions, and other transfers....................... U.S. government grants (excluding military).................... 12 Change in U.S. government assets, other than official reserve assets, net (increase, — ..................................... ) -1,851 -3 ,1 4 6 -1 ,8 9 5 -2 ,7 7 5 -1 ,9 3 4 -3 ,1 5 2 -463 -765 -4 8 6 -8 2 7 -463 -7 7 0 -5 2 4 -7 9 0 -5 2 5 -8 0 4 -4 ,2 1 4 -3 ,6 9 3 -4 ,6 5 6 -1 ,0 0 9 -1 ,2 6 3 -1 ,3 9 0 -9 9 4 -1 ,0 9 6 13 Change in U.S. official reserve assets (increase, — ............. ) 14 15 Special drawing rights (SDRs)........................................... 16 Reserve position in International Monetary Fund........... 17 Foreign currencies............................................................... -2 ,5 5 8 -375 -118 187 248 115 - 2,212 -268 -2 9 4 158 732 -6 5 1,249 4,231 -4 ,6 8 3 -1 6 324 -4 3 U95 -3 7 -1 ,1 4 2 -1 2 1 -1 0 4 437 -8 5 182 -6 5 1,412 3,275 -4 ,4 4 0 -2 ,3 6 1 18 Change in U.S. private assets abroad (increase, — 3 .......... ) 19 Bank-reported claims.......................................................... Nonbank-reported claims................................................... 20 21 Long-term......................................................................... Short-term........................................................................ 22 23 U.S. purchase of foreign securities, net............................. 24 U.S. direct investments abroad, net 3................................. -44,498 -21,368 -2 ,2 9 6 -4 2 -2 ,2 5 4 -8 ,8 8 5 -11,949 -31,725 -11,427 -1 ,9 4 0 -9 9 -1,841 -5 ,4 6 0 -12,898 -57,033 -14,366 -33,023 -6 ,2 7 0 -3 ,8 5 3 -2 ,2 4 1 -5 3 -6 3 -3 ,8 0 0 -2 ,1 7 8 -3 ,4 8 7 -9 9 9 -16,670 -4 ,8 5 6 -4 ,4 5 1 715 315 78 237 -1 ,0 9 5 -4 ,3 8 6 -8 ,7 7 4 -29,442 -5 ,4 8 8 -2 1 ,9 8 0 -2 9 -1 ,8 9 8 61 -1 2 9 -9 0 -1 ,7 6 9 -4 7 5 -9 1 8 -2 ,7 8 2 -4 ,6 4 6 -1 ,4 7 3 5,836 n.a. n.a. n.a. -1 ,0 5 6 -6 ,2 5 3 25 Change in foreign official assets in the United States (increase, + ) ..................................................................... U.S. Treasury securities...................................................... Other U.S. government obligations.................................. Other U.S. government liabilities5 ................................... Other U.S. liabilities reported by U.S. banks................... Other foreign official assets*.............................................. 17,573 9,319 573 4,507 969 2,205 36,656 30,230 2,308 1,240 773 2,105 33,758 23,542 656 2,754 5,411 1,395 15,618 12,904 117 723 1,456 418 -5 ,2 6 5 -5 ,8 1 3 18,826 10,990 -578 - 1,000 422 14,167 6,719 473 -5 2 0 993 29,956 16,975 1,640 -1 9 4 1,834 2,557 -4 0 4 498 28 470 6,207 1,865 315 -6 3 378 10,717 7,958 1,004 2,783 1,284 4,347 534 2,713 3,728 2,180 2,867 6,294 881 453 1,130 803 1,347 1,877 26 27 28 29 30 31 Change in foreign private assets in the United States (increase, + ) 3 .................................................................. U.S. bank-reported liabilities............................................. U.S. nonbank-reported liabilities....................................... Long-term......................................................................... Short-term........................................................................ Foreign private purchases of U.S. Treasury securities, n et................................................................................. 37 Foreign purchases of other U.S. securities, n et................ 38 Foreign direct investments in the United States, net 3....... 32 33 34 35 36 39 Allocation of SDRs................................................................. 40 Discrepancy............................................................................. 41 Owing to seasonal adjustments.......................................... 42 Statistical discrepancy in recorded data before seasonal adjustment........................................................................ 43 44 45 46 M emo: Changes in official assets U.S. official reserve assets (increase, — ......................... ) Foreign official assets in the United States (increase, + ) .. Changes in Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries official assets in the United States (part of line 25 above)................................................................................... Transfers under military grant programs (excluded from lines 4, 6 , and 11 above)..................................................... 0 -7 8 0 0 211 -1 3 6 -1 6 4 637 0 4,641 3,029 443 -3 ,5 8 9 0 -8 6 18,764 13,422 -1 1 5 2,045 3,156 256 -8 ,4 9 0 -8 ,8 7 1 -5 19 153 215 86 10,475 7,556 -1 7 7 -2 4 5 68 12,832 8,124 n.a. n.a. n.a. -1 ,0 5 3 528 2,280 1,549 540 1,008 2,586 790 1,332 122 963 84 918 10,265 -9 3 7 11,139 3,947 901 7,950 517 -2 ,0 8 2 -2 ,7 1 6 1,328 1,301 0 1,139 519 999 10,265 -9 3 7 11,139 3,046 7,433 634 27 -4 8 0 -2 ,5 5 8 13,066 -375 35,416 732 31,004 187 14,895 248 -5 ,1 2 9 115 4,519 182 16,719 -3 ,5 8 9 -8 ,5 0 8 9,581 6,351 -7 2 7 1,969 -2 ,7 0 5 -1 ,7 9 4 1,803 -1 ,0 5 9 373 204 259 76 50 69 63 33 0 1. Seasonal factors are no longer calculated for lines 13 through 46. 2. Data are on an international accounts (IA) basis. Differs from the census basis primarily because the IA basis includes imports into the U.S. Virgin Islands, and it excludes military exports, which are part of line 6 . 3. Includes reinvested earnings of incorporated affiliates. 4. Differs from the definition of “net exports of goods and services” in the national income and product (GNP) account. The GNP definition -1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 makes various adjustments to merchandise trade and service transactions. 5. Primarily associated with military sales contracts and other transac tions arranged with or through foreign official agencies. 6 . Consists of investments in U.S. corporate stocks and in debt securi ties of private corporations and state and local governments. Note. Data are fromBureau of Econom A ic nalysis, Survey of C urrent B usiness (U Department of Com erce). .S. m Trade and Reserve Assets A55 3.11 U.S. FOREIGN TRADE M illions of dollars; m onthly data are seasonally adjusted. Item 1976 1977 1979 1978 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July 13,132 13,507 14,452 13,883 13,862 15,037 15,669 1 EXPORTS of domestic and foreign merchandise excluding grant-aid shipments........................................ 115,156 121,150 2 GENERAL IMPORTS including merchandise for immediate con sumption plus entries into bonded warehouses...................................... 121,009 147,685 172,026 16,231 14,806 '15,274 16,036 16,342 16,937 16,777 -26,535 -28,452 -3 ,0 9 9 -1 ,2 9 9 -8 2 2 -2 ,1 5 3 -2 ,4 8 0 -1 ,9 0 0 -1 ,1 0 8 3 Trade balance...................................... -5 ,8 5 3 143,574 Note. Bureau of Census data reported on a free-alongside-ship (f.a.s.) value basis. Effective January 1978, major changes were made in coverage, reporting, and compiling procedures. The internationalaccounts-basis data adjust the Census basis data for reasons of coverage and timing. On the export side, the largest adjustments are: (a) the addition of exports to Canada not covered in Census statistics, and (b) the exclusion of military exports (which are combined with other military transactions and are reported separately in the “service account”). On the import side, the largest single adjustment is the addition of imports into the Virgin Islands (largely oil for a refinery on St. Croix), which are not included in Census statistics. Source. FT 900 “Summary of U.S. Export and Import Merchandise Trade” (U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census). 3.12 U.S. RESERVE ASSETS Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 Type 1976 1977 1978 Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug.p 1 Total i .................................................. 18,747 19,312 18,650 20,292 21,658 21,403 22,230 21,246 20,023 20,023 2 Gold stock, including Exchange Stabilization Fund 2 ........................ 11,598 11,719 11,671 11,544 11,479 11,418 11,354 11,323 11,290 11,259 3 Special drawing rights 1•3................... 2,395 2,629 1,558 2,672 2,667 2,602 2,624 2,670 2,690 2,689 4 Reserve position in International Monetary Fund 1............................. 4,434 4,946 1,047 1,120 1,121 1,097 1,193 1,204 1,200 1,277 5 Foreign currencies4 ............................ 320 18 4,374 4,956 6,391 6,286 7,059 6,049 4,843 4,798 1. Beginning July 1974, the IM F adopted a technique for valuing the SDR based on a weighted average of exchange rates for the currencies of 16 member countries. The U.S. SDR holdings and reserve position in the IMF also are valued on this basis beginning July 1974. 2. Gold held under earmark at Federal Reserve Banks for foreign and international accounts is not included in the gold stock of the United States; see table 3.24. 3. Includes allocations by the International Monetary Fund of SDRs as follows: $867 million on Jan. 1, 1970; $717 million on Jan. 1, 1971; $710 million on Jan. 1, 1972; and $1,139 million on Jan. 1, 1979; plus net transactions in SDRs. 4. Beginning November 1978, valued at current market exchange rates. A56 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.13 FOREIGN BRANCHES OF U.S. BANKS Balance Sheet Data Millions of dollars, end of period Asset account 1975 1976 1977 1979 19782 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June? All foreign countries 1 Total, all currencies............................ 176,493 219,420 2 Claims on United States.................... 3 Parent bank..................................... 4 Other................................................ 6,743 3,665 3,078 7,889 4,323 3,566 5 Claims on foreigners........................... Other branches of parent bank. . . . 7 Banks............................................... 8 Public borrowers1 ........................... 9 Nonbank foreigners....................... 163,391 34,508 69,206 5,792 53,886 204,486 45,955 83,765 10,613 64,153 6 258,897 r306,795 "296,453 "296,812 "307,517 "303,631 310,126 326,486 "19,957 "14,231 "5,726 23,801 17,192 6,609 29,204 22,572 6,632 238,848 278,135 "268,569 "268,501 "271,665 "270,786 55,772 r70,338 "66,934 "64,518 "65,256 "64,076 91,883 r 103,111 "98,126 "99,587 "101,691 "101,622 14,634 r23,737 "23,768 "24,586 24,895 "24,828 76,560 "79,810 "79,823 "80,260 80,949 "79,741 274,019 65,900 103,074 24,689 80,356 284,165 69,779 106,884 24,891 82,611 11,623 7,806 3,817 "12,239 "22,888 "17,294 5,594 "12,964 12,306 13,117 227,462 237,668 "18,987 "13,992 "4,995 22,853 17,010 5,843 28,134 22,318 5,816 203,498 "194,767 "193,635 "196,396 "196,306 49,615 r55,408 "52,020 "49,864 "50,077 r78,686 "73,864 "74,785 "77,144 "77,436 19,567 21,091 19,818 20,338 "20,851 48,648 48,084 "48,404 49,837 "49,065 198,433 50,738 78,897 20,814 47,984 203,193 53,314 80,702 20,549 48,628 7,045 132,901 167,695 12 Claims on United States.................... 13 Parent bank..................................... 14 Other................................................ 6,408 3,628 2,780 7,595 4,264 3,332 11,049 7,692 3,357 15 Claims on foreigners........................... 16 Other branches of parent bank.. . . 123,496 28,478 55,319 4,864 34,835 156,896 37,909 66,331 9,022 43,634 178,896 44,256 70,786 12,632 51,222 2,997 3,204 3,820 20 Other assets......................................... "16,072 "11,195 4,877 " 12,888 6,359 11 Total payable in U.S. dollars............. Public borrowers 1........................... r 16,208 "11,657 4,551 193,764 "224,940 "215,543 "214,486 "224,346 "221,799 10 Other assets......................................... 18 r 17,340 '■12,811 4,529 8,425 11,320 r 16,382 r 12,625 3,757 5,060 "11,676 "15,374 "11,464 3,910 "5,402 "15,137 "10,965 "4,172 "5,714 "22,023 "17,102 "4,921 "5,927 "6,506 6,176 6,341 United Kingdom 21 Total, all currencies............................. 74,883 81,466 90,933 106,593 100,786 101,179 102,144 102,876 104,915 112,881 22 Claims on United States.................... 23 Parent bank..................................... 24 Other................................................ 2,392 1,449 943 3,354 2,376 978 4,341 3,518 823 5,370 4,448 922 3,960 2,930 1,030 3,912 2,689 1,223 5,019 3,544 1,475 5,268 3,679 1,589 6.303 4;410 1,893 2,022 25 Claims on foreigners........................... 26 Other branches of parent bank.. . . 27 Banks............................................... 28 29 Nonbank foreigners....................... 70,331 17,557 35,904 881 15,990 75,859 19,753 38,089 1,274 16,743 84,016 22,017 39,899 2,206 19,895 98,137 27,830 45,013 4,522 20,772 93,690 25,911 42,531 4,549 20,699 94,032 24,474 44,032 4,548 20,978 93,840 24,911 42,964 4,608 21,357 94,120 24,435 43,308 4,547 21,830 95.266 25,248 43,657 4,579 21,782 7,517 5,495 101,668 29,158 44,800 4,872 22,838 2,159 2,253 2,576 3,086 3,136 3,235 3,285 3,488 3,346 3,696 57,361 61,587 66,635 75,860 70,502 70,525 71,499 72,015 73,480 78,155 32 Claims on United States..................... 33 Parent bank..................................... 34 Other................................................ 2,273 1,445 828 3,275 2,374 902 4,100 3,431 669 5,113 4,386 727 3,738 2,878 860 3,618 2,610 1,008 4,710 3,488 1,222 4,946 3,612 1.334 5,981 4,374 1,607 7,058 5,386 1,672 35 Claims on foreigners........................... 36 Other branches of parent bank.. . . 37 Banks............................................... 38 Public borrowers1........................... 39 Nonbank foreigners........................ 54,121 15,645 28,224 648 9,604 57,488 17,249 28,983 846 10,410 61,408 18,947 28,530 1,669 12,263 69,416 22,838 31,482 3,317 11,779 65,364 21,171 29,113 3,342 11,738 65,416 19,884 30,185 3,414 11,933 65,214 20,370 29,393 3,523 11,928 65,356 19,866 29,924 3,429 12,137 65,968 20,505 30,211 3,331 11,921 69,426 23,999 29,803 3,396 12,228 40 Other assets........................................ 967 824 1,126 1,331 1,400 1,491 1,575 1,713 1,531 1,671 30 Other assets......................................... Bahamas and Caymans 45,203 66,774 79,052 "91,735 "88,767 "88,999 "97,509 "93,832 97,317 103,322 42 Claims on United States.................... 43 44 Other........................................... 3,229 1,477 1,752 3,508 1,141 2,367 5,782 3,051 2,731 "9,635 "6,429 3,206 "10,621 "7,514 3,107 " 10,000 "6,786 3,214 "15,774 "12,158 3,616 "12,859 "9,332 "3,527 15,635 11,519 4,116 19,913 15,896 4,017 45 Claims on foreigners....... ................... 46 Other branches of parent bank.. . . 47 Banks............................................... 48 Public borrowers1........................... 49 Nonbank foreigners....................... 41,040 5,411 16,298 3,576 15,756 62,048 8,144 25,354 7,105 21,445 71,671 79,774 "12,904 "33,677 11,514 21,679 75,792 "11,475 "31,640 11,392 21,285 76,507 11,841 31,534 12,125 21,007 79,057 12,086 33,821 12,573 20,577 "77,992 11,756 33,524 12,360 "20,352 78,859 27,939 9,109 23,503 80,597 11,725 36,025 12,502 20,345 50 Other assets......................................... 933 1,217 1,599 2,326 2,354 2,492 2,678 2,981 2,823 2,812 51 Total payable in U.S. dollars............. 41,887 62,705 73,987 "85,417 "82,423 "82,616 "91,184 "87,875 91,089 96,963 For notes see opposite page. 11,120 11,886 34,056 12,702 20,215 Overseas Branches A57 3.13 Continued Liability account 1975 1976 1977 IS>79 19782 Jan. Mar. Apr. May June® '296,812 '307,517 '303,631 310,126 326,486 '54,731 '24,529 9,196 21,006 '56,447 '21,484 12,544 '22,419 '56,039 '23,992 '9,884 '22,163 56,975 22,771 9,900 24,304 61,030 19,536 14,919 26,575 '240,804 '237,217 '62,422 '61,973 '102,338 '100,140 '33,006 '34,275 '41,769 '42,098 241,976 63,698 101,698 34,107 42,473 253,581 66,622 108,832 34,567 43,560 Feb. All foreign countries 52 Total, all currencies............................ 176,493 219,420 53 To United States................................ 54 Parent bank..................................... 55 Other banks in United States........ 56 Nonbanks........................................ 20,221 32,719 19,773 57 Foreigners........................................... 58 Other branches of parent b a n k .. . . 59 Banks............................................... 60 Official institutions......................... 61 Nonbank foreigners....................... 149,815 34,111 72,259 22,773 20,672 12,165 179,954 44,370 83,880 25,829 25,877 258,897 '306,795 '296,453 44,154 24,542 206,579 53,244 94,140 28,110 31,085 62 Other liabilities................................... 6,456 6,747 63 Total payable in U.S. dollars............. 135,907 173,071 64 To United States................................ 65 Parent bank..................................... 66 Other banks in United States........ 67 Nonbanks........................................ 19,503 11,939 31,932 19,559 42,881 24,213 68 To foreigners...................................... Other branches of parent b a n k .. . . Banks............................................... Official institutions......................... Nonbank foreigners....................... 112,879 28,217 51,583 19,982 13,097 137.612 37,098 60,619 22,878 17,017 151,363 43,268 64,872 23,972 19,251 73 Other liabilities................................... 3,526 3,527 4,328 69 70 71 72 8,163 '57,948 '28,564 12,338 17,046 '53,349 '25,445 8,200 '19,704 238,912 '233,108 '232,121 67,496 '64,993 '62,400 97,711 '93,006 '94,305 31,936 31,137 32,028 41,769 '43,972 '43,388 '9,960 '10,266 '10,375 11,175 11,875 198,572 '230,810 '221,270 '220,948 9,935 '9,996 '229,600 '226,362 231,387 242,795 '51,313 '24,462 7,939 '18,912 '52,577 '23,523 8,855 20,199 '54,357 '20,452 12,299 21,606 '54,070 '23,048 9,681 '21,341 54,843 21,834 9,667 23,342 58,490 18,514 14,621 25,355 169,927 '164,573 53,396 '50,969 63,000 '58,529 26,404 25,567 27,127 '29,508 '162,928 '48,411 '59,226 26,413 '28,878 '169,561 '48,134 '65,597 '28,524 '27,306 '166,825 '48,371 '63,977 27,108 '27,369 170,383 49,420 65,181 28,310 27,472 177,960 50,968 70,523 28,307 28,162 '5,443 '5,682 '5,467 6,161 6,345 '55,811 '27,493 12,084 16,234 5,072 '5,384 United Kingdom 74 Total, all currencies........................... 75 To United States............................... 76 Parent bank................................... 77 Other banks in United States. . . . ) 78 Nonbanks...................................... > 79 To foreigners..................................... 80 Other branches of parent bank. . . 81 Banks............................................. 82 Official institutions....................... 83 Nonbank foreigners..................... 74,883 81,466 90,933 106,593 100,786 101,179 102,144 102,876 104,915 112,881 5,646 2,122 5 J,JZJ 5,997 1,198 A *700 4, /70 7,753 1,451 0 , JUZ 9,730 1,887 4,232 3,611 8,118 1,585 2,693 3,840 9,214 1,731 3,216 4,267 10,086 1,461 3,677 4,948 10,781 1,814 3,541 5,426 11,697 2,113 3,380 6,204 12,779 1,505 4,280 6,994 67,240 6,494 32,964 16,553 11,229 73,228 7,092 36,259 17,273 12,605 80,736 9,376 37,893 18,318 15,149 93,202 12,786 39,917 20,963 19,536 88,942 12,712 36,142 19,700 20,388 88,122 11,303 36,655 20,637 19,527 88,068 i0,910 38,318 21,845 16,995 88,174 11,023 39,391 20,115 17,645 88,796 10,931 38,417 21,312 18,136 95,385 11,353 42,297 23,140 18,595 1,997 2,241 2,445 3,661 3,726 3,843 3,990 3,921 4,422 4,717 57,820 63,174 67,573 77,030 72,048 72,293 72,639 72,653 74,127 79,256 5,415 Parent bank................................... 2,083 Other banks in United States. . . . ) -j i n Nonbanks...................................... 5,849 1,182 4,667 7.480 1,416 6,064 9,328 1,836 4,144 3,348 7,736 1,539 2,601 3,596 8,855 1,694 3,122 4,039 9,756 1,418 3,626 4,712 10,439 1,780 3,492 5,167 11,200 2,047 3,321 5,832 12,199 1,460 4,209 6,530 84 Other liabilities................................. 86 To United States............................... 87 88 89 90 To foreigners..................................... 91 Other branches of parent bank. . . 92 Banks............................................. 93 Official institutions....................... 94 Nonbank foreigners...................... 51,447 5,442 23,330 14,498 8,176 56,372 5,874 25,527 15,423 9,547 58,977 7,505 25,608 15,482 10,382 66,216 9,635 25,287 17,091 14,203 62,629 9,890 21,642 15,834 15,263 61,729 8,393 21,911 16,868 14,557 61,215 7,985 23,017 18,030 12,183 60,689 7,706 24,002 16,197 12,784 60,948 7,777 22,684 17,486 13,001 65,081 7,711 25,436 19,093 12,841 95 Other liabilities................................. 959 953 1,116 1,486 1,683 1,709 1,668 1,525 1,979 1,976 Bahamas and Caymans 45,203 66,774 79,052 '91,735 '88,767 '88,999 '97,509 '93,832 97,317 103,322 97 To United States............................... 11,147 98 Parent bank................................... 7,628 99 Other banks in United S tates.. . . > D, jZU 100 Nonbanks...................................... 96 Total, all currencies........................... 22,721 16,161 OjjOU 32,176 20,956 11 , Z K ZJ '39,431 '20,456 6,199 '12,776 '37,795 '18,336 4,275 '15,184 '37,552 '16,732 4,863 15,957 '38,672 '14,877 7,041 '16,754 '37,698 '16,627 5,220 15,851 38,071 15,388 5,400 17,283 40,038 12,460 8,885 18,693 101 To foreigners..................................... Other branches of parent bank... 103 Banks............................................. 104 Official institutions....................... 105 Nonbank foreigners..................... 42,899 13,801 21,760 3,573 3,765 45,292 12,816 24,717 3,000 4,759 50,447 16,094 23,104 4,208 7,041 49,153 14,266 22,290 4,602 7,995 49,534 13,697 23,299 4,429 8,109 '56,742 '13,923 '28,749 '5,181 '8,889 54,124 14,716 25,964 5,328 8,116 57,097 15,997 28,543 4,970 7,587 61,147 17,104 31,420 4,264 8,359 102 32,949 10,569 16,825 3,308 2,248 106 Other liabilities................................. 1,106 1,154 1,584 1,857 1,819 1,913 2,095 2,010 2,149 2,137 107 Total payable in U.S. dollars........... 42,197 63,417 74,463 '87,014 '84,020 '84,337 '92,673 '88,942 92,057 97,936 1. In May 1978 a broader category of claims on foreign public bor2. In May 1978 the exemption level for branches required to report rowers, including corporations that are majority owned by foreign governwas increased, which reduced the number of reporting branches, ments, replaced the previous, more narrowly defined claims on foreign official institutions. A58 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.14 SELECTED U.S. LIABILITIES TO FOREIGN OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONS Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 Item 1976 1977 1978 Jan. Feb. Apr. Mar. May June? July2 3 By type 1 Total1 ..................................................................... 2 Liabilities reported by banks in the United States2 ............................................................. 3 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates 3..................... U.S. Treasury bonds and notes 4 Marketable......................................................... 5 N onmarketable 4 ................................................ 6 U.S. securities other than U.S. Treasury securities5........................................................ 95,634 131,097 162,345 162,606 159,869 153,650 147,494 140,725 143,987 147,706 17,231 37,725 18,003 47,820 23,097 67,651 22,519 68,415 23,034 65,714 22,534 59,652 24,252 51,460 25,384 43,747 25,363 46,304 25,480 49,455 11,788 20,648 32,164 20,443 35,907 20,970 36,056 20,952 35,538 20,912 36,063 20,471 36.305 20,467 36,156 20,467 36,454 20,697 37,487 19,847 8,242 12,667 14,720 14,664 14,671 14,930 15,010 14,971 15,169 15,437 By area 7 Total....................................................................... 95,634 131,097 162,345 162,606 159,869 153,650 147,494 140,725 143,987 147,706 8 Western Europe 1.................................................... 45,882 3,406 4,926 37,767 1,893 1,760 9 10 11 12 13 Canada................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean.............................. Asia......................................................................... Africa...................................................................... Other countries6 .................................................... 70,748 2,334 4,649 50,693 1,742 931 92,984 2,486 5,026 58,662 2,443 744 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. 2. Principally demand deposits, time deposits, bankers acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable time certificates of deposit, and borrowings under repurchase agreements. 3. Includes nonmarketable certificates of indebtedness (including those payable in foreign currencies through 1974) and Treasury bills issued to official institutions of foreign countries. 4. Excludes notes issued to foreign official nonreserve agencies. Includes bonds and notes payable in foreign currencies. 94,456 2,150 4,331 58,845 2,299 525 92,867 1,908 4,402 57,532 2,371 789 90,191 3,088 4,201 53,363 2,135 672 85,040 3,044 4,773 51,275 2,529 833 80,995 1,993 4,802 49,518 2,604 813 83,478 2,014 4,592 50,573 2,614 716 86,513 2,166 5,317 50,404 2,618 688 5. Debt securities of U.S. government corporations and federally sponsored agencies, and U.S. corporate stocks and bonds. 6 . Includes countries in Oceania and Eastern Europe. N ote. Based on Treasury Department data and on data reported to the Treasury Department by banks (including Federal Reserve Banks) and securities dealers in the United States. 3.15 LIABILITIES TO AND CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in Foreign Currencies Millions of dollars, end of period 1976 1977 Sept. 1 Banks’ own liabilities............................. 2 Banks’ own claims1 ............................... 3 Deposits.............................................. 4 Other claims....................................... 5 Claims of banks’ domestic customers2. 781 1,834 1,103 731 1. Includes claims of banks’ domestic customers through March 1978. 2. Assets owned by customers of the reporting bank located in the United States that represent claims on foreigners held by reporting banks for the accounts of their domestic customers. 925 2,356 941 1,415 2,235 3,547 1,672 1,875 367 1979 1978 1978 1,772 2,957 1,375 1,582 446 Dec. 2,235 3,547 1,672 1,875 367 M ar.r 1,933 2,620 1,139 1,481 476 June** 1,986 2,530 1,345 1,185 521 N ote. Data on claims exclude foreign currencies held by U.S. mone tary authorities. Bank-reported Data A59 3.16 LIABILITIES TO FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. dollars M illions of dollars, end of period 1977 Holder and type of liability 1979 1978 Jan. 1 All foreigners................ 2 Banks’ own liabilities.. 3 Demand deposits.. . . 4 Time deposits1......... 5 Other 2....................... 6 Own foreign offices3. 7 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ..................................... 8 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates5................. Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6 ................................................... 10 Other................................................................... 12 Banks’ own liabilities. 13 Demand deposits... 14 Time deposits 1....... 15 Other 2 ..................... 16 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ..................................... 17 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates.................. 18 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6.................................................. 19 Other................................................................... Apr. June? May July? 110,657 126,168 167,005 164,575 163,738 166,307 159,252 158,320 167,220 168,432 290 205 2,701 77,178 17,201 12,145 9,247 38,585 85,242 16,696 12,389 8,321 47,836 88,046 68,182 89,268 69,000 86,560 66,508 17,849 2,418 3,274 2,617 231 139 916 330 94 492 88 102 340 131 1,555 183 1 5,714 75,307 17,765 12,336 8,927 36,278 1,701 40,744 78,959 19,201 12,473 9,615 37,669 17,371 2,493 16,803 11,347 9 11 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations7 ....................................... Mar. Feb. 18,996 11,521 48,906 706 201 1,499 44,840 92,910 18,091 12,738 13,290 48,791 99,219 19,366 12,705 12,469 54,752 96,791 19,014 12,492 12,784 52,501 81,065 60,587 73,525 53,280 65,410 45,123 67,928 47,425 71,641 51,498 17,889 2,162 18,309 2,169 18,096 2,150 18,083 2,203 18,130 2,373 17,896 2,247 2,317 2,095 2,364 2,300 2,757 2,851 3,438 762 333 506 272 769 276 99 394 791 270 422 1,306 298 85 923 1,500 264 87 1,150 845 216 79 549 1,589 193 1,595 1,509 211 212 1,451 175 1,350 199 2,593 1,345 1,367 5 1,395 1,382 1,294 2 2 1,274 1,151 1 1 1,247 1 85,727 18,367 12,520 10,000 100 1 20 Official institutions8. 54,956 65,822 90,492 90,749 88,591 82,186 75,713 69,131 71,667 74,396 21 Banks’ own liabilities. 22 Demand deposits... 23 Time deposits 1....... 24 Other 2..................... 3,394 2,321 3,528 1,797 11,960 3,390 2,546 6,024 10,725 2,699 2,504 5,522 11,275 2,759 2,365 6,151 10,425 2,864 2,524 5,036 12,411 3,583 2,491 6,337 13,647 3,170 2,572 7,905 13,320 3,198 2,486 7,636 14,090 2,850 2,475 8,765 37,725 47,820 78,532 67,395 80,024 68,230 77,317 65,558 71,762 59,652 63,301 51,460 55,484 43,747 58,347 46,304 60,846 49,455 10,967 170 11,603 191 11,703 55 12,067 43 11,802 40 11,667 70 12,003 40 11,340 50 42,335 57,873 55,542 56,637 65,915 64,192 69,679 75,738 73,035 50,808 14,530 10,405 1,479 2,646 51,929 13,344 9,426 1,322 2,596 61,005 13,169 9,349 1,262 2,558 59,225 14,385 10,933 2,040 53,088 15,419 11,239 1,479 2,700 1,306 2,877 64,511 15,720 10,265 1,315 4,140 70,709 15,957 11,176 1,397 3,384 68,049 15,548 11,287 1,241 3,020 37,669 36,278 38,585 47,836 44,840 48,791 54,752 52,501 4,785 300 4,733 302 4,708 399 4,910 425 4,967 456 5,168 508 5,029 407 4,986 347 2,425 2,060 2,404 2,027 2,336 1,973 2,421 2,064 2,489 2,022 2,593 2,066 2,480 2,143 2,559 2,081 14,736 16,023 15,967 16,415 15,842 17,047 16,753 16,964 17,023 4,015 6,524 4,304 7,546 12,995 4,242 8,353 399 13,012 4,328 8,264 420 13,469 4,744 8,357 368 13,044 4,207 8,504 333 13,299 4,312 8,623 364 13,446 4,358 8,766 322 13,762 4,728 8,735 299 13,808 4,661 8,697 449 198 240 3,028 285 2,956 285 2,946 358 2,798 299 3,748 1,152 3,307 693 3,202 516 3,215 350 2,481 262 2,476 195 2,455 133 2,439 60 2,511 85 2,549 66 2,497 190 2,750 115 11,007 11,132 10,992 11,254 11,118 10,809 10,634 10,584 25 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ................................. 26 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates5............. 27 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6................................................ 28 Other............................................................... 29 Banks9. 30 Banks' own liabilities............ 31 Unaffiliated foreign banks. 32 Demand deposits............. 33 Time deposits1................. 34 Other2............................... 35 37,174 9,104 2,297 Own foreign offices3. 36 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ..................................... 37 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates.................. 38 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6.................................................... 39 Other................................................................... 40 Other foreigners......... 41 Banks’ own liabilities. 42 Demand deposits... 43 Time deposits1....... 44 Other 2..................... 45 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ................................. 46 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates............... 47 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments 6 ............................................... 48 Other............................................................... 119 12,814 141 49 M emo: Negotiable time certificates of deposit held in custody for foreigners........................... 1. Excludes negotiable time certificates of deposit, which are included in “Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments.” 2. Includes borrowing under repurchase agreements. 3. U.S. banks: includes amounts due to own foreign branches and foreign subsidiaries consolidated in “Consolidated Report of Condition” filed with bank regulatory agencies. Agencies, branches, and majorityowned subsidiaries of foreign banks: principally amounts due to head office or parent foreign bank, and foreign branches, agencies or wholly owned subsidiaries of head office or parent foreign bank. 4. Financial claims on residents of the United States, other than long term securities, held by or through reporting banks. 5. Includes nonmarketable certificates of indebtedness (including those 10,202 payable in foreign currencies through 1974) and Treasury bills issued to official institutions of foreign countries. 6 . Principally bankers acceptances, commercial paper, and negotiable time certificates of deposit. 7. Principally the International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop ment, and the Inter-American and Asian Development Banks. 8. Foreign central banks and foreign central governments and the Bank for International Settlements. 9. Excludes central banks, which are included in “Official institutions.” N ote. Data for time deposits prior to April 1978 represent short-term only. A60 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.16 LIABILITIES TO FOREIGNERS Continued Area and country 1976 1979 1978 1977 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June? July? 1 110,657 126,168 167,005 164,575 163,738 166,307 159,252 158,320 167,220 168,432 2 Foreign countries.................................................... 104,943 122,893 164,388 162,258 161,644 163,943 156,952 155,563 164,369 164,994 3 Europe.................................................................... 4 Austria................................................................ 5 Belgium-Luxembourg........................................ 6 Denmark............................................................ 7 Finland................................................................ 8 France................................................................. 9 Germany............................................................. 10 Greece................................................................. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Netherlands........................................................ Norway............................................................... Portugal.............................................................. Spain................................................................... Sweden................................................................ Switzerland......................................................... Turkey................................................................ United Kingdom................................................ Yugoslavia.. . . ................................................... Other Western Europe i ..................................... U.S.S.R............................................................... Other Eastern Europe 2...................................... 47,076 346 2,187 356 416 4,876 6,241 403 3,182 3,003 782 239 559 1,692 9,460 166 10,018 189 2,673 51 236 60,295 318 2,531 770 323 5,269 7,239 603 6,857 2,869 944 273 619 2,712 12,343 130 14,125 232 1,804 98 236 85,502 513 2,552 1,946 346 9,208 17,286 826 7,674 2,402 1,271 330 870 3,121 18,612 157 14,379 254 3,346 82 325 84,672 562 2,746 2,036 379 8,609 15,770 683 8,723 2,536 1,411 254 759 2,955 20,014 141 13,292 174 3,328 150 150 82,050 505 2,192 2,074 357 8,207 13,868 761 8,056 2,786 1,445 246 868 2,656 19,810 141 13,861 184 3,800 62 171 81,899 524 2,443 2,131 361 8,891 12,997 671 8,142 2,766 1,572 279 763 2,520 18,563 132 15,370 176 3,284 59 258 77,241 484 2,359 1,596 367 9,291 9,364 656 8,939 2,816 1,477 231 950 2,596 15,587 110 16,005 207 3,863 84 258 75,187 475 2,282 1,526 399 9,755 7,619 673 9,751 2,889 1,456 244 897 2,524 13,730 127 16,679 184 3,664 58 254 79,432 449 2,413 1,165 456 9,594 8,492 684 9,656 2,629 1,349 353 1,210 2,437 15,934 156 18,006 151 3,959 62 277 81,210 473 2,475 1,563 466 9,614 10,715 760 8,432 2,355 1,264 303 1,107 2,227 16,767 193 18,522 160 3,509 61 245 24 Canada................................................................... 4,659 4,607 6,966 6,622 6,813 8,044 8,819 7,980 6,606 7,611 25 Latin America and Caribbean............................. 26 Argentina............................................................ 27 Bahamas.............................................................. 28 Bermuda.............................................................. 29 Brazil................................................................... 30 British West Indies............................................ 31 Chile................................................................... 32 Colombia............................................................ 33 Cuba................................................................... 34 Ecuador.............................................................. 35 Guatemala3 ........................................................ 36 Jamaica 3............................................................. 37 Mexico................................................................ 38 Netherlands Antilles4........................................ 39 Panama............................................................... 40 Peru..................................................................... 41 Uruguay.............................................................. 42 Venezuela............................................................ 43 Other Latin America and Caribbean............... 19,132 1,534 2,770 218 1,438 1,877 337 23,670 1,416 3,596 321 1,396 3,998 360 30,956 1,682 7,429 386 1,099 5,717 376 1,769 7 321 387 72 3,178 321 2,823 320 32,671 1,789 7,695 464 1,150 6,845 358 1,867 13 274 386 43 3,158 361 2,491 347 38,067 1,534 13,078 375 1,137 6,971 343 1,925 39,907 3,339 1,509 3,709 1,501 330 339 75 3,178 318 2,938 403 236 3,211 1,669 36,081 1,483 10,014 351 1,251 6,916 447 2,074 7 335 360 80 3,234 335 3,368 360 230 3,426 1,809 11,164 345 1,581 9,313 368 2,192 9 318 318 78 3,215 396 2,909 321 223 3,672 1,601 44,400 1,891 15,803 402 1,335 8,938 404 2,402 7 391 319 54 3,476 414 3,125 380 248 2,982 1,828 41,206 1,692 13,020 339 1,294 7,785 606 2,292 7 443 319 104 3,628 422 3,055 425 219 3,920 1,636 320 330 2,870 158 1,167 257 245 3,118 1,797 2,876 196 2,331 287 243 2,929 2,167 31,622 1,484 6,743 428 1,125 5,991 399 1,756 13 322 416 52 3,417 308 2,992 363 231 3,821 1,760 44 Asia......................................................................... China Mainland........................................................ 45 46 Taiwan............................................................ 47 Hong K ong........................................................ 48 India................................................................... 49 Indonesia............................................................ 50 Israel................................................................... 51 Japan................................................................... 52 K orea.................................................................. 53 Philippines.......................................................... 54 Thailand.............................................................. 55 Middle East oil-exporting countries5............... 56 Other A sia.......................................................... 29,766 30,488 36,336 36,449 36,169 32,211 30,674 28,227 29,520 30,622 48 990 894 638 340 392 14,363 438 628 277 9,360 1,398 53 1,013 1,094 961 410 559 14,616 602 687 264 8,979 1,250 67 502 1,256 790 449 674 21,927 795 644 427 7,392 1,414 65 552 1,400 804 575 642 21,428 771 617 379 7,934 1,285 105 534 1,390 838 357 598 21,769 827 549 307 7,595 1,300 280 600 1,254 857 479 608 18,110 748 642 277 7,107 1,249 45 667 1,459 929 567 673 14,896 728 562 343 8,435 1,371 41 605 1,496 1,016 394 650 12,262 995 609 302 8,444 1,412 46 740 1,555 940 410 710 12,581 806 689 409 9,003 1,634 42 769 1,452 873 509 624 13,099 819 640 305 9,667 1,824 57 Africa..................................................................... 58 Egypt................................................................... 59 Morocco............................................................. 60 South Africa....................................................... 61 Zaire................................................................... 62 Oil-exporting countries6.................................... 63 Other Africa....................................................... 2,298 333 87 141 36 1,116 585 2,535 404 2,886 174 39 1,155 698 404 32 168 43 1,525 715 2,693 337 29 179 48 1,379 721 2,804 278 32 207 42 1,549 697 2,650 329 43 242 50 1,256 729 2,986 359 34 246 55 1,554 738 3.056 297 36 206 47 1,523 946 3,236 305 45 316 56 1,566 948 3,183 378 35 196 37 1,656 881 64 Other countries...................................................... 65 Australia............................................................. 66 All other......................................................... 2,012 1,905 107 1,297 1,140 158 1,076 838 239 865 655 209 1,136 934 1,072 862 211 1,149 957 192 1,206 991 215 1,175 890 286 1,162 806 355 5,714 5,157 267 290 3,274 2,752 278 245 2,617 1,485 808 324 2,317 2,095 919 865 311 2,364 1,189 872 303 2,300 1,128 872 300 2,757 1,535 892 330 2,851 1,738 829 284 3,438 2,257 917 263 67 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations.................................................. International...................................................... 69 Latin American regional.................................. 70 Other regional7 .................................................. 68 1,021 6 1,221 6 66 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. Beginning April 1978, also includes Eastern European countries not listed in line 23. 2. Beginning April 1978 comprises Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania. 3. Included in “Other Latin America and Caribbean” through March 1978. 4. Includes Surinam through December 1975. 222 1,210 809 299 220 202 6 1,886 5. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 6 . Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 7. Asian, African, Middle Eastern, and European regional organizations, except the Bank for International Settlements, which is included in “Other Western Europe.” Bank-Reported Data A61 3.17 BANKS’ OWN CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars M illions of dollars, end of period Area and country 1976 1977 1979 1978 Jan. Mar. Feb. Apr. May JuneP July p 1 79,301 90,206 115,030 105,583 103,933 108,736 105,266 105,503 114,027 112,800 2 Foreign countries.................................................... 79,261 90,163 114,974 105,543 103,894 108,690 105,220 105,457 113,982 112,751 3 Europe.................................................................... 4 Austria................................................................ 5 Belgium-Luxembourg......................................... 14,776 63 482 133 199 1,549 509 279 993 315 136 18,114 65 561 173 172 2,082 644 206 1,334 338 162 175 722 218 564 360 8,964 311 24,231 140 86 122 6 7 8 France................................................................. 10 11 12 Netherlands........................................................ 9 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 88 Spain.................................................................... Sweden................................................................ Turkey................................................................. Other Western Europe 1..................................... Other Eastern Europe 2 ...................................... 745 206 379 249 7,033 234 85 485 613 413 566 1,200 20,790 147 1,504 172 1,110 2,664 840 162 1,402 681 251 169 905 449 1,051 179 8,444 400 135 327 629 254 305 3,742 900 164 1.504 680 299 171 537 1,283 283 10,156 363 366 652 281 20,474 115 1,378 170 264 2,286 717 169 1,395 619 252 173 1,103 388 970 132 8,886 409 110 309 628 21,299 177 1,804 166 297 2,921 907 192 1,311 581 206 209 909 312 1,068 144 8,575 448 124 319 628 20,890 130 1,377 204 250 2,907 806 170 1,420 532 242 208 806 300 878 148 8,684 475 424 298 633 20,285 150 1,330 168 184 2,701 792 155 1,440 531 196 190 926 231 959 119 8,546 492 171 291 713 24,283 151 1,677 153 186 3,507 843 168 1,334 517 200 172 995 247 1,071 136 11,197 535 188 301 708 24,105 188 1,657 137 226 3,205 927 129 1,196 797 181 235 999 401 1,027 118 10,688 541 199 291 965 24 Canada.................................................................... 3,319 3,355 5,145 4,961 5,049 5,181 4,775 4,718 4,880 5,085 25 Latin America and Caribbean.............................. 26 Argentina............................................................ 27 28 29 30 British West Indies............................................ 31 Chile.................................................................... 32 Colombia............................................................ 33 Cuba.................................................................... 34 35 Guatemala 3 ........................................................ 36 Jamaica 3.............................................................. 37 Mexico................................................................ 38 Netherlands Antilles4......................................... 39 40 Peru..................................................................... 41 42 Venezuela............................................................ 43 Other Latin America and Caribbean............... 38,879 1,192 15,464 150 4,901 5,082 597 675 13 375 45,850 1,478 19,858 232 4,629 6,481 675 671 52,514 2,137 21,006 175 6,261 5,368 50,379 2,359 18,640 155 6,254 56,210 3,211 18,042 126 6,097 9,182 1,091 1,102 4,909 224 1,410 962 80 2,318 1,394 48 5,398 217 3,493 846 44 3,481 1,487 52,055 3,098 18,715 135 6,198 5,524 970 945 4 903 95 63 5,778 213 3,504 839 48 3,555 1,468 53,389 3,338 15,971 192 6,164 6,510 1,054 * 700 87 37 5,449 264 3,179 873 50 3,324 1,538 54,149 2,753 19,899 150 6,291 7,435 964 1,004 4 839 89 61 5,562 282 2,900 834 46 3,527 1,512 52,584 3,406 18,825 198 6,274 4,895 1,058 1,017 4 877 4,822 140 1,372 933 42 1,828 1,293 56,850 2,274 21,116 189 6,251 9,505 968 1,012 * 705 94 40 5,417 273 3,074 918 52 3,474 1,487 64 6,024 234 3,728 744 61 3,601 1,472 4 898 96 40 6,455 282 3,568 722 58 3,793 1,442 1,206 4 916 98 47 7,166 392 4,186 727 56 3,814 1,483 44 Asia......................................................................... China Mainland........................................................ 45 Taiwan............................................................ 46 47 Hong Kong........................................................ 48 49 Indonesia............................................................ 50 51 52 K orea.................................................................. 53 54 55 Middle East oil-exporting countries5............... 56 19,204 19,236 25,538 24,219 25,088 25,131 24,641 24,947 25,504 27,115 3 1,344 316 69 218 755 11,040 1,978 719 442 1,459 863 10 4 1,499 1,573 54 143 872 12,739 2,277 680 758 3,135 1,804 15 1,457 1,620 61 141 996 12,550 2,241 607 757 2,333 1,444 13 1,767 1,960 60 123 896 12,196 2,478 692 832 2,487 1,585 16 1,841 2,036 52 124 909 12,811 2,546 660 778 1,939 1,419 20 22 10 2,221 107 82 860 164 452 556 2,145 82 97 838 156 438 533 2,092 83 1,968 73 88 760 155 456 550 66 914 792 122 40 10 517 1,719 543 53 232 584 9,839 2,336 594 633 1,746 947 57 Africa...................................................................... 58 Egypt................................................................... 59 60 South Africa....................................................... 61 62 Oil-exporting countries6.................................... 63 2,311 126 27 957 524 565 2,518 119 43 1,066 98 510 682 64 Other countries...................................................... 65 772 597 175 1,090 905 186 988 877 67 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations7 ................................................... 40 43 56 66 112 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. Beginning April 1978, also includes Eastern European countries not listed in line 23. 2. Beginning April 1978 comprises Bulgaria, Czechoslavkia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania. 3. Included in “Other Latin America and Caribbean” through March 1978. 4. Includes Surinam through December 1975. 5 . Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 111 1,012 5,122 939 1,019 * 768 110 1,823 1,717 73 135 781 101 1,120 20 1,812 1,993 56 138 824 12,342 2,966 705 836 1,723 1,531 138 842 12,478 3,369 675 1,967 2,122 701 155 455 518 1,977 104 64 680 151 462 516 46 719 151 460 471 177 37 743 151 474 540 2,043 115 34 745 189 452 508 813 704 108 961 830 131 882 755 127 956 789 167 983 775 208 1,013 765 248 39 46 46 46 45 49 12,121 2,712 710 760 2,437 1,352 121 1,896 2,112 86 888 1,585 1,426 1,889 1,965 43 131 865 13,928 3,465 751 910 1,783 1,367 6 . Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 7. Excludes the Bank for International Settlements, which is included in “Other Western Europe.” N ote. Data for period prior to April 1978 include claims of banks’ domestic customers on foreigners. A62 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.18 BANKS’ OWN AND DOMESTIC CUSTOMERS’ CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars Millions of dollars, end of period 1976 Type of claim 1977 1979 1978 Jan; 1 Total....................................................................... 79,301 Feb. 90,206 126,139 Mar. Apr. May" June "120,384 July* 127,575 115,030 105,583 103,933 108,736 105,266 105,503 114,027 112,800 10,095 10,312 10,509 10,774 11,000 10,534 11,128 11,611 41,217 38,073 35,583 "36,931 36,206 34,701 36,295 35,606 40,381 34,496 34,759 37,388 34,509 35,530 41.474 38,873 5,664 4,862 5,397 6,340 5,698 7,390 6,972 5,566 34,716 29,635 29,362 31,048 28,811 29,964 34,084 31,901 23,338 22,701 23,081 23,643 23,552 24,738 25,131 26,709 2 3 4 5 Banks' own claims on foreigners......................... Foreign public borrowers..................................... Own foreign offices1.............................................. Unaffiliated foreign banks..................................... 6 Deposits.............................................................. 7 Other................................................................... 8 All other foreigners................................................ 11,109 994 11,646 1,143 13,548 1,438 4,762 5,353 4,863 "5,641 6,230 5,879 13 M emo* Customer liability on acceptances... 14,917 "15,098 16,838 Dollar deposits in banks abroad, reported by nonbanking business enterprises in the United States 5................................................................. 11,674 9 Claims of banks' domestic customers2............... 10 Deposits.................................................................. 11 Negotiable and readily transferable in struments 3. . ...................................................... 12 Outstanding collections and other claims4.......... 5,756 6,176 1. U.S. banks: includes amounts due from own foreign branches and foreign subsidiaries consolidated in “Consolidated Report of Condition” filed with bank regulatory agencies. Agencies, branches, and majorityowned subsidiaries o f foreign banks: principally amounts due from head office or parent foreign bank, and foreign branches, agencies, or wholly owned subsidiaries of head office or parent foreign bank. 2. Assets owned by customers of the reporting bank located in the United States that represent claims on foreigners held by reporting banks for the account of their domestic customers. 3. Principally negotiable time certificates of deposit and bankers ac ceptances. 14,677 15,563 15,749 16,472 17,340 14,976 4. Data for March 1978 and for period prior to that are outstanding collections only. 5. Includes demand and time deposits and negotiable and nonnegotiable certificates of deposit denominated in U.S. dollars issued by banks abroad. For description of changes in data reported by nonbanks, see July 1979 Bulletin, p. 550. N ote. Beginning April 1978, data for banks’ own claims are given on a monthly basis, but the data for claims of banks’ domestic customers are available on a quarterly basis only. 3.19 BANKS’ OWN CLAIMS ON UNAFFILIATED FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars Millions of dollars, end of period 1978 Maturity; by borrower and area 1979 June 1 Total.................................................................................................................. Sept. Dec. Mar." June? 55,470 59,948 73,557 71,539 77,339 44,138 3,067 41,071 11,333 3,226 8,107 47,097 3,702 43,395 12,850 4,230 8,620 58,277 4,558 53,719 15,280 5,328 9,952 55,356 4,627 50,729 16,183 5,937 10,246 59,763 4,551 55,212 17,575 6,372 11,204 9,631 1,598 17,221 13,707 1,457 523 10,463 1,948 18,775 13,786 1,535 591 15,116 2,670 20,850 17,575 1,496 569 12,373 2,512 21,647 16,993 1,290 541 13,998 2,678 22,937 18,166 1,423 563 2,920 344 5,889 1,298 631 252 3,102 794 6,859 1,305 580 3,152 1,426 8,452 1,401 636 214 3,108 1,456 9,336 1,473 629 180 10,214 1,871 613 182 By borrower 2 Maturity of 1 year or less1.............................................................................. 3 Foreign public borrowers............................................................................. 4 All other foreigners....................................................................................... 5 Maturity of over 1 year 1 ................................................................................. 6 Foreign public borrowers............................................................................. 7 All other foreigners....................................................................................... By area 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Maturity of 1 year or less1 Europe........................................................................................................... Canada.......................................................................................................... Latin American and Caribbean................................................................... Asia............................................................................................................... Africa............................................................................................................. A llother 2 ...................................................................................................... Maturity of over 1 year 1 Europe........................................................................................................... Canada.......................................................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean..................................................................... Asia............................................................................................................... Africa............................................................................................................. All other 2 ...................................................................................................... 1. Remaining time to maturity. 2. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. 211 N ote. The first available data are for June 1978. 3,484 1,212 Bank-Reported Data A63 3.20 CLAIMS ON FOREIGN COUNTRIES Held by U.S. Offices and Foreign Branches of U.S.-Chartered Banks1 B illions of dollars, end of period Area or Country 1975 1977 1976 1978 1979 June 1 2 G-10 countries and Switzerland............................... 3 Belgium-Luxembourg............................................ 4 France...................................................................... 5 Germany.................................................................. 6 Italy......................................................................... 7 Netherlands............................................................ 8 Sweden.................................................................... 9 Switzerland.............................................................. United Kingdom.................................................... 10 11 Canada.................................................................... 12 Japan....................................................................... Sept. Dec. Mar. June 7 Sept. Dec. Mar. June 167.0 207.7 217.8 226.7 239.4 247.2 245.7 246.7 265.3 263.4 273.6 88.0 100.1 6.1 10.0 104.1 6.3 108.8 7.1 10.5 115.3 8.4 116.6 8.3 11.4 9.0 112.8 113.7 8.4 11.7 9.7 124.9 9.0 124.5 9.2 6 .0 6 .6 118.8 9.4 11.7 10.5 5.7 3.8 5.3 8.5 7.8 5.2 8.7 5.8 10.6 8.2 2.4 36.3 3.8 14.9 3.0 41.5 5.1 15.9 6.4 3.1 1.7 3.0 41.4 6.4 17.0 13 Other developed countries........................................ 14 Austria..................................................................... 15 Denmark................................................................. 16 Finland.................................................................... 17 Greece...................................................................... 18 Norwav................................................................... 19 Portugal................................................................... 20 Spain....................................................................... 21 Turkey..................................................................... 22 Other Western Europe........................................... 23 South Africa............................................................ 24 Australia.................................................................. 10.7 .7 15.1 16.9 25 Oil-exporting countries2 ............................................ 26 Ecuador................................................................... 27 Venezuela................................................................ 28 Indonesia................................................................. 29 Middle East countries............................................ 30 African countries.................................................... 6.9 .4 2.3 1.6 1.6 1.0 4.2 1.4 31 Non-oil developing countries.................................... 32 Argentina................................................................ 33 Brazil....................................................................... 34 Chile........................................................................ China 35 Mainland............................................................. 36 Taiwan................................................................. 37 Colombia................................................................ 38 Mexico.................................................................... 39 Peru......................................................................... 40 Other Latin America.............................................. 41 India........................................................................ 42 Israel........................................................................ 43 Korea (South)........................................................ 44 Malaysia 3 ................................................................ 45 Philippines.............................................................. 46 Thailand.................................................................. 47 Other Asia.............................................................. 48 Egypt....................................................................... 49 Morocco.................................................................. 50 Zaire........................................................................ 51 Other Africa4 .......................................................... 34.2 1.7 43.1 1.9 8.0 11.1 .8 .3 .5 .2 .2 .6 52 Eastern Europe.......................................................... 53 U.S.S.R.................................................................... 54 Yugoslavia.............................................................. 55 Other....................................................................... 3.7 5.2 1.5 2.8 1.0 .6 .9 1.4 1.4 .3 1.9 .6 .6 1.2 1.3 .5 * 1.7 1.2 9.0 1.4 2.6 .2 .9 2.4 .3 1.7 .7 .4 .4 .1 1.0 .6 2.1 2.8 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.7 1.5 .4 1.2 1.4 1.1 1.8 6.6 17.6 18.1 1.3 1.5 1.2 2 .0 1.8 .6 18.6 1.3 1.6 1.2 2 .2 1.9 2.8 2.2 1.2 2.3 1.5 2.3 1.5 3.6 1.5 .9 2.4 1.4 12.6 15.0 .9 4.6 16.5 17.6 5.5 1.8 6.3 1.9 45.8 47.6 2.4 1.3 .7 .7 4.1 2.2 * 2.3 1.3 11.7 1.8 2.7 .2 1.0 3.1 .5 2 .2 .7 .4 .4 .8 2 .8 26.2 .8 2 .2 2.1 11.8 .7 * 2.7 1.2 12.2 2 .0 2.4 .2 .8 3.4 .7 2.3 .8 .3 .4 .3 .3 * 2.9 1.2 12.6 1.9 2.5 .3 .7 3.6 .7 2.4 .9 .4 .4 .4 .3 6.9 1.9 18.7 1.5 1.9 19.2 1.7 18.3 1.7 18.8 2 .0 1.2 2 .0 1.1 2.7 1.9 .7 3.6 1.5 1.4 2.5 1.9 19.2 1.3 5.5 2.1 8.3 2 .0 6.5 6.3 1.4 1.1 * 2.5 1.3 11.2 1.7 3.5 .3 .1 5.4 5.1 .2 1.2 1.0 2 .2 2.4 1.4 20.4 48.9 3.0 13.3 1.3 * 2.4 1.3 49.5 2.9 14.0 1.3 * 2.4 1.3 10.7 11.0 1.8 3.3 .2 2.7 .4 .3 .4 .3 1.4 1.2 .6 4.5 .7 3.2 .2 1.3 19.1 1.4 5.6 1.9 8.3 1.9 .6 2 .6 1.1 3.7 .2 2.8 3.6 1.4 .5 3.5 1.5 2.1 .6 .7 3.6 29.0 11.3 3.8 .7 3.1 2.3 1.0 2.2 2.1 .8 3.8 .6 2.8 .1 1.1 3.7 26.1 9.8 .6 2 .0 19.3 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.2 49.9 3.0 13.0 1.6 1.1 4.0 20.5 1.5 3.0 1.0 2 .0 4.8 50.2 5.5 19.1 50.0 2.9 12.7 .9 * 3.1 1.3 11.9 1.9 2.7 .3 .9 3.9 .7 2.5 1.7 .3 .3 .5 .3 1.2 2.1 4.5 46.4 5.8 19.0 25.3 9.9 .5 4.3 4.1 1. The banking offices covered by these data are the U.S. offices and foreign branches of U.S.-owned banks and of U.S. subsidiaries of foreignowned banks. Offices not covered include (1) U.S. agencies and branches of foreign banks, and (2) foreign subsidiaries of U.S. banks. To minimize duplication, the data are adjusted to exclude the claims on foreign branches held by a U.S. office or another foreign branch of the same banking institution. The data in this table combine foreign branch claims in table 3.13 (the sum of lines 7 through 10) with the claims of U.S. offices in table 3.17 (excluding those held by agencies and branches of foreign banks and those constituting claims on own foreign branches). However, see also footnote 2 . 2. Includes Algeria, Bahrain, Gabon, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, 11.8 .8 2 .2 4.4 12.8 10.8 6.1 5.4 47.2 5.9 20.7 25.4 9.5 .5 4.8 .5 2.9 66 Miscellaneous and unallocated6 ............................... .1 2.2 1.1 5.5 3.5 2.2 11.4 4.3 44.4 4.9 18.6 5.5 1.5 4.2 * .6 2.7 1.1 5.1 2.1 12.2 4.1 45.0 5.1 17.9 5.5 1.5 .9 3.1 2.3 4.4 * .5 3.8 1.2 3.4 2 .0 8.3 11.4 9.1 6.4 3.4 4.0 46.5 6.9 19.1 1.2 3.8 11.8 3.5 1.4 .6 6 .0 1.0 19.4 7.3 .5 2.5 3.0 1.9 3.3 44.1 9.6 6.5 3.5 1.9 3.3 46.5 5.8 18.8 1.7 .5 3.2 1.4 56 Offshore banking centers........................................... 57 Bahamas.................................................................. 58 Bermuda.................................................................. 59 Cayman Islands and other British West Indies... 60 Netherlands Antilles.............................................. 61 Panama................................................................... 62 Lebanon.................................................................. 63 Hong Kong............................................................. 64 Singapore................................................................ 65 Others 5 .................................................................... .6 2 .6 .2 1.6 8.6 6.0 11.0 .6 1.1 .3 .3 .5 .2 1.2 1.6 6.2 1.9 8.7 2 .0 1.8 3.4 .3 .7 3.5 2.3 2.1 .6 3.4 1.5 1.0 2 .0 1.4 22.8 1.6 7.2 2 .0 9.5 2.5 52.4 3.0 14.9 1.6 * 2.9 1.4 10.8 1.7 3.6 .2 1.0 2.3 2.1 .6 3.0 1.4 1.1 1.7 1.3 22.9 1.5 7.2 1.9 9.7 .5 3.0 1.4 1.2 1.8 1.3 22.6 1.6 7.5 1.9 9.0 2 .6 2 .6 53.1 2.9 14.6 1.7 56.1 3.5 15.0 .1 3.1 1.5 10.9 1.6 3.5 .2 1.0 3.9 4.2 .6 2.8 1.1 .6 2.8 1.2 .2 3.2 .4 .3 .4 .2 .6 .2 .6 .2 .3 .4 .5 2.2 2 .0 1.1 2.2 2.1 .6 1.2 1.8 .1 3.3 1.5 11.0 1.4 3.3 .2 .9 5.0 .7 3.7 1.4 .4 .7 .5 .2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 6.4 1.4 1.3 3.7 6 .6 6.9 1.3 1.5 4.1 6.7 6.7 .9 1.7 4.1 31.1 29.2 11.8 11.1 .6 6.2 .6 .7 6.3 3.2 .1 1.4 1.3 3.9 1.1 1.6 4.0 34.1 .7 30.0 9.9 .7 6.9 3.1 2.9 7.3 .7 3.3 .1 .8 .1 12.8 .6 .1 35.0 13.2 .7 7.1 .8 3.4 .1 3.1 3.9 .1 3.7 3.7 .5 4.0 4.0 .5 4.1 3.8 .5 4.0 2.9 .5 4.3 3.9 .5 4.7 4.1 .5 5.1 4.2 .4 5.0 5.3 5.7 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.5 9.9 Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates in addition to countries shown individually. 3. Foreign branch claims only through December 1976. 4. Excludes Liberia. 5. Foreign branch claims only. 6 . Includes New Zealand, Liberia, and international and regional organizations. 7. For June 1978 and subsequent dates, the claims of the U.S. offices in this table include only banks’ own claims payable in dollars. For earlier dates the claims of the U.S. offices also include customer claims and foreign currency claims (amounting in June 1978 to $10 billion). A64 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.21 MARKETABLE U.S. TREASURY BONDS AND NOTES Foreign Holdings and Transactions M illions of dollars Country or area 1977 1979 1979 1978 Jan.JulyP Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May JuneP JulyP Holdings (end of period )4 1 Estimated total 1........................................ 38,640 44,938 46,210 45,667 47,529 48,131 47,218 47,494 48,991 2 Foreign countries 1 ..................................... 33,894 39,817 41,341 40,963 42,932 43,177 43,055 43,454 44,544 3 Europe 1 .................................................... 4 Belgium-Luxembourg........................... 5 Germany 1.............................................. 6 Netherlands.......................................... 7 Sweden................................................. 8 Switzerland............................................ 9 United Kingdom.................................. 10 Other Western Europe......................... 11 Eastern Europe..................................... 12 Canada...................................................... 13,936 19 3,168 911 17,072 19 8,705 1,358 285 977 5,373 354 18,360 19 8,864 1,433 320 1,818 5,489 417 18,502 19 8,860 1,517 355 1,508 5,823 420 20,172 19 10,216 1,587 360 1,537 5,991 461 20,593 19 10,812 1,637 415 1,510 5,735 464 20,667 10,828 1,672 479 1,458 5,697 513 21,047 24 10,751 1,695 484 1,582 6,016 496 22,213 24 10,781 1,655 481 1,843 6,938 491 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 551 199 183 170 18,745 6,860 362 Latin America and Caribbean............ Venezuela.............................................. Other Latin American and Caribbean Netherlands Antilles........................... Asia.......................................................... Japan.................................................... Africa...................................................... All other.................................................. 21 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations................................... 22 23 International....................................... Latin American regional.................... 100 497 8,888 349 4 288 20 152 150 146 166 226 216 227 232 416 144 433 183 1 1 162 21,488 11,528 691 -3 162 21,709 12,226 691 -3 417 183 72 162 418 183 72 162 21,488 12,729 691 -3 397 183 52 162 21,273 12,982 691 -3 387 183 42 162 21,097 13,014 691 -3 387 183 42 162 21,103 13,040 691 -3 537 183 192 162 20,874 13,090 691 -3 4,746 5,121 4,869 4,704 4,597 4,954 4,163 4,040 4,447 4,646 5,089 33 4,837 33 4,666 38 4,560 38 4,915 38 4,114 48 3,993 48 4,400 48 100 110 88 21,210 12,422 691 -3 Transactions (net purchases, or sales ( —), during period) 24 Total i. 22,843 6,297 25 Foreign countries1. .. 26 Official institutions. 27 Other foreign i ........ 21,130 20,377 753 5,921 3,734 2,188 28 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations....................................... 1,713 375 M emo: Oil-exporting countries 29 Middle East 2.............................. 30 Africa 3........................................ 4,451 -181 4,054 4,727 1,580 3,148 -6 7 2 -1 ,7 8 5 - 2,012 329 1. Beginning December 1978, includes U.S. Treasury notes publicly issued to private foreign residents. 2. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 3. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 1,272 -5 4 3 1,862 602 -9 1 3 277 1,497 1,524 150 1,375 -3 7 8 -5 1 7 141 1,968 524 1,443 246 242 4 -1 2 2 399 298 101 1,090 1,033 57 -2 5 2 -165 -1 0 6 356 -791 -1 2 1 407 -461 -6 9 3 -3 1 -4 5 2 -1 9 0 8 -193 -149 27 4. Estimated official and private holdings of marketable U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity of more than 1 year. Data are based on a benchmark survey of holdings as of Jan. 31, 1971, and monthly transactions reports. Excludes nonmarketable U.S. Treasury bonds and notes held by official institutions of foreign countries. 3.22 FOREIGN OFFICIAL ASSETS HELD AT FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Millions of dollars, end of period Assets 1976 1977 1979 1978 Feb. 352 Assets held in custody 66,532 16,414 424 343 Apr. May June July Aug.p 303 388 407 326 372 325 91,962 117,126 114,005 107,854 15,988 15,463 15,432 15,426 99,674 15,406 91,327 15,381 95,301 15,356 98,794 15,322 98,794 15,296 1. Marketable U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds; and nonmarketable U.S. Treasury securities payable in dollars and in foreign currencies. 2. The value of earmarked gold increased because of the changes in par value of the U.S. dollar in May 1972 and in October 1973. 367 Mar. N ote. Excludes deposits and U.S. Treasury securities held for international and regional organizations. Earmarked gold is gold held for foreign and international accounts and is not included in the gold stock of the United States. Investment Transactions A65 3.23 FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES M illions of dollars Transactions, and area or country 1977 1978 1979 1979 JanJulyP Mar. Feb. Jan. Apr. May June** JulyP U.S. corporate securities Stocks 1 Foreign purchases.................................................. 2 Foreign sales.......................................................... 14,155 11,479 20,142 17,723 11,502 10,473 1,361 1,301 1,384 1,264 1,941 1,437 1,614 1,520 1,578 1,386 1,859 1,792 1,765 1,772 3 Net purchases, or sales ( — ................................... ) 2,676 2,420 1,029 60 120 504 94 191 66 -7 4 Foreign countries.................................................... 2,661 2,466 1,011 61 104 501 94 191 67 -7 5 Europe.................................................................... France.................................................................. Germany............................................................. 8 Netherlands........................................................ 9 Switzerland.......................................................... 10 United Kingdom................................................ 11 Canada.................................................................... 12 Latin America and Caribbean.............................. 13 Middle East 1.......................................................... 14 Other Asia.............................................................. 15 Africa...................................................................... 16 Other countries...................................................... 1,006 40 291 1,283 47 620 52 16 104 33 11 -8 6 -4 1 18 6 7 22 -2 2 253 181 -7 -6 41 -1 6 -1 5 -3 5 33 -2 8 15 39 -3 -6 -2 -4 6 1 -1 16 3 1 * 581 489 589 378 863 922 1,081 802 -1 5 8 15 -4 6 18 18 Foreign purchases.................................................. 19 Foreign sales........................................................... 7,739 3,560 7,955 5,509 5,061 4,490 641 704 453 547 17 Nonmonetary international and regional 136 48 -94 -8 4 333 199 3 348 217 20 -585 1,230 74 151 781 187 -1 3 3 152 613 65 127 1,390 59 5 -2 31 -5 9 -1 8 -3 5 -3 0 85 7 34 -1 6 49 -2 12 19 -6 -2 5 46 30 -2 -1 9 -1 2 109 57 36 242 61 1 1 -1 0 -1 7 52 30 22 48 -3 -3 2 -1 -7 18 74 47 -1 8 20 9 -2 -1 -1 1 8 -5 2 -1 1 30 -1 7 -7 32 -4 -1 1 -1 * Bonds 2 853 647 20 Net purchases, or sales ( — ................................... ) 4,179 2,446 571 -6 3 -9 4 92 210 -5 9 279 206 21 Foreign countries.................................................... 4,083 2,037 807 54 28 79 106 87 245 207 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 1,850 -3 4 915 30 707 1 139 121 -1 6 153 81 -1 3 9 39 18 42 -4 110 68 143 -3 4 -2 7 -9 -4 232 Europe.................................................................... France................................................................. Germany............................................................. Netherlands........................................................ Switzerland......................................................... United Kingdom................................................ Canada.................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean.............................. Middle East1.......................................................... Other Asia.............................................................. Africa...................................................................... Other countries...................................................... 72 94 1,690 141 64 1,695 338 -6 * 34 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations....................................................... 96 -2 0 19 -1 0 0 930 102 78 810 131 -1 1 409 2 -2 0 753 72 73 -1 5 7 8 -5 4 11 * 13 -1 0 6 93 10 * 23 -3 4 16 * * 9 -106 4 1 * -2 3 7 -118 -1 2 2 112 1 13 4 -2 7 12 27 33 24 25 -3 * 1 13 -2 19 -2 0 8 134 6 9 -6 1 14 * -1 -3 7 -4 1 151 4 7 -7 3 28 * * 8 24 -3 2 -1 0 169 * -1 0 52 48 * * 8 11 40 5 * * 104 -1 4 6 34 13 369 356 67 554 487 -1 8 403 421 -6 7 329 396 5 851 847 -6 8 4 1,006 1,690 -331 998 1,330 -1 Foreign securities 35 Stocks, net purchases, or sales ( — ...................... ) 36 Foreign purchases.............................................. 37 Foreign sales....................................................... -410 2,255 2,665 527 3,666 3,139 2,482 2,502 265 254 11 -2 8 232 260 331 329 38 Bonds, net purchases, or sales ( — ...................... ) 39 Foreign purchases.............................................. 40 Foreign sales...................................................... -5 ,0 9 6 -4 ,0 1 7 -1 ,9 9 2 8,040 11,044 6,641 13,136 15,061 8,633 -600 783 1,383 -322 942 1,264 1,220 41 Net purchases, or sales ( — of stocks and bonds.. ) -5 ,5 0 6 -3 ,4 9 0 -2 ,0 1 3 -5 9 0 -3 4 9 -3 7 -8 71 -7 0 3 -3 9 8 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 -3 ,9 4 9 -3 ,3 1 3 -1,4 6 5 -4 0 - 1,100 -819 -2 ,4 0 4 -3 ,2 3 7 - 1,022 -8 2 201 348 -9 7 350 23 -441 2 -7 -1 4 6 -267 11 -5 1 3 -1 2 4 -305 60 -141 -3 -141 -4 2 -1 8 4 70 19 -5 -1 9 3 -2 2 8 54 152 -2 1 -4 2 0 -139 -4 2 2 -311 -178 30 37 * 1 2 7 2 2 70 -3 1 85 26 -1 4 4 -209 -1 7 13 Foreign countries.................................................... Europe.................................................................... Canada.................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean.............................. Asia......................................................................... Africa...................................................................... Other countries...................................................... 49 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations....................................................... -1 ,5 5 7 -177 -2 0 -547 ♦-7 7 2 -3 9 1,182 -8 -2 1 879 900 -1 7 4 10 55 84 -2 2 1 1 53 -1 1 4 4 -4 1 -2 8 2 2 24 1. Comprises oil-exporting countries as follows: Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, 2. Includes state and local government securities, and securities of U.S. Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial government agencies and corporations. Also includes issues of new debt States). securities sold abroad by U.S. corporations organized to finance direct investments abroad. A66 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.24 LIABILITIES TO UNAFFILIATED FOREIGNERS Reported by Nonbanking Business Enterprises in the United States ▲ Millions of dollars, end of period 1976 Type, and area or country 1979 1978 1977 June Sept. Dec. Mar. June 11,085 11,870 12,786 13,888 11,044 825 11,955 831 11,166 2,723 10,930 2,440 5,238 3,419 1,819 8,481 3,930 4,552 8,131 3,431 4,700 7,701 780 7,511 620 3,467 287 157 334 360 207 1,947 Dec. 13,370 10,284 801 5,407 3,465 1,942 .................................................................. 10,099 9,390 709 1 Total Sept. 3,281 254 133 293 391 187 1,852 By type By area or country Financial liabilities 205 233 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Latin America and Caribbean......................... Bahamas........................................................ Bermuda........................................................ Brazil.............................................................. British West Indies........................................ Mexico............................................................ Venezuela....................................................... 971 422 56 77 46 969 407 41 13 132 73 52 27 28 29 A sia.................................................................... Japan. ...................................................... Middle East oil-exporting countries 2. ........ 754 671 48 745 667 36 30 31 Africa................................................................. Oil-exporting countries 3 ............................... 5 5 2 1 32 All other 4 .......................................................... 5 5 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Commercial liabilities Europe................................................................ Belgium-Luxembourg................................... France. . .... ................ .......... Germany........................................................ Netherlands.................................................... Switzerland............................... .................... United Kingdom........................................... 2,927 73 312 519 206 321 760 2,809 10 122 68 336 390 193 343 811 40 Canada.. ............ 653 601 41 42 43 44 45 Latin America................................................... Bahamas........................................................ Bermuda........................................................ Brazil. . . . . ............ British West Indies. .. ........................... 1,102 . . . . 47 Venezuela....................................................... 1,031 25 95 75 53 130 306 48 49 50 A sia. . . . .... ............ Japan. .. ............................... Middle East oil-exporting countries 2 .. . 2,942 430 1,543 2,627 411 1,117 51 52 Africa................................................................. Oil-exporting countries3. ... ............ 724 313 754 345 53 All other 4 204 239 1. Prior to December 1978, foreign currency data include only liabilities denominated in foreign currencies with an original maturity of less than one year. 2. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 16 40 62 89 240 359 3. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 4. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. A For a description of the changes in the International Statistics tables, see July 1979 Bulletin, p. 550. Nonbank-Reported Data A67 3.25 CLAIMS ON UNAFFILIATED FOREIGNERS Reported by Nonbanking Business Enterprises in the United States A M illions of dollars, end of period Type, and area or country 1976 1979 1978 1977 June Sept. Dec. Mar. 71,298 23,229 23,260 27,138 21,665 1,564 21,292 1,968 24,160 2,978 19,097 13,989 13,087 903 5,108 3,573 1,535 10,762 10,008 754 10,938 357 Dec. 27,036 2,823 15,843 10,735 9,694 1,041 5,108 3,528 1,580 Sept. 29,859 19,880 1,418 11,295 10,647 647 .................................................................. 19,350 18,300 1,050 1 Total June 10,377 385 5,333 63 180 263 91 96 4,409 By type By area or country Financial claims 22 United Kingdom........................................... 5,054 48 179 529 107 98 3,850 23 Canada............................................................... 4,454 5,130 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Latin America and Caribbean......................... Bahamas........................................................ Bermuda........................................................ Brazil.............................................................. British West Indies........................................ Mexico............................................................ Venezuela....................................................... 5,197 2,836 80 151 1,231 146 149 7,566 4,124 62 137 2,394 145 142 31 32 33 A sia................................................................. Japan.............................................................. Middle East oil-exporting countries2 .......... 918 306 18 825 206 17 34 35 Africa................................................................. Oil-exporting countries 3 ............................... 180 10 203 26 36 All other 4 .......................................................... 41 39 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Commercial claims Europe................................................................ Belgium-Luxembourg................................... France............................................................ Germany........................................................ Netherlands.................................................... Switzerland.................................................... United Kingdom........................................... 3,935 145 607 392 256 213 802 3,800 172 487 495 270 253 678 44 Canada............................................................... 1,102 1,106 45 47 48 49 50 51 Latin America and Caribbean......................... 46 Bahamas ........................................................ Bermuda........................................................ Brazil.............................................................. British West Indies........................................ Mexico............................................................ Venezuela....................................................... 2,535 109 215 624 9 513 293 2,461 117 241 489 52 53 54 Asia.................................................................... Japan.............................................................. Middle East oil-exporting countries2......... 3,087 978 711 2,748 894 665 55 56 Africa................................................................. Oil-exporting countries 3 ............................... 449 137 445 132 57 All other 4 .......................................................... 187 201 1. Prior to December 1978, foreign currency data include only liabilities denominated in foreign currencies with an original maturity of less than one year. 2. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 10 497 273 3. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 4. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. A For a description of the changes in the International Statistics tables, see July 1979 Bulletin, p. 550. A68 International Statistics □ September 1979 3.26 DISCOUNT RATES OF FOREIGN CENTRAL BANKS Percent per annum Rate on Aug. 31,1979 Rate on Aug. 31,1979 Country Per cent Argentina........................ Austria............................. Belgium........................... Brazil............................... C anada............................ Denmark......................... Country Month effective 18.0 3.75 9.0 33.0 11.75 9.0 Feb. Jan. June Nov. July June Per cent France............................ Germany, Fed. Rep. of. 1972 1979 1979 1978 1979 1979 Netherlands................... N ote. Rates shown are mainly those at which the central bank either discounts or makes advances against eligible commercial paper and/or government securities for commercial banks or brokers. For countries with 9.5 5.0 10.5 5.25 4.5 8 .0 Rate on Aug. 31,1979 Country Month effective Aug. July Sept. July June July 1977 1979 1978 1979 1942 1979 Per cent 7.0 7.0 1.0 14.0 5.0 United Kingdom.......... Month effective Feb. July Feb. June Oct. 1978 1979 1978 1979 1970 more than one rate applicable to such discounts or advances, the rate shown is the one at which it is understood the central bank transacts the largest proportion of its credit operations. 3.27 FOREIGN SHORT-TERM INTEREST RATES Percent per annum, averages of daily figures 1977 1976 Country, or type 1979 1978 Mar. 4 Germany............................................................... 5 Switzerland............................................................ 5.58 11.35 9.39 4.19 1.45 7 France.................................................................... 8 Italy....................................................................... 9 Belgium................................................................. 10 Japan..................................................................... 7.02 8.65 16.32 10.25 7.70 May June July Aug. 8.74 9.18 8.52 3.67 0.74 4.73 9.20 14.26 6.95 10.64 11.98 11.08 4.42 0.03 10.60 11.64 11.18 5.50 0.93 10.75 11.76 11.26 5.89 1.54 10.52 13.02 11.17 6.40 1.51 10.87 13.87 11.29 6.77 1.19 11.53 14.06 11.78 7.04 1.67 6.53 6.03 8.07 7.47 4.30 2.56 1 Eurodollars........................................................... 2 United Kingdom................................................... Apr. 7.35 7.05 11.46 7.63 4.54 7.23 6.96 11.52 7.63 5.13 7.82 7.63 11.37 8.16 5.25 8.55 8.63 11.27 9.09 5.46 9.53 9.90 11.46 11.18 6.26 9.51 10.85 11.50 11.42 7.00 8.10 11.40 7.14 4.75 6.22 N ote. Rates are for 3-month interbank loans except for the following: Canada, finance company paper; Belgium, time deposits of 20 million francs and over; and Japan, loans and discounts that can be called after being held over a minimum of two month-ends. 3.28 FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES Cents per unit of foreign currency Country/currency 1976 1977 1979 1978 Mar. 1 2 3 4 5 Australia/dollar.................. Austria/schilling................. Belgium/franc..................... Canada/dollar..................... Denmark/krone.................. 6 Finland/markka................. 7 France/franc....................... 8 Germany/deutsche m ark... 9 India/rupee......................... 10 Ireland/pound..................... 11 Italy/lira.............................. 13 Malaysia/ringgit................. 15 Netherlands/guilder............ Apr. May 122.15 5.5744 2.5921 101.41 16.546 110.82 6.0494 2.7911 94.112 16.658 114.41 6.8958 3.1809 87.729 18.156 112.15 7.3312 3.3971 85.187 19.269 110.85 7.1862 3.3271 87.235 18.958 110.57 7.1222 3.2732 86.534 18.562 25.938 20.942 39.737 11.148 180.48 24.913 20.344 43.079 11.406 174.49 24.337 22.218 49.867 12.207 191.84 25.161 23.328 53.754 12.138 203.73 24.976 22.967 52.745 12.191 201.97 24.974 22.691 52.422 12.066 198.43 .12044 .33741 39.340 6.9161 37.846 .11328 .37342 40.620 4.4239 40.752 .11782 .47981 43.210 4.3896 46.284 .11888 .48470 45.440 4.3835 49.801 .11858 .46241 45.023 4.3780 48.794 .11744 .45797 44.934 4.3805 48.132 June 111.11 7.2081 3.3048 85.296 18.401 25.250 22.914 53.084 12.317 200.01 .11828 .45750 45.474 4.3767 48.374 July Aug. 112.83 7.4628 3.4240 85.920 19.072 112.83 7.4786 3.4140 85.425 18.964 26.040 23.535 54.817 12.651 206.79 26.075 23.491 54.666 12.484 205.79 .12192 .46189 46.422 4.3767 49.821 .12219 .45890 46.363 4.3804 49.805 18 Portugal/escudo................. 19 South Africa/rand.............. 20 Spain/peseta....................... 99.115 18.327 3.3159 114.85 1.4958 96.893 18.789 2.6234 114.99 1.3287 103.64 19.079 2.2782 115.01 1.3073 105.39 19.619 2.0855 118.40 1.4490 104.96 19.444 2.0482 117.94 1.4679 104.37 19.270 2.0214 118.22 1.5131 103.29 19.398 2.0192 118.31 1.5131 102.04 19.824 2.0551 118.46 1.5118 101.40 19.877 2.0332 119.38 1.5132 23 Switzerland/franc............... 24 United Kingdom/pound. . . 11.908 22.957 40.013 180.48 11.964 22.383 41.714 174.49 6.3834 22.139 56.283 191.84 6.4593 22.901 59.473 203.78 6.4455 22.772 58.220 207.34 6.4239 22.755 57.894 205.87 6.4059 23.028 58.884 211.19 6.3786 23.687 60.650 225.98 6.4174 23.693 60.349 223.68 M emo: 25 United States/dollar i .......... 105.57 103.31 92.39 88.39 89.49 90.31 89.56 86.93 87.24 1. Index of weighted average exchange value of U.S. dollar against currencies of other G-10 countries plus Switzerland. March 1973 = 100. Weights are 1972-76 global trade of each of the 10 countries. Series revised as of August 1978. For description and back data, see “Index of the Weighted-Average Exchange Value of the U.S. Dollar: Revision” on page 700 of the August 1978 Bulletin. N ote. Averages of certified noon buying rates in New York for cable transfers A 69 G uide to Tabular Presentation and Statistical Releases G u id e to T a b u l a r P r e s e n t a t io n S ym bols an d A b b revia tio n s c e P r * Corrected Estimated Preliminary Revised (Notation appears on column head ing when more than half of figures in that column are changed.) Amounts insignificant in terms of the last decimal place shown in the table (for example, less than 500,000 when the smallest unit given is millions) 0 n.a. n.e.c. IPCs REITs RPs SMSAs Calculated to be zero Not available Not elsewhere classified Individuals, partnerships, and corporations Real estate investment trusts Repurchase agreements Standard metropolitan statistical areas Cell not applicable G en eral Inform ation Minus signs are used to indicate (1) a decrease, (2) a negative figure, or (3) an outflow. “ U.S. government securities” may include guaran teed issues of U.S. government agencies (the flow of funds figures also include not fully guaranteed issues) as well as direct obligations of the Treasury. “ State and local government” also includes municipalities, special districts, and other political subdivisions. In some of the tables details do not add to totals because of rounding. S t a t ist ic a l R e l e a se s L ist P u blish ed S em ian n u ally, with L a te st B u lletin R eferen ce Anticipated schedule of release dates for individual releases................. Issue June 1979 Page A-76 A 70 F e d e ral R e se rv e B o a rd o f G o v e rn o rs P a u l A . V o l c k e r , C hairm an F r e d e r i c k H . S c h u l t z , V ice C hairm an H e n ry C. W a llic h P h ilip E . C o l d w e l l O ffice O ffice of S taff D ir e c to r for M o n e t a r y a n d F in a n c ia l P o l ic y of B o a r d M em bers Joseph R. C oyne, Assistant to the Board K e n n e th A. G u e n th e r, Assistant to the Board Jay P a u l B rennem an, Special Assistant to the Board F ra n k O ’B rien, J r ., Special Assistant to the Board Joseph S. Sims, Special Assistant to the Board D o n ald J. W inn, Special Assistant to the Board S tephen H. A x ilro d , Staff Director E dw ard C. E ttin , Deputy Staff Director M u rra y A ltm a n n , Assistant to the Board P e te r M. K eir, Assistant to the Board S ta n le y J. S ig el, Assistant to the Board N orm and R. V. B e rn a rd , Special Assistant to the Board L e g a l D iv isio n D iv i s i o n N e a l L. P e te rse n , General Counsel R o b e rt E. M annion, Deputy General Counsel C h a rle s R. M c N e ill, Assistant to the General Counsel J. V irg il M a ttin g ly , Assistant General Counsel G ilb e rt T. S c h w a rtz , Assistant General Counsel James L. K ich lin e, Director Joseph S. Z eisel, Deputy Director John H. K a lc h b re n n e r, Associate Director John J. M ingo, Senior Research Division Officer E le a n o r J. S to c k w e ll, Senior Research Division Officer James M. B ru n d y , Associate Research Division Officer R o b e rt A. Eisenbeis, Associate Research Division Officer Ja re d J. E n z le r , Associate Research Division Officer J. C o r tla n d G. P e re t, Associate Research Division Officer M ich ael J. P r e l l , Associate Research Division Officer H elm u t F. W en d el, Associate Research Division Officer R o b e rt M. F isher, Assistant Research Division Officer F red erick M. S tr u b le , Assistant Research Division Officer S tephen P. T a y lo r, Assistant Research Division Officer Levon H. G arab e d ian , Assistant Director O ffice of th e Se c r e t a r y T heodore E. A llis o n , Secretary G riffith L. G arw ood, Deputy Secretary R ichard H. P u c k e tt, Manager, Regulatory Improvement Project D iv isio n of C o n su m e r A ffairs J a n e t O. H a r t, Director N a th a n ie l E. B u t le r , Associate Director J e ra u ld C. K luckm an, Associate Director A nne G eary, Assistant Director D iv is io n of B a n k in g S u p e r v isio n a n d R e g u l a t io n John E. R yan, Director IF re d e ric k C. S ch ad ra ck , Deputy Director F re d erick R. D a h l, Associate Director W illiam T a y lo r, Associate Director W illiam W. W iles, Associate Director Jack M. E g e rtso n , Assistant Director R o b e rt A. Jacobsen, Assistant Director Don E. K lin e , Assistant Director R o b e rt S. P lo tk in , Assistant Director Thomas A. Sidman, Assistant Director Sam uel H. T a lle y , Assistant Director D iv isio n of of R esearch and S t a t is t ic s I n t e r n a t i o n a l Fi n a n c e Edwin M. T rum an, Director R o b e rt F. G em m ill, Associate Director G eorge B. H en ry , Associate Director C h a rle s J. Siegman, Associate Director Sam uel P izer, Senior International Division Officer Je ffre y R. S h a fe r, Associate International Division Officer D ale W. H en d erso n , Assistant International Division Officer L a rry J. Prom isel, Assistant International Division Officer R alp h W. Sm ith, J r., Assistant International Division Officer A 71 and O ffic ia l S ta ff J. C h a r l e s P a r t e e N ancy H . T eeters O ffice of S taff D ir ec to r for E m m e t t J. R ic e M anagement John M. D e n k le r, Staff Director E dw ard T. M u lre n in , Assistant Staff Director Joseph W. D an iels, S r., Director of Equal Employment Opportunity D iv isio n of D a t a P r o c e ssin g C h a rle s L. H am pton, Director B ruce M. B e ard sle y , Associate Director U yless D. B la c k , Assistant Director G len n L. Cummins, Assistant Director R o b e rt J. Zem el, Assistant Director D iv isio n of o f th e C ontroller John K a k a le c , Controller D iv isio n D o n a ld John L. W a lte r John D. of S u p p o r t S e rv ic es E. A n d e rso n ,Director G riz z a rd , Associate Director W. K reim ann, Associate Director Sm ith, Assistant Director tOn loan from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. W illiam H. W a lla c e , Staff Director H a rry A. G u in te r, Assistant Director for Contingency Planning D iv isio n of F e d e r a l R e se r ve B a n k E x a m in a t io n s a n d B u d g e t s C ly d e H. F a rn s w o rth , J r., Associate Director C h a rle s W. B e n n e tt, Assistant Director John F. H oover, Assistant Director P. D. Ring, Assistant Director Raymond L. Teed, Assistant Director Pe r so n n e l D avid L. S h an n o n , Director John R. Weis, Assistant Director C h a rle s W. W ood, Assistant Director O ffice O ffice of S taff D ir ec to r for Fe d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k A c t iv it ie s D iv isio n of F e d e r a l R e se r ve B a n k O p e r a t io n s James R. K u dlinski, Director W a lte r A lth a u s e n , Assistant Director B rian M. C arey , Assistant Director Lorin S. M eeder, Assistant Director A 72 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ September 1979 FOMC and Advisory Councils Fe d e r a l O p e n M arket C o m m it t e e P a u l A. V o lc k e r , Chairman Frederick H . S c h u l t z N a n c y H. T eeters H e n r y C. W a l l i c h M o n r o e K imbrel R obert M ayo J. C h a r l e s P a r t e e E m m e t t J. R ice Jo h n B a l l e s R ober t B lack P h i l i p E. C o l d w e l l M u r r a y A l t m a n n , Secretary N o r m a n d R . V. B e r n a r d , Assistant Secretary N e a l L. P e t e r s e n , General Counsel J a m e s H. O l t m a n , Deputy General Counsel R o b e r t E. M a n n i o n , Assistant General Counsel S t e p h e n H . A x i l r o d , Economist A l a n R . H o l m e s , A dvisor for Market Operations H ar r y B r a n d t , Associate Economist R i c h a r d G . D a v i s , Associate Economist E d w a r d C. E t t i n , Associate Economist G e o r g e B . H e n r y , Associate Economist P e t e r M . K e i r , Associate Economist M i c h a e l K e r a n , Associate Economist J a m e s L. K i c h l i n e , Associate Economist J a m e s P a r t h e m u s , Associate Economist K ar l S c h e l d , Associate Economist E d w i n M . T r u m a n , Associate Economist J o s e p h S. Z e i s e l , Associate Economist P e t e r D . S t e r n l i g h t , Manager for Domestic Operations, System Open Market Account S c o t t E. P a r d e e , Manager for Foreign Operations, System Open Market Account Fe d e r a l A d v is o r y C o u n c il J. W . M c L e a n , t e n t h district, President H e n r y S. W o o d b r i d g e , J r ., fi r st d is t r i c t W a l t e r B . W r i s t o n , s e c o n d d i s t r ic t W i l l i a m B . E a g l e s o n , J r ., t h i r d d is t r i c t M e r l e E . G i l l i a n d , f o u r t h d is t r i c t J. O w e n C o l e , f i f t h d is t r i c t F r a n k A . P l u m m e r , s i x t h d is t r ic t R o g e r E. A n d e r s o n , s e v e n t h d is t r ic t C l a r e n c e C . B a r k s d a l e , e i g h t h d is t r ic t C l a r e n c e G. F r a m e , n i n t h district J ames D . B e r r y , e l e v e n t h district C h a u n c e y E. S c h m i d t , t w e l f t h d is t r ic t H e r b e r t V. P r o c h n o w , Secretary W i l l i a m J. K o r s v i k , Associate Secretary C o nsu m er A d v is o r y C o u n c il D. W a r r e n , L os Angeles, California, Chairman A. H a k a l a , Omaha, Nebraska, Vice Chairman P er cy W. L o y , Portland, Oregon R o l a n d E. B r a n d e l , San F r a n c isc o , C aliforn ia R. C. M o r g a n , El Paso, Texas J a m e s L. B r o w n , M i l w a u k e e , W i s c o n s i n F l o r e n c e M . R i c e , New York, New York M a r k E . B u d n i t z , A tlan ta , G e o r g i a R a l p h J. R o h n e r , Washington, D. C. Jo h n G . B u l l , Fort L a u d er d a le , F lo rida R a y m o n d J. S a u l n i e r , New York, New York R o b e r t V. B u l l o c k , Frankfort, K en tu c k y C a r l F e l s e n f e l d , N e w Y o r k , N e w York H e n r y B . S c h e c h t e r , Washington, D. C. J e a n A . F o x , P ittsburgh, P e n n s y lv a n ia E. G . S c h u h a r t II, A m a r i ll o , T e x a s B l air C. S h i c k , C a m b r id g e , Massachusetts R i c h a r d H. H o l t o n , B e r k e l e y , Californ ia W i l l ia m M arcia E d n a D e C o u r s e y J o h n s o n , B a lt im o r e , M a r y land R i c h a r d F. K e r r , Cincinnati, Ohio R o b e r t J. K l e i n , New York, New York H a r v e y M. K u h n l e y , Minneapolis, Minnesota T h o m a s R. S w a n , Portland, M a in e A n n e G a r y T a y l o r , A le x a n d r ia , V ir g in ia R i c h a r d A . V a n W i n k l e , Salt L ake C it y , Utah R i c h a r d D. W a g n e r , S i m s b u r y , C o n n e c tic u t M a r y W . W a l k e r , M o n r o e , G e o r g ia A 73 Federal Reserve Banks, Branches, and Offices FEDERAL RESERVE BANK, branch, or facility Zip Chairman Deputy Chairman President First Vice President BO ST O N *....................... 02106 Robert M. Solow Robert P. Henderson Frank E. Morris James A. McIntosh NEW Y O R K * ................ 10045 Robert H. Knight Boris Yavitz Frederick D. Berkeley, III Vacancy Thomas M. Timlen PHILADELPHIA...........19105 John W. Eckman Werner C. Brown David P. Eastburn Richard L. Smoot CLEVELAND*.............. 44101 Robert E. Kirby Arnold R. Weber Lawrence H. Rogers, II G. J. Tankersley Willis J. Winn Walter H. MacDonald Maceo A. Sloan Steven Muller I. E. Killian Robert E. Elberson Vice President in charge of branch Robert P. Black George C. Rankin B u ffa lo ......................... 14240 C incinnati....................45201 Pittsburgh.................... 15230 R IC H M O N D *................ 23261 Baltimore..................... 21203 C harlotte..................... 28230 John T. Keane Robert E. Showalter Robert D. Duggan Jimmie R. Monhollon Stuart P. Fishburne Culpeper Communications and Records Center 22701 A T L A N T A ..................... 30303 Birmingham................35202 Jacksonville................ 32203 M ia m i...........................33152 N a sh v ille..................... 37203 New O rleans.............. 70161 CHICAGO* ....................60690 Detroit...........................48231 ST. L O U IS ..................... 63166 Little Rock ................ 72203 Louisville ..................40232 Memphis ....................38101 M INNEAPOLIS.............55480 H elena...........................59601 KANSAS C IT Y .............64198 D en v er......................... 80217 Oklahoma C ity...........73125 Omaha .........................68102 D A L L A S .........................75222 El P a so .........................79999 H ouston ....................... 77001 San A ntonio................ 78295 SAN FRANCISCO....... 94120 Los A ngeles................ 90051 Portland....................... 97208 Salt Lake City .........84125 Seattle .........................98124 Albert D. Tinkelenberg Clifford M. Kirtland, Jr. William A. Fickling, Jr. William H. Martin, III Copeland D. Newbern Castle W. Jordan Cecelia Adkins Levere C. Montgomery Monroe Kimbrel Robert P. Forrestal Robert H. Strotz John Sagan Jordan B. Tatter Robert P. Mayo Daniel M. Doyle Armand C. Stalnaker William B. Walton G. Larry Kelley James F. Thompson Frank A. Jones, Jr. Lawrence K. Roos Donald W. Moriarty, Jr. Stephen F. Keating William G. Phillips Patricia P. Douglas Mark H. Willes Thomas E. Gainor Harold W. Andersen Joseph H. Williams A. L. Feldman Christine H. Anthony Durward B. Varner Roger Guffey Henry R. Czerwinski Irving A. Mathews Gerald D. Hines A. J. Losee Gene M. Woodfin Pat Legan Ernest T. Baughman Robert H. Boykin Joseph F. Alibrandi Cornell C. Maier Caroline L. Ahmanson Loran L. Stewart Wendell J. Ashton Lloyd E. Cooney John J. Balles John B. Williams Hiram J. Honea Charles D. East F. J. Craven, Jr. Jeffrey J. Wells George C. Guynn William C. Conrad John F. Breen Donald L. Henry L. Terry Britt John D. Johnson Wayne W. Martin William G. Evans Robert D. Hamilton Fredric W. Reed J. Z. Rowe Carl H. Moore Richard C. Dunn Angelo S. Carella A. Grant Holman Gerald R. Kelly * Additional offices of these Banks are located at Lewiston, Maine 04240; Windsor Locks, Connecticut 06096; Cranford, New Jersey 07016; Jericho, New York 11753; Utica at Oriskany, New York 13424; Columbus, Ohio 43216; Columbia, South Carolina 29210; Charleston, West Virginia 25311; Des Moines, Iowa 50306; Indianapolis, Indiana 46204; and Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. A 74 Federal Reserve Board Publications A va ila b le from Publications S ervices, D ivision o f Sup p o rt S ervices, B oard o f G overnors of the Federal R e serve System , W ashington, D .C . 20551. W here a charge is indicated , rem ittance should accom pany re- quest and be m ade p a y a b le to the order of the B oard of G overnors o f the F ederal R eserve System . R em it tance from foreign residents should be draw n on a U .S. bank. (Stam ps and coupons are not accepted.) T he B a n k C r e d it -C a r d a n d C h e c k -C r e d it P l a n s . 1 968. 102 pp. $ 1 .0 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ .8 5 each . S u r v e y of C h a n g e s in F a m il y F i n a n c e s . 1 9 6 8 . 321 p p. $ 1 .0 0 each; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ .8 5 each . R epo r t of t h e Jo in t T r e a s u r y -F e d e r a l R e se r ve S t u d y o f t h e U .S . G o v e r n m e n t S e c u r it ie s M a r k e t . 1 969. 4 8 p p. $ .2 5 each; 10 or m ore to on e address, $ .2 0 each . J o in t T r e a s u r y - F e d e r a l R e s e r v e S t u d y o f t h e G o v e r n m e n t S e c u r itie s M a rk et: S t a f f S tu d ie s — P a r t 1. 1 9 7 0 . 8 6 pp. $ .5 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ .4 0 ea ch . P a r t 2 . 1 9 7 1 . 153 pp. and P a r t 3 . 1 9 7 3 . 131 pp. E ach v o lu m e $ 1 .0 0 ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ .8 5 each . O p e n M a r k e t P o l ic ie s a n d O p e r a t in g P r o c e d u r e s — S t a f f S t u d i e s . 19 7 1 . 2 1 8 pp. $ 2 .0 0 each ; 10 or m ore to o n e ad d ress, $ 1 .7 5 each . R e a p p r a is a l o f t h e F e d e r a l R e s e r v e D i s c o u n t M e c h a n is m . Vol. 1. 1 9 7 1 . 2 7 6 pp. Vol. 2. 1 9 71. 173 pp. Vol. 3. 1 9 7 2 . 2 2 0 pp. Each v o lu m e $ 3 .0 0 ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 2 .5 0 each . T h e E c o n o m et r ics of P rice D e t e r m in a t io n C o n f e r e n c e , O ctober 3 0 - 3 1 , 1 9 7 0 , W ash in gton , D .C . 1 972. 3 9 7 pp. C loth ed . $ 5 .0 0 each; 10 or m ore to on e address, $ 4 .5 0 each . Paper ed . $ 4 .0 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 3 .6 0 each . F e d e r a l R e se r ve S t a f f S t u d y : W a y s to M o d e r a t e F l u c t u a t io n s in H o u s in g C o n s t r u c t io n . 19 7 2 . 4 8 7 pp. $ 4 .0 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 3 .6 0 each . L e n d in g F u n c t io n s o f t h e F e d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k s . 1 973. 271 pp. $ 3 .5 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e address, $ 3 .0 0 each . I m p r o v in g t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s : R e po r t of t h e A d v iso r y C o m m it t e e o n M o n e t a r y S t a t is t ic s . 1976. 43 pp. $ 1 .0 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e address, $ .8 5 each . A n n u a l P e r c e n t a g e R a t e T a b l e s (Truth in L en d ing— R egu lation Z ) Vol. I (R egular T ransactions). 19 6 9 . 100 pp. Vol. II (Irregular T ransactions). 1 9 6 9 . 116 pp. E ach v o lu m e $ 1 .0 0 , 10 or m ore o f sam e volu m e to o n e ad d ress, $ .8 5 each . F e d e r a l R ese rve M e a s u r e s of C a pa c it y a n d C a pa c ity U t il iz a t io n . 1978. 4 0 pp. $ 1 .7 5 ea ch , 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 1 .5 0 . each . T h e B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n y M o v e m e n t to 1978: A C o m p e n d iu m . 1 978. 2 8 9 pp. $ 2 .5 0 ea ch , 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 2 .2 5 each . I m p r o v in g t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s : S t a ff P a p e r s . 1978. 170 pp. $ 4 .0 0 ea ch , 10 or m ore to on e address, $ 3 .7 5 each . 1977 C o n su m e r C r e d it S u r v e y . 1978. 119 pp. $ 2 .0 0 each . F e d e r a l R e se r v e S y st e m — P u r p o s e s F u n c t i o n s . 1 9 7 4 . 125 pp. and A n n u a l R epo rt. F e d e r a l R e se r v e B u l l e t i n . M on th ly. $ 2 0 .0 0 per year or $ 2 .0 0 each in the U n ited S tates, its p o s s e s sio n s, C anada, and M e x ic o ; 10 or m ore o f sam e issu e to o n e ad d ress, $ 1 8 .0 0 per year or $ 1 .7 5 ea ch . E lsew h ere, $ 2 4 .0 0 per year or $ 2 .5 0 each . B a n k in g a n d M o n e t a r y S t a t is t ic s , 1 9 1 4 - 1 9 4 1 . (R eprint o f Part 1 o n ly ) 1 976. 6 8 2 pp. $ 5 .0 0 . B a n k in g a n d M o n e t a r y S t a t is t ic s , 1 9 4 1 -1 9 7 0 . 1 9 7 6 . 1 ,1 6 8 p p. $ 1 5 .0 0 . A n n u a l S t a t ist ic a l D ig est 1 9 7 1 -7 5 . 1 9 7 6 . 3 3 9 pp. $ 4 .0 0 per co p y for each paid su b scrip tion to Federal R eserve B ulletin ; all others $ 5 .0 0 each . 1 9 7 2 -7 6 . 1977. 3 3 8 pp. $ 1 0 .0 0 per co p y . 1 9 7 3 -7 7 . 1 9 78. 361 pp. $ 1 2 .0 0 per co p y . F e d e r a l R ese r v e C h a r t B o o k . Issu ed four tim es a year in F ebruary, M a y , A u g u st, and N ovem b er. S ubscription in clu d es on e issu e o f H istorical Chart B o o k . $ 7 .0 0 per year or $ 2 .0 0 each in the U nited S tates, its p o ss e ss io n s, C anada, and M e x ic o . E ls e w h ere, $ 1 0 .0 0 per year or $ 3 .0 0 each . H isto r ic al C h a r t B o o k . Issu ed annually in Sep t. Subscription to Federal R eserve Chart B o o k in clu d es on e issu e. $ 1 .2 5 each in the U n ited S tates, its p o ss e ss io n s, C anada, and M ex ico ; 10 or m ore to on e address, $ 1 .0 0 each . E lsew h ere, $ 1 .5 0 each . C a pit a l M a r k e t D e v e l o p m e n t s . W e e k ly . $ 1 5 .0 0 per year or $ .4 0 each in the U n ited S tates, its p o s s e s sio n s , C anada, and M e x ic o ; 10 or m ore o f sam e issu e to on e a d d ress, $ 1 3 .5 0 per year or $ .3 5 each . E lsew h ere, $ 2 0 .0 0 per year or $ .5 0 each . S e l e c t e d I n t e r e st a n d E x c h a n g e R at es — W e e k l y S eries of C h a r t s . W e e k ly . $ 1 5 .0 0 per year or $ .4 0 each in the U n ited S tates, its p o ss e ss io n s, C anada, and M e x ic o ; 10 or m ore o f sam e issu e to on e ad d ress, $ 1 3 .5 0 per year or $ .3 5 each . E lsew h ere, $ 2 0 .0 0 per year or $ .5 0 each . T h e F e d e r a l R e se r v e A c t , as am ended through D e cem b er 1 9 7 6 , w ith an ap p en d ix con tain in g p ro v i sio n s o f certain other statutes affectin g the Federal R eserv e S y stem . 3 0 7 pp. $ 2 .5 0 . R e g u l a t io n s o f t h e B o a r d o f G o v e r n o r s of t h e F e d e r a l R e se r v e S y st e m P u b l is h e d I n t e r p r e t a t io n s o f t h e B o a r d of G o v e r n o r s , as o f D e c . 3 1 , 1 9 7 8 . $ 7 .5 0 . I n d u s t r ia l P r o d u c t io n — 1976 E d i t i o n . 1 9 7 7 . 3 0 4 p p. $ 4 .5 0 each ; 10 or m ore to on e ad d ress, $ 4 .0 0 ea ch . Federal Reserve Board Publications C o n su m e r E d u c a t io n P a m p h l e t s (Short pam phlets suitable fo r classroom use. M ultiple copies available without charge.) T h e B o a r d of G o v e r n o r s of t h e F e d e r a l R e se r ve S ystem C o n su m e r H a n d b o o k T o C re d it P r o t e c t io n L a w s . T he E q u a l C r e d it O p p o r t u n it y A ct a n d . . . A g e . T he E q u a l C r e d it O p p o r t u n it y A ct a n d . . . C r e d it R ig h t s in H o u s i n g . T he E q u a l C r e d it O p p o r t u n it y A ct a n d . . . D o c t o r s , L a w y e r s , S m a ll R e t a il e r s , a n d O t h e r s W ho M a y P r o v id e I n c id e n t a l C r e d it . T h e E q u a l C r e d it O p p o r t u n it y A ct a n d . . . W om en. F air C r e d it B i l l i n g . T he F e d e r a l O p e n M a r k e t C o m m it t ee F e d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k B o a r d o f D irectors F e d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k s A G u id e to F e d e r a l R e se r ve R e g u l a t io n s . H o w to F ile A C o n s u m e r C r e d it C o m p l a in t . If Y o u B o rr o w T o B u y S t o c k . I f Y o u U se A C r e d it C a r d . T r u t h in L e a s in g . U .S . C u r r e n c y . W h a t T r u t h in L e n d in g M e a n s to Y o u . S t a f f S t u d ie s (Studies and p a p e rs on econom ic and financial sub jec ts that are o f general interest.) Summaries Only Printed in the Bulletin (R equests to obtain single copies o f the full text or to be added to the m ailing list fo r the series may be sent to Publications S ervices.) T h e B e h a v i o r o f M e m b e r B a n k R e q u ir e d R e s e r v e R a tio s a n d t h e E f f e c t s o f B o a r d A c t io n , 1 9 6 8 - 7 7 , by T h om as D . S im p so n . July 1 978. 39 pp. F o o t h o l d A c q u i s it i o n s a n d B a n k M a r k e t S t r u c t u r e , by S teph en A . R h oad es and Paul S c h w e it zer, July 1 9 7 8 . 8 pp. I n t e r e st R a t e C e il in g s a n d D i s in t e r m e d ia t io n , by Edward F. M c K e lv e y . S ep t. 1978. 105 pp. T h e R e l a t io n s h ip B e t w e e n R e se r ve R at io s a n d t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s U n d e r R e serves a n d F e d e r a l F u n d s R a t e O p e r a t in g T a r g e t s , by K enneth J. K o p eck y . D e c . 1978. 58 pp. T ie - in s B e t w e e n t h e G r a n t in g o f C r e d it a n d S a l e s o f I n s u r a n c e by B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n ie s a n d O t h e r L e n d e r s , b y R obert A . E isen b eis and Paul R . S ch w eitzer. F eb . 1979. 75 pp. G e o g r a ph ic E x p a n s io n o f B a n k s a n d C h a n g e s in B a n k in g S t r u c t u r e , by S teph en A . R h oad es. M ar. 19 7 9 . 4 0 pp. I m pac t o f t h e D o l l a r D e p r e c ia t io n o n t h e U .S . P rice L e v e l : A n A n a l y t ic a l S u r v e y of E m pirica l E s t im a t e s , by Peter H oop er and Barbara R . L o w rey . A pr. 1979. 53 pp. In n o v a t i o n s i n B a n k L o a n C o n t r a c t i n g : R e c e n t E v i d e n c e , b y P a u l W . B o lt z an d T im S . C a m p b e ll. M a y 1 9 7 9 . 4 0 p p . A 75 M e a s u r e m e n t o f C a pa c it y U t il i z a t io n : P r o b le m s a n d T a s k s , by Frank de L e eu w , L aw ren ce R. F orest, Jr., R ichard D . R ad d ock , and Z oltan E. K en esey . July 1979. 2 6 4 pp. T h e M a r k e t for F e d e r a l F u n d s a n d R e pu r c h a se A g r e e m e n t s , by T h om as D . S im p so n . July 1979. 106 pp. Printed in Full in the Bulletin (Included under “R e p r in ts .”) R e p r in t s (Except for Staff P apers, Staff Studies, and som e leading articles, m ost of the articles reprinted do not exceed 12 p a g e s.) M e a su r e s o f S e c u r it y C r e d it . 1 2 /7 0 . R e v isio n of B a n k C r e d it S e r ie s . 1 2 /7 1 . A ssets a n d L ia b il it ie s o f F o r e ig n B r a n c h e s of U .S . B a n k s . 2 /7 2 . B a n k D e b it s , D e p o s it s , a n d D e po sit T u r n o v e r — R e v ise d S e r ie s . 7 /7 2 . Y ie l d s o n N e w l y Is s u e d C o r po r a t e B o n d s . 9 /7 2 . R e c e n t A c t iv it ie s o f F o r e ig n B r a n c h e s o f U .S . B a n k s . 1 0 /7 2 . O n e - B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n ie s B e fo r e t h e 1970 A m e n d m e n t s . 1 2 /7 2 . Y ie l d s o n R e c e n t l y O ff e r e d C o r po r a t e B o n d s . 5 /7 3 . R a t e s o n C o n s u m e r I n s t a l m e n t L o a n s . 9 /7 3 . N e w S eries for L ar g e M a n u f a c t u r in g C o r p o r a t i o n s . 1 0 /7 3 . U .S . E n e r g y S u p p lie s a n d U s e s , Staff E conom ic Study by C layton G eh m an. 1 2 /7 3 . T h e S t r u c t u r e o f M a r g in C r e d i t . 4 /7 5 . N e w S t a t ist ic a l S eries o n L o a n C o m m it m e n t s at S e l e c t e d L arg e C om m er c ial B a n k s . 4 /7 5 . A n A s s e s s m e n t o f B a n k H o l d i n g C o m p a n ie s , Staff E conom ic Study by Robert J. L aw ren ce and S a m uel H . T a lley . 1 /7 6 . I n d u s t r ia l E l ec t r ic P o w e r U s e . 1 /7 6 . R e v isio n of M o n e y S to ck M e a s u r e s . 2 /7 6 . S u r v e y of F in a n c e C o m p a n ie s , 1 9 7 5 . 3 /7 6 . R e v ise d S e ries for M e m b e r B a n k D e po sit s a n d A g g r e g a t e R e s e r v e s . 4 /7 6 . I n d u s t r ia l P r o d u c t io n — 1976 R e v is i o n . 6 /7 6 . F e d e r a l R e se r ve O pe r a t io n s in P a y m e n t M e c h a n is m s : A S u m m a r y . 6 /7 6 . N e w E st im a t e s of C a pa c it y U t il i z a t io n : M a n u fa c t u r in g a n d M a t e r ia l s . 1 1 /7 6 . B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n y F in a n c ia l D e v e l o p m e n t s in 1 976. 4 /7 7 . S u r v e y of T erm s of B a n k L e n d in g — N e w S e r ie s . 5 /7 7 . T h e C om m er c ial P a pe r M a r k e t . 6 /7 7 . T h e F e d e r a l B u d g e t in t h e 1 9 7 0 ’s. 9 / 7 D S u m m a r y M e a su r e s of t h e D o l l a r ’s F o r e ig n E x c h a n g e V a l u e . 1 0 /7 8 . S u r v e y of T im e a n d S a v in g s D e po sit s at C om m er c ial B a n k s , January 1 979. 5 /7 9 . R e d e f in in g t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s . 1 /7 9 . U .S . I n t e r n a t io n a l T r a n s a c t io n s in 1978. 4 /7 9 . A76 Index to Statistical Tables References are to p ages A -3 through A -6 8 although the prefix “A ” is om itted in this index A C C E P T A N C E S , bankers, 11, 2 5 , 27 A gricultural lo a n s, com m ercial b an k s, 18, 2 0 - 2 2 , 26 A ssets and lia b ilities ( See also F oreign ers) B an k s, by c la s s e s , 16, 17, 18, 2 0 - 2 3 , 29 D o m estic finance co m p a n ie s, 39 Federal R eserve B an k s, 12 N onfinancial corp oration s, current, 38 A u to m o b iles C on su m er in stallm en t cred it, 4 2 , 43 P roduction, 4 8 , 4 9 B A N K E R S b a la n ces, 16, 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22 (See also F oreign ers) Banks for C o o p era tiv es, 35 B on d s ( See also U .S . govern m en t secu rities) N ew issu es, 3 6 Y ie ld s, 3 Branch banks A ssets and lia b ilities o f foreign branches o f U .S . b an k s, 5 6 L iab ilities o f U .S . banks to their foreign bran ch es, 23 B u sin ess a ctiv ity , 4 6 B u sin ess exp en d itu res on new plant and eq u ip m en t, 38 B u sin ess loan s (See C om m ercial and industrial loan s) C A P A C IT Y u tilization , 4 6 Capital a ccou n ts B an k s, by c la s s e s , 16, 17, 19, 20 Federal R eserve B an k s, 12 Central b an k s, 68 Certificates o f d ep o sit, 2 3 , 27 C om m ercial and industrial loans C om m ercial b an k s, 15, 18, 26 W eek ly reporting b an k s, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 2 3 , 24 C om m ercial banks A ssets and lia b ilities, 3 , 1 5 - 1 9 , 2 0 - 2 3 , 6 9 - 7 2 B u sin e ss lo a n s, 2 6 C om m ercial and industrial loan s, 2 4 , 26 C on su m er loan s h eld , by ty p e , 4 2 , 43 L oans sold outright, 23 N u m ber, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 19 R eal estate m ortgages h eld , by type o f holder and property, 41 C om m ercial paper, 3 , 2 5 , 2 7 , 39 C on d ition statem ents (See A ssets and liab ilities) C on stru ction , 4 6 , 50 C on su m er installm ent cred it, 4 2 , 43 C on su m er p rices, 4 6 , 51 C on su m p tion ex p en d itu res, 5 2 , 53 C orporations Profits, ta x es, and d iv id en d s, 37 S ecu rity issu e s, 3 6 , 65 C ost o f liv in g (See C onsum er p rices) C redit u n io n s, 2 9 , 4 2 , 43 C urrency and c o in , 5 , 16, 18 Currency in circu lation , 4 , 14 C u stom er cred it, stock m arket, 28 D E B IT S to d ep osit a cco u n ts, 13 D eb t (S ee specific types of debt or securities) D em an d d ep osits A d justed , com m ercial b an k s, 13, 15, 19 B an k s, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 19, 2 0 - 2 3 O w n ership by in d ivid u als, partnerships, and corp oration s, 25 Subject to reserve req u irem en ts, 15 T urnover, 13 D ep osits (See also specific types) B an k s, b y c la s se s , 3 , 16, 17, 1 9 , 2 0 - 2 3 , 2 9 , 6 9 - 7 2 F ederal R eserve B a n k s, 4 , 12 Subject to reserve requ irem en ts, 15 T urnover, 13 D iscou n t rates at R eserve B anks (See Interest rates) D isc o u n ts and ad van ces b y R eserv e B an k s ( See L oan s) D iv id en d s, corporate, 37 E M P L O Y M E N T , 4 6 , 47 E urodollars, 27 F A R M m ortgage lo a n s, 41 Farmers H om e A d m in istration , 41 Federal a gen cy o b lig a tio n s, 4 , 1 1, 12, 13, 34 Federal and fed erally sp on sored credit a g en cies, 35 Federal finance D eb t subject to statutory lim itation and types and ow n ersh ip of gross d eb t, 32 R eceip ts and o u tla y s, 3 0 , 31 Treasury operating b alan ce, 30 Federal F in an cin g B an k , 3 0 , 35 Federal fu n d s, 3 , 6 , 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 2 7 , 30 Federal H om e Loan B an k s, 35 Federal H om e Loan M ortgage C orporation, 3 5 , 4 0 , 41 Federal H ou sin g A d m in istration , 3 5 , 4 0 , 41 Federal Interm ediate Credit B an k s, 35 Federal Land B an k s, 3 5 , 41 Federal N ational M ortgage A sso c ia tio n , 3 5 , 4 0 , 41 Federal R eserve Banks C on d ition statem ent, 12 D iscou n t rates (S ee Interest rates) U .S . govern m en t secu rities h eld , 4 , 12, 13, 3 2 , 33 Federal R eserve cred it, 4 , 5 , 12, 13 Federal R eserve n o te s, 12 F ederally sp on sored credit a g e n c ie s, 35 F inance com p an ies A ssets and lia b ilities, 39 B u sin ess cred it, 39 L oan s, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 4 2 , 43 Paper, 2 5 , 27 Financial in stitu tion s, loans to, 18, 2 0 - 2 2 F loat, 4 F low o f fu n d s, 4 4 , 45 F oreign Currency op eration s, 12 D ep o sits in U .S . b an k s, 4 , 12, 19, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22 E xch an ge rates, 68 T rade, 55 F oreigners C laim s o n , 5 6 , 5 8 , 6 1 , 6 2 , 6 3 , 67 L iab ilities to , 2 3 , 5 6 - 6 0 , 6 4 - 6 6 GOLD C ertificates, 12 S to c k , 4 , 55 G overn m en t N ational M ortgage A sso c ia tio n , 3 5 , 4 0 , 41 G ross national product, 5 2 , 53 A 77 H O U S IN G , new and ex istin g un its, 50 IN C O M E , personal and nation al, 4 6 , 5 2 , 53 Industrial p rod u ction , 4 6 , 48 Installm ent lo a n s, 4 2 , 43 Insurance co m p a n ie s, 2 9 , 3 2 , 3 3 , 41 Insured com m ercial b an k s, 17, 18, 19, 6 9 - 7 2 Interbank lo a n s and d ep o sits, 16, 17 Interest rates B o n d s, 3 B u sin e ss loan s o f b anks, 26 Federal R eserve B an k s, 3 , 8 F oreign co u n tries, 68 M on ey and capital m arkets, 3 , 27 M ortg a g es, 3 , 4 0 Prim e rate, co m m ercial b anks, 26 T im e and sa v in g s d ep o sits, 10, 72 International capital transactions ot the U nited S tates, 5 6 - 6 7 International org an ization s, 5 6 - 6 1 , 6 4 - 6 7 In ven tories, 52 Investm ent co m p a n ie s, issu es and a ssets, 37 In vestm en ts ( See also specific types) B an k s, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 29 C om m ercial b anks, 3 , 15, 16, 17, 18 Federal R eserv e B an k s, 12, 13 L ife insurance co m p a n ie s, 29 S a v in g s and loan a sso cia tio n s, 29 L A B O R fo rce, 4 7 L ife insurance co m p an ies ( See Insurance com p an ies) Loans (See also specific types) B an k s, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 18, 2 0 - 2 3 , 29 C om m ercial b an k s, 3 , 1 5 -1 8 , 2 0 - 2 3 , 2 4 , 26 Federal R eserv e B an k s, 3 , 4 , 5 , 8 , 12, 13 Insurance co m p a n ie s, 2 9 , 41 Insured or guaranteed by U nited S tates, 4 0 , 41 S a v in g s and loan a sso cia tio n s, 29 M A N U F A C T U R IN G C apacity u tilization , 4 6 P rod uction , 4 6 , 4 9 M argin req u irem en ts, 28 M em ber banks A ssets and lia b ilities, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 18 B o rro w in g s at Federal R eserve B an k s, 5 , 12 N u m ber, by c la s se s , 16, 17, 19 R eserve p o sitio n , b a sic, 6 R eserve req u irem en ts, 9 R eserv es and related item s, 3 , 4 , 5 , 15 M ining p ro d u ction , 4 9 M ob ile h om e sh ip m en ts, 50 M onetary a g g reg a tes, 3 , 15 M on ey and capital m arket rates ( See Interest rates) M on ey stock m easu res and co m p o n e n ts, 3 , 14 M ortgages (S ee Real estate loan s) Mutual funds (S ee In vestm en t com p an ies) Mutual sa v in g s b an k s, 3 , 10, 2 0 - 2 2 , 2 9 , 3 2 , 3 3 , 41 N A T IO N A L b anks, 17 N ational d efen se ou tla y s, 31 N ational in co m e, 52 N on m em b er b an k s, 17, 18, 19 O P E N m arket tran saction s, 1 1 P E R S O N A L in co m e, 53 Prices C on su m er and producer, 4 6 , 51 S tock m arket, 28 Prim e rate, co m m ercial b anks, 26 P rod uction , 4 6 , 4 8 Profits, corp orate, 37 R E A L estate loans B an k s, by c la s se s , 18, 2 0 - 2 2 , 2 9 , 41 L ife insurance c o m p a n ie s, 29 M ortgage term s, y ie ld s, and a ctiv ity , 3 , 4 0 T yp e o f holder and property m ortgaged , 41 R eserve p o sitio n , b a sic, m em ber b an k s, 6 R eserve requ irem en ts, m em ber b an k s, 9 R eserves C om m ercial b an k s, 16, 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22 Federal R eserve B an k s, 12 M em ber b an k s, 3 , 4 , 5 , 15, 16, 18 U .S . reserve a ssets, 55 R esidential m ortgage loan s, 4 0 Retail credit and retail sa le s, 4 2 , 4 3 , 4 6 S A V IN G F lo w o f fu n d s, 4 4 , 4 5 N ational in com e a cco u n ts, 53 S avin gs and loan a ss n s., 3 , 10, 2 9 , 3 3 , 4 1 , 4 4 S a v in g s d ep osits (S ee T im e d ep osits) >S a v in g s in stitu tion s, se lecte d a ssets, 29 S ecu rities (See also U .S . govern m en t secu rities) Federal and fed erally sp on sored a g e n c ie s , 35 F oreign tran saction s, 65 N ew issu e s, 36 P rices, 28 S p ecial D raw in g R ig h ts, 4 , 12, 5 4 , 55 State and local govern m en ts D e p o sits, 19, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22 H old in gs o f U .S . govern m en t secu rities, 3 2 , 33 N ew security issu e s, 36 O w n ership o f secu rities o f, 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 29 Y ield s o f se cu rities, 3 State m em ber b an k s, 17 S tock m arket, 28 S tock s (See also S ecu rities) N ew issu es, 36 P rices, 28 T A X receip ts, fed eral, 31 T im e d ep o sits, 3 , 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22, 23, 6 9 -7 2 T rade, fo reig n , 55 Treasury cu rren cy, Treasury ca sh , 4 Treasury d ep o sits, 4 , 12, 30 Treasury operating b alan ce, 30 U N E M P L O Y M E N T , 47 U .S . balance of p aym en ts, 5 4 U .S . govern m en t b alan ces C om m ercial bank h o ld in g s, 19, 2 0 , 2 1 , 22 M em ber bank h o ld in g s, 15 Treasury d ep o sits at R eserve B an k s, 4 , 12, 30 U .S . govern m en t secu rities Bank h o ld in g s, 16, 17, 18, 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 , 2 9 , 3 2 , 33 D ealer tran saction s, p o sitio n s, and finan cin g, 34 Federal R eserve Bank h o ld in g s, 4 , 12, 13, 3 2 , 33 F oreign and international h o ld in g s and tran saction s, 12, 3 2 , 6 4 O pen market tran saction s, 1 1 O u tstan d in g, b y type and ow n ersh ip , 3 2 , 33 R ates, 3 , 27 U tilities, p rod u ction , 4 9 V E T E R A N S A d m in istration , 4 0 , 41 W E E K L Y reporting b an k s, 2 0 - 2 4 W h o lesa le p rices, 4 6 , 51 Y IE L D S ( See Interest rates) A 78 The Federal Reserve System B o u n d a rie s o f F e d e ra l R e s e rv e — Boundaries of Federal Reserve Districts ----- Boundaries of Federal Reserve Branch Territories Q D is tric ts a n d T h e ir B ra n c h Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System T e rrito rie s ® Federal Reserve Bank Cities • Federal Reserve Branch Cities Federal Reserve Bank Facility